Avaya Using Technician Interface Scripts Users Manual V13.00,

Part No. 303560-A Rev 00

October 1998

BayRS Version 13.00

Using Technician

Interface Scripts

ii 303560-A Rev 00

4401 Great America Parkway 8 Federal Street

Santa Clara, CA 95054 Billerica, MA 01821

The information in this document is subject to change without notice. The statements, configurations, technical data,

and recommendations in this document are believed to be accurate and reliable, but are presented without express or

implied warranty. Users must take full responsibility for their applications of any products specified in this document.

The information in this document is proprietary to Bay Networks, Inc.

The software described in this document is furnished under a license agreement and may only be used in accordance

with the terms of that license. A summary of the Software License is included in this document.

Trademarks

ACE, AFN, AN, BCN, BLN, BN, BNX, CN, FRE, LN, Optivity, PPX, Quick2Config, and Bay Networks are

registered trademarks and Advanced Remote Node, ANH, ARN, ASN, BayRS, BaySecure, BayStack, BayStream,

BCC, BCNX, BLNX, EZ Install, EZ Internetwork, EZ LAN, FN, IPAutoLearn, PathMan, RouterMan, SN, SPEX,

Switch Node, System 5000, and the Bay Networks logo are trademarks of Bay Networks, Inc.

Microsoft, MS, MS-DOS, Win32, Windows, and Windows NT are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation.

All other trademarks and registered trademarks are the property of their respective owners.

Restricted Rights Legend

Use, duplication, or disclosure by the United States Government is subject to restrictions as set forth in subparagraph

(c)(1)(ii) of the Rights in Technical Data and Computer Software clause at DFARS 252.227-7013.

Notwithstanding any other license agreement that may pertain to, or accompany the delivery of, this computer

software, the rights of the United States Government regarding its use, reproduction, and disclosure are as set forth in

the Commercial Computer Software-Restricted Rights clause at FAR 52.227-19.

Statement of Conditions

In the interest of improving internal design, operational function, and/or reliability, Bay Networks, Inc. reserves the

right to make changes to the products described in this document without notice.

Bay Networks, Inc. does not assume any liability that may occur due to the use or application of the product(s) or

circuit layout(s) described herein.

rights reserved. Redistribution and use in source and binary forms of such portions are permitted, provided that the

above copyright notice and this paragraph are duplicated in all such forms and that any documentation, advertising

materials, and other materials related to such distribution and use acknowledge that such portions of the software were

developed by the University of California, Berkeley. The name of the University may not be used to endorse or

promote products derived from such portions of the software without specific prior written permission.

SUCH PORTIONS OF THE SOFTWARE ARE PROVIDED “AS IS” AND WITHOUT ANY EXPRESS OR

IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF

MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.

In addition, the program and information contained herein are licensed only pursuant to a license agreement that

contains restrictions on use and disclosure (that may incorporate by reference certain limitations and notices imposed

by third parties).

303560-A Rev 00 iii

Bay Networks, Inc. Software License Agreement

NOTICE: Please carefully read this license agreement before copying or using the accompanying software or

installing the hardware unit with pre-enabled software (each of which is referred to as “Software” in this Agreement).

BY COPYING OR USING THE SOFTWARE, YOU ACCEPT ALL OF THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF

THIS LICENSE AGREEMENT. THE TERMS EXPRESSED IN THIS AGREEMENT ARE THE ONLY TERMS

UNDER WHICH BAY NETWORKS WILL PERMIT YOU TO USE THE SOFTWARE. If you do not accept these

terms and conditions, return the product, unused and in the original shipping container, within 30 days of purchase to

obtain a credit for the full purchase price.

1. License Grant. Bay Networks, Inc. (“Bay Networks”) grants the end user of the Software (“Licensee”) a personal,

nonexclusive, nontransferable license: a) to use the Software either on a single computer or, if applicable, on a single

authorized device identified by host ID, for which it was originally acquired; b) to copy the Software solely for backup

purposes in support of authorized use of the Software; and c) to use and copy the associated user manual solely in

support of authorized use of the Software by Licensee. This license applies to the Software only and does not extend

to Bay Networks Agent software or other Bay Networks software products. Bay Networks Agent software or other

Bay Networks software products are licensed for use under the terms of the applicable Bay Networks, Inc. Software

License Agreement that accompanies such software and upon payment by the end user of the applicable license fees

for such software.

2. Restrictions on use; reservation of rights. The Software and user manuals are protected under copyright laws.

Bay Networks and/or its licensors retain all title and ownership in both the Software and user manuals, including any

revisions made by Bay Networks or its licensors. The copyright notice must be reproduced and included with any

copy of any portion of the Software or user manuals. Licensee may not modify, translate, decompile, disassemble, use

for any competitive analysis, reverse engineer, distribute, or create derivative works from the Software or user manuals

or any copy, in whole or in part. Except as expressly provided in this Agreement, Licensee may not copy or transfer

the Software or user manuals, in whole or in part. The Software and user manuals embody Bay Networks’ and its

licensors’ confidential and proprietary intellectual property. Licensee shall not sublicense, assign, or otherwise

disclose to any third party the Software, or any information about the operation, design, performance, or

implementation of the Software and user manuals that is confidential to Bay Networks and its licensors; however,

Licensee may grant permission to its consultants, subcontractors, and agents to use the Software at Licensee’s facility,

provided they have agreed to use the Software only in accordance with the terms of this license.

3. Limited warranty. Bay Networks warrants each item of Software, as delivered by Bay Networks and properly

installed and operated on Bay Networks hardware or other equipment it is originally licensed for, to function

substantially as described in its accompanying user manual during its warranty period, which begins on the date

Software is first shipped to Licensee. If any item of Software fails to so function during its warranty period, as the sole

remedy Bay Networks will at its discretion provide a suitable fix, patch, or workaround for the problem that may be

included in a future Software release. Bay Networks further warrants to Licensee that the media on which the

Software is provided will be free from defects in materials and workmanship under normal use for a period of 90 days

from the date Software is first shipped to Licensee. Bay Networks will replace defective media at no charge if it is

returned to Bay Networks during the warranty period along with proof of the date of shipment. This warranty does not

apply if the media has been damaged as a result of accident, misuse, or abuse. The Licensee assumes all responsibility

for selection of the Software to achieve Licensee’s intended results and for the installation, use, and results obtained

from the Software. Bay Networks does not warrant a) that the functions contained in the software will meet the

Licensee’s requirements, b) that the Software will operate in the hardware or software combinations that the Licensee

may select, c) that the operation of the Software will be uninterrupted or error free, or d) that all defects in the

operation of the Software will be corrected. Bay Networks is not obligated to remedy any Software defect that cannot

be reproduced with the latest Software release. These warranties do not apply to the Software if it has been (i) altered,

except by Bay Networks or in accordance with its instructions; (ii) used in conjunction with another vendor’s product,

resulting in the defect; or (iii) damaged by improper environment, abuse, misuse, accident, or negligence. THE

FOREGOING WARRANTIES AND LIMITATIONS ARE EXCLUSIVE REMEDIES AND ARE IN LIEU OF ALL

OTHER WARRANTIES EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF

MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Licensee is responsible for the security of

iv 303560-A Rev 00

its own data and information and for maintaining adequate procedures apart from the Software to reconstruct lost or

altered files, data, or programs.

4. Limitation of liability. IN NO EVENT WILL BAY NETWORKS OR ITS LICENSORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY

COST OF SUBSTITUTE PROCUREMENT; SPECIAL, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL

DAMAGES; OR ANY DAMAGES RESULTING FROM INACCURATE OR LOST DATA OR LOSS OF USE OR

PROFITS ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE PERFORMANCE OF THE SOFTWARE, EVEN

IF BAY NETWORKS HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. IN NO EVENT

SHALL THE LIABILITY OF BAY NETWORKS RELATING TO THE SOFTWARE OR THIS AGREEMENT

EXCEED THE PRICE PAID TO BAY NETWORKS FOR THE SOFTWARE LICENSE.

5. Government Licensees. This provision applies to all Software and documentation acquired directly or indirectly

by or on behalf of the United States Government. The Software and documentation are commercial products, licensed

on the open market at market prices, and were developed entirely at private expense and without the use of any U.S.

Government funds. The license to the U.S. Government is granted only with restricted rights, and use, duplication, or

disclosure by the U.S. Government is subject to the restrictions set forth in subparagraph (c)(1) of the Commercial

Computer Software––Restricted Rights clause of FAR 52.227-19 and the limitations set out in this license for civilian

agencies, and subparagraph (c)(1)(ii) of the Rights in Technical Data and Computer Software clause of DFARS

252.227-7013, for agencies of the Department of Defense or their successors, whichever is applicable.

6. Use of Software in the European Community. This provision applies to all Software acquired for use within the

European Community. If Licensee uses the Software within a country in the European Community, the Software

Directive enacted by the Council of European Communities Directive dated 14 May, 1991, will apply to the

examination of the Software to facilitate interoperability. Licensee agrees to notify Bay Networks of any such

intended examination of the Software and may procure support and assistance from Bay Networks.

7. Term and termination. This license is effective until terminated; however, all of the restrictions with respect to

Bay Networks’ copyright in the Software and user manuals will cease being effective at the date of expiration of the

Bay Networks copyright; those restrictions relating to use and disclosure of Bay Networks’ confidential information

shall continue in effect. Licensee may terminate this license at any time. The license will automatically terminate if

Licensee fails to comply with any of the terms and conditions of the license. Upon termination for any reason,

Licensee will immediately destroy or return to Bay Networks the Software, user manuals, and all copies. Bay

Networks is not liable to Licensee for damages in any form solely by reason of the termination of this license.

8. Export and Re-export. Licensee agrees not to export, directly or indirectly, the Software or related technical data

or information without first obtaining any required export licenses or other governmental approvals. Without limiting

the foregoing, Licensee, on behalf of itself and its subsidiaries and affiliates, agrees that it will not, without first

obtaining all export licenses and approvals required by the U.S. Government: (i) export, re-export, transfer, or divert

any such Software or technical data, or any direct product thereof, to any country to which such exports or re-exports

are restricted or embargoed under United States export control laws and regulations, or to any national or resident of

such restricted or embargoed countries; or (ii) provide the Software or related technical data or information to any

military end user or for any military end use, including the design, development, or production of any chemical,

nuclear, or biological weapons.

9. General. If any provision of this Agreement is held to be invalid or unenforceable by a court of competent

jurisdiction, the remainder of the provisions of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect. This Agreement

will be governed by the laws of the state of California.

Should you have any questions concerning this Agreement, contact Bay Networks, Inc., 4401 Great America Parkway,

P.O. Box 58185, Santa Clara, California 95054-8185.

LICENSEE ACKNOWLEDGES THAT LICENSEE HAS READ THIS AGREEMENT, UNDERSTANDS IT, AND

AGREES TO BE BOUND BY ITS TERMS AND CONDITIONS. LICENSEE FURTHER AGREES THAT THIS

AGREEMENT IS THE ENTIRE AND EXCLUSIVE AGREEMENT BETWEEN BAY NETWORKS AND

LICENSEE, WHICH SUPERSEDES ALL PRIOR ORAL AND WRITTEN AGREEMENTS AND

COMMUNICATIONS BETWEEN THE PARTIES PERTAINING TO THE SUBJECT MATTER OF THIS

AGREEMENT. NO DIFFERENT OR ADDITIONAL TERMS WILL BE ENFORCEABLE AGAINST BAY

NETWORKS UNLESS BAY NETWORKS GIVES ITS EXPRESS WRITTEN CONSENT, INCLUDING AN

EXPRESS WAIVER OF THE TERMS OF THIS AGREEMENT.

303560-A Rev 00 v

Contents

Preface

Before You Begin .............................................................................................................xiii

Text Conventions .............................................................................................................xiv

Acronyms .........................................................................................................................xvi

Bay Networks Technical Publications ..............................................................................xix

How to Get Help .............................................................................................................. xx

Chapter 1

Introducing Technician Interface Scripts

What Are Technician Interface Scripts? ..........................................................................1-2

Script Types ..............................................................................................................1-2

Script Command Categories ....................................................................................1-3

Installing .bat and .mnu Files ..........................................................................................1-5

Setting Up Scripts ...........................................................................................................1-6

Using Script Commands .................................................................................................1-8

Using the show Command .......................................................................................1-8

Using the enable and disable Commands .............................................................1-15

Using the Menu Utility ...................................................................................................1-17

Displaying Menus ...................................................................................................1-17

Configuring Menus .................................................................................................1-20

Adding a Command .........................................................................................1-21

Deleting a Command .......................................................................................1-21

Clearing All Commands ...................................................................................1-21

Editing a Command .........................................................................................1-22

Editing a Menu Title .........................................................................................1-22

Loading a New Menu .......................................................................................1-22

Toggling Menu Titles and Commands .............................................................1-23

Saving Changes Made to Menus .....................................................................1-27

vi 303560-A Rev 00

Chapter 2

Using the show Command

show ahb ........................................................................................................................2-2

show appn ......................................................................................................................2-6

show at .........................................................................................................................2-50

show atm ......................................................................................................................2-66

show atmarp .................................................................................................................2-76

show atmdxi ..................................................................................................................2-84

show atmsig ..................................................................................................................2-94

show atm line ................................................................................................................2-99

show aurp ...................................................................................................................2-111

show autoneg .............................................................................................................2-120

show bgp ....................................................................................................................2-127

show bisync ................................................................................................................2-136

show bootp .................................................................................................................2-146

show bot .....................................................................................................................2-151

show bridge ................................................................................................................2-158

show circuits ...............................................................................................................2-164

show console ..............................................................................................................2-175

show csmacd ..............................................................................................................2-182

show dcm ...................................................................................................................2-195

show decnet ...............................................................................................................2-200

show dls ......................................................................................................................2-214

show ds1e1 ................................................................................................................2-226

show dsx3 ...................................................................................................................2-251

show dvmrp ................................................................................................................2-266

show e1 ......................................................................................................................2-275

show egp ....................................................................................................................2-281

show fddi ....................................................................................................................2-284

show fr ........................................................................................................................2-300

show ftp ......................................................................................................................2-318

show fwall ...................................................................................................................2-319

show hardware ...........................................................................................................2-321

show hifn ....................................................................................................................2-328

show hssi ....................................................................................................................2-331

303560-A Rev 00 vii

show igmp ..................................................................................................................2-339

show ip .......................................................................................................................2-343

show ip6 .....................................................................................................................2-370

show ipx ......................................................................................................................2-377

show iredund ..............................................................................................................2-411

show isdn ....................................................................................................................2-413

show isdn bri ...............................................................................................................2-424

show l2tp ....................................................................................................................2-432

show lane ...................................................................................................................2-435

show lapb ...................................................................................................................2-445

show lnm ....................................................................................................................2-451

show mospf ................................................................................................................2-462

show mpoa .................................................................................................................2-466

show nbip ...................................................................................................................2-469

show nhrp ...................................................................................................................2-471

show nml ....................................................................................................................2-478

show ntp .....................................................................................................................2-482

show osi ......................................................................................................................2-486

show ospf ...................................................................................................................2-495

show packet ................................................................................................................2-504

show ping ...................................................................................................................2-513

show ppp ....................................................................................................................2-517

show process ..............................................................................................................2-547

show protopri ..............................................................................................................2-552

show radius .................................................................................................................2-555

show rarp ....................................................................................................................2-562

show rip6 ....................................................................................................................2-565

show rptr .....................................................................................................................2-567

show rredund ..............................................................................................................2-576

show rsc .....................................................................................................................2-584

show rsvp ...................................................................................................................2-588

show sdlc ....................................................................................................................2-590

show smds ..................................................................................................................2-594

show snmp .................................................................................................................2-599

show span ..................................................................................................................2-607

viii 303560-A Rev 00

show sr .......................................................................................................................2-615

show srspan ...............................................................................................................2-628

show sta .....................................................................................................................2-635

show stac ....................................................................................................................2-638

show state ..................................................................................................................2-640

show sws ....................................................................................................................2-643

show sync ...................................................................................................................2-662

show system ...............................................................................................................2-680

show t1 .......................................................................................................................2-685

show tcp .....................................................................................................................2-693

show telnet .................................................................................................................2-696

show tftp .....................................................................................................................2-698

show token ..................................................................................................................2-699

show vines ..................................................................................................................2-711

show wcp ....................................................................................................................2-723

show wep ....................................................................................................................2-731

show x25 ...................................................................................................................2-737

show xb ......................................................................................................................2-748

show xns .....................................................................................................................2-758

Chapter 3

Using enable/disable Commands

enable/disable appn ........................................................................................................3-2

enable/disable at .............................................................................................................3-5

enable/disable atm ..........................................................................................................3-6

enable/disable atmdxi .....................................................................................................3-8

enable/disable aurp ........................................................................................................3-9

enable/disable autoneg .................................................................................................3-10

enable/disable bootp .....................................................................................................3-11

enable/disable bridge ....................................................................................................3-12

enable/disable circuits ..................................................................................................3-13

enable/disable csmacd .................................................................................................3-14

enable/disable dcm .......................................................................................................3-15

enable/disable decnet ...................................................................................................3-17

enable/disable dls .........................................................................................................3-18

enable/disable ds1e1 ....................................................................................................3-19

303560-A Rev 00 ix

enable/disable dvmrp ...................................................................................................3-20

enable/disable e1 ..........................................................................................................3-21

enable/disable fddi ........................................................................................................3-22

enable/disable fr ...........................................................................................................3-23

enable/disable ftp ..........................................................................................................3-24

enable/disable hssi .......................................................................................................3-25

enable/disable igmp ......................................................................................................3-26

enable/disable ip ...........................................................................................................3-27

enable/disable ipx .........................................................................................................3-28

enable/disable iredund ..................................................................................................3-29

enable/disable isdn .......................................................................................................3-30

enable/disable isdn bri ..................................................................................................3-32

enable/disable lapb .......................................................................................................3-33

enable/disable lnm ........................................................................................................3-34

enable/disable nbip .......................................................................................................3-35

enable/disable nml ........................................................................................................3-36

enable/disable osi .........................................................................................................3-37

enable/disable ospf .......................................................................................................3-38

enable/disable packet ...................................................................................................3-39

enable/disable ppp ........................................................................................................3-40

enable/disable rarp .......................................................................................................3-41

enable/disable rptr ........................................................................................................3-42

enable/disable rredund .................................................................................................3-43

enable/disable sdlc .......................................................................................................3-44

disable/enable snmp .....................................................................................................3-45

enable/disable span ......................................................................................................3-46

enable/disable sr ...........................................................................................................3-47

enable/disable srspan ...................................................................................................3-48

enable/disable sta .........................................................................................................3-49

enable/disable sws .......................................................................................................3-50

enable/disable sync ......................................................................................................3-51

enable/disable t1 ...........................................................................................................3-52

enable/disable tcp .........................................................................................................3-53

enable/disable telnet .....................................................................................................3-54

enable/disable tftp .........................................................................................................3-55

x303560-A Rev 00

enable/disable token .....................................................................................................3-56

enable/disable vines .....................................................................................................3-57

enable/disable wcp .......................................................................................................3-58

enable/disable x25 ........................................................................................................3-59

enable/disable xb ..........................................................................................................3-60

enable/disable xns ........................................................................................................3-61

Index

303560-A Rev 00 xi

Tables

Table 1-1. Displaying Service Information ..............................................................1-9

Table 1-2. Enabling and Disabling Services .........................................................1-15

303560-A Rev 00 xiii

Preface

This guide describes how to use Technician Interface scripts to display statistical

and configuration information about Bay Networks® routers and BayStream™

platforms.

Before You Begin

Before using this guide to run Technician Interface commands on a router or

BayStream platform, you must:

• Install the router or BayStream platform.

• Use one of the following methods to establish a connection to the router or

BayStream platform:

-- Connect the serial port of an ASCII terminal device (for example, a DEC

VT100) directly to the console port of the router or BayStream platform.

-- Connect the serial port of a workstation or PC directly to the console port

of the router or BayStream platform. (Run ASCII terminal emulation

software on the workstation or PC.)

-- Dial in to the console port of the router or BayStream platform from a

workstation or PC running ASCII terminal emulation software. (This

alternative requires one modem locally attached to your workstation or

PC, and another modem locally attached to the console port of the router

or BayStream platform you want to access.)

-- Establish a Telnet (in-band) connection to the router or BayStream

platform.

Using Technician Interface Scripts

xiv 303560-A Rev 00

Text Conventions

This guide uses the following text conventions:

Note: Before you can access the Technician Interface using Telnet, the router

or BayStream platform must have at least one assigned IP address. Although

there is no limit to the number of Telnet connections that you can make to the

Technician Interface, we recommend that you establish no more than one

Telnet session per router or BayStream platform.

angle brackets (< >) Indicate that you choose the text to enter based on the

description inside the brackets. Do not type the

brackets when entering the command.

Example: If the command syntax is:

ping

<ip_address>

, you enter:

ping 192.32.10.12

bold text Indicates text that you need to enter and command

names and options.

Example: Enter show ip {alerts | routes}

Example: Use the dinfo command.

braces ({}) Indicate required elements in syntax descriptions

where there is more than one option. You must choose

only one of the options. Do not type the braces when

entering the command.

Example: If the command syntax is:

show ip {alerts | routes}, you must enter either:

show ip alerts or show ip routes.

brackets ([ ]) Indicate optional elements in syntax descriptions. Do

not type the brackets when entering the command.

Example: If the command syntax is:

show ip interfaces [-alerts], you can enter either:

show ip interfaces or show ip interfaces -alerts.

Preface

303560-A Rev 00 xv

ellipsis points (. . . ) Indicate that you repeat the last element of the

command as needed.

Example: If the command syntax is:

ethernet/2/1 [<

parameter> <value>

] . . ., you enter

ethernet/2/1 and as many parameter-value pairs as

needed.

italic text Indicates file and directory names, new terms, book

titles, and variables in command syntax descriptions.

Where a variable is two or more words, the words are

connected by an underscore.

Example: If the command syntax is:

show at <

valid_route>

valid_route

is one variable and you substitute one value

for it.

screen text Indicates system output, for example, prompts and

system messages.

Example: Set Bay Networks Trap Monitor Filters

separator ( > ) Shows menu paths.

Example: Protocols > IP identifies the IP option on the

Protocols menu.

vertical line ( | ) Separates choices for command keywords and

arguments. Enter only one of the choices. Do not type

the vertical line when entering the command.

Example: If the command syntax is:

show ip {alerts | routes}, you enter either:

show ip alerts or show ip routes, but not both.

Using Technician Interface Scripts

xvi 303560-A Rev 00

Acronyms

ACE Advanced Communications Engine

AFN Access Feeder Node

ALN Access Link Node

AN Access Node

ANH Access Node Hub

APING APPN Ping

APPN Advanced Peer-to-Peer Routing

ARP Address Resolution Protocol

ASCII American Standard Code for Information Interchange

ASN Access Stack Node

ASN.1 Abstract Syntax Notation

AT AppleTalk Protocol

ATM Asynchronous Transfer Mode

AURP Appletalk Update-based Routing Protocol

BCN Backbone Concentrator Node

BGP Border Gateway Protocol

BLN Backbone Link Node

BLN-2 Backbone Link Node (2 power supplies)

BOOTP Bootstrap Protocol

CLNP Connectionless Network Protocol

CN Concentrator Node

CPU Central Processing Unit

CRC Cyclic Redundancy Check

CSMA/CD Carrier Sense Multiple Access with Collision Detection

DCM Data Collection Module

DLCMI Data Link Control Management Interface

DLSw Data Link Switch

Preface

303560-A Rev 00 xvii

DOS Disk Operating System

DRAM Dynamic RAM

DSAP Destination Service Access Point

DVMRP Distance Vector Multicast Routing Protocol

EOF End of File

EGP Exterior Gateway Protocol

FAT File Allocation Table

FDDI Fiber Distributed Data Interface

FIFO First In First Out

FRSW Frame Relay Switch

FTP File Transfer Protocol

FN Feeder Node

FR Frame Relay

FRE Fast Routing Engine

GAME Gate Access Management Entity

GMT Greenwich Mean Time

HDLC High-level Data Link Control

HSSI High Speed Serial Interface

ICMP Internet Control Message Protocol

IGMP Internet Group Membership Protocol

IN Integrated Node

IP Internet Protocol

IP6 Internet Protocol version 6

IPX Internet Packet Exchange

ISDN Integrated Services Digital Network

LAN Local Area Network

LAPB Link Access Procedure Balanced

LED Light Emitting Diode

LLC Logical Link Control

Using Technician Interface Scripts

xviii 303560-A Rev 00

LMI Local Management Interface

LN Link Node

LNM LAN Network Manager

LSP Link State Packet

MAC Media Access Control

MCT1 Multichannel T1

MIB Management Information Base

MOSY Managed Object Syntax

NML Native Mode LAN

NSAP Network Service Access Point

NVFS Non-Volatile File System

OSI Open Systems Interconnection

OSPF Open Shortest Path First

PCMCIA Personal Computer Memory Card International

Association

PPP Point-to-Point Protocol

PPX Parallel Packet Express

PROM Programmable Read-Only Memory

QENET Quad Ethernet

RAM Random Access Memory

RARP Reverse Address Resolution Protocol

RIP Routing Information Protocol

RIP6 Routing Information Protocol version 6

RIF Routing Information Field

RFC Request for Comment

SAP Service Access Point

SDLC Synchronous Data Link Control

SIMM Single In-line Memory Module

SMDS Switched Multimegabit Data Services

Preface

303560-A Rev 00 xix

Bay Networks Technical Publications

You can now print Bay Networks technical manuals and release notes free,

directly from the Internet. Go to support.baynetworks.com/library/tpubs/. Find the

Bay Networks product for which you need documentation. Then locate the

specific category and model or version for your hardware or software product.

Using Adobe Acrobat Reader, you can open the manuals and release notes, search

for the sections you need, and print them on most standard printers. You can

download Acrobat Reader free from the Adobe Systems Web site,

www.adobe.com.

SNAP SubNetwork Access Protocol

SNMP Simple Network Management Protocol

SR Source Routing

SRM-L System Resources Link Module

STA Statistics, Thresholds, and Alarms

SYSCON System Controller board

SWS Switched Services

TCP Transport Control Protocol

TFTP Trivial File Transfer Protocol

TIP Terminal Interface Program

TP Transaction Program

VC Virtual Circuit

VINES Virtual Networking System

WAN Wide Area Network

XB Translation Bridge

XNS Xerox Networking Systems

Using Technician Interface Scripts

xx 303560-A Rev 00

You can purchase Bay Networks documentation sets, CDs, and selected technical

publications through the Bay Networks Collateral Catalog. The catalog is located

on the World Wide Web at support.baynetworks.com/catalog.html and is divided

into sections arranged alphabetically:

• The “CD ROMs” section lists available CDs.

• The “Guides/Books” section lists books on technical topics.

• The “Technical Manuals” section lists available printed documentation sets.

Make a note of the part numbers and prices of the items that you want to order.

Use the “Marketing Collateral Catalog description” link to place an order and to

print the order form.

How to Get Help

For product assistance, support contracts, or information about educational

services, go to the following URL:

http://www.baynetworks.com/corporate/contacts/

Or telephone the Bay Networks Technical Solutions Center at:

800-2LANWAN

303560-A Rev 00 1-1

Chapter 1

Introducing Technician Interface Scripts

This chapter provides an overview of the Technician Interface scripts and explains

how to run them. It also describes how to:

• Load scripts.

• Set up scripts.

• Use script commands.

• Use the menu utility.

This guide assumes that you have a working knowledge of the Bay Networks

Technician Interface. For complete information about this router management

tool, see Using Technician Interface Software. For information on how to write

your own Technician Interface scripts, see Writing Technician Interface Scripts.

Using Technician Interface Scripts

1-2 303560-A Rev 00

What Are Technician Interface Scripts?

The Technician Interface show/monitor and enable/disable scripts are programs

that enable you to view and use information stored in the Bay Networks

Management Information Base (MIB). You use scripts to display statistical and

configuration information about various router services, and to enable or disable

those services.

Script Types

Most Technician Interface scripts run from a <protocol_name>.bat (batch) file.

The system loads a specific .bat file into active memory when you enter a scripts

command such as show appn directory statistics. The system software supports

one .bat file for each router protocol or service. Each .bat file contains the routines

for all script subcommand options for a protocol or service. The routine called by

each subcommand generates and prints (to the router console) statistics that reveal

a particular view of that protocol or service.

As an alternative to entering show/enable/disable commands at the Technician

Interface prompt, you can also access protocol-specific menus from the scripts

main menu. You enter (choose by number) a protocol/service submenu from the

scripts main menu. From a submenu, you can access all scripts options for a

protocol or service without entering commands. All scripts menus exist as *.mnu

files you install during initial configuration of each router. To save file space,

install only the .bat and .mnu files that pertain to the protocols or services you

want to support on each router.

Other Technician Interface scripts are programs embedded within the router

software image. The router software currently includes embedded scripts for the

following services:

• CSMACD • SNMP

• FR • SYNC

• FTP • TCP

• IP • TELNET

• MOSPF • TFTP

•RIP

Introducing Technician Interface Scripts

303560-A Rev 00 1-3

These scripts run more efficiently than their batch file counterparts. You enter at

the Technician Interface prompt the command for any script, regardless of type

(batch or embedded) in the same way, as follows:

{show|enable|disable} {

<protocol_name>

} {

<subcommand_option>

}

Script Command Categories

The system software supports scripts in the following command categories:

Each show command supports a subset of commands that display statistical and

configuration information about a particular service or driver running on the

router.

show Displays configuration, state, and statistical information

about a router service. This command helps you isolate

problems such as circuits that are not working, packets that

are not being forwarded, and so on. It uses the show.bat file.

monitor Displays the same information as the show command but

refreshes the display periodically so you can observe trends

and changes. Since you can use monitor in place of show,

this manual does not describe syntax for the monitor

command. This command uses the monitor.bat file.

enable/disable Enables or disables system features, protocols, drivers, or

individual circuits. These commands use the enable.bat and

disable.bat files.

menu Provides a menu interface to the scripts. Also provides a

menu-building feature that enables you to create custom

menus. This command uses menu.bat and various .mnu files.

Using Technician Interface Scripts

1-4 303560-A Rev 00

Some show commands present a broad or collective view of router status and

resources. For example,

To establish the search path used to find the script files, use the run setpath

command. It defines the aliases that integrate scripts into the Technician Interface

command set. The section “Setting Up Scripts” explains the run setpath

command, which uses the setpath.bat script.

show circuits Displays information about all drivers running on the

router. You can use this command to display information

about all circuits without needing to know the driver that

runs on each circuit.

show drivers Displays information about the configuration of all link

modules in the router.

show hardware Displays backplane, configuration file, image, memory,

PROM, and slot information about the router’s hardware.

show protocols Displays information about the protocols configured on

every slot in the router.

show state Displays information about the current state of services

running on the router.

show system Displays information about router memory, buffers, drivers,

and configured protocols.

Note: You can abbreviate command names, using the first three characters of

the command name, as long as the abbreviation uniquely identifies the

command.

Introducing Technician Interface Scripts

303560-A Rev 00 1-5

Installing .bat and .mnu Files

You can use the Bay Networks implementation of File Transfer Protocol (FTP) to

install .bat version scripts and .mnu script menu files on a memory card in the

router. FTP enables you to install more than one script at a time.

Before installing any scripts on a router:

• Log in to the router. (Refer to Chapter 1 of Using Technician Interface

Software if you need more information on login procedures.)

• Enable the FTP service on the router.

•Run the dir command to verify that you have sufficient contiguous freespace

on the NVFS volume reserved for scripts and their associated menu files.

(Refer to Chapter 4 of Using Technician Interface Software if you need more

information on how to run the dir command.)

•Run the compact command on the NVFS volume reserved for scripts and

their associated menu files. (Refer to Chapter 8 of Using Technician Interface

Software if you need more information on how to run the compact

command.)

To install all the .bat scripts and .mnu menu files located in a directory on a UNIX

workstation, change to that directory using the cd command. Then enter the

following commands at the UNIX command line prompt:

$: ftp

Name: Manager

Password:

<Technician_Interface_password>

ftp> cd

:

ftp> bin

ftp> prompt

ftp> mput *.bat

ftp> mput *.mnu

The prompt command disables the prompt that asks whether you want to transfer

each file.

Using Technician Interface Scripts

1-6 303560-A Rev 00

This procedure installs all of the .bat and .mnu files on a file system volume in the

router. To conserve space on a router’s local file system, load only scripts for the

protocols and drivers you need to run on that router.

If you want to use the Trivial File Transfer Protocol (TFTP) to install .bat and

.mnu files one at a time, refer to Chapters 4 and 5 of Using Technician Interface

Software.

Setting Up Scripts

Once you log in to a Technician Interface session on a router, you can enter any

embedded script commands at the command line prompt without any additional

preparations. However, before you run any .bat version scripts, designate a default

file system volume, as shown in the following example:

dir 2:

Next, define the search path and alias definitions for your .bat and .mnu version

script files by using the run setpath command. The search path is a list of volume

IDs you want the system to search for any script file. There are two ways to

specify a search path, as shown in the following examples.

Example 1 -- Entering the volume IDs on the command line

run setpath "2:;3:;4:"

Note: You must have Manager access to write to an NVFS volume using the

Bay Networks implementation of FTP.

Introducing Technician Interface Scripts

303560-A Rev 00 1-7

Example 2 -- Letting the

setpath

command prompt you for input

run setpath

NVFS File System:

VOL STATE TOTAL SIZE FREE SPACE CONTIG FREE SPACE

---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

3: FORMATTED 2097152 1218683 1017067

2: FORMATTED 2097152 431128 431128

Please enter the volume ID that contains the script files.

More than one volume may be entered; each separated by a

semi-colon.

Format: <vol>:[;<vol>: ...]

Example: 2:;3:;4:

Enter volume(s)[2:]: 3:

You can also use the Manager or User autoscript features to automatically run the

setpath.bat script (the run setpath command). Specify a file system search path,

Manager or User script file, and logout mechanism using following

wfSerialPortEntry (router serial port) attributes:

• Login Script Search Path

• Manager’s Login Script

• User’s Login Script

• Force User Logout

You can set up separate Manager and User autoscript files for login. The User

autoscript contains a switch that enables you to lock the user into the script. With

the switch enabled, the autoscript automatically logs out a user that tries to break

out of the script. For more information on the autoscript feature, see Chapter 2 of

Using Technician Interface Software.

Using Technician Interface Scripts

1-8 303560-A Rev 00

Using Script Commands

This section provides an overview of the show/monitor and enable/disable

commands.

Using the show Command

After you set up scripts with the run setpath command, you can use the show

<subcommand> <option> command to obtain a snapshot view of various data

stored in the router. For continuously updated (polled) views of system statistical

and configuration data, use the monitor command in place of the show command.

For all protocols, you can view circuit alerts, the base record, disabled or enabled

circuits, and statistics.

Table 1-1 lists the show/monitor subcommands for a specific service or

software entity. Alternatively, obtain an active list of show/monitor

subcommands directly from the router by entering at the Technician Interface

prompt

show

<entity_name>

?

or:

show

<entity_name>

help

For example, to list the AppleTalk subcommands, enter show at or show at ?.

For a detailed description of all show commands and samples of the information

they generate, refer to Chapter 2.

Introducing Technician Interface Scripts

303560-A Rev 00 1-9

Table 1-1. Displaying Service Information

To Display Information about This Service Use This Command

Command Type

(runs from a batch

or embedded file)

batch embedded

Asynchronous Transfer Mode Half-Bridge (AHB) service

(base, circuits, hosts, routes, statistics) show ahb

✔

Advanced Peer-to-Peer Networking service

(adjacencies, class of service, directories, DLC, DLUR,

endpoints, ISR, memory, mode, ports, topology, tunnels,

VRN)

show appn

✔

AppleTalk service (AARP, circuits, configuration, routes,

statistics, zones, zone filters) show at

✔

Asynchronous Transfer Mode service (interfaces, lines,

PVCs, statistics) show atm

✔

ATM Address Resolution Protocol service (ATMARP

client/server mode identification, ATM addresses,

interface statistics)

show atmarp

✔

Asynchronous Transfer Mode DXI service (lines, PVCs,

statistics) show atmdxi

✔

ATM line signaling service (ATM ILMI and SAAL

statistics) show atmsig

✔

Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM) Adaption Layer

Controller (ALC) link module service (circuits, phy,

transmit and receive errors, transmit and receive

statistics)

show atm line

✔

AppleTalk Update-based Routing Protocol service

(connection, statistics, zone filters) show aurp

✔

Automatic line speed negotiation on 100Base-T Ethernet

interfaces (alerts, circuits enabled/disabled) show autoneg

✔

Border Gateway Protocol service (errors, peers, routes,

timers, statistics, summary, weights, version) show bgp

✔

Binary Synchronous service (errors, sample periods,

circuit statistics) show bisync

✔

Bootstrap Protocol service (clients, relay agents,

statistics) show bootp

✔

(continued)

Using Technician Interface Scripts

1-10 303560-A Rev 00

Binary Synchronous Communication (BSC) over TCP

service (circuit, port, peer, and control unit connection

statistics)

show bot

✔

Bridge service (circuits, forwarding tables, statistics) show bridge

✔

Circuits for all drivers (configuration; hardware filters;

receive, transmit, and system errors; statistics) show circuits

✔

Console (configuration, statistics) show console

✔

CSMA/CD service (hardware filters; receive, transmit

and system errors; statistics; sample data) show csmacd

✔

N11 Data Collection Module (DCM) information for the

8-Port Access Node Hub (ANH) show dcm

✔

DECnet service (adjacency, circuits, designated router,

routes, statistics, traffic filters) show decnet

✔

Data Link Switching service (circuits, configuration,

connections, MAC, NETBIOS, peer, SAPs, slot numbers) show dls

✔

DS1/E1 lines (clock, E1 framer and E1 port, FDL;

receive, transmit, and system errors; sample data;

statistics; T1 framer and T1 port; timeslots)

show ds1e1

✔

DS3/E3 lines (circuit stats for ATM interfaces) show dsx3

✔

Distance Vector Multicast Routing Protocol service

(circuits, neighbors, routes, statistics, tunnels) show dvmrp

✔

E1 lines (frame and line errors) show e1

✔

Exterior Gateway Protocol service (neighbors, statistics) show egp

✔

Fiber Distributed Data Interface service (hardware filters;

MAC, port, and SMT parameters; receive, transmit, and

system errors; sample data; statistics)

show fddi

✔

Frame Relay service (LAPF, lines, passthrough, PVCs,

signalling, statistics, SVCs, virtual connections) show fr

✔

File Transfer Protocol service (login, error, and transfer

rate statistics) show ftp

✔

(continued)

Table 1-1. Displaying Service Information

(continued)

To Display Information about This Service Use This Command

Command Type

(runs from a batch

or embedded file)

batch embedded

Introducing Technician Interface Scripts

303560-A Rev 00 1-11

BaySecure Firewall-1 service (interface, summary) show fwall

✔

Hi/fn LZS compression (errors, statistics) show hifn

✔

Hardware options (backplane, configuration and router

software image files, memory, PROMs, slots) show hardware

✔

High Speed Serial Interface service (receive, transmit,

and system errors; sample data; statistics) show hssi

✔

Internet Gateway Management Protocol service (circuits,

groups, statistics) show igmp

✔

Internet Protocol service (ARP table, circuits, forwarding

table, route filters, RIP interfaces, routes, traffic filters) show ip

✔

Internet Protocol Version 6 service (adjacent hosts,

statistics, interface, circuits) show ip6

✔

Internet Packet Exchange service (adjacent hosts,

circuits, ping, RIP, routes, service filters, server filters,

services, statistics, traffic filters)

show ipx

✔

Circuit and state information for all interface redundancy

ports (enabled and disabled circuits configured with

interface redundancy)

show iredund

✔

Integrated Services Digital Network service

(B Channel, BRI, calls, inphone, messages, switch) show isdn

✔

Integrated Services Digital Network BRI service (receive,

transmit, and system errors; sample data; statistics) show isdn bri

✔

Layer 2 Tunneling Protocol (L2TP) (configuration,

sessions, statistics, tunnels, users) show l2tp

✔

LAN Emulation (ATM) service (clients, servers, config,

learp, mac addresses, statistics) show lane

✔

Link Access Procedure-Balanced service (lines,

statistics) show lapb

✔

LAN Network Manager server agent information (for all

servers, or for servers on specific circuits) show lnm

✔

OSPF multicast extensions (MOSPF) (base, interfaces,

neighbors, forwarding database) show mospf

✔

(continued)

Table 1-1. Displaying Service Information

(continued)

To Display Information about This Service Use This Command

Command Type

(runs from a batch

or embedded file)

batch embedded

Using Technician Interface Scripts

1-12 303560-A Rev 00

Multiple Protocol Over ATM (MPOA) (cache, clients,

servers, version) show mpoa

✔

NetBIOS over IP service (interfaces, names) show nbip

✔

Next Hop Routing Protocol (NHRP) (cache, circuits,

clients, servers, statistics) show nhrp

✔

Native Mode LAN service (circuits, security lists, bridge

statistics) show nml

✔

Open Systems Interconnection service (adjacency,

circuits, routes, and TARP packets, loop detection buffer

entries, and data cache)

show osi

✔

Open Shortest Path First Protocol service (area, AS

base, external routes, interfaces, LSDB, neighbors,

statistics)

show ospf

✔

Packet Capture service (captured packets, configuration,

line numbers, loaded slots, status) show packet

✔

Ping MIB service (configuration, history, source and

trace routes) show ping

✔

Point-to-Point Protocol service (AppleTalk, bad packets,

Bridge, CCP, CHAP, circuits, DECnet, IP, IPX, line, LQR,

OSI, PAP, protocol, VINES, XNS)

show ppp

✔

Process statistics (buffers, cpu cycles, and memory

resources allocated to router processes) show process

✔

DLSw protocol prioritization queues (cc_stats, filters,

qstats) show protopri

✔

RADIUS (alerts, server, configuration, statistics) show radius

✔

Reverse Address Resolution Protocol service (circuits) show rarp

✔

RIP Version 6 service (configuration, statistics) show rip6

✔

Repeater service (last address, sample data, port status,

statistics) show rptr

✔

Router redundancy (circuits, groups, resources, remote

routers in a redundancy group, member IDs) show rredund

✔

(continued)

Table 1-1. Displaying Service Information

(continued)

To Display Information about This Service Use This Command

Command Type

(runs from a batch

or embedded file)

batch embedded

Introducing Technician Interface Scripts

303560-A Rev 00 1-13

Resources (bandwidth) reserved for lines configured with

the ST2 protocol show rsc

✔

Resource Reservation Protocol (RSVP) multicasting and

multimedia service (base, interfaces) show rsvp

✔

Synchronous Data Link Control service (circuits,

statistics) show sdlc

✔

Switched Multi-Megabit Data Service service

(addresses, circuits, statistics) show smds

✔

Simple Network Management Protocol service

(communities, events, traps) show snmp

✔

Spanning Tree service (configuration, circuits) show span

✔

Source Routing service (bridges, circuits, configuration,

IP information, statistics, traffic filters) show sr

✔

Source Route Spanning Tree service (configuration,

statistics) show srspan

✔

Statistical Thresholds and Alarms service (configuration,

statistics) show sta

✔

STAC (circuit and statistical information about Hi/fn LZS

data compression service) show stac

✔

State (overview of all protocols or one circuit) show state

✔

Switch service (back-up dialing, on-demand-dialing) show sws

✔

Synchronous Interface service (receive, transmit, and

system errors; FT1/T1 DSU/CSU configuration and

statistics; sample data; statistics)

show sync

✔

System (buffers, drivers, memory, protocols, system

information, tasks) show system

✔

T1 lines (frame and line errors) show t1

✔

Transport Control Protocol service (configuration,

connections, statistics) show tcp

✔

TELNET service (configuration, sessions, statistics) show telnet

✔

(continued)

Table 1-1. Displaying Service Information

(continued)

To Display Information about This Service Use This Command

Command Type

(runs from a batch

or embedded file)

batch embedded

Using Technician Interface Scripts

1-14 303560-A Rev 00

Trivial File Transfer Protocol service (status) show tftp

✔

Token Ring lines (receive, transmit, and system errors;

sample data; statistics) show token

✔

VINES service (circuits, configuration, neighbors, routes,

statistics, traffic filters) show vines

✔

Bay Networks Compression Protocol service (circuits,

devices, lines, statistics, virtual circuits) show wcp

✔

Bay Networks WAN Encryption Protocol service

(circuits, lines, virtual circuits, statistics) show wep

✔

X.25 service (configuration, connections, lines, services,

statistics, virtual circuits) show x25

✔

Translation Bridge service (configuration, RIFs, SAPs,

Source Routing interfaces and statistics, stations,

Transparent Bridge interfaces and statistics)

show xb

✔

Xerox Networking Systems Protocol service (adjacent

hosts, configuration, RIP, routes, statistics, traffic filters,

virtual circuits)

show xns

✔

Table 1-1. Displaying Service Information

(continued)

To Display Information about This Service Use This Command

Command Type

(runs from a batch

or embedded file)

batch embedded

Introducing Technician Interface Scripts

303560-A Rev 00 1-15

Using the enable and disable Commands

After you set up scripts with the run setpath command, you can enable or disable

specific protocols or services with the enable and disable script commands.

Table 1-2 lists the protocols or services you can enable or disable in this way. For

a detailed description of enable/disable command options, refer to Chapter 3.

Table 1-2. Enabling and Disabling Services

To Enable or Disable This Service Use This Command

Advanced Peer-to-Peer Networking Protocol (directory, DLC, LS,

port, tunnel, VRN) enable/disable appn

AppleTalk (base, circuit) enable/disable at

Asynchronous Transfer Mode (line) enable/disable atm

Asynchronous Transfer Mode DXI (line) enable/disable atmdxi

AppleTalk Update-based Routing Protocol (connection) enable/disable aurp

Automatic line speed negotiation on 100Base-T Ethernet interfaces enable/disable autoneg

Bootstrap protocol enable/disable bootp

Bridge (base, circuit) enable/disable bridge

Circuits for all drivers enable/disable circuits

CSMA/CD (circuit, connector) enable/disable csmacd

Data Collection Module (DCM) for BayStack routers enable/disable dcm

DECnet (base, circuit) enable/disable decnet

Data Link (base, circuit) enable/disable dls

DS1E1 lines enable/disable ds1e1

Distance Vector Multicast Routing Protocol (base, circuit) enable/disable dvmrp

E1 line (circuit, connector) enable/disable e1

FDDI (circuit, connector) enable/disable fddi

Frame Relay (line) enable/disable fr

File Transfer Protocol (base) enable/disable ftp

HSSI (circuit, connector) enable/disable hssi

Internet Gateway Management Protocol (base, circuit) enable/disable igmp

Internet Protocol (base, circuit, RIP) enable/disable ip

Internet Packet Exchange Protocol (base, circuit) enable/disable ipx

(continued)

Using Technician Interface Scripts

1-16 303560-A Rev 00

Interface redundancy ports enable/disable iredund

Integrated Services Digital Network (B Channel, Bri, Filter) enable/disable isdn

Integrated Services Digital Network BRI (circuit, connector) enable/disable isdn bri

Link Access Procedure-Balanced (line.llindex) enable/disable lapb

LAN Network Manager (base, circuit) enable/disable lnm

NetBIOS over IP (base, interface) enable/disable nbip

Native Mode LAN (circuit, security list) enable/disable nml

Open Systems Interconnect (base) enable/disable osi

OSPF (area, base, interface) enable/disable ospf

Packet Capture (capture, line) enable/disable packet

Point-to-Point Protocol (line) enable/disable ppp

Reverse Address Resolution Protocol (base) enable/disable rarp

Repeater (port, reset, test) enable/disable rptr

Router redundancy enable/disable rredund

Synchronous Data Link Control (base, circuit) enable/disable sdlc

Simple Network Management Protocol (communities, events, traps) disable/enable snmp

Spanning Tree (base, circuit) enable/disable span

Source Routing (base, circuit) enable/disable sr

Source Route Spanning Tree (base, circuit) enable/disable srspan

Statistical Thresholds and Alarm (base, object) enable/disable sta

Switched Service enable/disable sws

Synchronous line (circuit, connector) enable/disable sync

T1 line (circuit, connector) enable/disable t1

Transport Control Protocol (base) enable/disable tcp

TELNET (base) enable/disable telnet

Trivial File Transfer Protocol (base) enable/disable tftp

Token Ring line (circuit, connector) enable/disable token

VINES (base, circuit) enable/disable vines

Bay Networks Compression Protocol (circuit, line) enable/disable wcp

(continued)

Table 1-2. Enabling and Disabling Services

(continued)

To Enable or Disable This Service Use This Command

Introducing Technician Interface Scripts

303560-A Rev 00 1-17

Using the Menu Utility

You can run scripts from Technician Interface menus as an alternative to entering

commands at the Technician Interface prompt. You can also create or customize

scripts menus. Use scripts menus to access the full set of Technician Interface

scripts, including those embedded within the router software.

Displaying Menus

After you configure the run setpath command, you can display the scripts main

menu by entering the menu command at the Technician Interface prompt. The

main menu contains a numbered list of system protocols and services, as shown in

the following example.

X.25 (base, line, service) enable/disable x25

Translation Bridge (base, circuit) enable/disable xb

Xerox Networking Systems Protocol (base, circuit) enable/disable xns

Main Menu

1. APPN 24. Frame Relay Switch 47. SDLC

2. AT 25. FTP 48. SMDS

3. ATM 26. Hardware 49. SNMP

. . .

22. FDDI 45. Router Redundancy 68. X25

23. Frame Relay 46. Reservable Resources

Table 1-2. Enabling and Disabling Services

(continued)

To Enable or Disable This Service Use This Command

Using Technician Interface Scripts

1-18 303560-A Rev 00

To display a scripts submenu for a particular protocol, enter its sequence number

from the main menu. For example, to display the IP scripts submenu, enter 28 at

the prompt under the main menu.

Enter menu number or TI command: 28

The IP menu appears:

Enter menu number or TI command:

All of the choices shown in the second-level menu display information.

IP Menu

1. Adjacent Hosts 13. IP Cache Hits Stats

2. Alerts 14. IP Datagram Stats

3. ARP Table 15. IP Fragmentation Stats

4.Base Information 16. IP RIP Filters

5. Circuits 17. IP Stats

6. Disable Circuits 18. IP .bat version

7. Enabled Circuits 19. RIP

8. ICMP Client Stats 20. Routing Table

9. ICMP In Stats 21. Security In Stats

10. ICMP Miscellaneous Stats 22. Security In Stats

11. ICMP Out Stats 23. Static Routes Table

12. ICMP Server Stats 24. Traffic Filters

D. Disable MORE. M. Menu control on. Q. Quit or Return

Introducing Technician Interface Scripts

303560-A Rev 00 1-19

Next, enter the number that corresponds to the table you want to display. For

example, to display IP statistics, enter 17. This action runs the script that displays

the IP Statistics table shown in the following example.

Enter menu number or TI command: 17

IP Statistics

-------------

In Out In Out

Circuit IP Address Receives Requests Forwards Discards Discards

------- ---------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------

E33 6.6.6.6 0 15642 0 0 0

E34 75.1.1.2 14976 15642 0 0 0

E31 192.168.130.165 46218 18459 0 0 0

3 Entries

Press Enter to continue.

When you press Enter, the menu utility returns to the submenu. In this example,

pressing Enter displays the IP menu again. Then you can perform any of the

following actions:

• Enter another option

• Return to the main menu

•Enter

q for Quit

• Press RETURN

You can also display a submenu by entering the name of the protocol on the

command line as an option to the menu command. For example, to display the IP

submenu directly, enter the following command at the Technician Interface

prompt:

$ menu ip

Using Technician Interface Scripts

1-20 303560-A Rev 00

Configuring Menus

You can change any menu that the menu utility displays. You can keep your

changes for the current session only, or you can save them permanently. Using the

menu control feature, you can

• Change the contents of a menu (add, delete, and edit commands; edit the

menu title; show commands instead of command titles).

• Load a new menu into the menu structure.

• Enter a Technician Interface command while using the menu utility.

To use the menu control feature, enter m at the Enter menu number or TI

command: prompt. The menu utility displays a list of options below the main

menu, as shown in the following example:

Enter menu number or TI command:

To turn menu control off, just enter m again at the prompt. You can add and delete

commands, edit a command, change a menu’s title, and switch the display

between menu titles and commands.

Main Menu

1. APPN 24. Frame Relay Switch 47. SDLC

2. AT 25. FTP 48. SMDS

3. ATM 26. Hardware 49. SNMP

. . .

22. FDDI 45. Router Redundancy 68. X25

23. Frame Relay 46. Reservable Resources

A. Add a command H. Change menu title Q. Quit

C. Clear all commands L. Load new menu S. Save menu commands

D. Delete command M. Menu control off T. Toggle cmd. display

E. Edit command

Introducing Technician Interface Scripts

303560-A Rev 00 1-21

Adding a Command

With menu control on, add a command by entering a at the Enter menu number

or TI command: prompt. Then enter the command number, name, and title, as

shown in the example:

Enter menu number or TI command: a

Command: 69

Enter new command: date

Enter new title: Date and Time

Setting command 69 to date

Setting title 69 to Date and Time

The main menu automatically refreshes and displays the new option (69. Date

and Time).

Deleting a Command

With menu control on, delete a command by entering d at the Enter menu number

or TI command: prompt. Then enter the number of the command to be deleted, as

shown in the example:

Enter menu number or TI command: d

Enter command number (r to Return): 69

The main menu automatically refreshes and displays a new list of options, without

command number 69.

Clearing All Commands

With menu control on, clear all commands by entering c at the Enter menu

number or TI command: prompt. The menu utility responds by showing only the

menu title and control options, as follows:

Enter menu number or TI command:

Main Menu

A. Add a command H. Change menu title Q. Quit

C. Clear all commands L. Load new menu S. Save menu commands

D. Delete command M. Menu control off T. Toggle cmd display

E. Edit Command

Using Technician Interface Scripts

1-22 303560-A Rev 00

Editing a Command

With menu control on, edit a command by entering e at the Enter menu number

or TI command: prompt. Then enter the command number, name, and title, as

shown in the following example:

Enter menu number or TI command: e

Enter Command number (r to Return): 2

2 menu at.mnu

AT

Type <return> to leave unchanged.

Enter new command: show at base

Enter new title: AT Base

Setting command 2 to show at base

Setting title AT to AT Base

The main menu automatically refreshes and displays the new title for the

show at base command.

Editing a Menu Title

With menu control on, edit the title for an entire menu by entering h at the Enter

menu number or TI command: prompt. The following example changes the name

of the main menu to Protocol Statistics:

Enter menu number or TI command: h

Enter new menu title: Protocol Statistics

The main menu automatically refreshes and displays the new menu title:

Loading a New Menu

With menu control on, load a new menu by entering l at the Enter menu number

or TI command: prompt. Then enter the name of the new menu:

Enter menu number or TI command: l

Please enter menu setup file.

Type <Enter> to use default menu

[vol:filename]> newmain.mnu

If you do not enter a volume number or letter, the system saves the file (in this

case, newmain.mnu) to the default volume.

Introducing Technician Interface Scripts

303560-A Rev 00 1-23

Toggling Menu Titles and Commands

With menu control on, toggle between displaying menu titles and displaying

commands by entering t at the Enter menu number or TI command: prompt, as

shown in the example:

Enter menu number or TI command: t

At the main menu, the screen displays the menu commands (you do not need to

enter .mnu when executing a menu command):

Enter menu number or TI command:

With menu control on at the submenu level, entering t at the prompt invokes the

list of Technician Interface commands equivalent to the subcommand menu

entries.

The following example sequence of three screens shows what happens when you

enable menu control from a submenu, then toggle the submenu to display

Technician Interface commands instead of menu titles.

Main Menu

1. menu appn.mnu 24. menu frsw.mnu 47. menu sdlc.mnu

2. menu at.mnu 25. menu ftp.mnu 48. menu smds.mnu

3. menu atm.mnu 26. menu hardware.mnu 49. menu snmp.mnu

. . .

21. menu egp.mnu 44. menu rptr.mnu 67. menu xns.mnu

22. menu fddi.mnu 45. menu rredund.mnu 68. menu x25.mnu

23. menu fr.mnu 46. menu rsc.mnu

A. Add a command H. Change menu title Q. Quit

C. Clear all commands L. Load new menu S. Save menu commands

D. Delete command M. Menu control off T. Toggle title display

E. Edit command

Using Technician Interface Scripts

1-24 303560-A Rev 00

PPP subcommand menu with menu control OFF/disabled:

Enter menu number or TI command: m

PPP Menu

1. Alerts 16. Line Conf

2. AppleTalk Conf. 17. Line Parameters

3. AppleTalk Neg. 18. LQR Conf.

4. Bad Packets 19. LQR Stats

5. Bridge Conf. 20. OSI

6. Bridge Neg. 21. PAP Local

7. Circuits 22. PAP Remote

8. DECnet 23. CHAP Local

9. Disabled Circuits 24. CHAP Remote

10. Enabled Circuits 25. PPP .bat version

11. IP 26. Vines

12. IPX Config. 27. XNS

13. IPX Neg. 28. Multilink Circuits

14. IPX Name Local 29. Multilink Information

15. IPX Name Remote 30. WCP

D. Disable MORE M. Menu control on. Q. Quit or Return

Introducing Technician Interface Scripts

303560-A Rev 00 1-25

PPP subcommand menu with menu control ON/enabled:

Enter menu number or TI command: t

PPP Menu

1. Alerts 16. Line Conf

2. AppleTalk Conf. 17. Line Parameters

3. AppleTalk Neg. 18. LQR Conf.

4. Bad Packets 19. LQR Stats

5. Bridge Conf. 20. OSI

6. Bridge Neg. 21. PAP Local

7. Circuits 22. PAP Remote

8. DECnet 23. CHAP Local

9. Disabled Circuits 24. CHAP Remote

10. Enabled Circuits 25. PPP .bat version

11. IP 26. Vines

12. IPX Config. 27. XNS

13. IPX Neg. 28. Multilink Circuits

14. IPX Name Local 29. Multilink Information

15. IPX Name Remote 30. WCP

A. Add a command H. Change menu title Q. Quit

C. Clear all commands L. Load new menu S. Save menu commands

D. Delete command M. Menu control off T. Toggle cmd display

E. Edit command

Using Technician Interface Scripts

1-26 303560-A Rev 00

PPP subcommand menu toggled to display only show commands:

Enter menu number or TI command:

PPP Menu

1. show ppp alerts 16. show ppp line configuration

2. show ppp appletalk configured 17. show ppp line parameters

3. show ppp appletalk negotiated 18. show ppp lqr configured

4. show ppp bad packets 19. show ppp lqr stats

5. show ppp bridge configured 20. show ppp osi

6. show ppp bridge negotiated 21. show ppp pap local

7. show ppp circuit 22. show ppp pap remote

8. show ppp decnet 23. show ppp chap local

9. show ppp disabled 24. show ppp chap remote

10. show ppp enabled 25. show ppp version

11. show ppp ip 26. show ppp vines

12. show ppp ipx configured 27. show ppp xns

13. show ppp ipx negotiated 28. show ppp multilink circuits

14. show ppp ipx name local 29. show ppp multilink information

15. show ppp ipx name remote 30. show ppp wcp

A. Add a command H. Change menu title Q. Quit

C. Clear all commands L. Load new menu S. Save menu commands

D. Delete Command M. Menu control off T. Toggle title

E. Edit command

Introducing Technician Interface Scripts

303560-A Rev 00 1-27

Saving Changes Made to Menus

With menu control on, save your changes for future sessions by entering s at the

Enter menu number or TI command: prompt, add a filename, then press the

Return key. Refer to the following example:

Enter menu number or TI command: s

Enter file name [main.mnu]: testing.mnu

Saving commands to testing.mnu.

The Technician Interface saves the file to the default volume. The current menu

session now uses the file you specified. If you do not specify a filename at the

Enter file name [main.mnu]: prompt, the Technician Interface overwrites the

main.mnu file stored on the router’s file system once you press the Return key. If

you mistakenly type s, type q and press the Return key to quit.

Chapter 2 provides a complete reference for all show (and monitor) scripts in the

system. Refer to it for more information, sample displays, and references to other

manuals that describe each protocol in detail.

303560-A Rev 00 2-1

Chapter 2

Using the show Command

Use the show command to display routing, configuration, interface, and statistical data

from the Management Information Base (MIB). The type and amount of data displayed

depends on the specific protocol or network service you want to view.

In the command syntax, items in square brackets ([ ]) indicate optional information. Items

in curly braces ({ }) indicate choices that complete a command, and you must enter one of

the choices offered. Text in angle brackets (< >) indicates the type of information to enter

as an optional part of the command syntax; for example <

circuit name

>. Use lowercase for

all commands; they are case sensitive.

In command syntax, <

pattern

> means that you can use wildcard searching with the * and ?

characters. Use * to find a string of any characters and any length. Use ? to designate any

character in a specific position of the search string. For example, to locate all networks

whose addresses begin with 29, enter the search string 29*. This pattern will locate the

addresses 2901456 and 2967. Or if you have a set of names that begin and end with the

same characters but have different characters in the middle, such as xxx1.yy, xxx2.yy and

so on, you can enter the search pattern xxx?.yy to locate them.

Note: For online Help -- After loading the scripts you need on a given router, you

can display a list of available script subcommands by entering show

without additional options or with a question mark as an option. For example, after

you load at.bat and associated baseline script files on a router, entering show at or

show at ? at the Technician Interface prompt invokes the list of all show at

subcommand options.

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-2 303560-A Rev 00

show ahb

The show ahb

commands display configuration, state, and statistical

information about the ATM Half-Bridge (AHB) protocol. For detailed information about

the Bay Networks implementation of AHB, see Configuring ATM Half-Bridge Services.

The show ahb command supports the following subcommand options:

base

Displays the base record information for the AHB protocol. The base record controls the

AHB for the entire system.

base

circuits

hosts [<slot> | <cctnum> | <vpi> | <vci> | <addr>]

routes

stats

Protocol Name of protocol, in this case AHB.

Forwarding Mode Indicates the state of AHB packet forwarding (enabled or

disabled).

Inbound Filtering Indicates that inbound packet filtering is enabled on the AHB

router.

Learn Method Method by which AHB automatically learns new bridge entries on

the AHB router. You can configure AHB in one of the following

learning methods:

• Secure

• Unsecure

•Both

•None

Debug Level Indicates the level of debug messaging you want the AHB router to

display in its log file.

303560-A Rev 00 2-3

circuits

Displays circuit and state information for all AHB circuits.

hosts [

<slot>

|

|

<vpi>

|

<vci>

|

<addr

>]

Displays the host record information for AHB.

The table provides the following information:

Circuit Name of the circuit on which you configured AHB.

Num Number of the circuit on which you configured AHB.

Status Current state of the AHB protocol: Not Present (enabled but not

yet started), or Up.

Proxy Arp Indicates whether proxy ARP is enabled or disabled on the AHB

router. If enabled, the AHB router responds to ARP requests sent

from ATM-attached hosts with its own hardware address as the

target MAC address. If disabled, the AHB router ignores ARP

requests sent from ATM-attached hosts.

Def Subnet Mask IP subnet mask for host entries learned unsecurely.

<slot> Shows only hosts on the specified slot.

<cctnum> Shows only hosts on the specified circuit.

<vpi> Shows only hosts on the specified VPI.

<vci> Shows only hosts on the specified VCI.

<addr> Shows only hosts with the specified IP address.

Slt Indicates the slot on which the AHB router learned the CPE host

address.

Host Addr IP address of the CPE host that sends packets to the AHB router.

Subnet Subnet mask of the CPE host.

Cct Circuit number on which AHB is configured on the router.

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-4 303560-A Rev 00

routes

Displays information from the AHB routing table.

The fields displayed have the following meanings:

VPI Indicates the virtual path of the PVC configured on the ATM

inteface. The VPI is part of the cell header, which can contain a

maximum of 8 VPI bits.

VCI Identifies the virtual channel of the PVC configured on the ATM

interface. The VCI is part of the cell header, which can contain a

maximum of 16 VCI bits.

F1 Indicates “Flags” field:

0x2= host learned dynamically

0x10=disabling forwarding to/from host

0x20= host learned in unsecure mode

TxPkts Number of packets the router transmits to the CPE host at the

remote site.

RxPkts Number of packets the router receives from the CPE host at the

remote site.

Destination Destination IP address for this route. 0.0.0.0 indicates a default

route.

Mask Subnet mask to be combined with the destination address and then

compared with the value in Destination. If the value of Destination

is 0.0.0.0 (a default route), then the value of Mask is also 0.0.0.0.

Proto Routing method through which the router learned this route: Other,

Local, Netmgmt, ICMP, EGP, GGP, Hello, RIP, IS-IS, OSPF, or

BGP.

Age Number of seconds since this route was last updated or verified to

be correct. The meaning of “too old” depends on the routing

protocol specified under Proto.

Cost Number of hops to reach the destination.

NextHop Addr/AS IP address of the next hop and next Autonomous System of this

route. If the next hop is an unnumbered interface, the command

displays 0.0.0.n, where n is the number of the circuit on which the

interface has been configured.

303560-A Rev 00 2-5

stats

Displays all AHB statistics for each circuit.

The fields displayed have the following meanings:

Tot Nets The total number of networks in the AHB configuration.

Tot Hosts The total number of hosts configured on the network.

State The current state of the AHB protocol: Disabled (manually

disabled), Down, Init (Initializing), Not Present (enabled but not yet

started), or Up.

Incoming Pkts The total number of packets that the AHB router receives from the

IP routed network.

Outgoing Pkts The total number of outgoing packets that the AHB router transmits

to the IP routed network.

CCT The total number of circuits configured for AHB.

TxPkts The total number of packets transmitted by the AHB router.

TxDrop The total number of packets dropped by the AHB router.

RxPkts The total number of packets that the AHB router receives from CPE

hosts.

RxDrop The total number of packets that the router drops because they are

not contained in the bridge table.

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-6 303560-A Rev 00

show appn

The show appn

commands display configuration, state, and statistical

information about the Advanced Peer-to-Peer Networking (APPN) service. For detailed

information about the Bay Networks implementation of APPN, refer to Configuring

APPN Services.

The show appn command supports the following subcommand options:

adjacencies [<node name>]ls definition [<LS name>]

base ls hpr

cos node [<COS name>]ls status [<LS name>]

cos priority [<COS name>]memory

cos tg [<COS name>]mode [<mode name>]

directory entry [<LU name>]port definition [<port name>]

directory statistics port hpr

dlc [<DLC name>]port status [<port name>]

dlur lu [<LU name>]rtp connection

dlur pu [<LU name>]rtp route

dlus [<DLUS name>]rtp statistics

endpoint address [<PLU name>] switch <rtp connection name>

endpoint route [<PLU name>]topology node [<CP name>]

endpoint statistics [<PLU name>]topology statistics

isr address [<FQCP name>]topology tg definition [<owner name>]

303560-A Rev 00 2-7

adjacencies [

]

Displays the following information for all APPN nodes or for a specific APPN node:

isr parameters topology tg status [<owner name>]

isr route [<FQCP name>]tunnel [<circuit>]

isr statistics [<FQCP name>]version

ls anr vrn [<VRN name>]

Node Administratively assigned name for a specific node in the format

<network_ID>.<CP_name>.

CP-CP Status Status of the Control Point to Control Point session between this

node and an adjacent node. Inactive indicates that no CP-CP

sessions exist between the network node and adjacent node. Active

indicates that CP-CP sessions are active.

Out-of-Seq TDUs Number of out-of-sequence Topology Database Updates. In a

quiesced state, this value is zero. In normal operation, the value

varies depending on the network environment.

Last FRSN Sent Last Flow Reduction Sequence Number sent in a topology update

to an adjacent network node.

Last FRSN Received Last Flow Reduction Sequence Number received in a topology

update from an adjacent network node.

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-8 303560-A Rev 00

Sample Display - show appn adjacencies

APPN Adjacent Nodes

-------------------

CP-CP Out-of-Seq Last FRSN Last FRSN

Node Status TDUs Sent Received

----------------- -------- ----------- ---------- ---------

USWFLT01.AFN ACTIVE 0 3561 207

USWFLT01.SNEEZY INACTIVE 0 3554 853

USWFLT01.WF3174A ACTIVE 0 3561 687

3 Entries.

base

Displays base record information for APPN. The table displays the following information:

Capabilities:

Negotiated LS Support Indicates that the APPN node supports negotiable link stations.

Segment Reassembly Indicates that the APPN node supports segment reassembly.

BIND Reassembly Indicates that the APPN node supports BIND reassembly.

Parallel TG Support Indicates that the APPN node supports the ability to establish multiple

transmission groups.

Dynamic LS Support Indicates that the APPN node supports the ability to accept

connections (that have not been predefined) from adjacent nodes.

Adaptive BIND Pacing Indicates whether the APPN node supports the ability to control the

flow of BINDs.

Receive Registered Chars Indicates whether the APPN node supports resource registration.

Border Node Support Indicates whether the APPN node supports border nodes.

Central Directory Support Indicates whether the APPN node is a central directory server.

Route Tree Caching Indicates that the APPN node supports route tree caching.

Incremental Tree Updates Indicates that the APPN node supports incremental updates to the

route-selection tree cache.

Mode-to-COS Mapping Indicates that the APPN node supports mapping of mode name and

COS and transmission priority.

303560-A Rev 00 2-9

Capacity:

Multi-Domain Support Indicates whether the APPN node supports multi-domain traffic

flows.

Endpoint RSCV Storage Indicates whether the APPN node supports Route Selection Control

Vectors (RSCVs) storage during ISR sessions.

Alert Queue Size Maximum number of alerts that are held while waiting for the

establishment of a link to a reporting point.

COS Cache Size Size of the COS database weight cache.

Directory Cache Size Maximum number of entries that can be stored in the directory

database at the network node.

Max Directory Entries Maximum number of cached directory entries that can be stored in the

local directory database at any one time.

Route Tree Cache Size Size of the topology and routing services tree database.

Route Tree Use Limit Maximum number of Route Selection Trees (RSTs) cached.

Max Nodes in Topology Maximum number of times an RST will be used before Route Selection

Services (RSS) calculates a new route tree for that route.

Max TGs in Topology Maximum number of transmission groups in the local topology

database.

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-10 303560-A Rev 00

Sample Display - show appn base

APPN Base Information

---------------------

Node Name: USWFLT01.DURHAM

State: Active

Capabilities:

Negotiated LS Support: Yes

Segment Reassembly: Yes

BIND Reassembly: Yes

Parallel TG Support: Yes

Dynamic LS Support: Yes

Adaptive BIND Pacing: Yes

Receive Registered Chars: Yes

Border Node Support: No

Central Directory Support: No

Route Tree Caching: Yes

Incremental Tree Updates: Yes

Mode-to-COS Mapping: Yes

Multi-Domain Support: Yes

Endpoint RSCV Storage: Yes

Capacity:

Alert Queue Size: 10

COS Cache Size: 8

Directory Cache Size: 100

Max Directory Entries: Unlimited

Route Tree Cache Size: 8

Route Tree Use Limit: 8

Max Nodes in Topology: Unlimited

Max TGs in Topology: Unlimited

303560-A Rev 00 2-11

cos node [

]

Displays resistance and congestion information for all COS types or for a specific COS

type.

COS COS Name: #BATCH, #INTER, #INTERSC, #BATCHSC,

CPSVCMG or SNASVCMG. #BATCH refers to jobs which are

batch-like in nature (i.e., where there is a lot of data is involved and

response time is not very important). #INTER refers to interactive

jobs (i.e., where there is not much data involved and response time

is very important). #INTERSC and #BATCHSC are secure versions

of #INTER and #BATCH. CPSVCMG and SNASVCMG are used

for APPN control data.

Weight Size of the COS database weight cache assigned to a particular

node given its resistance and congestion characteristics.

Resist Min Minimum route addition resistance allowed. Route addition

resistance indicates the relative desirability of using this node for

intermediate session traffic. The value, which can be an integer

from 0 to 255, is used in route computation. The lower the value,

the more desirable the node is for intermediate routing.

Resist Max Maximum route addition resistance allowed.

Congest Min Minimum congestion allowed.

Congest Max Maximum congestion allowed.

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-12 303560-A Rev 00

Sample Display - show appn cos node

APPN COS Nodes

--------------

Resist Resist Congest Congest

COS Weight Min Max Min Max

-------- ------ ------ ------ ------- -------

#BATCH 5 0 31 0 0

#BATCH 10 0 63 0 0

#BATCH 20 0 95 0 0

#BATCH 40 0 127 0 0

#BATCH 60 0 159 0 0

#BATCH 80 0 191 0 0

#BATCH 120 0 223 0 1

#BATCH 160 0 255 0 1

#INTER 5 0 31 0 0

#INTER 10 0 63 0 0

#INTER 20 0 95 0 0

#INTER 40 0 127 0 0

#INTER 60 0 159 0 0

#INTER 80 0 191 0 0

#INTER 120 0 223 0 1

#INTER 160 0 255 0 1

CPSVCMG 5 0 31 0 0

17 Entries.

303560-A Rev 00 2-13

cos priority [

]

Displays the transmission priority for all COS types or for a specific COS type. For more

information about COS types, see the cos node command. The priority can be Low,

Medium, High, or Network.

Sample Display - show appn cos priority

APPN COS Priorities

-------------------

COS Priority

-------- --------

#BATCH Low

#INTER High

CPSVCMG Network

#BATCHSC Low

#CONNECT Medium

#INTERSC High

SNASVCMG Network

7 Entries.

cos tg [

]

Displays Transmission Group (TG) information for all COS types or for a specific COS

type.

Eff-Cap Min Minimum effective capacity. Effective capacity is the bit-transmission

rate of the transmission group. It is derived from the link bandwidth and

maximum load factor with the range of 0 through 255.

Eff-Cap Max Maximum effective capacity.

Connect Min Minimum cost per connection time. This value represents the relative

cost per unit of time to use the transmission group. Range is from 0,

which means no cost, to 255, which indicates maximum cost.

Connect Max Maximum cost per connection time.

Byte Cst Min Minimum cost of transmitting a byte over this connection. Range is

from 0 (lowest cost) to 255.

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-14 303560-A Rev 00

For more information about COS types and weight, see the cos node command.

Byte Cst Max Maximum cost of transmitting a byte over this connection. Range is

from 0 (lowest cost) to 255.

Security Min Minimum security, with security represented as an integer with a range

of 1 through 255: 1 (nonsecure), 32 (public switched), 64

(underground), 128 (conduit), 160 (encrypted), 192 (guarded

radiation), 255 (maximum).

Security Max Maximum security, with security represented as an integer with a range

of 1 through 255: 1 (nonsecure), 32 (public switched), 64

(underground), 128 (conduit), 160 (encrypted), 192 (guarded

radiation), 255 (maximum).

Delay Min Minimum amount of time that it takes for a signal to travel the length of

the logical link, with a range of from 0 to 255: 76 (negligible), 113

(terrestrial), 145 (packet), 153 (long), 255 (maximum).

Delay Max Maximum amount of time that it takes for a signal to travel the length

of the logical link, with a range of from 0 to 255: 76 (negligible), 113

(terrestrial), 145 (packet), 153 (long), 255 (maximum).

User-1 Min First minimum user-defined transmission group characteristic for this

transmission group with a range of from 0 to 255.

User-1 Max First maximum user-defined transmission group characteristic for this

transmission group with a range of from 0 to 255.

User-2 Min Second minimum user-defined transmission group characteristic for

this transmission group with a range of from 0 to 255.

User-2 Max Second maximum user-defined transmission group characteristic for

this transmission group with a range of from 0 to 255.

User-3 Min Third minimum user-defined transmission group characteristic for this

transmission group with a range of from 0 to 255.

User-3 Max Third maximum user-defined transmission group characteristic for this

transmission group with a range of from 0 to 255.

303560-A Rev 00 2-15

Sample Display - show appn cos tg

APPN COS TGs

------------

Eff-Cap Connect ByteCst Securty Delay User-1 User-2 User-3

COS

------ Wgt

------ Min

----- Max

----- Min

----- Max

----- Min

----- Max

----- Min

----- Max

----- Min

----- Max

----- Min

----- Max

----- Min

----- Max

----- Min

----- Max

-----

#BATCH 3068255000012550255025502550255

#BATCH 6056255000012550255025502550255

#BATCH 90 56 255 0 128 0 128 1 255 0 255 0 255 0 255 0 255

#BATCH 12048255000012550255025502550255

#BATCH 150 48255 0128 0128 1255 0255 0255 0255 0255

#BATCH 180 48255 0196 0196 1255 0255 0255 0255 0255

#BATCH 210 40255 0196 0196 1255 0255 0255 0255 0255

#BATCH 240 0 255 0 255 0 255 1 255 0 255 0 255 0 255 0 255

#INTER 3011825500001255076025502550255

#INTER 6068255000012550113025502550255

#INTER 90 68 255 0 128 0 128 1 255 0 113 0 255 0 255 0 255

#INTER 12056255000012550113025502550255

#INTER 150 56255 0128 0128 1255 0145 0255 0255 0255

#INTER 18048255000012550145025502550255

#INTER 210 48255 0196 0196 1255 0255 0255 0255 0255

#INTER 240 0 255 0 255 0 255 1 255 0 255 0 255 0 255 0 255

CPSVCMG3011825500001255076025502550255

17 Entries.

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-16 303560-A Rev 00

directory entry [

]

Displays directory information for all Logical Units (LUs) or for a specific LU.

Sample Display - show appn directory entry

APPN Directory Entries

----------------------

LU Logical Unit name.

NN Server Network Node server name.

LU Owner Logical Unit owner name.

Location Location of the Logical Unit: Local, Domain, or XDomain (cross-domain).

Type Directory type: Home, Cache, or Registered. Home means that the LU is in

the domain of the local network node and that the LU information has been

configured at the local node. Cache means that the LU has previously been

located by a broadcast search and that the location information has been

saved. Register means that the LU is at an end node that is in the domain of

the local network node. Registered entries are registered by the served end

node.

Wildcard Type of wildcard: Explicit, Partial, or Full. Explicit means the full LU name

has been specified. Partial means the entry is a partial wildcard. Full means

the entry is a full wildcard, and all searches for unknown LUs will be

directed to this node.

LU

-----------------

NN Server

----------------

LU Owner

----------------

Location

--------

Type

-------

Wildcard

--------

USWFLT01.TESTEN USWFLT01.RALEIGH USWFLT01.TESTEN Domain Registr Explicit

USWFLT01.RALEIGH USWFLT01.RALEIGH USWFLT01.RALEIGH Local Home Explicit

USWFLT01.TESTENLU USWFLT01.RALEIGH USWFLT01.TESTEN Domain Registr Explicit

3 Entries.

303560-A Rev 00 2-17

directory statistics

Displays information concerning the performance of the directory services function.

Sample Display - show appn stats directory

APPN Directory Statistics

-----------------------

Maximum Cached Entries: 100

Current Cached Entries: 0

Current Home Entries: 2

Current Registered Entries: 3

Directed Locates Received: 0

Broadcast Locates Received: 0

Directed Locates Sent: 0

Broadcast Locates Sent: 0

Directed Locates Not Found: 0

Broadcast Locates Not Found: 0

Outstanding Locates: 0

Maximum Cached Entries Maximum number of cache entries allowed.

Current Cached Entries Current number of cache entries.

Current Home Entries Current number of home entries.

Current Registered Entries Current number of registered entries.

Directed Locates Received Number of directed locates received.

Broadcast Locates Received Number of broadcast locates received.

Directed Locates Sent Number of directed locates sent.

Broadcast Locates Sent Number of broadcast locates sent.

Directed Locates Not Found Number of directed locates returned with a “not found.”

Broadcast Locates Not Found Number of broadcast locates returned with a “not found.”

Outstanding Locates Current number of outstanding locates, both directed and

broadcast. This value varies. A value of zero indicates that no

locates are unanswered.

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-18 303560-A Rev 00

dlc [

]

Displays information for all Data Link Controls (DLCs) or for a specific DLC.

Sample Display - show appn dlc

APPN DLCs

---------

DLC Negotiated

DLC Circuit Name State CCT Type LS Support

-------- ------------ ---------------- ---- ------- ----------

DLC00001 S51 Active 1 SDLC Yes

DLC00002 S52 Active 2 SDLC Yes

DLC00003 S53 Active 3 SDLC Yes

DLC00004 S54 Active 4 SDLC Yes

DLC00006 E23.llc2 Active 6 LLC-TB Yes

DLC00008 E24.llc2 Active 8 LLC-TB Yes

DLC00010 O31.llc2 Active 10 LLC-SRB Yes

7 Entries.

DLC Eight-character name given to this DLC.

Circuit Name Name of the circuit used by this DLC.

State Current state of this DLC: Inactive, Pending Active, Active, or

Pending Inactive.

CCT Circuit number.

DLC Type Type of DLC: SDLC, LLC SRB, LLC TB, or DLS.

Negotiated LS Support Indicates whether Link Station roles can be negotiated on this

DLC.

303560-A Rev 00 2-19

dlur lu [

]

Displays the status of all the DLUR LUs or a specific DLUR LU.

Sample Display - show appn dlur lu

APPN DLUR LUs

-------------

NAU

LU PU DLUS Address PLU

-------- -------- ----------------- ------- -----------------

L0000C22 PU188004 USWFLT01.S156CDRM 2

L0000C23 PU188004 USWFLT01.S156CDRM 3

2 Entries.

dlur pu [

]

Displays the status of all the DLUR PUs or a specific DLUR PU.

LU Logical Unit name.

PU Physical Unit name with up to 8 characters.

DLUS Fully qualified Dependent LU Server name containing 3 to 17

characters.

NAU Address Network Addressable Unit address.

PLU Primary LU name.

PU Physical Unit name with up to 8 characters.

Active DLUS Displays the fully qualified name of the active DLUS. The name

can contain from 3 to 17 characters.

Primary DLUS Displays the fully qualified primary Dependent Logical Unit

Server name. The name can contain from 3 to 17 characters.

Backup DLUS Displays the fully qualified backup Dependent Logical Unit Server

name. The name can contain from 3 to 17 characters.

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-20 303560-A Rev 00

Sample Display - show appn dlur pu

APPN DLUR PUs

-------------

PU Active DLUS Primary DLUS Backup DLUS

-------- ----------------- ----------------- -----------------

PU188004 USWFLT01.S156CDRM USWFLT01.S156CDRM USWFLT01.S157CDRM

1 Entry.

dlus [

]

Displays the status of all the DLUSs or a specific DLUS.

Sample Display - show appn dlus

APPN DLUS Nodes

---------------

Active SSCP-PU SSCP-PU SSCP-LU SSCP-LU

DLUS Pipe State PUs MU Sent MU Rcvd MU Sent MU Rcvd

----------------- ---------------- ------ ------- ------- ------- -------

USWFLT01.S156CDRM Active 1 0 0 5 4

1 Entry.

DLUS Displays the fully qualified name of the active DLUS. The name

can contain from 3 to 17 characters.

Pipe State State of the CP-SVR pipe between the DLUR and DLUS:

Active, Inactive, PendingActive, PendingInact.

Active PUs Number of active PUs to the DLUS.

SSCP-PU MU Rcvd Number of Message Units Received on the SSCP-PU session.

SSCP-PU MU Sent Number of Message Units Sent on the SSCP-PU session.

SSCP-LU MU Rcvd Number of Message Units Received on the SSCP-LU session.

SSCP-LU MU Sent Number of Message Units Sent on the SSCP-LU session.

303560-A Rev 00 2-21

endpoint address [

]

Displays address information for all endpoint sessions or for sessions to a specific LU.

Sample Display - show appn endpoint address

APPN Endpoint Session Addressing Info

-------------------------------------

Partner LU Name of the Partner Logical Unit being used by this session.

PCID Procedure Correlation Identifier of this session.

Priority Transmission priority being used by this session: Low, Medium,

High, or Network level priority.

COS Class-of-Service being used by this session.

LS Adjacent Link Station used by this session.

SIDH Session Identifier High value used by this session.

SIDL Session Identifier Low value used by this session.

ODAI OAF-DAF Assignor Indicator value used by this session.

Partner LU

-----------------

PCID

-----------------

Priority

--------

COS

---------

LS

---------

SIDH

----

SIDL

----

ODAI

----

USWFLT01.WF3174A dbf36f442150b151 Network CPSVCMG @I000004 2 0 1

USWFLT01.WF3174A fbbf52e94a9b96c9 Network CPSVCMG @I000004 2 0 0

USWFLT01.AFN ccebbc6be89f3909 Network CPSVCMG @I000003 2 0 0

USWFLT01.AFN fbbf52e94a9b96c8 Network CPSVCMG @I000003 2 0 1

USWFLT01.TESTEN fbbf52e94a9b96c7 Network CPSVCMG @I000002 2 0 0

USWFLT01.TESTEN eebbbebc4474cd92 Network CPSVCMG @I000002 2 1 1

6 Entries.

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-22 303560-A Rev 00

endpoint route [

]

Displays routing information for all endpoint sessions or for sessions to a specific LU. The

Route column indicates the route used by the endpoint sessions. CP sessions (between

adjacent nodes) do not show routes. For more information about column definitions, see

the endpoint address command.

Sample Display - show appn endpoint route

APPN Endpoint Session Routing Info

----------------------------------

Note: Routing information is only available if the endpoint session RSCV storage

option is enabled.

Partner LU

-------------------

PCID

-------------------

Route

---------------------------------------

USWFLT01.WFAS400 fbbf52e94a9b96cc USWFLT01.RALEIGH->TG:1->

USWFLT01.AFN>TG:21->USWFLT01.WFAS400

USWFLT01.WFAS400 fbbf52e94a9b96cb USWFLT01.RALEIGH->TG:1->USWFLT01.AFN->

TG:21->USWFLT01.WFAS400

USWFLT01.WF3174A dbf36f442150b151

USWFLT01.WF3174A fbbf52e94a9b96c9

USWFLT01.AFN ccebbc6be89f3909

USWFLT01.AFN fbbf52e94a9b96c8

USWFLT01.TESTEN fbbf52e94a9b96c7

USWFLT01.TESTEN eebbbebc4474cd92

8 Entries.

303560-A Rev 00 2-23

endpoint statistics [

]

Displays statistics for all endpoint sessions or for sessions to a specific LU.

Sample Display - show appn stats endpoint

APPN Endpoint Session Statistics

--------------------------------

BTU Pacing

Partner LU PCID Dir Size Max Cur Frames Bytes

----------------- ---------------- --- ----- --- --- ------ ------

USWFLT01.WFAS400 fbbf52e94a9b96cc Rx 2048 3 3 1 40

Tx 2048 1 1 1 62

USWFLT01.WFAS400 fbbf52e94a9b96cb Rx 2048 3 3 1 28

Tx 2048 1 1 1 76

USWFLT01.WF3174A dbf36f442150b151 Rx 2048 11 7 11 4K

Tx 2048 1 1 1 15

USWFLT01.WF3174A fbbf52e94a9b96c9 Rx 2048 1 1 1 15

Tx 2048 4 3 14 351K

USWFLT01.AFN ccebbc6be89f3909 Rx 2048 11 7 11 4K

Tx 2048 1 1 1 15

USWFLT01.AFN fbbf52e94a9b96c8 Rx 2048 1 1 1 15

Tx 2048 13 13 19 136K

USWFLT01.TESTEN fbbf52e94a9b96c7 Rx 1929 1 1 1 15

Tx 1929 1 1 194 23K

USWFLT01.TESTEN eebbbebc4474cd92 Rx 1929 1 1 195 53K

Tx 1929 1 1 1 15

8 Entries.

Dir Indicates the direction: Rx (receive) or Tx (transmit).

BTU Size Maximum send Basic Transmission Unit size on each hop of this

session.

Pacing Max Maximum send pacing on each hop of this session.

Pacing Cur Current send pacing on each hop of this session.

Frames Number of normal-flow frames sent on each hop of this session.

Bytes Number of bytes sent on each hop of this session.

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-24 303560-A Rev 00

isr address [

]

Displays address information for all Intermediate Session Routing (ISR) sessions or for

sessions from a particular node.

Sample Display - show appn isr address

APPN ISR Session Addressing Info

--------------------------------

FQ CP Name PCID Priority COS Hop LS SIDH SIDL ODAI

----------------- ---------------- ------- -------- --- -------- ---- ---- ----

USWFLT01.TESTEN eebbbebc4774cd92 Network SNASVCMG Pri @I000002 2 2 1

Sec @I000003 2 1 1

1 Entry.

FQ CP Name Fully Qualified Control Point name of the node assigning the PCID

for this session.

PCID Procedure Correlation Identifier of this session.

Priority Transmission priority used by this session: Low, Medium, High, or

Network.

COS Class-of-Service being used by this session.

Hop Indicates whether the local LU was the BIND sender (Primary) or

the BIND receiver (Secondary).

LS Adjacent Link Station used by this session.

SIDH Session Identifier High value used by this session.

SIDL Session Identifier Low value used by this session.

ODAI OAF-DAF Assignor Indicator value used by this session.

303560-A Rev 00 2-25

isr parameters

Displays parameter information about the Intermediate Session Routing (ISR) function.

Sample Display - show appn isr parameters

APPN ISR Parameters

-------------------

ISR State: Enabled

Maximum RU Size: 1024

Receive Pacing Window: 7

Maximum ISR Sessions: 1000

Congestion Upper Threshold: 900

Congestion Lower Threshold: 800

ISR RSCV Storage: Yes

ISR State Indicates whether ISR is enabled. The default is enabled.

Maximum RU Size Maximum Request Unit size for intermediate sessions.

Receive Pacing Window Maximum number of messages that the network node can receive

in one pacing window during an ISR session.

Maximum ISR Sessions Maximum number of ISR sessions that the local network node will

process concurrently.

Congestion Upper Threshold Maximum number of ISR sessions that can take place before new

sessions are directed away from the network node.

Congestion Lower Threshold Number of active ISR sessions that the local network node must

drop to before it is no longer considered congested.

ISR RSCV Storage Indicates whether Route Selection Control Vectors are stored

during ISR sessions (see isr route command).

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-26 303560-A Rev 00

isr route [

]

Displays routing information for all ISR sessions or for ISR sessions from a specific node.

For more information about column definitions, see the isr address command.

Sample Display - show appn isr route

APPN ISR Session Routing Info

-----------------------------

FQ CP Name PCID Route

----------------- ---------------- -----

USWFLT01.TESTEN eebbbebc4774cd92 USWFLT01.TESTEN-

>

TG:21-

>

USWFLT01.RALEIGH-

>

TG:1-

>

USWFLT01.AFN-

>

TG:21-

>

USWFLT01.WFAS400

1 Entry.

isr statistics [

]

Displays session statistics for all ISR sessions or for ISR sessions from a specific node.

For more information about column definitions, see the endpoint statistics and isr

address commands.

Sample Display - show appn stats isr

APPN ISR Session Statistics

---------------------------

BTU Pacing

FQ CP Name PCID Hop Size Max Cur Frames Bytes

----------------- ---------------- ---- ----- --- --- ------ ------

USWFLT01.TESTEN eebbbebc4774cd92 P-Rx 1929 1 1 388 29K

P-Tx 1929 3 3 388 10K

S-Rx 2048 5 3 388 10K

S-Tx 2048 5 3 388 29K

1 Entry.

Note: ISR RSCV storage must be enabled in order to display the route.

303560-A Rev 00 2-27

ls anr

Displays automatic network routing labels for a single link station or multiple link

stations.

Sample Display - show appn ls anr

APPN Link Station ANR Info

---------------------------

ANR

LS CP Name State Label

-------- ----------------- ----------- -----

RALEIGH USBNET01.RALEIGH Active 91

VEGAS USBNET01.VEGAS Active 90

2 Entries.

LS Administratively assigned name for the link station. The name can

be from one to eight characters.

CP Name Fully qualified name of the adjacent node for this link station. The

name can be from three to 17 characters. Format is

<network_ID>.<CP_name>.

State The current state of the link station, active or inactive.

ANR Label The Automatic Network Routing label assigned during RTP route

setup.

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-28 303560-A Rev 00

ls definition [

]

Displays Link Station (LS) information for all defined link stations or for a specific link

station.

Sample Display - show appn ls definition

APPN Link Station Definition

----------------------------

TG CP-CP Max

LS CP Name Port Num Sessn BTU Link Address

-------- ----------------- -------- --- ----- ----- ---------------

DURHAM USWFLT01.DURHAM PORT22 0 Yes 1417 00004500e476:04

WFAS400 USWFLT01.WFAS400 PORT22 0 Yes 1476 40000104877a:04

2 Entries.

LS Administratively assigned name for the link station. The name can

be from one to eight characters.

CP Name Fully qualified name of the adjacent node for this link station. The

name can be from three to 17 characters. Format is

<network_ID>.<CP_name>.

Port Administratively assigned name for the port. The name can be from

one to eight characters.

TG Num Number associated with the transmission group for this link

station.

CP-CP Sessn Indicates whether CP-CP sessions are supported by this link

station.

Max BTU Numeric value between 256 and 4105 inclusive, indicating the

maximum number of bytes in a Basic Transmission Unit (BTU)

that can be sent on this transmission group. This is an

administratively assigned value.

Link Address Link address using MAC address and SAP, or SDLC address.

303560-A Rev 00 2-29

ls hpr

Displays High Performance Routing capabilities for a single link station or multiple link

stations.

Sample Display - show appn ls hpr

APPN Link Station HPR info

------------------------------

HPR Link Level

LS CP Name Enabled Error Recovery

-------- ----------------- ------- --------------

RALEIGH USWFLT01.RALEIGH Yes No

VEGAS USWFLT01.VEGAS Yes Yes

2 Entries.

LS Administratively assigned name for the link station. The name can

be from one to eight characters.

CP Name Fully qualified name of the adjacent node for this link station. The

name can be from three to 17 characters. Format is

<network_ID>.<CP_name>.

HPR Enabled Specifies whether HPR support has been enabled for this link

station.

Link Level Error Recovery Specifies whether link level error recovery support has been

selected for this link station.

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-30 303560-A Rev 00

ls status [

]

Displays the status of all link stations or a specific link station.

Sample Display - show appn ls status

APPN Link Station Status

------------------------

LS Administratively assigned name for the link station. The name can

be from one to eight characters. Names that begin with an “@”

symbol indicate dynamic link stations.

CP Name Fully qualified name of the adjacent node for this link station. The

name can be from three to 17 characters. Format is

<network_ID>.<CP_name>.

State State of this link station: Inactive, Pending Active, Active,

PendingInactive.

TG Num Number of the transmission group for this link station.

Cur Sessn Number of active sessions on this link.

Frames Rcvd Number of message frames received.

Bytes Rcvd Number of message bytes received.

Frames Sent Number of message frames sent.

Bytes Sent Number of message bytes sent.

LS

---------

CP Name

------------------

State

----------

TG

Num

----

Cur

Sessn

-----

Frames

Rcvd

-----

Bytes

Rcvd

-----

Frames

Sent

-----

Bytes

Sent

----

PLUTO USWFLT01.PLUTO Active 21 4 56 10K 57 9K

ANAHEIM USWFLT01.ANAHEIM Pend Active 3 0 0 0 0 0

WF3174A USWFLT01.WF3174A Active 21 2 51 10K 41 5K

ANAHEIM2 USWFLT01.ANAHEIM Active 2 6 81 4K 68 3K

4 Entries.

303560-A Rev 00 2-31

memory

Displays information about CP memory usage.

Sample Display - show appn memory

APPN Memory Utilization

-----------------------

Available Memory: 0

Memory in Use: 147915

Warning Threshold: 0

Critical Threshold: 0

Available Memory Total memory available to the APPN service (0 means unlimited).

Memory in Use Memory in use by the APPN service.

Warning Threshold Warning memory threshold (0 means no threshold).

Critical Threshold Critical memory threshold (0 means no threshold).

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-32 303560-A Rev 00

mode [

]

Displays mode-to-COS mappings for all modes or for a specific mode. For information on

the columns, see the cos node and cos priority commands.

Sample Display - show appn mode

APPN Mode to COS Mappings

-------------------------

Mode COS

-------- --------

#BATCH #BATCH

#INTER #INTER

CPSVCMG CPSVCMG

#BATCHSC #BATCHSC

#INTERSC #INTERSC

SNASVCMG SNASVCMG

6 Entries.

port definition [

]

Displays port definition information for all ports or for a specific port.

Port Administratively assigned name for this APPN port. The name can

be from one to eight characters.

Number Port number associated with the port name.

DLC Indicates the name of the DLC supporting this port.

Receive BTU Size Maximum Basic Transmission Unit (BTU) size that a link station

on this port can receive.

Send BTU Size Maximum BTU size that a link station on this port can send.

Max Window Maximum number of I-frames that can be received by the

Exchange Identification (XID) sender before an acknowledgement

is received.

Port Type Identifies the type of line used by this port: Leased, Switched, or

Shared Access Transport Facility (SATF).

Link Address Link address using MAC address and SAP.

303560-A Rev 00 2-33

Sample Display - show appn port definition

APPN Port Definitions

---------------------

port hpr

Displays High Performance Routing capabilities for a single port or multiple ports.

Port

----------

Number

--------

DLC

------

Receive

BTU Size

---------

Send

BTU Size

--------

Max

Window

-----

Port

Type

----

Link Address

---------------

PORT0001 0 DLC00001 2048 2048 7 Leased :01

PORT0002 0 DLC00002 2048 2048 7 Leased :03

PORT0003 0 DLC00003 2048 2048 7 Leased :05

PORT0004 0 DLC00004 2048 2048 7 Leased :07

PORT0008 0 DLC00008 2057 2057 7 SATF 000045222224:04

PORT0010 0 DLC00010 2057 2057 7 SATF 000045C0E4B6:04

6 Entries.

Port Administratively assigned name for this APPN port. The name can

be from one to eight characters.

Implicit HPR Enabled Specifies whether HPR support has been enabled for dynamic link

stations on this port.

Implicit Link Level Error

Recovery Specifies whether link level error recovery support has been

selected for dynamic link stations on this port.

Implicit Link Deactivation

Time Specifies the link deactivation time (in seconds) for dynamic link

stations on this port.

HPR SAP Defines the chosen SAP for HPR traffic on this port.

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-34 303560-A Rev 00

Sample Display - show appn port hpr

APPN Port Defined HPR info

-----------------------------

Implicit Implicit Implicit

HPR Link Level Link Deact HPR

Port Enabled Error Recovery Time sap

-------- -------- -------------- ---------- ----

PORT0003 Yes No 120 C8

PORT0005 No No 5 none

2 Entries.

port status [

]

Displays port status information regarding the Exchange Identification (XID) and link role

for all ports or for a specific port.

Port Administratively assigned name for this APPN port. The name can

be from one to eight characters.

Number Port number associated with the port name.

State State of this port: Inactive, Pending Active, Active,

PendingInactive.

Link Role Initial role for the link stations activated through this port: Primary,

Secondary, Negotiable, or ABM (Asynchronous Balance Mode).

Good XIDs Number of successful XID sequences that have occurred on all

defined link stations on this port since the last time this port was

started.

Bad XIDs Number of unsuccessful XID sequences that have occurred on all

defined link stations on this port since the last time this port was

started.

303560-A Rev 00 2-35

Sample Display - show appn port status

APPN Port Status

----------------

Port Number State Link Role Good XIDs Bad XIDs

-------- ------ ---------------- ---------- --------- --------

PORT0001 0 Active Negotiable 1 0

PORT0002 0 Active Negotiable 0 0

PORT0003 0 Active Primary 1 0

PORT0004 0 Active Primary 1 0

4 Entries.

rtp connection

Displays information about all RTP connections or a specific RTP connection.

RTP Conn Name Name of the RTP connection.

Destination CP Name Fully qualified name of the destination network node. The name

can be from three to 17 characters. Format is

<network_ID>.<CP_name>.

1st Hop Ls Name Name of the link station which supports the RTP connection.

COS Class of service for the RTP connection.

Local TCID Local Transport Connection Identifier of the RTP connection.

Remote TCID Remote Transport Connection Identifier of the RTP connection.

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-36 303560-A Rev 00

Sample Display - show appn rtp connection

APPN RTP Connections

--------------------

rtp route

Displays the RTP route selection control vector for all RTP connections or a specific RTP

connection.

RTP

Conn

Name

-------

Destination

CP Name

------------

1st Hop

Ls

Name

------

COS

------

Local

TCID

---------------

Remote

TCID

---------------

@R000001 USWFLT01.DURHAM RALEIGH SNASVCMG 0000000001000000 0000000005000000

@R000002 USWFLT01.DURHAM RALEIGH #CONNECT 0000000002000000 0000000006000000

@R000003 USWFLT01.DURHAM RALEIGH #INTER 0000000003000000 0000000007000000

@R000004 USWFLT01.DURHAM RALEIGH #BATCH 0000000004000000 0000000008000000

@R000005 USWFLT01.VEGAS BOSTON SNASVCMG 0000000005000000 0000000009000000

@R000006 USWFLT01.VEGAS BOSTON #CONNECT 0000000006000000 000000000A000000

6 Entries.

RTP Conn Name Name of the RTP connection.

Route Route selection control vector (RSCV) of the RTP connection.

303560-A Rev 00 2-37

Sample Display - show appn rtp route

APPN RTP Connection Routing Info

----------------------------------

RTP

Conn

Name Route

-------- -----

@R000001 USWFLT01.VEGAS->TG:21->USWFLT01.RALEIGH

@R000002 USWFLT01.VEGAS->TG:21->USWFLT01.RALEIGH

@R000003 USWFLT01.VEGAS->TG:21->USWFLT01.RALEIGH

@R000004 USWFLT01.VEGAS->TG:21->USWFLT01.RALEIGH

4 Entries.

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-38 303560-A Rev 00

rtp statistics

Displays statistics for all RTP connections or a specific RTP connection.

Sample Display - show appn rtp statistics

APPN RTP Connection Statistics

------------------------------

RTP Connection Name Name of the RTP connection.

Cur Session Number of currently active sessions on this RTP connection.

Dir Direction (Rx/Tx) of the specified statistic.

Bytes Number of bytes received/transmitted on the RTP connection.

Pkts Number of packets received/transmitted on the RTP connection.

SessCtl Frames Number of session control frames sent on the RTP connection.

Rate Current receive/transmit rate (in Kbits/sec) of the RTP connection.

Discarded Bytes Total number of bytes sent by the remote node that were discarded

as duplicates.

Discarded Pkts Total number of packets sent by the remote node that were

discarded as duplicates.

Resent Bytes Total number of bytes resent by the local node that were lost in

transit.

Resent Pkts Total number of packets resent by the local node that were lost in

transit.

RTP

Conn

Name

Cur

Sessn Dir Bytes Pkts

SessCtl

Frames Rate

Discarded

Bytes Pkts

Resent

Bytes Pkts

@R000001 1 Rx

Tx

196

285

7

1

1K

0

-

0

-

0

-

0

@R000002 1 Rx

Tx

344

354

14

15

1

1K

0

-

0

-

0

-

0

@R000003 1 Rx

Tx

352

420

218

215

1

1K

0

-

0

-

0

-

0

@R000004 1 Rx

Tx

352

420

195

199

1

1K

0

-

0

-

0

-

0

4 Entries.

303560-A Rev 00 2-39

switch

Requests the APPN node to perform a path switch with a currently active RTP connection.

If a better path is not found, the connection remains unchanged. The

<rtp_connection_name> is the name of the RTP connection that displays with the show

appn rtp connection command.

Sample Display - show appn switch

path switching RTP connection @R000001

topology node [

]

Displays node information on the topology database for all control points or for a specific

control point.

Node Administratively assigned name for a specific node in the format

<network_ID>.<CP_name>

.

Type Type of APPN node: NN (network node) or VRN (virtual node).

FRSN Flow Reduction Sequence Numbers are associated with Topology

Database Updates (TDUs) and are unique only within each APPN network

node. A TDU can be associated with multiple APPN resources. This FRSN

indicates the last time this resource was updated at this node.

RSN Resource Sequence Number that is assigned and controlled by the network

node that owns this resource. This is always an even 32-bit number unless

an error has occurred.

RAR Route Addition Resistance indicates the relative desirability of using this

node for intermediate session traffic. The value, which can be any integer

from 0 to 255, is used in route computation. The lower the value, the more

desirable the node is for intermediate routing.

Congested Indicates whether this node is congested. This is set or reset by a node

based upon one or both of the following congestion measures: cycle

utilization of the hardware and total buffer utilization. When this

congestion exists this node is not included in route selection by other

nodes.

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-40 303560-A Rev 00

Sample Display - show appn topology node

APPN Topology Nodes

-------------------

Depleted Indicates whether Intermediate Session Routing resources are depleted.

This node is not included in intermediate route selection by other nodes

when resources are depleted.

Quiescing Indicates whether the node is quiescing. This node is not included in route

selection by other nodes when the node is quiescing.

GW Indicates whether the node provide gateway functions.

CDS Indicates whether the node provides Central Directory Support.

Node

-----------------

Type

----

FRSN

----

RSN

---

RAR

---

Congested

---------

Depleted

--------

Quiescing

---------

GW

--

CDS

---

USWFLT01.AN NN 3547 2 128 No No No No No

USWFLT01.AFN NN 3547 4 128 No No No No No

USWFLT01.ASN NN 3547 2 128 No No No No No

USWFLT01.BCN NN 3547 2 128 No No No No No

USWFLT01.BUD NN 3547 2 128 No No No No No

USWFLT01.CN1 VRN 0 0 128 No No No No No

USWFLT01.PCX NN 3547 2 128 No No No No No

USWFLT01.PLUTO NN 3547 6 128 No No No No No

USWFLT01.VEGAS NN 3548 2 128 No No No No No

USWFLT01.DURHAM NN 3548 2 128 No No No No No

USWFLT01.SNEEZY NN 3548 2 128 No No No No No

USWFLT01.ANAHEIM NN 3548 2 128 No No No No No

USWFLT01.MERCURY NN 3549 14 0 No No No No No

USWFLT01.RALEIGH NN 3549 2 128 No No No No No

USWFLT01.WF3174A NN 3551 64 128 No No No No No

USWFLT01.WFAS400 NN 3550 88 128 No No No No No

USWFLT01.BROOKLYN NN 3550 2 128 No No No No No

17 Entries.

303560-A Rev 00 2-41

topology statistics

Displays APPN topology statistics.

Node Record Statistics:

Max Nodes Maximum number of nodes allowed in the APPN topology

database. This administratively assigned value must be equal to or

greater than the maximum total number of end nodes and network

nodes. If the number of nodes exceeds this value, APPN will issue

an alert and the node can no longer participate as a network node.

Current Nodes Current number of nodes in this node's topology database. If this

value exceeds the maximum number of nodes allowed, an APPN

alert is issued.

Received TDUs Number of TDUs received from all adjacent network nodes since

last initialization.

Sent TDUs Number of TDUs built by this node to be sent to all adjacent

network nodes since last initialization.

Received Low RSNs Number of topology node updates received by this node with a

RSN less than the current RSN. Both even and odd RSNs are

included in this count.

Received Equal RSNs Number of topology node updates received by this node with a

RSN equal to the current RSN. Both even and odd RSNs are

included in this count.

Received High RSNs Number of topology node updates received by this node with an

RSN greater than the current RSN.

Received Bad RSNs Number of topology node updates received by this node with an

odd RSN greater than the current RSN.

State Updates Number of topology node records built as a result of internally

detected node state changes that affect APPN topology and routing.

Errors Number of topology node record inconsistencies detected by this

node.

Timer Updates Number of topology node records built for this node's resource due

to timer updates.

Records Purged Number of topology node records purged from this node's topology

database.

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-42 303560-A Rev 00

TG Record Statistics:

Received Low RSNs Number of topology transmission group updates received by this

node with an RSN less than the current RSN. Both even and odd

RSNs are included in this count.

Received Equal RSNs Number of topology transmission group updates received by this

node with an RSN equal to the current RSN. Both even and odd

RSNs are included in this count.

Received High RSNs Number of topology transmission group updates received by this

node with an RSN greater than the current RSN.

Received Bad RSNs Number of topology transmission group updates received by this

node with an odd RSN greater than the current RSN.

State Updates Number of topology transmission group records built as a result of

internally detected node state changes that affect APPN topology

and routing.

Errors Number of topology transmission group records inconsistencies

detected by this node.

Timer Updates Number of topology transmission group records built for this

node's resource due to timer updates.

Records Purged Number of topology transmission group records purged from this

node's topology database.

Routes Calculated Number of routes calculated for all class of services since the last

initialization.

303560-A Rev 00 2-43

Sample Display - show appn topology statistics

APPN Topology Statistics

-----------------------

Node Record Statistics

----------------------

Max Nodes: 0

Current Nodes: 38

Received TDUs: 45

Sent TDUs: 50

Received Low RSNs: 3

Received Equal RSNs: 39

Received High RSNs: 19

Received Bad RSNs: 10

State Updates: 0

Errors: 0

Timer Updates: 0

Records Purged: 0

TG record Statistics

--------------------

Received Low RSNs: 18

Received Equal RSNs: 210

Received High RSNs: 125

Received Bad RSNs: 43

State Updates: 5

Errors: 1

Timer Updates: 0

Records Purged: 0

Routes Calculated: 0

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-44 303560-A Rev 00

topology tg definition [

]

Displays transmission group information for all transmission group owners or for a

specific transmission group owner.

TG Owner Fully qualified name for the originating node for this transmission group. The

format is

<network_ID>

.

<CP_name>

.

TG Destination Fully qualified network name for the destination node for this transmission

group.

TG Num Number associated with this transmission group. Range is 0 to 255.

Eff Cap Indicates the effective capacity of this transmission group. It is derived from the

link bandwidth and maximum load factor with the range of 0 through 255. This

is an administratively assigned value for this transmission group.

Conn Cost Cost per connection time. This value represents the relative cost per unit of time

to use the transmission group. Range is from 0, which means no cost, to 255,

which indicates maximum cost. This is an administratively assigned value

associated with this transmission group.

Byte Cost Relative cost of transmitting a byte over this link. Range is from 0 (lowest cost)

to 255. This is an administratively assigned value associated with this

transmission group.

Security Security is represented as an integer with a range of 1 to 255. This is an

administratively assigned value associated with this transmission group. The

most common values are 1 (nonsecure), 32 (public-switched), 64

(underground), 128 (conduit), 160 (encrypted), 192 (guarded radiation), and

255 (maximum).

Delay Relative amount of time that it takes for a signal to travel the length of the

logical link, with a range of 0 through 255. This is an administratively assigned

value associated with this transmission group. The most common values are 76

(negligible), 113 (terrestrial), 145 (packet), 153 (long), and 255 (maximum).

User 1 First user-defined transmission group characteristic for this transmission group,

with a range of 0 to 255. This is an administratively assigned value associated

with this transmission group.

User 2 Second user-defined transmission group characteristic for this transmission

group, with a range of 0 to 255. This is an administratively assigned value

associated with this transmission group.

User 3 Third user-defined transmission group characteristic for this transmission

group, with a range of 0 to 255. This is an administratively assigned value

associated with this transmission group.

303560-A Rev 00 2-45

Sample Display - show appn tg definition

APPN Topology TG Definition

---------------------------

TG Owner

----------------

TG Destination

---------------

TG

Num

---

Err

Cap

---

Conn

Cost

----

Byte

Cost

----

Secu

rity

----

De-

lay

---

User

1

---

User

2

---

User

3

---

USWFLT01.PLUTO USWFLT01.DURHAM 21 48001113128128128

USWFLT01.DURHAM USWFLT01.PLUTO 21 133 128 128 1 0 128 128 128

USWFLT01.DURHAM USWFLT01.ANAHEIM 1 133 128 128 1 0 128 128 128

USWFLT01.DURHAM USWFLT01.ANAHEIM 2 133 128 128 1 0 128 128 128

USWFLT01.DURHAM USWFLT01.ANAHEIM 3 00010000

USWFLT01.DURHAM USWFLT01.ANAHEIM 4 00010000

USWFLT01.DURHAM USWFLT01.WF3174A 21 133 128 128 1 0 128 128 128

USWFLT01.ANAHEIM USWFLT01.DURHAM 1 133 128 128 1 0 128 128 128

USWFLT01.ANAHEIM USWFLT01.DURHAM 2 133 128 128 1 0 128 128 128

USWFLT01.ANAHEIM USWFLT01.DURHAM 3 00010000

USWFLT01.ANAHEIM USWFLT01.WFAS400 21 00010000

USWFLT01.WF3174A USWFLT01.DURHAM 21 68 0 0 32 113 0 0 0

12 Entries.

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-46 303560-A Rev 00

topology tg status [

]

Displays transmission group topology information for all transmission group owners or

for a specific transmission group owner.

TG Owner Fully qualified name for the originating node for this transmission

group. The format is

<network_ID>.<CP_name>.

TG Destination Fully qualified network name for the destination node for this

transmission group.

TG Num Number associated with this transmission group. Range is 0 to 255.

FRSN Flow Reduction Sequence Numbers are associated with Topology

Database Updates (TDUs) and are unique only within each APPN

network node. This FRSN indicates the last time this resource was

updated at this node.

RSN Current owning node's Resource Sequence Number for this

resource.

Up? Indicates whether the transmission group is operational.

Quiescing Indicates whether the transmission group is quiescing.

CP-CP Sessn Indicates whether CP-CP sessions are supported on this

transmission group.

303560-A Rev 00 2-47

Sample Display - show appn tg status

APPN Topology TG Status

-----------------------

TG Quie- CP-CP

TG Owner TG Destination Num FRSN RSN Up? scing Sessn

----------------- ----------------- --- -------- -------- --- ----- -----

USWFLT01.PLUTO USWFLT01.DURHAM 21 2512 522 Yes No Yes

USWFLT01.DURHAM USWFLT01.PLUTO 21 2538 272 Yes No Yes

USWFLT01.DURHAM USWFLT01.ANAHEIM 1 2551 264 No No Yes

USWFLT01.DURHAM USWFLT01.ANAHEIM 2 2546 170 Yes No Yes

USWFLT01.DURHAM USWFLT01.ANAHEIM 3 2504 142 No No Yes

USWFLT01.DURHAM USWFLT01.ANAHEIM 4 2504 22 No No Yes

USWFLT01.DURHAM USWFLT01.WF3174A 21 2538 166 Yes No Yes

USWFLT01.ANAHEIM USWFLT01.DURHAM 1 2553 86 No No Yes

USWFLT01.ANAHEIM USWFLT01.DURHAM 2 2532 82 Yes No Yes

USWFLT01.ANAHEIM USWFLT01.DURHAM 3 2532 60 No No Yes

USWFLT01.ANAHEIM USWFLT01.WFAS400 21 2532 38 No No Yes

USWFLT01.WF3174A USWFLT01.DURHAM 21 2537 168 Yes No Yes

12 Entries.

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-48 303560-A Rev 00

tunnel [

]

Displays APPN tunnel information for all circuits or for a specific circuit.

Sample Display - show appn tunnel

APPN Tunnels

------------

Frames Frames Frames

CCT Partner Node State Rcvd Sent Dropped

---- ----------------- ------------ ------ ------ -------

100 USWFLT01.ANAHEIM Active 26 7 0

1 Entry.

CCT Circuit number of the circuit running over this APPN tunnel.

Partner Node Partner LU for this APPN tunnel.

State Current state of the tunnel: Up, Down, Init (initializing), or Not

Present.

Frames Rcvd Number of frames received over this APPN tunnel.

Frames Sent Number of frames transmitted over this APPN tunnel.

Frames Dropped Number of frames dropped by this APPN tunnel due to congestion.

303560-A Rev 00 2-49

version

Displays the current version and modification date of the appn.bat script.

Sample Display - show appn version

APPN.bat Version: #.## Date: mm/dd/yy.

vrn [

]

Displays state information for all Virtual Routing Nodes (VRNs) or for a specific VRN.

Sample Display - show appn vrn

APPN Virtual Routing Nodes

--------------------------

VRN State Port Port State

----------------- ---------------- -------- ----------------

USWFLT01.CN1 Pending Active PORT31 Inactive

VRN Fully qualified network name that is locally defined at each

network node in the format

<network_ID>.<CP_name>

.

State Current state of this VRN: Inactive, Pending Active, Active,

Pending Inactive.

Port Administratively assigned name for this APPN port. The name can

be from one to eight characters.

Port State Current state of this port: Inactive, Pending Active, Active,

Pending Inactive.

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-50 303560-A Rev 00

show at

The show at

commands display information about the AppleTalk protocol and

services. For detailed information on the Bay Networks implementation of AppleTalk

services, refer to Configuring AppleTalk Services.

The show at command supports the following subcommand options:

aarp [<net>.<node> | find <net>] filters zone [circuit <circuit name>]

alerts routes | nets [find <netlow>-<nethigh>]

[zones]

zipes | nbp | echo] [<circuit name>]

circuit [<circuit name>] total [routes | nets | zones | aarp]

configuration [circuit <circuit name>] version

disabled zones | zip [find <pattern>]

enabled

303560-A Rev 00 2-51

aarp [

| find

<net>

]

Displays all entries in the AppleTalk Address Resolution Protocol (AARP) table, only the

AARP entry for a specific node, or all entries that have a network address that matches a

specified pattern.

The table includes the following information:

Sample Display - show at aarp

AppleTalk AARP Table

--------------------

Address Physical Address Circuit

--------- ----------------------- --------

60020.19 00-00-A2-01-51-AD S32

60060.193 00-2B S31

60100.213 00-00-A2-00-F9-B0 E24

60120.2

<

null-PPP

>

S34

60130.179 00-00-89-01-A3-8A E23

60130.226 00-80-D3-A0-0A-62 E23

6 total entries.

<net>

.

<node>

Displays the AARP entry for the specified network node in the

format

<network_ID>

.

<node_ID>

.

find

<network_pattern>

Displays the AARP entries that have a network address that

matches the given pattern.

Address AppleTalk network address of the node.

Physical Address Hardware address of the node (for example, the Ethernet address).

Circuit Name of the circuit on which the address resolution is in effect.

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-52 303560-A Rev 00

alerts

Displays all AppleTalk circuits that are enabled but not up. Mode is always Enabled but

the state will be down. Use this display to identify the interfaces that are not working. The

table includes the following information:

Sample Display - show at alerts

AppleTalk Circuit Alerts: Enabled but state is down

-----------------------------------------------------

Circuit Name of the circuit the port is on.

Mode Mode will be Enabled, in this case.

Network Network start and end numbers that constitute the range of the

network numbers. These numbers are in the range of 1 through

65,279.

Address Network address of the port, which is Dynamic, meaning that the

seed router assigns it, or a manually configured network address

and identifier.

Zone List List containing all the zones configured for the network range.

Circuit

--------

Mode

--------

Network

----------

Address

---------------

Zone List

----------------------

S31 Enabled 60060-60060 Dynamic ’WAN’

1 entries found.

1 total entries.

303560-A Rev 00 2-53

base

Displays the base record information for AppleTalk. The base record controls AppleTalk

for the entire system. The table includes the following information:

Sample Display - show at base

AppleTalk Base Information

--------------------------

Protocol State Nets Zones Zone Names

---------------- ----------- ----- ----- ----------

AppleTalk Up 26 24 17

Protocol Name of the protocol, which is AppleTalk.

State State of the protocol: Disabled, Down, Init (initializing), Not Pres

(enabled but not yet started), or Up.

Nets Number of networks in this protocol’s routing table.

Zones Number of zone/network associations in the routing table.

Zone Names Number of unique zone names in the routing table.

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-54 303560-A Rev 00

circuit [

]

Displays circuit and state information for all AppleTalk ports or for a specific port. The

table includes the following information:

Sample Display - show at circuit

AppleTalk Circuit Information

-------------------------------

Circuit State Network Address Zone List

-------- ----------- ----------- --------- -----------------------------

E23 Up 60130-60130 60130.34 'External'

E24 Up 60100-60100 60100.34 'Mac/Apple'

S31 Down

S32 Up 60020-60020 60020.138 'WAN'

S34 Up 60120-60120 60120.1 'PPP'

5 total entries.

Circuit Name of the circuit the port is on.

State State of the circuit: Disabled, Down, Init (initializing), Not Pres

(enabled but not yet started), or Up.

Network Network start and end numbers that constitute the range of the

network numbers. These numbers are in the range of 1 through

65,279.

Address AppleTalk address of the port.

Zone List List of the zones associated with the network this interface is on.

Note: If a circuit is down, the rest of the table is blank.

303560-A Rev 00 2-55

configuration [circuit

]

Displays configurable parameters within the AppleTalk base record. You can display this

information for all circuits or for a specific circuit. The table includes the following

information:

Sample Display - show at configuration

AppleTalk Base Configuration

----------------------------

Mode NBP Registered Port

----------- -------------------

Enabled E22

Mode State of the protocol: Enabled or Disabled.

NBP Registered Port Name of the port that the Name Binding Protocol uses to advertise

the router’s name on the network.

Note: The configuration circuit command displays different fields from the

configuration command. For definitions of these fields, refer to the alerts

command.

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-56 303560-A Rev 00

Sample Display - show at configuration circuit

AppleTalk Circuit Configuration

---------------------------------

Circuit Mode Network Address Zone List

-------- ----------- ----------- --------- ------------------------------

E22 Enabled 60070-60070 Dynamic 'Internal'

E23 Enabled 60130-60130 Dynamic 'External'

E24 Enabled 60100-60100 Dynamic 'Mac/Apple'

'Internal'

S31 Enabled 60060-60060 Dynamic 'WAN'

S32 Enabled 60020-60020 Dynamic 'WAN'

S34 Enabled 60120-60120 60120.1 'PPP'

6 total entries.

disabled

Displays all disabled circuits that contain an AppleTalk port. A circuit is disabled if the

disable/enable parameter is set to disable and the state is down. For definitions of the

columns in the table, see the alerts command.

Sample Display - show at disabled

Disabled AppleTalk Circuits

-----------------------------

Circuit Mode Network Address Zone List

-------- ----------- ----------- --------- ------------------------------

E22 Disabled 60070-60070 Dynamic 'Internal'

1 entries found.

1 total entries.

303560-A Rev 00 2-57

enabled

Displays all enabled circuits that contain an AppleTalk port. A circuit is enabled if the

disable/enable parameter is set to enable and the state is up. For definitions of the columns

in the table, see the circuit command.

Sample Display - show at enabled

Enabled AppleTalk Circuits

-----------------------------

Circuit State Network Address Zone List

-------- ----------- ----------- --------- ------------------------------

E23 Up 60130-60130 60130.34 'External'

E24 Up 60100-60100 60100.34 'Mac/Apple'

S31 Down

S32 Up 60020-60020 60020.138 'WAN'

S34 Up 60120-60120 60120.1 'PPP'

5 entries found.

5 total entries.

filters zone [circuit

]

Displays information about the zone filters for all circuits or a specified circuit. The table

includes the following information:

Note: If a circuit is down, the rest of the table is blank.

Circuit Name of the circuit the port is on.

AppleTalk Port Number of the port.

Port Filter Mode Zone filter type: Include, Exclude, 5.X Include, or 5.X Exclude.

Filtered Zones(s) Zones that are filtered for this port.

Total zones Number of zones that are filtered on this port.

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-58 303560-A Rev 00

Sample Display - show at filters zone

Circuit: E31

AppleTalk Port: #1

Port Filter Mode: Include

Filtered Zone(s) for this port

----------------------------------

MARKETING

SALES

Total zones for circuit E31 is 2

Circuit: E21

AppleTalk Port: #2

Port Filter Mode: Deny

Filtered Zone(s) for this port

----------------------------------

MARKETING

SALES

Total zones for circuit E21 is 2

Circuit: E32

AppleTalk Port: #3

Port Filter Mode: 5.x series Include

Filtered Zone(s) for this port

----------------------------------

MARKETING

Total zones for circuit E32 is 1

303560-A Rev 00 2-59

routes | nets [find

-

] [zones]

Displays information from the AppleTalk routing table. The table receives routes through

the AppleTalk Routing Table Maintenance Protocol (RTMP) or from AppleTalk interfaces.

The table includes the following information:

find

-

Displays information about network address ranges that fall within

the specified start and end values; for example, 60401-60406.

zones Displays an extended format of the routing table, which adds the

zone list for each network range.

Network Start and end numbers of the destination network range. These

numbers are in the range of 1 through 65279. A range (for example,

60020-60020 indicates the network is an extended network. A

single number indicates the network is nonextended.

Hop Number of hops to the destination network range.

Next Hop Network address of the router that is the next hop toward the

destination network range.

State State of the network: Good, Suspect, Bad 0 (going bad), or Bad 1

(completely bad).

Port Physical port that serves as the source of the route. An <AURP> in

this column means that the router learned this route through the

AppleTalk Update-based Routing Protocol.

Zone List Name of the zone associated with this network. The table includes

this column when you include the zones option on the command

line. If the zone name is more than 32 characters, the script displays

as much of the name as possible followed by ellipses.

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-60 303560-A Rev 00

Sample Display - show at routes

AppleTalk Routing Table

-----------------------

Network Hop Next Hop State Port

----------- --- --------------- ------- --------

60020-60020 1 205.1.10.1 Good

<

AURP

>

60040-60040 2 205.1.10.2 Good

<

AURP

>

60050-60050 2 205.1.10.1 Good

<

AURP

>

60400-60400 0 60400.96 Good E21

60401 1 60040.169 Good E32

60404 2 205.1.10.1 Good

<

AURP

>

60410 3 205.1.10.2 Good

<

AURP

>

7 total entries.

Sample Display - show at nets find 60401-60404

AppleTalk Routing Table

-----------------------

Network Hop Next Hop State Port

----------- --- --------------- ------- --------

60401 1 60040.169 Good E32

60404 2 205.1.10.1 Good

<

AURP

>

2 total entries.

303560-A Rev 00 2-61

Sample Display - show at routes zones

]

Displays general forwarding statistics for specified AppleTalk ports. You can limit the

display to a specific circuit.

Network

----------

Hop

----

Next Hop

---------

State

-------

Port

------

Zone List

---------------------------

60020-60020 1 205.1.10.1 Good

<

AURP

>

'WAN'

60080-60081 1 60090.4 Suspect F41 'Internal'

'Token'

60090-60090 0 60090.61 Good F41 'Internal'

60100-60100 1 205.1.10.1 Good

<

AURP

>

'Internal'

'Mac/Apple'

60130-60130 1 205.1.10.1 Good

<

AURP

>

'External'

60401 3 205.1.10.1 Good

<

AURP

>

'Building 3, Floor 2, Sec...'

60403 2 205.1.10.1 Good

<

AURP

>

'LT Crisp'

7 total entries.

aarp Displays AppleTalk Address Resolution Protocol (AARP)

statistical information.

ddp Displays Datagram Delivery Protocol (DDP) statistical information.

rtmp Displays Routing Table Maintenance Protocol (RTMP) statistical

information.

zipquery Displays Zone Information Protocol (ZIP) statistical information

specific to ZIP Query packets.

zipgni Displays statistical information specific to ZIP GetNetInfo request

packets.

zipes Displays ZIP statistical information specific to Client activity.

nbp Displays Name Binding Protocol (NBP) statistical information.

echo Displays ECHO protocol statistical information.

<circuit_name>

Limits the display to the specified circuit.

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-62 303560-A Rev 00

The table includes the following information:

Sample Display - show at stats ddp

AppleTalk DDP Statistics

------------------------

Circuit Name of the circuit the AppleTalk protocol is on.

In Datagrams Number of packets the port has received.

In Local Datagrams Number of datagrams destined for this port.

Forwarded Datagrams Number of packets forwarded to the destination network.

Output Requests Number of packets that the router has sent out of this port.

Out No Routes Number of packets missing a destination.

Hop Count Errors Number of datagrams dropped because this router was not their

final destination and their hop count would exceed 15.

Circuit

-------

In

Datagrams

---------

In Local

Datagrams

----------

Forwarded

Datagrams

---------

Output

Requests

---------

Out No

Routes

--------

Hop Count

Errors

--------

E22 000000

E23 80956 4535 61174 3166 72 0

E24 29188 3819 27215 2971 7 1

S31 15240 3887 14453 3554 2 0

S32 27354 3368 26566 3033 0 0

S34 19391 3559 18508 3143 0 0

303560-A Rev 00 2-63

total [routes | nets | zones | aarp]

Displays totals for all dynamic protocol-specific information or for the specified

parameter.

Sample Display - show at total

AppleTalk Totals

----------------

Routes: 26

Zones: 28

Unique Zone Names: 18

AARP Entries: 5

version

Displays the current version and modification date of the at.bat script.

Sample Display - show at version

AT.bat Version: #.## Date: mm/dd/yy.

routes Displays total number of routes.

nets Displays total number of networks.

zones Displays total number of zones.

aarp Displays total number of AARP entries.

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-64 303560-A Rev 00

zones | zip [find

]

Displays information from the router’s Zone Information Protocol (ZIP) table. The table

receives its entries from manually configured zone lists for AppleTalk ports and from ZIP

packets from other nodes on the network.

The table includes the following information:

Sample Display - show at zones

AppleTalk Zone Table

--------------------

Network Zone Name

----------- ----------------------------------

1-1 '37_Network'

2-2 'net_1'

3-3 'net_2'

50-50 'ring_2ACC'

50-50 'ring_2DEV'

50-50 'ring_2ENG'

50-50 'ring_2'

200-200 'net_200'

201-201 'net_201ACC'

201-201 'net_201DEV'

201-201 'net_201ENG'

201-201 'net_201'

203-203 'net_203ACC'

203-203 'net_203DEV'

203-203 'net_203ENG'

203-203 'net_203'

18 total entries.

find

Limits the display to zones that match the specified pattern. You can

use the wildcard characters * and ?.

Network Network start and end numbers that constitute the range of the

network numbers where the zone resides. These numbers are in the

range of 1 through 65,279.

Zone Name Name of each zone assigned to the entire network or the specified

group.

303560-A Rev 00 2-65

Sample Display - show at zones find net*

AppleTalk Zone Table

--------------------

Network Zone Name

----------- ----------------------------------

2-2 'net_1'

3-3 'net_2'

200-200 'net_200'

201-201 'net_201ACC'

201-201 'net_201DEV'

201-201 'net_201ENG'

201-201 'net_201'

203-203 'net_203ACC'

203-203 'net_203DEV'

203-203 'net_203ENG'

203-203 'net_203'

11 entries found.

16 total entries.

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-66 303560-A Rev 00

show atm

The show atm

commands display information about the Asynchronous Transfer

Mode (ATM) Adaption Layer Controller (ALC) link module service. For detailed

information about the Bay Networks implementation of the ATM link module service,

refer to Configuring ATM Services.

The show atm command supports the following subcommand options:

Note: Refer to the “show atm line” section for more information on the atm line

command.

alerts vcs [<line>] | [<line.vpi>] | [<line.vpi.vci>]

disabled services [<line>] | [<line.circuit>]

enabled stats

interfaces [<line>] stats vcs [<line>] | [<line.VPI>] | [<line.VPI.VCI>]

line [<line option>] version

303560-A Rev 00 2-67

alerts

Displays abnormal conditions in the ATM interface. Use this command to identify lines

configured as enabled but not currently up. The table displays the following information:

Sample Display - show atm alerts

ATM Interface Line Alert Table

------------------------------

Line Circuit State

-------- -------- --------

1103101 A31 Down

Total entries: 1

disabled

Displays the ATM interfaces that are configured as disabled. For more information about

column definitions, see the alerts command.

Sample Display - show atm disabled

ATM Interface Line Disabled Table

---------------------------------

Line Circuit State

-------- -------- --------

1103101 A31 Disabled

Total entries: 1

Line Line number of the Bay Networks router.

Circuit Circuit name on which the ATM interface runs.

State State of the ATM line: Up, Down, Init (initializing), Disabled, or

Absent.

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-68 303560-A Rev 00

enabled

Displays the ATM interfaces that are configured as enabled. For more information about

column definitions, see the alerts command.

Sample Display - show atm enabled

ATM Interface Line Enabled Table

--------------------------------

Line Circuit State

-------- -------- --------

1404101 0 Absent

1405101 A51 Up

Total entries: 2

interfaces [

<line>

]

Displays all ATM interfaces or ATM interfaces for a specified line. This table includes the

following information:

For more information about column definitions, see the alerts command.

VPCs Maximum number of Virtual Path Connections supported by the

ATM interface.

VCCs Maximum number of Virtual Channel Connections supported by

the ATM interface.

Address Type Type of ATM address configured for use by the ATM interface:

Private, NSAP E.164, Native E.164, Other, Null, or NotDefined.

Signaling Whether signaling is enabled or disabled on the ATM interface.

Sig Standard The signaling standard configured for the ATM interface: UNI3.0 or

UNI3.1

303560-A Rev 00 2-69

Sample Display - show atm interfaces

ATM Interface Table

-------------------

line [

]

vcs [

<line>

] | [

<line.vpi>

] | [

<line.vpi.vci>

]

Displays all ATM virtual channel link (VCL) instances or a subset of VCL instances.

Line

-------

Circuit

-------

State

-----

VPCs

----

VCCs

----

Address Type

------------

Signaling

---------

Sig Standard

------------

1404101 A41 Up 0 0 NotDefined Enabled UNI3.0

Total entries: 1

Note: See the “show atm line” section.

<line>

Displays all VCs for a specified line.

<line.vpi>

Displays all VCs for a specified VPI on that line.

<line.vpi.vci>

Displays a specific VC.

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-70 303560-A Rev 00

The table displays the following information:

Line.VIP.VCI Line number, Virtual Path Identifier, and Virtual Channel Identifier

associated with this Virtual Circuit (VC).

Type Type of VC: SVC or PVC.

State State of the ATM line: Up, Down, Init (initializing), Disabled, or

Absent.

Hybrid/Bridged VCs Mode of this VC (Hybrid/Bridged): Yes or No. Yes means the VC

operates as a hybrid access mode VC; No means the VC works in

group access mode only.

AAL ATM Adaptation Layer Type of this VC: AAL5.

Encaps Encapsulation type of this VC: LLC/SNAP, NULL, LANE8023,

LANE8025, NLPID, Unknown, or OTHER.

Xmt PCR Transmit Peak Cell Rate (PCR) for this VC (in cells/s).

Xmt SCR Transmit Sustainable Cell Rate (SCR) for this VC (in cells/s).

303560-A Rev 00 2-71

Sample Display — show atm vcs

ATM Interface VCL Table

-----------------------

Line.VPI.VCI

-------------

Type

-------

State

------

Hybrid/

Bridged

VCs?

-------

AAL

------

Encaps

--------

Xmt PCR

-------

Xmt SCR

--------

1404101.0.5 PVC Absent NO AAL5 LLC/SNAP 4716 4716

1404101.0.16 PVC Absent NO AAL5 LLC/SNAP 4716 4716

1404101.0.204 PVC Absent NO AAL5 LLC/SNAP 2358 2358

1405101.0.5 CTRL Up NO AAL5 OTHER 4716 4716

1405101.0.16 CTRL Up NO AAL5 OTHER 4716 4716

1405101.0.32 SVC Up NO AAL5 NULL 353207 0

1405101.0.33 SVC Up NO AAL5 NULL 353207 0

1405101.0.34 SVC Up NO AAL5 OTHER 353207 0

1405101.0.35 SVC Up NO AAL5 NULL 353207 0

1405101.0.36 SVC Up NO AAL5 LANE8023 353207 0

1405101.0.38 SVC Up NO AAL5 LANE8023 353207 0

1405101.0.200 PVC Up NO AAL5 LLC/SNAP 2358 0

1405101.0.201 PVC Up NO AAL5 LLC/SNAP 150000 0

1405101.0.202 PVC Up NO AAL5 LLC/SNAP 2358 0

1405101.0.203 PVC Up NO AAL5 LLC/SNAP 150000 0

1405101.0.205 PVC Up NO AAL5 LLC/SNAP 150000 0

Total entries: 16

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-72 303560-A Rev 00

services [

<line>

] | [

<line.circuit>

]

Displays all ATM service record instances, or a subset of service record instances, along

with its AAL layer data encapsulation type, state, VC type, and ATM address

(a combination of network prefix and user part).

The table displays the following information:

Sample Display - show atm services

ATM Service Record Table

------------------------

Line.Circuit Encaps State Type ATM Address

------------ ------------ ------ ---- ----------------------------------------

1404101.13 LLC/SNAP Reject PVC (nil)

1405101.6 LanEmulation Up SVC 39.10.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.00

.00.A2.0D.74.B7.00

1405101.8 LLC/SNAP Up PVC (nil)

1405101.9 LLC/SNAP Up PVC (nil)

1405101.10 LLC/SNAP Up PVC (nil)

1405101.11 LLC/SNAP Up PVC (nil)

1405101.12 LLC/SNAP Up PVC (nil)

1405101.19 LLC/SNAP Up SVC 39.10.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.00

.00.A2.0D.74.B7.06

Total entries: 8

<line>

Displays all service record instances for a specified line.

<line.circuit>

Displays service record instance for a specified circuit on that line.

Line.Circuit Line number and circuit associated with this service record.

Encaps Encapsulation type of this VC: LanEmulation, LLC/SNAP,

NLPID, NULL.

State State of the ATM line: Up, Down, Init (initializing), Reject, or

Absent.

Type Type of virtual circuit: PVC or SVC

ATM Address The ATM address of this service record. This parameter applies

only to SVC-type service records.

303560-A Rev 00 2-73

stats

Displays statistical information about all ATM VCs. The table includes the following

information:

Line.VPI.VCI Line number, Virtual Path Identifier, and Virtual Channel Identifier

associated with this Permanent Virtual Circuit.

Cells Transmitted Number of assigned ATM layer cells transmitted at the transceiver

transmit interface (T-count).

Cells Received Number of ATM layer cells received at the transciever receive

interface that have not been discarded (R-count).

Checksum Errors Number of occurances of cyclical redundancy check-32 (CRC-32)

failures across user payload data for any given VCL.

Invalid Length Errors Number of active Cell Sequence PDU assembly processes closed

(aborted, accumulation discarded) due to detecting a length field

error in a received SAR PDU.

Pkts Transmitted Number of packets transmitted at the transceiver transmit interface.

Pkts Received Number of packets received at the transciever receive interface that

have not been discarded.

Note: This command polls for ATM FRE-2 link module statistics before it looks for

ARE link module statistics.

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-74 303560-A Rev 00

Sample Display - show atm stats

ATM Interface VC Statistics (ATM FRE-2)

---------------------------------------

Line.VPI.VCI

-----------------

1105101.0.33 Cells Transmitted: 0X 00.00.00.00.EB.93.0A.A6

Cells Received : 0X 00.00.00.00.00.00.00.00

Checksum Errors: 0

Length Errors: 0

Total entries: 1

ATM Interface VC Statistics (ATM Routing Engine)

------------------------------------------------

Line.VPI.VCI

-----------------

1405101.0.3 Cells Transmitted: 0

Cells Received : 0

Pkts Transmitted : 0

Pkts Received : 0

1405101.0.5 Cells Transmitted: 2324

Cells Received : 2233

Pkts Transmitted : 2223

Pkts Received : 2223

1405101.0.16 Cells Transmitted: 15

Cells Received : 16

Pkts Transmitted : 8

Pkts Received : 8

Total entries: 3

303560-A Rev 00 2-75

stats vcs [

<line>

] | [

<line.VPI>

] | [

<line.VPI.VCI>

]

Displays all ATM VC statistics or a subset of ATM VC statistics.

For more information about column definitions, see the stats command.

Sample Display - show atm stats vcs 1405101.0.5

ATM Interface VC Statistics (ATM FRE-2)

---------------------------------------

Line.VPI.VCI

-----------------

ATM PVC Stats Record not found

Total entries: 0

ATM Interface VC Statistics (ATM Routing Engine)

------------------------------------------------

Line.VPI.VCI

-----------------

1405101.0.5 Cells Transmitted: 2699

Cells Received : 2598

Pkts Transmitted : 2588

Pkts Received : 2588

Total entries: 1

<line>

Displays all PVCs for a specified line.

<line.VPI>

Displays all PVCs for a specified VPI on that line.

<line.VPI.VCI>

Displays a specific PVC.

Note: This command polls for ATM FRE-2 link module statistics before it looks for

ARE link module statistics.

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-76 303560-A Rev 00

version

Displays the current version number and modification date of the atm.bat script.

Sample Display - show atm version

ATM.bat Version: #.## Date: mm/dd/yy.

show atmarp

The show atmarp

command displays ATMARP information. For details about

the Bay Networks implementation of ATM, refer to Configuring ATM Services.

The show atmarp command supports the following subcommand options:

configuration [

]

Displays configuration information for all ATMARP interfaces, or a specific interface.

The table displays the following information:

configuration [<IP address>]table [-r | -v | -a] [-l] [<IP address>]

interface [<IP address>]version

stats [<IP address>]

<lP_address>

Displays ATM ARP information for a specific interface.

Interface IP address of the interface.

Mode Whether the router is confirmed as an ATM ARP client or server.

Server Address (if client) ATM address of the server. If the router is an ATM ARP server, the

server address does not appear.

303560-A Rev 00 2-77

Sample Display - show atmarp configuration

Interface Mode Server Address (if client)

---------------- ------ -----------------------------------------

5.5.5.7 Client 47000580FFE1000000F2151540.0000A20E9FCC00

6.6.6.7 Server

2 Atmarp Interfaces.

interface [

]

Displays interface information for all ATMARP interfaces, or a specific interface.

The table displays the following information:

Sample Display - show atmarp interface

Interface Address Server Conn. State

----------- ---------------------------------------- -----------------

5.5.5.7 47000580FFE1000000F2151540.0000A20CD5C100 Open,Registered

6.6.6.7 47000580FFE1000000F2151540.0000A20CD5C101 Server

2 Atmarp Interfaces.

<lP_address>

Displays ATM ARP information for a specific interface.

Interface IP address of the interface.

Address ATM address this interface uses.

Server Conn. State Indicates the state of the VC connecting the client to the server, and

whether the client is currently registered with the server.

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-78 303560-A Rev 00

stats [

]

Displays statistics information for all ATMARP interfaces, or a specific interface.

The table displays the following information:

Sample Display - show atmarp stats

Open Calls Calls Failed Failed Calls

Interface SVCs Attempted Succeeded May Retry No Retry Accepted

---------------- ------ ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ------

5.5.5.7 1 37 2 0 35 0

6.6.6.7 2 0 0 0 0 3

2 Atmarp Interfaces.

<lP_address>

Displays ATM ARP information for a specific interface.

Interface IP address of the client.

Open SVCs Number of SVCs currently open.

Calls Attempted Number of calls attempted, both to the server and to other clients.

Calls Succeeded Number of attempted calls that succeeded.

Failed May Retry Number of attempted calls that did failed, but that the client may

retry.

Failed No Retry Number of attempted calls that failed, but that the client will not

retry.

Calls Accepted Number of calls that this interface accepted.

303560-A Rev 00 2-79

table [-r | -v | -a] [-l] [

]

Displays table information for all ATMARP interfaces, or a specific interface. The

information that appears in the table, or the order in which information appears, depends

on the subcommand you enter.

The default (-r) and -v ATM ARP resolution tables display the following information:

-r Displays the ATM ARP resolution table (default); this information

appears in order of IP address.

-v Displays the ATM ARP resolution table in order of VPI/VCI pair.

-a Displays the ATM address and VPI/VCI pair information in order

of ATM address.

-l Displays additional information for the table (-r, -v, or -a) you

specify. For example, specifying -l -r provides additional IP

information, specifying -l -v provides additional VC information,

and specifying -l -a provides ATM address information. If you do

not specify a table, this subcommand displays the additional

information for the default resolution table (that is, -r).

<lP_address>

Displays ATM ARP information for a specific IP address.

IP address IP address of an ARP entry in the ATMARP cache.

Life Age of the ARP entry (decrements from 900 s).

ATM address ATM address to which the IP address resolves.

Vpi.vci Virtual Path Identifier and Virtual Channel Identifier for the VCs to

the IP address. If this is not present, then no VC exists to the

destination.

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-80 303560-A Rev 00

Sample Display - show atmarp table (also show atmarp table -r)

ATMARP Table for interface 5.5.5.7

-----------------------------------

IP address Life ATM address Vpi.vci

--------------- ----- ----------------------------------------- -------

5.5.5.5 844 47000580ffe1000000f2151540.0000a20e9fcc00 0.212

ATMARP Table for interface 6.6.6.7

-----------------------------------

IP address Life ATM address Vpi.vci

--------------- ----- ----------------------------------------- -------

6.6.6.6 823 47000580ffe1000000f2151540.0000a20e9fcc01 0.211

6.6.6.8 425 47000580ffe1000000f2151540.0000a20e9fc701 0.174

Sample Display - show atmarp table -v

ATMARP Table for interface 5.5.5.5

-----------------------------------

Vpi.vci Atm address IP address Life

-------- ----------------------------------------- --------------- ----

0.32 39000000000000000000000000.0000a20d74a300 5.5.5.6 993

0.55 39000000000000000000000000.0000a20cd5c100 5.5.5.7 627

ATMARP Table for interface 6.6.6.6

-----------------------------------

Vpi.vci Atm address IP address Life

-------- ----------------------------------------- --------------- ----

0.34 39000000000000000000000000.0000a20d74a301

0.60 39000000000000000000000000.0020ea00072b00 6.6.6.9 593

2 Atmarp Interfaces.

303560-A Rev 00 2-81

The -a ATM ARP resolution table displays only ATM address to VPI/VCI resolution.

Sample Display - show atmarp table -a

ATM address Vpi.vci

----------------------------------------- --------

39000000000000000000000000.0000a20d74a300 0.37

39000000000000000000000000.0000a20cd5c100 0.40

The -l subcommand provides the following added information about the default (-r)

ATM ARP resolution table:

Sample Display - show atmarp table -r -l

IP Address State Encaps Lifetime Retries

--------------- --------- --------- -------- --------

5.5.5.6 Resolved Default 1187 0

5.5.5.7 Resolved Default 348 0

State The state of the interface: Needed, Resolving, Resolved, Aged,

Static.

Encaps The encapsulation type assigned to the IP interface: Default,

LLC/SNAP, SNAP IP, Null, Unknown.

Lifetime Amount of time (in seconds) left for the validity of the resolution

information for this entry.

Retries The number of attempts that were necessary to resolve this entry.

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-82 303560-A Rev 00

The -l subcommand provides the following added information about the -v ATM ARP

resolution table:

Sample Display - show atmarp table -v -l

Vpi.vci Vcid Callref State Type I/O Call Encaps Mtu

-------- ------- -------- ----- ----- --- ---- --------- -----

0.37 25000 16 SVC Pt2Pt I/O Ced LLC/SNAP 9188

0.40 28000 19 SVC Pt2Pt I/O Ced LLC/SNAP 4608

Vcid An internal identifier for this VC.

Callref An internal identifire for this VC.

State The state of the VC:

• PVC I - The VC is a PVC. The ’I’ indicates that this VC has

transmitted an Inverse ATMARP Request and has not yet received

a response.

• PVC - The VC is a PVC.

• SVC I - The VC is an open SVC. The ’I’ indicates that the VC has

transmitted an Inverse ATMARP Request and has not yet received

a response.

• Openg - The VC is an SVC that is in the process of opening.

• SVC - The VC is a currently open SVC.

Type The type of this VC:

• MptRT - The VC is the root of a point-to-multipoint VC.

• MptLf - The VC is a leaf of a point-to-multipoint VC.]

• Pt2Pt - The VC is a point-to-point VC.

I/O Indicates if the interface can receive (I) or transmit (O): I/O, -/O,

or I/-.

Call Indicates if the VC originated the call (Cing), or received the call

(Ced).

Encaps The encapsulation for this VC. Refer to the default option (-r) for

the resolution table.

Mtu The MTU value (in octets) negotiated for this VC: 9188 or 4608.

303560-A Rev 00 2-83

The -l subcommand provides only the atm addresses on the interface when used in

conjunction with the -a subcommand.

Sample Display - show atmarp table -a -l

ATM Address

-----------------------------------------

39000000000000000000000000.0000a20d74a300

39000000000000000000000000.0000a20cd5c100

version

Displays the current version and modification date of the atmarp.bat script.

Sample Display - show atmarp version

ATMARP.bat Version: #.## Date: mm/dd/yy.

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-84 303560-A Rev 00

show atmdxi

The show atmdxi

commands display information about Asynchronous Transfer

Mode Data Exchange Interface (ATM DXI) lines and services. For detailed information

about the Bay Networks implementation of ATM DXI, refer to Configuring ATM Services.

The show atmdxi command supports the following subcommand options:

alerts stats

base stats lmi

disabled stats mpe

enabled stats pvc [<line.llindex>] |

[<line.llindex.VPI>] |

[<line.llindex.VPI.VCI>]

lines [<line.llindex>] version

pvcs [<line.llindex>] |

[<line.llindex.VPI>] |

[<line.llindex.VPI.VCI>]

303560-A Rev 00 2-85

alerts

Displays abnormal conditions in the ATM DXI line level. Use this command to identify

lines configured as enabled but not currently up. The table displays the following

information:

Sample Display - show atmdxi alerts

ATM Data Exchange Interface (DXI) Line Alert Table

--------------------------------------------------

Line.LLIndex Circuit State

------------ -------- -------

2.0 NONE NotPres

Total entries: 2

Line.LLIndex Identifier of the line and line level.

Circuit Name or number of the circuit that the interface runs on.

State State of the line: Down, Init (initializing), NotPres (not present), or

Up.

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-86 303560-A Rev 00

base

Displays the ATM DXI base record state. The base record keeps statistics on each ATM

DXI line for the entire system. State is one of the following:

Sample Display - show atmdxi base

ATM Data Exchange Interface (DXI) Base Record

---------------------------------------------

Protocol State Lines

-------- ----------------- -----

ATM Other Anomaly 2

disabled

Displays the ATM DXI interfaces that are configured as disabled. For more information on

column definitions, see the lines command.

Sample Display - show atmdxi disabled

ATM Data Exchange Interface (DXI) Line Disabled Table

----------------------------------------------------------

Line.LLIndex Circuit Mode State

------------ ------- -------- -------

2.0 NONE Disabled NotPres

Healthy All configured lines are up.

Interface Anomaly One or more configured lines are down.

Other Anomaly One or more configured lines are initializing or not present.

303560-A Rev 00 2-87

enabled

Displays the ATM DXI interfaces that are configured as enabled. For more information on

column definitions, see the lines command.

Sample Display - show atmdxi enabled

ATM Data Exchange Interface (DXI) Line Enabled Table

----------------------------------------------------------

Line.LLIndex Circuit Mode State

------------ ------- -------- -------

2.0 NONE Enabled NotPres

lines [

<line.llindex>

]

Displays all ATM DXI interfaces or a just a specific line. The table includes the following

information:

Line.LLIndex Identifier of the line and line level.

Circuit Name or number of the circuit that the interface runs on.

Mode Mode for which the interface has been configured; enabled or

disabled.

State State of the line, as follows:

•Down - Line is disabled.

•Init - Line is initializing.

•NotPres - Line is not functioning.

•Up - Line is functioning fully.

VCs Number of virtual circuits enabled for the line.

Converg. Sublayer Convergence sublayer configuration of the line: AAL3/4, AAL5,

or None. AAL3/4 is ATM Adaption Layer 3/4. AAL5 is ATM

Adaption Layer 5.

Encaps Multiprotocol Encapsulation that the PVC uses : RFC1294,

RFC1483, or None.

Drop Number of frames dropped at the line level.

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-88 303560-A Rev 00

Sample Display - show atmdxi line

ATM Data Exchange Interface (DXI) Line Table

--------------------------------------------

pvcs [

<line.llindex>

] | [

<line.llindex.VPI>

] | [

<line.llindex.VPI.VCI>

]

Displays all or a subset of ATM DXI Permanent Virtual Circuits (PVCs).

The displays include the following information:

Line.LLIndex

------------

Circuit

-------

Mode

--------

State

-------

VCs

----

Converg.

Sublayer Encaps

----------- ----------

Drop

----

1.0 ATM Enabled Up 2 AAL3/4 RFC1294 0

2.0 NONE Disabled NotPres 0 AAL3/4 RFC1294 0

<line.llindex>

Displays all PVCs for the specified line level.

<line.llindex.VPI>

Displays all PVCs for the specified virtual path on the specified line

level.

<line.llindex.VPI.VCI>

Displays the PVC for the specified virtual path and virtual channel.

Line.LLIndex Identifier of the PVC line and line level.

Direct Cct PVC’s Direct Circuit name or number (if there is one).

State State of the PVC, as follows:

•Down - PVC is disabled.

•Init - PVC is initializing.

•NotPres - PVC is not functioning.

•Up - PVC is functioning fully.

303560-A Rev 00 2-89

Sample Display - show atmdxi pvcs

ATM Data Exchange Interface (DXI) PVC Table

-------------------------------------------

Line.LLIndex.VPI.VCI Direct Cct State PVC Mode Sublayer Encaps

-------------------- ---------- ------- -------- -------- -------

1.0.1.20 - Up Group AAL3/4 RFC1294

1.0.255.32000 ATMInter Up Direct AAL3/4 RFC1294

2.0.1.21 - NotPres Group AAL3/4 RFC1294

Total entries: 3

PVC Mode Mode of the PVC, as follows:

•Direct - Upper-layer protocols view this PVC as a point-to-point

connection; as an individual network interface.

•Group - Upper-layer protocols treat this PVC as one of a group of

destinations to the switched network. The upper-layer protocols

use a single network address to send all traffic destined for the

switched network to the ATM DXI network interface.

•Hybrid - Allows protocols to view this PVC as part of the group

while the bridge views the PVC in direct mode.

Sublayer Convergence Sublayer configuration of the line: AAL3/4, AAL5,

or None. AAL3/4 is ATM Adaption Layer 3/4. AAL5 is ATM

Adaption Layer 5.

Encaps Multiprotocol Encapsulation that the PVC uses: RFC 1294,

RFC 1483, or None.

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-90 303560-A Rev 00

stats

Displays ATM DXI statistics. The table includes the number of frames and octets

transmitted and received and the number of frames dropped due to errors.

Sample Display - show atmdxi stats

ATM Data Exchange Interface (DXI) PVC Statistics

------------------------------------------------

Transmitted Received

Line.LLIndex.VPI.VCI Frames Octets Frames Octets Drops

-------------------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- -----

1.0.1.20 0 0 0 0 0

1.0.255.32000 0 0 0 0 0

2.0.1.21 0 0 0 0 0

Total entries: 3

303560-A Rev 00 2-91

stats lmi

Displays statistics for all active ATM DXI Local Management Interfaces (LMIs). The

table includes following information:

Sample Display - show atmdxi stats lmi

ATM Data Exchange Interface (DXI) LMI Statistics

------------------------------------------------

Line.LLIndex Circuit State Proxy Req. DSU Resp. DSU Traps Other

------------ ------- ------- ---------- --------- --------- ---------

1.0 ATM Up 0 0 0 0

Total entries: 1

Line.LLIndex Identifier of the line and line level.

Circuit Name or number of the circuit the interface runs on.

State State of the LMI, as follows:

•Down - Line is disabled.

•Init - Line is initializing.

•NotPres - Line is not functioning.

•Up - Line is functioning fully.

Proxy Req Number of proxy requests.

DSU Resp Number of digital service unit (DSU) responses.

DSU Traps Number of DSU traps.

Other Any other information frames that the DSU has received.

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-92 303560-A Rev 00

stats mpe

Displays statistics for all active ATM DXI multiprotocol encapsulated interfaces. The

information is from the circuit level rather than the line level. The table includes the

number of invalid and unsupported multiprotocol encapsulated frames received.

Sample Display - show atmdxi stats mpe

ATM Data Exchange Interface (DXI) MPE Circuit Statistics

--------------------------------------------------------

Invalid Invalid Invalid Misdelivered Unsupported

Circuit NLPID PID OUI PDU Control Field

------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ------------ -------------

ATM 0 0 0 0 0

ATMInter 0 0 0 0 0

Total entries: 2

Circuit Name or number of the circuit the interface runs on.

Invalid NLPID Number of packets dropped because of an unknown or unsupported

network layer protocol identifier (NLPID).

Invalid PID Number of packets dropped because of an unknown or unsupported

protocol identifier (PID).

Invalid OUI Number of packets dropped because of an unknown or unsupported

organizational unique identifier (OUI).

Misdelivered PDU Number of packets discarded because of an inactive service access

point (SAP).

Unsupported Control Field Number of packets dropped because of an unknown or invalid

control field.

303560-A Rev 00 2-93

stats pvc [

<line.llindex>

] | [

<line.llindex.VPI>

] | [

<line.llindex.VPI.VCI>

]

Displays ATM DXI statistics. The table includes the number of frames and octets

transmitted and received and the number of frames dropped due to errors. Options let you

display more specific statistics, as follows:

Sample Display - show atmdxi stats pvc 1.0

ATM Data Exchange Interface (DXI) PVC Statistics

------------------------------------------------

Transmitted Received

Line.LLIndex.VPI.VCI Frames Octets Frames Octets Drops

-------------------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------

1.0.1.20 0 0 0 0 0

1.0.255.32000 0 0 0 0 0

Total entries: 2

version

Displays the current version number and modification date of the atmdxi.bat script.

Sample Display - show atmdxi version

ATMDXI.bat Version: 1.* Date: mm/dd/yy.

<line.llindex>

Displays statistics for all PVCs for the specified line level.

<line.llindex.VPI>

Displays statistics for all PVCs for the specified virtual path on the

specified line level.

<line.llindex.VPI.VCI>

Displays statistics for the PVC for the specified virtual path and

channel on the specified line level.

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-94 303560-A Rev 00

show atmsig

The show atmsig

command displays information about the ATM Signaling

service. For details about the Bay Networks implementation of ATM, refer to Configuring

ATM Services.

The show atmsig command supports the following subcommand options:

ilmi [

<line>

]

Displays all instances in the ATM Interim Local Management Interface (ILMI) Entry

Table, or a specific instance.

The table displays the following information:

ilmi [<line>]sig [<line>]

saal [<line>]version

<line>

Displays ATM ILMI information for a specific line.

Line Line number of the router.

Circuit Circuit number of the ATM driver associated with this ILMI

instance.

State State of the entity: Up, Down, Initializing, Not Present

Low Thre Lower threshold - when the percentage of the buffer memory drops

below this value, congestion is reached.

Up Thre Upper threshold - when the percentage of the buffer memory

exceeds this value, congestion is stopped.

VPI Virtual Path Identifier for the ILMI VC.

VCI Virtual Channel Identifier for the ILMI VC.

Get ILMI Get Request Timer value (in seconds).

Get Retry Maximum number of retransmissions of the ILME GET request

before the link is considered down.

303560-A Rev 00 2-95

Sample Display - show atmsig ilmi

ATM ILMI Entry Table (UME/ILMI)

-------------------------------

Low Up Get Get GetNext Set

Line Circuit State Thre Thre VPI VCI Get Retry Next Retry Set Retry

------- ------- ------ ---- ---- --- ----- --- ----- ---- ------- --- ----

1405101 A51 Up 2 2 0 16 3 3 3 3 6 3

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Total entries: 1

saal [

<line>

]

Displays all instances in the ATM Signaling ATM Adaptation Layer (SAAL) Entry Table

for the Service Specific Connection Oriented Protocol (SSCOP) service, or displays a specific

instance.

The table displays the following information:

Get Next ILMI GetNext Request Timer value (in seconds).

GetNext Retry Maximum number of retransmissions of the ILMI GET NEXT

request before the link is considered down.

Set ILMI Set Request Timer value (in seconds).

Set Retry Maximum number of retransmissions of the ILMI SET request

before the link is considered down.

<line>

Displays ATM SAAL information for a specific line.

Line Line number of the router.

Circuit Circuit number of the ATM driver associated with this instance.

State State of the SAAL entity: Up, Down, Init, Not Present.

Arbitration Determines if the SAAL initiates link connections or waits for

connections: Active or Passive.

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-96 303560-A Rev 00

Sample Display - show atmsig saal

ATM SAAL Entry Table (SSCOP)

----------------------------

Arbi- Poll Alive NoResp CnCtrl MaxCn Max Ver-

Line Circuit State tration Timer Timer Timer Timer Ctrl MaxPd Stat sion

------- ------- ------ ------- ----- ----- ------ ------ ----- ----- ---- -----

1405101 A51 Up Active 7 20 70 10 4 25 67 UNI30

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Total entries: 1

Poll Timer SSCOP Poll Timer value (in tenths of a second).

Alive Timer Keep Alive Timer value (in tenths of a second).

NoResp Timer No Response Timer value (in tenths of a second).

CnCtrl Timer Connection Control Timer value (in tenths of a second).

MaxCn Ctrl Maximum Connection Control Timer value.

MaxPd SSCOP maximum Poll Data (PD) value.

Max Stat Maximum number of list elements allowed in a STAT PDU.

Version Version: UNI30 or UNI31.

303560-A Rev 00 2-97

sig [

<line>

]

Displays all instances in the ATM Signaling Entry Table, or a specific instance.

The table displays the following information:

<line>

Displays ATM Signaling information for a specific line.

Line Line number of the router.

Circuit Circuit number of the ATM driver associated with this instance.

State State of the entity: Up, Down, Initializing, Not Present

Max # of SvcApps Maximum number of service access points (SAPs) allowed for this

circuit.

Max Pt-Pt Maximum number of simultaneous point-to-point connections

allowed for this circuit.

Max Pt-Mp Maximum number of simultaneous point-to-multipoint connections

allowed for this circuit.

Max Parties In-MultiPt Maximum number of simultaneous parties in a point-to-multipoint

connection allowed for this circuit.

Min Buf Threshold Minimum percentage of the buffer memory that must be free to

enable new calls.

VPI Virtual Path Identifier for the Signaling VC.

VCI Virtual Channel Identifier for the Signaling VC.

Version Signaling Protocol Standard: Uni 3.0 (UNI_V30), Uni 3.1

(UNI_V31), or Trillium Symmetrical Uni (UNI_SYM)

# of Restart Number of RESTART messages permitted before the link is

considered down.

# of Stat Enquiries Number of STATUS ENQUIRY messages permitted before the link

is considered down.

T303 Setup Sent Timer value (in seconds).

T308 Release Sent Timer value (in seconds).

T309 SAAL Data Link Connect Timer value (in seconds).

T310 Call Proceeding Received Timer value (in seconds).

T313 Connect Sent Timer value (in seconds).

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-98 303560-A Rev 00

Sample Display - show atmsig sig

ATM Signaling Entry Table (Q.93B)

---------------------------------

Max#of Max Max MaxParties Min Buf

Line Circuit State SvcApps Pt-Pt Pt-Mp In-MultiPt Threshold

------- ------- ------ ------- ------- ------- ---------- ---------

1405101 A51 Up 20 1000 40 1 2

# of # of Stat

VPI VCI Version Restart Enquiries T303 T308 T309 T310 T313 T316

--- ----- ------- ------- --------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----

0 5 UNI_V30 3 3 4 30 10 10 4 120

T316C T322 TDisc T398 T399

----- ---- ----- ---- ----

120 4 4 4 14

Total entries: 1

version

Displays the current version number and modification date of the atmsig.bat script.

Sample Display - show atmsig version

ATMSIG.bat Version: 1.# Date: mm/dd/yy.

T316 Restart Request Sent on Interface Timer value (in seconds).

T316C Restart Request Sent on Channel Timer value (in seconds).

T322 Status Enquiry Sent Timer value (in seconds).

TDisc SAAL Data Link Disconnect Timer value (in seconds).

T398 Drop Party Sent Timer value (in seconds).

T399 Add Party Sent Timer value (in seconds).

303560-A Rev 00 2-99

show atm line

The show atm line

commands display information about the Asynchronous

Transfer Mode (ATM) Adaption Layer Controller (ALC) link module service. For detailed

information about the Bay Networks implementation of the ATM link module service,

refer to Configuring ATM Services.

The show atm line command supports the following subcommand options:

Note: The atm line set of commands is a subset of the atm command. Refer to the

“show atm” section for more information on the atm command.

alerts receive errors [circuit <circuit name>]

base [circuit <circuit name>] receive stats [circuit <circuit name>]

disabled sample [<period in seconds>] [circuit

<circuit name>]

enabled stats [circuit <circuit name>]

phy [circuit <circuit name>] transmit errors [circuit <circuit name>]

phy errors [circuit <circuit name>] transmit stats [circuit <circuit name>]

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-100 303560-A Rev 00

alerts

Displays abnormal conditions in the ATM link module. The table displays the following

information:

Sample Display - show atm line alerts

ATM Modules on Alert:

---------------------

Line Driver First Num MAC DP Notify

Slot Conn Circuit Number State MAC Address Addrs TMO MTU

---- ---- -------- -------- -------- ----------------- ------- --------- ----

Found 0 matches out of 2 entries in table.

Slot Slot number.

Conn Physical port number.

Circuit Circuit number for the driver.

Line Number Line number for the physical ATM port.

Driver State Operational state of the driver: Up, Down, Init (initializing),

Download (downloading), Config (configuring), or Not Present.

Note that this parameter does not represent the state of the physical

interface.

First MAC Address First MAC address reserved in the link module. The address is in

canonical format.

Num MAC addrs Number of MAC addresses reserved in the link module.

DP Notify TMO Data Path notify timeout period. This value specifies the number of

seconds to wait before implementing the DP notify function. A

timer is set to this value when the state of the physical interface

transitions from operational to nonoperational at the time that the

DP notify function is enabled.

MTU Size of the largest packet (in octets) which the interface can send or

receive. The default is 4500 octets.

303560-A Rev 00 2-101

base [circuit

]

Displays the ATM base record state for all ATM link module circuits or for a specified

circuit. For more information on column definitions, see the alerts command.

Sample Display - show atm line base

ATM Modules:

------------

Line Driver First Num MAC DP Notify

Slot Conn Circuit Number State MAC Address Addrs TMO MTU

---- ---- -------- -------- -------- ----------------- ------- --------- ----

4 1 A41 1104101 Up 00-00-00-00-00-00 10 3 4500

5 1 A51 1105101 Up 00-00-00-00-00-00 10 3 4500

2 entries in table.

Sample Display - show atm line base circuit A51

ATM Modules:

------------

Line Driver First Num MAC DP Notify

Slot Conn Circuit Number State MAC Address Addrs TMO MTU

---- ---- -------- -------- -------- ----------------- ------- --------- ----

5 1 A51 1105101 Up 00-00-00-00-00-00 10 3 4500

Found 1 match out of 2 entries in table.

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-102 303560-A Rev 00

disabled

Displays the ATM link modules that are configured as disabled. For more information on

column definitions, see the alerts command.

Sample Display - show atm line disabled

ATM Modules Disabled:

---------------------

Line Driver First Num MAC DP Notify

Slot Conn Circuit Number State MAC Address Addrs TMO MTU

---- ---- -------- -------- -------- ----------------- ------- --------- ----

Found 0 matches out of 2 entries in table.

enabled

Displays the ATM link modules that are configured as enabled. For more information on

column definitions, see the alerts command.

Sample Display - show atm line enabled

ATM Modules Enabled:

--------------------

Line Driver First Num MAC DP Notify

Slot Conn Circuit Number State MAC Address Addrs TMO MTU

---- ---- -------- -------- -------- ----------------- ------- --------- ----

4 1 A41 1104101 Up 00-00-00-00-00-00 10 3 4500

5 1 A51 1105101 Up 00-00-00-00-00-00 10 3 4500

Found 2 matches out of 2 entries in table.

303560-A Rev 00 2-103

phy [circuit

]

Displays physical circuit information about all ATM link module circuits or a specified

circuit.

For more information on column definitions, see the alerts command.

Sample Display - show atm line phy

ATM Module Physical Interface:

------------------------------

Phy Speed Framing

Slot Conn Circuit State (Mbps) Type Mode

---- ---- -------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------

3 1 A31 Up 155520000 OC-3 MM SONET

1 entry in table.

Sample Display - show atm line phy circuit A51

ATM Module Physical Interface:

------------------------------

Phy Speed Framing

Slot Conn Circuit State (Mbps) Type Mode

---- ---- -------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------

5 1 A51 Up 155520000 OC-3 SONET

Found 1 match out of 2 entries in table.

Speed Estimate of the interface's current bandwidth in megabits per

second: 155,520,000 Mb/s, 140,000,000 Mb/s, 100,000,000 Mb/s,

44,736,000 Mb/s, 34,368,000 Mb/s.

Type Interface type: OC-3 MM (multimode), OC-3 SM (single mode),

DS-3, or E-3.

Framing Mode Transceiver mode: SDH, SONET, CBIT, M23, G751, or G832.

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-104 303560-A Rev 00

phy errors [circuit

]

Displays loss of signal, loss of pointer, loss of frame, and out-of-cell delineation

information for the specified circuit or for all circuits. For more information on column

definitions, see the alerts command.

Sample Display - show atm line phy errors

ATM Module Physical Interface Errors:

-------------------------------------

Loss of Loss of Loss of Out of Cell

Slot Conn Circuit Signal Pointer Frame Delineation

---- ---- -------- ---------- ---------- ---------- -----------

4 1 A41 10 0 3 3

5 1 A51 1 0 1 1

2 entries in table.

Sample Display - show atm line phy errors circuit A51

ATM Module Physical Interface Errors:

-------------------------------------

Loss of Loss of Loss of Out of Cell

Slot Conn Circuit Signal Pointer Frame Delineation

---- ---- -------- ---------- ---------- ---------- -----------

5 1 A51 1 0 1 1

Found 1 match out of 2 entries in table.

303560-A Rev 00 2-105

receive errors [circuit

]

Displays receive error information for the specified circuit or for all circuits:

For more information on column definitions, see the alerts command.

Sample Display - show atm line receive errors

ATM Module Receive Errors:

--------------------------

Address Rcv Q Rcv Q Rcv Q

Dropped Translation Full Write Empty

Slot Conn Circuit Cells Errors Errors Errors Errors

---- ---- -------- ---------- ----------- ---------- ---------- ----------

4 1 A41 0 0 0 0 0

5 1 A51 0 0 0 0 0

2 entries in table.

Dropped Cells Number of cells received at the transceiver receive interface that

have been discarded.

Address Translation Errors Number of address translation errors received.

Rcv Q Full Errors Number of full queue errors received.

Rcv Q Write Errors Number of write queue errors received. Write failures occur when

the SAR device tries to write to an already full queue.

Rcv Q Empty Errors Number of empty queue errors received. Empty errors occur when

the SAR device has no place to put the data it has received.

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-106 303560-A Rev 00

Sample Display - show atm line receive errors circuit A51

ATM Module Receive Errors:

--------------------------

Address Rcv Q Rcv Q Rcv Q

Dropped Translation Full Write Empty

Slot Conn Circuit Cells Errors Errors Errors Errors

---- ---- -------- ---------- ----------- ---------- ---------- ----------

5 1 A51 0 0 0 0 0

Found 1 match out of 2 entries in table.

receive stats [circuit

]

Displays the total number of frames, octets, and cells received by all circuits or by the

specified circuit.

Sample Display - show atm line receive stats

ATM Module Receive Statistics:

------------------------------

Slot Conn Circuit Frames Octets Cells

---- ---- -------- ---------- ---------- --------------------

4 1 A41 0 0 0

5 1 A51 0 0 0

2 entries in table.

Sample Display - show atm line receive stats circuit A51

ATM Module Receive Statistics:

------------------------------

Slot Conn Circuit Frames Octets Cells

---- ---- -------- ---------- ---------- --------------------

5 1 A51 0 0 0

Found 1 match out of 2 entries in table.

303560-A Rev 00 2-107

sample [

] [circuit

]

Displays the total number of frames transmitted and received for the specified circuit over

the specified period of time, or for all circuits over 10 seconds. Also displays information

on the following:

For more information on column definitions, see the alerts command.

Sample Display - show atm line sample

ATM Sampled Data over 10 seconds

---------------------------------

Rx Tx Rx Lack of Tx Lack of

Slot Conn Circuit Frames Frames Resources Resources

---- ---- -------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------

4 1 A41 0 0 0 0

5 1 A51 0 0 0 0

2 entries in table.

Sample Display - show atm line sample circuit A51

ATM Sampled Data over 10 seconds

---------------------------------

Rx Tx Rx Lack of Tx Lack of

Slot Conn Circuit Frames Frames Resources Resources

---- ---- -------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------

5 1 A51 0 0 0 0

Found 1 match out of 2 entries in table.

Rx Lack of Resources Number of packets dropped because no host buffers were available

to hold the incoming data.

Tx Lack of Resources Number of packets dropped during transmission.

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-108 303560-A Rev 00

Sample Display - show atm line sample 5 circuit A51

ATM Sampled Data over 5 seconds

---------------------------------

Rx Tx Rx Lack of Tx Lack of

Slot Conn Circuit Frames Frames Resources Resources

---- ---- -------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------

5 1 A51 0 0 0 0

Found 1 match out of 2 entries in table.

stats [circuit

]

Displays the total number of bytes and frames received and transmitted for the specified

circuit or for all circuits. In addition, displays the total number of errors. For more

information on column definitions, see the alerts command.

Sample Display - show atm line stats

ATM Module I/O Statistics:

--------------------------

Receive Receive Transmit Transmit Total

Slot Conn Circuit Bytes Frames Bytes Frames Errors

---- ---- -------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------

4 1 A41 0 0 2190795656 42405432 16

5 1 A51 0 0 1793648210 86273694 3

2 entries in table.

Sample Display - show atm line stats circuit A51

ATM Module I/O Statistics:

--------------------------

Receive Receive Transmit Transmit Total

Slot Conn Circuit Bytes Frames Bytes Frames Errors

---- ---- -------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------

5 1 A51 0 0 1793648210 86273694 3

Found 1 match out of 2 entries in table.

303560-A Rev 00 2-109

transmit errors [circuit

]

Displays the total number of full errors transmitted and the total number of Segmentation

and Reassembly (SAR) errors for the specified circuit or for all circuits. For more

information on column definitions, see the alerts command.

Sample Display - show atm line transmit errors

ATM Module Transmit Errors:

---------------------------

Xmt Q

Full SAR

Slot Conn Circuit Errors Errors

---- ---- -------- ---------- ----------

4 1 A41 0 0

5 1 A51 0 0

2 entries in table.

Sample Display - show atm line transmit errors circuit A51

ATM Module Transmit Errors:

---------------------------

Xmt Q

Full SAR

Slot Conn Circuit Errors Errors

---- ---- -------- ---------- ----------

5 1 A51 0 0

Found 1 match out of 2 entries in table.

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-110 303560-A Rev 00

transmit stats [circuit

]

Displays the total number of frames, octets, and cells transmitted by the specified circuit

or by all circuits. For more information on column definitions, see the alerts command.

Sample Display - show atm line transmit stats

ATM Module Transmit Statistics:

-------------------------------

Out Q

Slot Conn Circuit Frames Octets Cells Length

---- ---- -------- ---------- ---------- -------------------- ----------

4 1 A41 42405432 2190795656 45641568 1

5 1 A51 86273694 1793648210 37367672 1

2 entries in table.

Sample Display - show atm line transmit stats circuit A51

ATM Module Transmit Statistics:

-------------------------------

Out Q

Slot Conn Circuit Frames Octets Cells Length

---- ---- -------- ---------- ---------- -------------------- ----------

5 1 A51 86273694 1793648210 37367672 1

Found 1 match out of 2 entries in table.

303560-A Rev 00 2-111

show aurp

The show aurp

commands display information about the AppleTalk Update-

based Routing Protocol (AURP) and services. For detailed information on the Bay

Networks implementation of AURP services, refer to Configuring AppleTalk Services.

The show aurp command supports the following subcommand options:

alerts filters zone

base stats [traffic | peer | transport] [<IP address>]

connection [<IP address>] version

disabled

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-112 303560-A Rev 00

alerts

Displays all AURP connections that are enabled but not up. State is always Down. Use this

display to identify the connections that are not working. The table includes the following

information:

Sample Display - show aurp alerts

AURP Connection Alerts: Enabled but state is down

-------------------------------------------------

Connection State Timeout Retry Update Rate LHF Timeout

--------------- ----------- ---------- ---------- ----------- -----------

192.32.14.85 Down 3 3 30 90

1 entries found.

3 total entries.

Connection IP address of the AURP connection.

State Current state of the connection, which in this case is always Down.

Timeout Number of seconds to wait for an acknowledgment before retrying

the connection.

Retry Number of attempts at a connection before determining that the

peer is no longer responding.

Update Rate Rate in seconds at which the router sends routing table updates out

this connection. This value is a multiple of ten. The range is 10 to

604,800 seconds (one week). The default is 30 seconds.

LHF Timeout Last Heard From Timeout; specifies the number of seconds to wait

for a Routing Information Response (RI-Rsp), Routing Information

Update (RI-Upd), or Zone Information Response (ZI-Rsp) before

sending a tickle request. This value is a multiple of ten. The range is

10 through 31,536,000 seconds (one year). The default is 90

seconds.

303560-A Rev 00 2-113

base

Displays the base record information for AURP. The base record controls AURP for the

entire system. The table includes the following information:

Sample Display - show aurp base

AURP Base Information

---------------------

Configured Open Reqs Open Reqs In Packets

Protocol State IP Interface Accepted Rejected No Peer

---------------- ----------- --------------- ---------- ---------- ----------

AURP Up 192.32.14.19 1 0 0

connection [

]

Displays information about all AURP connections or a specific connection. State can be

Disabled, Down, Init (initializing), Not Pres (enabled but not yet started), or Up. For the

remaining column definitions, see the alerts command.

Protocol Name of the protocol, which is AURP.

State State of the protocol: Disabled, Down, Init (initializing), Not Pres

(enabled but not yet started), or Up.

Configured IP Interface IP address on this router that AURP uses for all of its connections.

Open Reqs Accepted Number of Open Requests the router has accepted on this interface.

Open Reqs Rejected Number of Open Requests the router has rejected on this interface.

In Packets No Peer Number of packets received from UDP for which there is no valid

connection.

<IP_address> Limits the information to the connection with the specified IP

address.

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-114 303560-A Rev 00

Sample Display - show aurp connection

AURP Connections

----------------

Connection State Timeout Retry Update Rate LHF Timeout

--------------- ----------- ---------- ---------- ----------- -----------

192.32.14.85 Down 3 3 30 90

192.32.14.86 Disabled 3 3 30 90

205.1.10.1 Up 3 3 30 90

3 total entries.

Sample Display - show aurp connection 192.32.14.85

AURP Connections

----------------

Connection State Timeout Retry Update Rate LHF Timeout

--------------- ----------- ---------- ---------- ----------- -----------

192.32.14.85 Down 3 3 30 90

1 entry displayed.

disabled

Displays the AURP connections that a user has manually disabled. For definitions of the

columns in the display, see the alerts command.

Sample Display - show aurp disabled

Disabled AURP Connections

-------------------------

Connection State Timeout Retry Update Rate LHF Timeout

--------------- ----------- ---------- ---------- ----------- -----------

192.32.14.86 Disabled 3 3 30 90

1 entries found.

3 total entries.

303560-A Rev 00 2-115

enabled

Displays the AURP connections that a user has manually enabled. State can be Disabled,

Down, Init (initializing), Not Pres (enabled but not yet started), or Up. For the remaining

column definitions, see the alerts command.

Sample Display - show aurp enabled

Enabled AURP Connections

------------------------

Connection State Timeout Retry Update Rate LHF Timeout

--------------- ----------- ---------- ---------- ----------- -----------

192.32.14.85 Down 3 3 30 90

205.1.10.1 Up 3 3 30 90

2 entries found.

3 total entries.

filters zone

Displays information about the zone filters for all AURP connections. The table includes

the following information:

Connection Connection with the specified IP address.

Connection Filter Mode Zone filter type: Include, Exclude, 5.x series Include, or 5.x series

Exclude.

Filtered Zones(s) Zones that are filtered for this connection.

Total zones Number of zones that are filtered on this connection.

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-116 303560-A Rev 00

Sample Display - show aurp filters zone

Connection: 192.32.14.2

Connection Filter Mode: Include

Filtered Zone(s) for this connection

----------------------------------

MARKETING

SALES

Total zones for connection 192.32.14.2 is 2

Connection: 192.32.14.1

Connection Filter Mode: Include

Filtered Zone(s) for this connection

----------------------------------

MARKETING

SALES

Total zones for connection 192.32.14.1 is 2

Connection: 192.32.14.3

Connection Filter Mode: 5.x series Include

Filtered Zone(s) for this connection

----------------------------------

MARKETING

Total zones for connection 192.32.14.3 is 1

303560-A Rev 00 2-117

stats [traffic | peer | transport] [

]

Displays statistical information about AURP connections. You can display statistics for all

connections or for a specified connection. Entered without options, the stats command

displays traffic statistics.

Sample Display - show aurp stats

AURP Traffic Statistics

-----------------------

In DDP Out DDP In AURP Out AURP

Connection Packets Packets Packets Packets

--------------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------

192.32.14.85 0 0 0 8

192.32.14.86 0 0 0 4

205.1.10.1 13276 13459 102 100

Sample Display - show aurp stats traffic

AURP Traffic Statistics

-----------------------

In DDP Out DDP In AURP Out AURP

Connection Packets Packets Packets Packets

--------------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------

192.32.14.85 0 0 0 8

192.32.14.86 0 0 0 4

205.1.10.1 13310 13497 102 100

<IP_address>

Limits the display to the specified connection.

traffic Displays incoming and outgoing data (DDP) packets and incoming

and outgoing AURP packets for all connections or for a specified

connection.

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-118 303560-A Rev 00

Sample Display - show aurp stats traffic 205.1.10.1

AURP Traffic Statistics

-----------------------

In DDP Out DDP In AURP Out AURP

Connection Packets Packets Packets Packets

--------------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------

205.1.10.1 16293 16497 155 152

The display includes the following information:

peer Displays information about AURP peer routers.

Connection IP address of the peer router.

Peer Domain ID Domain identifier for the domain this router resides in.

Rate Rate in tens of seconds that the peer router specified in its Open

Response.

Environ. Flags Environment Flags in the peer router’s Open Response.

•None - No flags active.

•HCR - Hop Count Reduction is active.

•Remap - Network number remapping is active on the peer.

•Remap, HCR - Both HCR and Remap are in effect.

SUI Flags Send Update Information flags in the peer router’s Open Request

and Routing Information Request. The possible values are:

•Add - Network added.

•Delete - Network deleted.

•Dist - Distance changed.

•Zone - Zone changed.

303560-A Rev 00 2-119

Sample Display - show aurp stats peer

AURP Connection Peer Information

--------------------------------

Peer Update Environ.

Connection Domain ID Rate Flags SUI Flags

--------------- --------------- ---------- ---------- --------------------

192.32.14.85 0.0.0.0 0

<

none

>

<

none

>

192.32.14.86 0.0.0.0 0

<

none

>

<

none

>

205.1.10.1 205.1.10.1 30

<

none

>

Zone,Dist,Delete,Add

Sample Display - show aurp stats transport

AURP Transport Statistics

-------------------------

Delayed Command Updates Updates

Connection Duplicates Retries Received Generated

--------------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------

192.32.14.85 0 7 0 0

192.32.14.86 0 3 0 0

205.1.10.1 0 4 2 1

transport Displays information about AURP transports. The table includes

counts of delayed duplicates, command retries, and updates

received and generated for each connection.

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-120 303560-A Rev 00

version

Displays the current version and modification date of the aurp.bat script.

Sample Display - show aurp version

AURP.bat Version: #.## Date: mm/dd/yy.

show autoneg

The show autoneg

commands display the status of automatic line speed

negotiation on 100Base-T Ethernet interfaces. Some Ethernet modules can run at either

10 Mb/s or 100 Mb/s using a hardware process to detect the speed to use. For more

information, refer to Configuring Ethernet, FDDI, and Token Ring Services.

The show autoneg command supports the following subcommand options:

alerts disabled

base [circuit <circuit name>] enabled

capabilities [circuit <circuit name>] version

303560-A Rev 00 2-121

alerts

Displays Ethernet circuits that are capable of auto-negotiation but are not currently up.

The table includes the following information:

Sample Display - show autoneg alerts

Auto-Negotiation Interfaces on Alert:

-------------------------------------

Auto-Negotiation Remote Capability

Slot Conn Circuit State State Signaling In Use

---- ---- -------- -------- -------------------- ---------- -------------

2 31 E231 Down Disabled FALSE 100Base-X

Found 1 match out of 2 entries in table.

Slot Slot identifier; ranges vary according to router model.

Conn Connector’s instance identifier; ranges vary according to router

model and Ethernet module. For routers other than ASN, indicates

the physical connector number on the slot.

Circuit Name of the circuit associated with this line.

State Current state of the circuit: Disabled, Down, Init (initializing), Not

Present (enabled but not yet started), or Up.

Auto-Negotiation State Current state of automatic line speed negotation: Disabled,

Configuring, Complete.

Remote Signaling Current state of signalling at the remote end of the link: True or

False

Capability in Use The configured line speed. Options are:

100Base-X (100Base-TX or 100Base-FX)

100Base-X FD (Full Duplex)

100Base-X FD Cong Ctrl (Full Duplex with congestion control)

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-122 303560-A Rev 00

base [circuit

]

Displays the base record information for auto-negotiation.

Sample Display - show base

Auto-Negotiation Information:

-----------------------------

Auto-Negotiation Remote

Slot Conn Circuit State State Signaling Capability In Use

---- ---- -------- -------- ------------------ --------- ----------------------

2 1 E21 Not Pres **NOT SUPPORTED**

3 1 E31 Up Disabled FALSE 100Base-X FD Cong Ctrl

4 1 E41 Disabled **NOT SUPPORTED**

5 1 E51 Up Disabled FALSE 100Base-X

4 entries in table

Note: The alerts, base, disabled, and enabled tables all include the same

information. See the description with the show autoneg alerts command.

303560-A Rev 00 2-123

capabilities [circuit

]

Displays Ethernet line capabilities. You can display this information for all circuits or for a

specific circuit. The table includes the following information.

*See the line capability codes in the sample display.

Sample Display - show autoneg capabilties

Auto-Negotiation Interface Capabilities:

----------------------------------------

Local Advertised Remote Capability

Slot Conn Circuit State Capabilities Capabilities Capabilities In Use

---- ---- -------- -------- ------------ ------------ ------------ ----------

5 1 E51 Up cd cd cd d

5 2 E52 Up cd cd d

Capability Codes:

a = 10BASE-T

b = 10BASE-T Full Duplex

c = 100BASE-X

d = 100BASE-X Full Duplex

e = 100BASE-T4

Found 2 matches out of 3 entries in table.

Slot Slot identifier; ranges according to router model.

Conn Connector’s instance identifier; ranges vary according to router

model and Ethernet module. For routers other than ASN, indicates

the physical connector number on the slot.

Circuit Name of the circuit associated with this line.

State State of the line driver: Disabled, Down, Init (initializing), Not

Present (enabled but not yet started), or Up.

*Local Capabilities The line capabilities of the circuit.

*Advertised Capabilities The line capabilities the circuit is advertising on the bus.

*Remote Capabilities The advertised capabilities of the remote station.

*Capability in Use The agreed-upon line capability.

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-124 303560-A Rev 00

disabled

Displays all Ethernet circuits that have auto-negotiation disabled.

Sample Display - show autoneg disabled

Auto-Negotiation Interfaces Disabled:

-------------------------------------

Auto-Negotiation Remote

Slot Conn Circuit State State Signaling Capability In Use

---- ---- -------- -------- ------------------ --------- ----------------------

3 1 E31 Up Disabled FALSE 100Base-X FD Cong Ctrl

5 1 E51 Up Disabled FALSE 100Base-X

Found 2 matches out of 4 entries in table.

Note: The alerts, base, disabled, and enabled tables all include the same

information. See the description with the show autoneg alerts command.

303560-A Rev 00 2-125

enabled

Displays all Ethernet circuits that have auto-negotiation enabled.

Sample Display - show autoneg enabled

Auto-Negotiation Interfaces Enabled:

------------------------------------

Auto-Negotiation Remote

Slot Conn Circuit State State Signaling Capability In Use

---- ---- -------- -------- ------------------ --------- ----------------------

5 1 E51 Up Complete FALSE 100Base-X

Found 1 match out of 4 entries in table

Note: The alerts, base, disabled, and enabled tables all include the same

information. See the description with the show autoneg alerts command.

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-126 303560-A Rev 00

version

Displays the current version and modification date of the at.bat script.

Sample Display - show autoneg version

autoneg.bat Version: #.## Date: mm/dd/yy.

303560-A Rev 00 2-127

show bgp

The show bgp

command displays state, configuration, and statistical

information about the Border Gateway Protocol (BGP). For detailed information about the

Bay Networks implementation of BGP, refer to Configuring IP Services.

The show bgp peers and show bgp summary commands display new information about

BGP route servers and clients.

The show bgp command supports the following subcommand options:

errors summary

peers timers

routes [<address> | from <peer address> |

find <search pattern>]version

stats weights

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-128 303560-A Rev 00

errors

Displays the error message generated the last time a connection between a router and its

BGP peer failed. This message was either received from or sent to the BGP peer. The

report includes the address of the local router and the peer, as well as the last error code,

subcode, and message.

Sample Display - show bgp errors

BGP Last Errors

---------------

Local Remote Last Error

Address Address Code Subcode Error Message

--------------- --------------- ---- ------- ---------------------------

195.1.1.1 195.1.1.2 4 0 Hold Timer Expired

195.1.1.1 195.1.1.3 - - No Error

200.1.1.1 200.1.1.2 2 1 Unsupported Version Number

201.1.1.1 10.1.1.6 - - No Error

201.1.1.1 201.1.1.5 - - No Error

5 peers configured.

peers

Displays information about each BGP peer and virtual peer on the router. Virtual peers are

peers connected by means of a route server. The table includes the following information:

Local Addr Router’s local interface address and port.

Remote Addr Peer’s IP address and port.

Remote AS Autonomous System in which the peer resides.

Hold Time Cfg Configured hold time.

Hold Time Act Negotiated hold time.

Keep Alive Time Cfg Configured keepalive time.

Keep Alive Time Act Negotiated keepalive time.

Connection State State of the connection between the peers: Idle, Connect, Active,

Open Sent, Open Confrmd, or Established.

303560-A Rev 00 2-129

Sample Display - show bgp peers

BGP Peers

---------

Local Remote Remote Peer Connection BGP Total

Address/Port Address/Port AS Mode State Ver Routes

--------------------- --------------------- ------ ------- ---------- --- ------

55.55.0.48/46105 55.55.0.47/179 1 Intern Estab 4 0

55.56.0.48/179 55.56.0.51/20257 1 Client Estab 4 0

55.56.0.48/179 55.56.0.52/19096 1 Client Estab 4 0

55.56.0.48/179 55.56.0.173/26893 1 Client Estab 4 241

55.80.0.48/32799 55.80.0.53/179 1 Client Estab 4 0

55.90.0.48/52506 55.90.0.54/179 1 Client Estab 4 0

BGP Virtual Peers

-----------------

Local Remote Identifier Total Last Update

------------------- ------------------- ------------------- ------ ------------

55.55.0.48 55.55.0.47 192.32.13.173 240 0h 7m 10s

Total Routes Number of routes that the router received from this peer and is

maintaining.

Peer Mode Route server mode of the BGP peer: None (the peer is not a route

server), Client (the peer is an RS client), Internal (the peer is a route

server in the local RS cluster), external (the peer is a route server in

another RS cluster).

Identifier BGP identifier of the virtual peer.

Last update Time elapsed since the last update.

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-130 303560-A Rev 00

routes [

| from

| find

]

Displays information about routes received from BGP peers. Some information relates to

all peers; some is specific to the type of entry displayed. Following is a list of options you

can use with the routes command.

The table includes the following information for each entry:

Displays only routes to the specified Internet network prefix

(network number). For example, show bgp routes 192.32.0.0

shows all routes to 192.32.0.0.

from

<peer_address>

Displays only routes received from the specified BGP peer. The

peer address is the same as the Remote Address entry in the show

bgp peers table. For example, show bgp routes from 200.1.2.3

shows all routes received from peer 200.1.2.3.

find

<search_pattern>

Displays only routes that match the specified search pattern. For

example, the command show bgp routes find 200.*.*.* displays

routes 200.1.5.0, 200.1.6.0, and 200.1.190.0.

Destination network IP address and the length of the prefix of the destination network in

the dot notation form x.x.x.x/n, where x.x.x.x is the Internet

address and n is the prefix length; for example, 200.4.0.0/16.

Author of address IP address of the peer that provided the route.

Best/Used indication BEST means that the route is the best BGP route to the destination;

USED means that the route is in the IP routing table.

Next hop IP address of the next hop route. This is the forwarding address for

the route.

Origin of route Ultimate origin of the route as follows:

INC Origin is undetermined.

IGP Network is interior to the originating Autonomous System (AS).

EGP Network is learned from EGP.

MED indicator If available, the value in hexadecimal of the Multi Exit

Discriminator (MED) for BGP-4 or the Inter-AS Metric for BGP-3

associated with the path.

303560-A Rev 00 2-131

The show bgp routes command displays the routing information in the following format:

Aggregator If it exists, the aggregator attribute; displayed in the form

Aggregator n x.x.x.x, where n is the AS number and x.x.x.x is the

Internet address.

Atomic Whether the aggregate is atomic; if it is, the word Atomic appears.

Local preference Local preference of the route, as received from IBGP or as

calculated for EBGP routes. On IBGP connections, the value is in

the form Local Pref received x, where x is a hexadecimal value. If a

different value was calculated for policy reasons, calculated x also

appears. On EBGP links, Local Pref calculated x appears.

AS Path AS Path of the route as a sequence of AS numbers preceded and

possibly intermingled with SEQ and SET. SEQ indicates that the

following AS path segment is sequence type. SET indicates set

type.

0.0.0.0/0 from192.32.175.130 (BEST, USED) nexthop 192.32.17.13

IGP Aggregator 104 200.104.0.104

Local Pref calculated 0x4aleff7

Destination Author Best/Used Next Hop

Local

Preference

AS Path: SEQ 104 SET 5 6 Aggregator Attribute

AS Path

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-132 303560-A Rev 00

Sample Display - show bgp routes

BGP Routes

----------

0.0.0.0/0 from 192.32.28.104 (BEST, USED) nexthop 192.32.28.104

IGP Aggregator 104 200.104.0.104

Local Pref calculated 0x4a01fe7

AS Path: SEQ 104 SET 5 6

200.5.0.0/24 from 192.32.28.5 (BEST, USED) nexthop 192.32.28.5

IGP

Local Pref calculated 0x4a01ff7

AS Path: SEQ 5

200.5.0.0/24 from 192.32.28.6 nexthop 192.32.28.5

IGP

Local Pref calculated 0x80000000

AS Path: SEQ 6 5

200.5.23.0/24 from 192.32.28.5 (BEST, USED) nexthop 192.32.28.5

IGP

Local Pref calculated 0x4a01ff7

AS Path: SEQ 5

200.5.23.0/24 from 192.32.28.6 nexthop 192.32.28.5

IGP

Local Pref calculated 0x80000000

AS Path: SEQ 6 5

200.5.24.0/24 from 192.32.28.5 (BEST, USED) nexthop 192.32.28.5

IGP

Local Pref calculated 0x4a01ff7

AS Path: SEQ 5

200.5.24.0/24 from 192.32.28.6 nexthop 192.32.28.5

IGP

Local Pref calculated 0x80000000

AS Path: SEQ 6 5

200.6.0.0/24 from 192.32.28.5 nexthop 192.32.28.6

IGP

Local Pref calculated 0x80000000

AS Path: SEQ 5 6

8 BGP Route entries. IGP: 8 EGP: 0 Incomplete: 0.

303560-A Rev 00 2-133

stats

Displays statistics for each peer router. The table displays the Internet address of the

configured local and remote BGP peers and the total number of BGP messages and

updates received and sent between them. Message totals include updates.

Sample Display - show bgp stats

BGP Peer Statistics

-------------------

Local Remote Messages Updates

Address Address Rx Tx Rx Tx

--------------- --------------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------

192.32.174.65 192.32.174.66 4206 4193 217 181

192.32.174.97 192.32.174.99 4174 4228 64 205

192.32.175.129 192.32.175.130 4360 4189 292 162

3 peers configured.

summary

Displays a brief summary of BGP information including the following items:

• State of BGP: Absent, Disabled, Down, Init (initializing), Invalid, or Up.

• Local BGP identifier.

• Local Autonomous System number.

• Whether Intra-AS IBGP routing is enabled or disabled.

• Number of peers configured.

• Number of routes BGP has received, used and total.

• Number of different path attributes BGP has.

• State of BGP-3 and BGP-4: Configured, Not Configured, Enabled, or Disabled.

• Whether BGP is running in Route Server mode as a server or client.

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-134 303560-A Rev 00

Sample Display - show bgp summary

BGP Up ID: 192.32.174.98 AS: 2 IBGP Hack Disabled

2 peers configured.

Using 244 Routes out of a total of 245.

14 unique paths maintained.

BGP-3 Configured, Enabled. BGP-4 Configured, Enabled.

Route Server - Client.

timers

Displays the timers associated with each peer router. The table includes the following

information:

Local Address Internet address of the local peer.

Remote Address Internet address of the remote peer.

Hold Number of seconds to wait for a Keep Alive or Update packet

before terminating the connection.

Keep Alive Number of seconds between sending Keep Alive packets to

maintain an open connection.

Time Amount of time in hours/minutes/seconds that the connection

between the two peers has been up or down.

Last Update Time in hours/minutes/seconds since this peer received the last

update.

303560-A Rev 00 2-135

Sample Display - show bgp timers

BGP Peer Timers

-------------------

Local Remote Keep Time Last

Address Address Hold Alive Up/Down Update

Cfg Act Cfg Act

--------------- --------------- --------- -------- ------------ ------------

210.10.10.1 210.10.10.2 90 90 30 30 67h 56m 30s 0h 0m 20s

1 peer configured.

version

Displays the current version number and date of the bgp.bat script.

Sample Display - show bgp version

BGP.bat Version: #.## Date: mm/dd/yy.

weights

Displays the BGP AS Weights table, which includes the Autonomous System, its state and

its weight. The weight value helps determine the preferred route and aids in selecting a

route. The State of the AS Weight entry is Down, Init (initializing), Invalid, Not Present

(not yet functioning), or Up.

Sample Display - show bgp weights

BGP AS Weights

--------------

Class Class Class Class Class Class Class Class

AS State 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

----- ------- ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- -----

1000 Up 10 8 8 8 8 8 8 8

2000 Up 2 8 8 8 8 8 8 8

3000 Up 6 8 8 8 8 8 8 8

3 entries

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-136 303560-A Rev 00

show bisync

The show bisync

commands display configuration, status, and statistical

information about Binary Synchronous (BISYNC) lines. For detailed information about

configuring BISYNC, refer to Configuring BSC Transport Services.

The show bisync command supports the following subcommand options:

alerts receive errors [circuit <circuit name>]

base [circuit <circuit name>] sample [<period in seconds>] [circuit

<circuit name>]

disabled stats [circuit <circuit name>]

enabled transmit errors [circuit <circuit name>]

interrupt errors [circuit <circuit name>] version

303560-A Rev 00 2-137

alerts

Displays all BISYNC circuits that are enabled but not up. Use this display to identify the

interfaces that are not working. The table includes the following information:

Slot Slot identifier

Conn Connector identifier

Circuit Name of the circuit associated with this line.

State State of the line driver, as follows:

•Disabled - User has manually disabled the driver.

•Down - Driver is not operational.

•DSR Wait - External equipment, such as a modem, DSU, or CSU,

is not currently up and thus is not asserting a Data Set Ready

signal.

•Init - Driver is initializing.

•Not Pres - Driver is enabled but not yet started. This state occurs

for several reasons. For example, the Link Module may not be

physically present in the chassis. The software may be booting

and has not yet initialized the driver software. The slot may be

running diagnostics. Or there may be a problem with the

configuration.

•Up - Driver is functioning fully

Line Number Line number for this line.

MTU Maximum transfer unit size -- the buffer size for the BISYNC port

(also the largest frame that can be transmitted or received across the

BISYNC port). The value ranges from 1 to 4568 bytes.

Media Type Media type this BISYNC module uses, as follows:

•default - Normal connection

•raiseddtr- Connection to a modem that dials out when Data

Terminal Ready (DTR) gets raised.

•V25 - Connection to a V25 BIS modem.

Char Mode Code set that the BSC protocol uses: EBCDIC or ASCII

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-138 303560-A Rev 00

Sample Display - show bisync alerts

BISYNC Modules on Alert:

----------------------

Line Media Char

Slot Conn Circuit State Number MTU Type Mode

---- ---- -------- -------- -------- ---- -------- --------

1 1 S11 Init 01501101 1580 DEFAULT EBCDIC

Found 0 matches out of 1 entry in table.

base [circuit

]

Displays the base level information for all BISYNC circuits or a specific BISYNC circuit.

Sample Display - show bisync base

BISYNC Modules:

-------------

Line Media Char

Slot Conn Circuit State Number MTU Type Mode

---- ---- -------- -------- -------- ---- -------- --------

1 1 S11 Up 01501101 1580 DEFAULT EBCDIC

1 entry in table.

For column definitions, see the alerts command.

303560-A Rev 00 2-139

disabled

Displays BISYNC circuits that a user has manually disabled.

Sample Display - show bisync disabled

BISYNC Modules Disabled:

----------------------

Line Media Char

Slot Conn Circuit State Number MTU Type Mode

---- ---- -------- -------- -------- ---- -------- --------

1 1 S11 Disabled 01591101 1580 DEFAULT EBCDIC

Found 1 match out of 1 entry in table.

For column definitions, see the alerts command.

enabled

Displays BISYNC circuits that a user has manually enabled.

Sample Display - show bisync enabled

BISYNC Modules Enabled:

---------------------

Line Media Char

Slot Conn Circuit State Number MTU Type Mode

---- ---- -------- -------- -------- ---- -------- --------

1 1 S11 Up 01501101 1580 DEFAULT EBCDIC

Found 1 match out of 1 entry in table.

For column definitions, see the alerts command.

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-140 303560-A Rev 00

interrupt errors [circuit

]

Displays interrupt errors in character reception. The BISYNC driver uses an interrupt

procedure to check for control characters in the information stream.

The table includes the following information:

Sample Display - show bisync interrupt

BISYNC Module Interrupt Errors:

------------------------------

Slot Conn Circuit BCZero BCSix BCInvalid BCErrors

---- ---- -------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------

1 1 S11 0 0 0 0

1 entry in table.

Slot Slot identifier

Conn Connector identifier

Circuit Name of the circuit associated with this line.

BCZero Number of error situations where no characters appear in the buffer

BCSix Number of error situations where six or more bytes of data were

received

BCInvalid Number of error situations where the fifth byte of information is

not a control character

BCErrors Total number of errors; sum of BCZero, BCSix, and BCInvalid

values

303560-A Rev 00 2-141

receive errors [circuit

]

Displays receive errors for all circuits or for a specific circuit.

The table includes the following information:

Sample Display - show bisync receive

BISYNC Module Receive Errors:

---------------------------

Bad Runt Receive Replen Overflow LackRescs

Slot Conn Circuit Frames Frames Errors Misses Frames Chars

---- ---- -------- --------- --------- --------- --------- --------- ---------

1 1 S11 0 0 0 0 0 0

1 entry in table.

Slot Slot identifier

Conn Connector identifier

Circuit Name of the circuit associated with this line.

Bad Frames Number of bad receive frames, caused by Frame Check Sequence

(FCS) errors or nonoctet aligned errors.

Runt Frames Number of incomplete frames received on this line.

Receive Errors Number of frame reject errors received on this line.

Replen Misses Number of times the buffer fails to clear after receiving

information.

Overflow Frames Number of overflow errors received on this line in which the

device’s FIFO buffer overflowed before obtaining the next DMA

cycle. No buffer resources are available.

LackRescs Chars Number of characters received and discarded due to lack of

resources, such as buffers.

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-142 303560-A Rev 00

sample [

] [circuit

]

Displays data sampled from BISYNC over a period of 10 seconds. You can change the

number of seconds over which you want to sample the data, and you can display sampled

data for a specific circuit only.

The table includes the following information:

Sample Display - show bisync sample

BISYNC Sampled Data over 10 seconds

----------------------------------

Rx Tx Rx Lack of Tx Lack of

Slot Conn Circuit Frames Frames RescsChar RescsFrms

---- ---- -------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------

1 1 S11 16 4 0 0

1 entry in table.

Slot Slot identifier

Conn Connector identifier

Circuit Name of the circuit associated with this line.

Rx Frames Number of frames received on this line.

Tx Frames Number of frames sent on this line.

Rx Lack of Resources Number of packets received and discarded because of lack of

resources; for example, buffers.

Tx Lack of Resources Number of transmit packets discarded because of lack of resources;

for example, buffers.

303560-A Rev 00 2-143

stats [circuit

]

Displays BISYNC input/output statistical information for all BISYNC modules or for a

specific circuit.

The table includes the following information:

Sample Display - show bisync stats

BISYNC Module I/O Statistics:

---------------------------

Receive Receive Transmit Transmit Total

Slot Conn Circuit Bytes Frames Bytes Frames Errors

---- ---- -------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------

1 1 S11 18697 1163 1254 413 0

1 entry in table.

Slot Slot identifier

Conn Connector identifier

Circuit Name of the circuit associated with this line.

Receive Bytes Number of octets received without error.

Receive Frames Number of frames received without error.

Transmit Bytes Number of octets transmitted without error.

Transmit Frames Number of frames transmitted without error.

Total Errors Total number of errors of all types.

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-144 303560-A Rev 00

transmit errors [circuit

]

Displays statistical information about transmission errors for all circuits or for a specific

circuit. The table includes the following information:

The table includes the following information:

Sample Display - show bisync transmit errors

BISYNC Module Transmit Errors:

----------------------------

Transmit Lack Underflow

Slot Conn Circuit Errors Rescs Frames

---- ---- -------- ---------- ---------- ----------

1 1 S11 0 0 0

1 entry in table.

Slot Slot identifier

Conn Connector identifier

Circuit Name of the circuit associated with this line.

Transmit Errors Number of frame reject errors transmitted on this line.

Lack Rescs Number of characters not transmitted due to lack of resources, such

as buffers.

Underflow Frames Number of retransmission underflow errors. These occur when the

device’s FIFO buffer empties before the device obtains the next

DMA request.

303560-A Rev 00 2-145

version

Displays the current version and modification date for the bisync.bat script.

Sample Display - show bisync version

bisync.bat Version: #.## Date: mm/dd/yy.

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-146 303560-A Rev 00

show bootp

The show bootp

command displays configuration, state, and statistical

information about Bootstrap Protocol (BOOTP) services and Dynamic Host Configuration

Protocol (DHCP) services. For details on the Bay Networks implementation of BOOTP

and DHCP, refer to Configuring SNMP, RMON, BOOTP, DHCP, and RARP Services.

The show bootp command supports the following subcommand options:

base

Displays information about the IP interfaces which you have configured for BOOTP or

DHCP services. The table includes the following information:

base prefserv

clients stats

prefserv version

Interface Address IP address of an interface that receives BOOTREQUEST or DHCP

packets from clients.

State State of BOOTP services on the interface: Absent, Down, Init

(initializing), Invalid, Not Present (enabled but not yet started), or

Up.

Min Seconds Minimum number of seconds the router waits before forwarding

any BOOTREQUEST or DHCP packet to the server. If this value

exceeds the value in the seconds field of a BOOTREQUEST or

DHCP packet from the client, the router drops the packet.

Max Hops Maximum number of hops a BOOTREQUEST or DHCP packet

can take between the client and the server. If this value is less the

value in the hops field of a BOOTREQUEST or DHCP packet from

the client, the router drops the packet.

PassThruMode Type of packets that this interface accepts: BOOTP only, DHCP

only, or both BOOTP and DHCP.

303560-A Rev 00 2-147

Sample Display - show bootp base

Bootp Base Information

----------------------

Interface Min Max

Address State Seconds Hops PassThruMode

---------------- ---------- -------- ------ ------------

192.32.14.92 Up 0 4 BOOTP/DHCP

1 entries

clients

Displays information about each BOOTP Data Link Control Interface (DLCI) client. The

table includes the following information:

Sample Display - show bootp clients

BOOTP Clients

-------------

Client Client

DLCI IP Address

---------- ---------------

20 192.32.4.1

24 192.32.5.1

2 Entries

Client DLCI DLCI for the virtual circuit that this BOOTP client uses.

Client IP Address IP address for this BOOTP client.

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-148 303560-A Rev 00

prefserv

Displays information about each entry in the preferred servers table. The table includes the

following information:

Sample Display - show bootp prefserv

Bootp Preferred Server

----------------------

Agent Address Pref Server Address State RequestMode

---------------- ------------------- -------- -----------

192.32.14.92 206.2.2.2 Enabled DHCP

ragents

Displays information about each entry in the BOOTP relay agent forwarding table. The

table includes the following information:

Agent Address IP address of an interface which receives BOOTREQUEST or

DHCP packets from clients.

Pref Server Address IP address of the server to which the router forwards

BOOTREQUEST or DHCP packets it receives on the above

interface.

State State of the forwarding entry: Enabled or Disabled.

Request Mode Type of packets that the router forwards to the server: BOOTP only,

DHCP only, or both BOOTP and DHCP.

Agent Address IP interface address of an interface that accepts BOOTPREQUEST

or DHCP packets from clients.

Outbound Address IP address of the interface through which the router forwards

BOOTREQUEST or DHCP packets that it receives on the above

interface.

303560-A Rev 00 2-149

Sample Display - show bootp ragents

Bootp Relay Agents

------------------

Agent Address Outbound Address State PassThruMode

---------------- ---------------- -------- ------------

192.32.14.92 206.1.1.1 Enabled BOOTP

1 entries

stats

Displays statistical information for each BOOTP relay agent. The table includes the

following information:

State State of the forwarding entry: Enabled or Disabled.

PassthruMode Type of packets that the BOOTP router forwards through this

outbound address: BOOTP only, DHCP only, or both BOOTP and

DHCP

Interface Address IP address of the interface on the router that receives

BOOTPREQUEST or DHCP packets from clients.

Dropped Packets Number of packets the router has dropped at this interface.

Requests Received Number of BOOTREQUEST or DHCP packets that this interface

has received from clients.

Replies Received Number of BOOTREPLY or DHCP packets that this interface has

received from servers.

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-150 303560-A Rev 00

Sample Display - show bootp stats

Bootp Statistics

----------------

Interface Dropped Requests Replies

Address Packets Received Received

---------------- ---------- ---------- ----------

192.32.1.2 0 10 10

1 entries

version

Displays the current version number and modification date of the bootp.bat script.

Sample Display - show bootp version

BOOTP.bat Version: #.## Date: mm/dd/yy.

303560-A Rev 00 2-151

show bot

The show bot

commands display information about the Binary Synchronous

Communication (BSC) transport services. For detailed information on the Bay Networks

implementation of BSC transport services, refer to Configuring BSC Transport Services.

The show bot command supports the following subcommand options:

alerts enabled

base peers

circuit [<circuit name>] stats [<circuit name>]

CUs version

disabled

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-152 303560-A Rev 00

alerts

Displays all BTS circuits that are enabled but not up. Use this command to identify

interfaces that are not working.

The table includes the following information:

Sample Display - show bot alerts

BOT Alerts

----------

Circuit Interface Interface Packet

slot.cct Name Enable State Type Attached To Count

-------- -------- -------- -------- ------------- ------------- ----------

1.2 S11 Enabled Down Multi-Point Primary 796

Total entries: 0

slot.cct Number of the slot that contains the link or net module, followed by

the number of the connector.

Circuit Name Name of the circuit the port is on.

Enable Status of the protocol on the interface: enabled or disabled

State State of the protocol, as follows:

• Down - Protocol is not functioning.

•Init - Protocol is initializing.

•Up - Protocol is functioning fully.

Interface Type Type of interface, as follows:

• Point to Point indicates one TCP connection

• Multipoint indicates many TCP connections

(primary interface only)

Interface Attached To Type of BSC device this interface connects to, as follows:

• Primary indicates a host

• Secondary indicates a control unit or other BSC device

Packet Count Number of BTS packets that this interface has received.

303560-A Rev 00 2-153

base

Displays the base record information for BTS. The base record controls BTS for the entire

system.

Sample Display - show bot base

BOT Base Record Information

---------------------------

Protocol Enable State

------------- -------- -------

BOT Service Enabled Up

For column definitions, see the alerts command.

circuit [

]

Displays circuit and state information for all BTS ports or for a specific port.

Sample Display - show bot circuit

BOT Circuits

------------

Circuit Interface Interface Packet

slot.cct Name Enable State Type Attached To Count

-------- -------- -------- -------- ------------- ------------- ----------

1.2 S11 Enabled Up Multi-Point Primary 689

Total entries: 1

For column definitions, see the alerts command.

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-154 303560-A Rev 00

CUs

Displays all BTS connections from this router to control units. The table includes the

following information:

Sample Display - show bot CUs

BOT CU Table

--------------

Local Peer Control

Listen Listen Unit

cctname Enable Peer IP Port Port Address

-------- -------- ---------------- -------- -------- --------

S11 Enabled 193.32.33.2 0 1027 0x40

Total entries: 1

cctname Name of the circuit

Enable Status of the connection to this control unit: enabled or disabled

Peer IP IP address of the BTS interface on the peer router

Local Listen Port Number of the TCP port that the router uses for BTS

Peer Listen Port Number of the TCP port that the peer router uses for BTS

Control Unit Address Address of the control unit, in hexadecimal format

303560-A Rev 00 2-155

disabled

Displays all disabled circuits that contain an BTS port. A circuit is disabled if you set the

Enable parameter to disable and the state is down.

Sample Display - show bot disabled

BOT Disabled Circuits

---------------------

Circuit Interface Interface Packet

slot.cct Name Enable State Type Attached To Count

-------- -------- -------- -------- ------------- ------------- ----------

1.2 S11 Disabled Disabled Multi-Point Primary 742

Total entries: 1

For column definitions, see the alerts command.

enabled

Displays all enabled circuits that contain an BTS port. A circuit is enabled if you set the

Enable parameter to enable and the state is up.

Sample Display - show bot enabled

BOT Enabled Circuits

--------------------

Circuit Interface Interface Packet

slot.cct Name Enable State Type Attached To Count

-------- -------- -------- -------- ------------- ------------- ----------

1.2 S11 Enabled Up Multi-Point Primary 742

Total entries: 1

For column definitions, see the alerts command.

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-156 303560-A Rev 00

peers

Displays all BTS peer connections for this router.

Sample Display - show bot peers

BOT Peer Table

--------------

Local Peer Local Peer

Conn Listen Listen TCP TCP

cctname Enable Peer IP Origin Port Port Port Port

-------- -------- ---------------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------

S11 Enabled 193.32.33.2 Self 0 1027 17271 1027

Total entries: 1

stats [

]

Displays general statistical information for all BTS connections or for a specific circuit.

The table includes the following information:

cctname Name of the circuit.

Enable

Peer IP IP address of the BTS interface on the peer router.

Conn Origin Originator of TCP connection, as follows:

• Self - this router initiates the connection

• Partner - peer router initiates the connection

Local Listen Port Number of the TCP port that you specified for BTS on the local

router: 0 indicates that this router originates the connection.

Peer Listen Port Number of the TCP port that you specified for BTS on the peer

router: 0 indicates that the peer router originates the connection.

303560-A Rev 00 2-157

Sample Display - show bot stats

BOT Circuit Statistics

----------------------

Circuit Interface Interface Packet

slot.cct Name Enable State Type Attached To Count

-------- -------- -------- -------- ------------- ------------- ----------

1.2 S11 Enabled Up Multi-Point Primary 796

Total entries: 1

version

Displays the current version and modification date for the BOT.bat script.

Sample Display - show bot version

BOT.bat Version: #.## Date: mm/dd/yy.

Local TCP Port Number of the TCP port that the router assigns for BTS on the

router. If the peer router initiates the TCP connection, this value is

the same as the number of the TCP port that you specified for BTS

on the local router.

Remote TCP Port Number of the TCP port that the router assigns for BTS on the

router. If the local (and not the peer) router initiates the TCP

connection, this value is the same as the number of the TCP port

that you specified for BTS on the peer router.

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-158 303560-A Rev 00

show bridge

The show bridge <

option>

commands display configuration, state, and statistical

information about Bridging services. For more information on Bridging services, refer to

Configuring Bridging Services.

The show bridge command supports the following subcommand options:

alerts

Displays all circuits that are enabled but not up. Use this display to identify the interfaces

that are not working. The table includes the following information:

alerts enabled

base forwarding tables [<MAC address> | <pattern>]

circuits [<circuit name>] stats

disabled version

Circuit Name of the circuit this interface runs on.

Port Port number.

State State of the interface. In this case, State is Down.

Frame Length Maximum size of the INFO (non-MAC) field that this port will

receive or transmit.

802.9 Translations State of the translation bridging parameter: Enabled or Disabled.

The default is Disabled.

303560-A Rev 00 2-159

Sample Display - show bridge alerts

Bridge Circuit Table

--------------------

Frame 802.9

Circuit Port State Length Translations

-------- -------- ------------ -------- ------------

0 Entries found.

base

Displays the Bridge global parameters. The base record controls Bridging services for the

entire system. The table includes the following information:

Sample Display - show bridge base

Bridge Base Record Information

------------------------------

Protocol State FDB Entries FDB Size

---------------- ---------- ----------- ----------

Bridge Up 0 1024

Protocol Name of the protocol, in this case Bridge.

State Current state of the protocol: Disabled (manually disabled), Down,

Init (initializing), Not Present (enabled but not yet started), or Up.

FDB Entries Current number of forward table entries.

FDB Size Maximum available entries in the forwarding table.

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-160 303560-A Rev 00

circuits [<

circuit name>

]

Displays Bridge circuit parameters for all circuits or for a specific circuit. State is Down,

Init (initializing), Not Present (enabled but not yet started), or Up. For the remaining

column definitions, see the alerts command.

Sample Display - show bridge circuits

Bridge Circuit Table

--------------------

Frame 802.9

Circuit Port State Length Translations

-------- -------- ------------ -------- ------------

S21 1 Up 0 Disabled

0 0 Down 0 Disabled

4 Entries.

disabled

Displays circuits that a user has manually disabled. State is Down; for remaining column

definitions, see the alerts command.

Sample Display - show bridge disabled

Bridge Circuit Table

--------------------

Frame 802.9

Circuit Port State Length Translations

-------- -------- ------------ -------- ------------

0 Entries found.

303560-A Rev 00 2-161

enabled

Displays circuits that are currently enabled. State is Down, Init (initializing), Not Present

(enabled but not yet started) or Up. For the remaining column definitions, see the alerts

command.

Sample Display - show bridge enabled

Bridge Circuit Table

--------------------

Frame 802.9

Circuit Port State Length Translations

-------- -------- ------------ -------- ------------

S21 1 Up 0 Disabled

0 0 Down 0 Disabled

4 Entries found.

forwarding tables [<

MAC address>

| <

pattern>

]

Displays the bridge forwarding tables for all ports, for a specified port, or for ports that

match a specified address pattern.

This display includes the following information:

<MAC_address>

Limits the display to the specified Media Access Control address.

Limits the display to ports that match the specified address pattern.

You can also use the * wildcard in your pattern definition.

MAC Address Media Access Control address of the port.

Port Port number.

Circuit Name Name of the circuit the port is on.

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-162 303560-A Rev 00

Sample Display - show bridge forwarding tables

Bridge Forwarding Tables

------------------------

MAC Address Port Circuit Name

----------------- -------- --------------

No Entries.

stats

Displays bridge traffic statistics for each port. The table includes the following

information:

Sample Display - show bridge stats

Bridge Statistics

-----------------

Circuit Port Rx Frames Tx Frames Discards

-------- -------- --------- --------- --------

S21 1 0 0 0

0 0 0 0 0

Circuit Name of the circuit the interface runs on.

Port Number of the port.

Rx frames Nmber of frames that this interface has received from its circuit.

Tx frames Number of frames that this interface has transmitted to its circuit.

Discards Number of valid frames that this interface received but then

discarded.

303560-A Rev 00 2-163

version

Displays the current version and modification date of the bridge.bat script.

Sample Display - show bridge version

BRIDGE.bat Version: #.## Date: mm/dd/yy.

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-164 303560-A Rev 00

show circuits

The show circuits

commands display specific configuration, state, and

statistical information for all drivers on the router: CSMA/CD, DS1E1, E1, FDDI, HSSI,

SYNC, T1, and/or Token Ring modules. For example, you can display the receive error

statistics for all drivers by entering only one command: show circuits receive errors.

You can also display selected information for a specific circuit without knowing the

circuit’s type. The show circuits command looks up the circuit in the MIB and invokes

the correct driver to display the information you have requested.

Refer to the sections on the specific driver commands for more sample displays and for the

definitions of display columns generated by the show circuits

commands.

The show circuits command supports the following subcommand options:

alerts receive errors [<circuit name>]

base [<circuit name>] stats [<circuit name>]

configuration [<circuit name>] system errors [<circuit name>]

disabled transmit errors [<circuit name>]

enabled version

hwfilters

303560-A Rev 00 2-165

alerts

Displays all enabled circuits whose state is not Up.

Sample Display - show circuits alerts

CSMACD Modules on Alert:

------------------------

BOFL HW

Slot Conn Circuit State MAC Address TMO MTU Filter

---- ---- -------- -------- ----------------- ---- ---- --------

3 2 E32 Down 00-00-A2-03-00-6F 5 1518 Disabled

Found 1 match out of 4 entries in table.

HSSI Modules on Alert:

----------------------

BOFL WAN Line

Slot Conn Circuit State MAC Address TMO MTU Protocol Number

---- ---- -------- -------- ----------------- ---- ---- ----------- --------

0 0 Not Pres (nil) Off 4608 FRAME RELAY 0

0 0 Not Pres (nil) 1 4608 FRAME RELAY 0

Found 2 matches out of 2 entries in table.

TOKEN RING Modules on Alert:

----------------------------

Ring Early Token

Slot Conn Circuit State MAC Address MTU Speed Release

---- ---- -------- -------- ----------------- ---- ------- -----------

2 1 O21 CableFlt 00-00-A2-01-4B-4E 4568 16 Mbps Enabled

Found 1 match out of 1 entry in table.

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-166 303560-A Rev 00

base [<

circuit name>

]

Displays the circuit base record information for all circuits or for a specific circuit.

Sample Display - show circuits base

CSMACD Modules:

---------------

BOFL HW

Slot Conn Circuit State MAC Address TMO MTU Filter

---- ---- -------- -------- ----------------- ---- ---- --------

3 1 E31 Up 00-00-A2-03-00-6E 5 1518 Disabled

3 2 E32 Down 00-00-A2-03-00-6F 5 1518 Disabled

3 3 E33 Up 00-00-A2-03-00-70 5 1518 Disabled

3 4 E34 Up 00-00-A2-03-00-71 5 1518 Disabled

4 entries in table.

HSSI Modules:

-------------

BOFL WAN Line

Slot Conn Circuit State MAC Address TMO MTU Protocol Number

---- ---- -------- -------- ----------------- ---- ---- ----------- --------

0 0 Not Pres (nil) Off 4608 FRAME RELAY 0

0 0 Not Pres (nil) 1 4608 FRAME RELAY 0

2 entries in table.

TOKEN RING Modules:

-------------------

Ring Early Token

Slot Conn Circuit State MAC Address MTU Speed Release

---- ---- -------- -------- ----------------- ---- ------- -----------

2 1 O21 CableFlt 00-00-A2-01-4B-4E 4568 16 Mbps Enabled

1 entry in table.

303560-A Rev 00 2-167

configuration [

]

Displays the circuits used on the router. The table includes the circuit type, circuit number,

interface type and the protocols configured to run on each circuit in the display. You can

also display this information for a specific circuit.

Sample Display - show circuits configuration

Circuit Configuration List

--------------------------

Name: E21

Number: 1

Type: Normal

IF Type: CSMACD

Protocols: 1. IP 3. TCP 5. TELNET Client

2. IP RIP 4. TELNET 6. ARP

Name: E22

Number: 2

Type: Normal

IF Type: CSMACD

Protocols: 1. IPX 2. IPX RIP/SAP

Name: O31

Number: 3

Type: Normal

IF Type: Token Ring

Protocols: 1. IP 3. IPX 5. ARP

2. IP RIP 4. IPX RIP/SAP

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-168 303560-A Rev 00

disabled

Displays all circuits that a user has manually disabled.

Sample Display - show circuits disabled

CSMACD Modules Disabled:

------------------------

BOFL HW

Slot Conn Circuit State MAC Address TMO MTU Filter

---- ---- -------- -------- ----------------- ---- ---- --------

Found 0 matches out of 4 entries in table.

HSSI Modules Disabled:

----------------------

BOFL WAN Line

Slot Conn Circuit State MAC Address TMO MTU Protocol Number

---- ---- -------- -------- ----------------- ---- ---- ----------- --------

Found 0 matches out of 2 entries in table.

TOKEN RING Modules Disabled:

----------------------------

Ring Early Token

Slot Conn Circuit State MAC Address MTU Speed Release

---- ---- -------- -------- ----------------- ---- ------- -----------

Found 0 matches out of 1 entry in table.

303560-A Rev 00 2-169

enabled

Displays all currently enabled circuits.

Sample Display - show circuits enabled

CSMACD Modules Enabled:

-----------------------

BOFL HW

Slot Conn Circuit State MAC Address TMO MTU Filter

---- ---- -------- -------- ----------------- ---- ---- --------

3 1 E31 Up 00-00-A2-03-00-6E 5 1518 Disabled

3 2 E32 Down 00-00-A2-03-00-6F 5 1518 Disabled

3 3 E33 Up 00-00-A2-03-00-70 5 1518 Disabled

3 4 E34 Up 00-00-A2-03-00-71 5 1518 Disabled

Found 4 matches out of 4 entries in table.

HSSI Modules Enabled:

---------------------

BOFL WAN Line

Slot Conn Circuit State MAC Address TMO MTU Protocol Number

---- ---- -------- -------- ----------------- ---- ---- ----------- --------

0 0 Not Pres (nil) Off 4608 FRAME RELAY 0

0 0 Not Pres (nil) 1 4608 FRAME RELAY 0

Found 2 matches out of 2 entries in table.

TOKEN RING Modules Enabled:

---------------------------

Ring Early Token

Slot Conn Circuit State MAC Address MTU Speed Release

---- ---- -------- -------- ----------------- ---- ------- -----------

2 1 O21 CableFlt 00-00-A2-01-4B-4E 4568 16 Mbps Enabled

Found 1 match out of 1 entry in table.

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-170 303560-A Rev 00

hwfilters

Displays all hardware filter configurations on the router.

Sample Display - show circuits hwfilters

Hardware Filters Modules:

-------------------------

Line Maximum Current Used Dropped

Slot Conn Circuit State Type Tbl Siz Tbl Siz Entries Frames

---- ---- -------- -------- ------ ------- ------- ------- ----------

0 entries in table.

receive errors [

]

Displays the receive error statistics for all circuits or for a specific circuit.

Sample Display - show circuits receive errors

CSMACD Module Receive Errors:

-----------------------------

Checksum Alignment Overflow Frames

Slot Conn Circuit Errors Errors Errors Too Long

---- ---- -------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------

3 1 E31 7 7 0 0

3 2 E32 0 0 0 0

3 3 E33 0 0 0 0

3 4 E34 0 0 0 0

4 entries in table.

HSSI Module Receive Errors:

---------------------------

Frames

Slot Conn Circuit CRC Errors Overruns Aborts Too Long

---- ---- ------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------

0 0 0 0 0 0

2 entries in table.

TOKEN RING Receive Errors:

--------------------------

Line Burst

Slot Conn Circuit Errors Errors

---- ---- -------- ---------- ----------

2 1 O21 0 0

1 entry in table.

303560-A Rev 00 2-171

stats [

]

Displays the Input/Output statistics for all circuits or for a specific circuit.

Sample Display - show circuits stats

CSMACD Module I/O Statistics:

-----------------------------

Receive Receive Transmit Transmit Transmit Total

Slot Conn Circuit Bytes Frames Bytes Frames Deferred Errors

---- ---- -------- ---------- --------- ---------- --------- --------- ---------

3 1 E31 383755961 1689896 76728438 242760 592 15

3 2 E32 0 0 0 0 0 77438

3 3 E33 0 0 72749532 208962 0 1

3 4 E34 69919188 199953 72770404 208060 20 1

4 entries in table.

HSSI Module I/O Statistics:

---------------------------

Receive Receive Transmit Transmit Total

Slot Conn Circuit Bytes Frames Bytes Frames Errors

---- ---- ------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------

0 0 0 0 0 0 0

2 entries in table.

TOKEN RING I/O Statistics:

--------------------------

Receive Receive Transmit Transmit MAC Rx Total

Slot Conn Circuit Bytes Frames Bytes Frames Frames Errors

---- ---- -------- ---------- --------- ---------- --------- --------- ---------

2 1 O21 0 0 0 0 0 0

1 entry in table.

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-172 303560-A Rev 00

system errors [

]

Displays the system error statistics for all circuits or for a specific circuit.

Sample Display - show circuits system errors

CSMACD Module System Errors:

----------------------------

Memory Collision Internal Loss of

Slot Conn Circuit Errors Errors Buffer Carrier

---- ---- -------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------

3 1 E31 0 1 0 0

3 2 E32 0 1 0 77458

3 3 E33 0 1 0 0

3 4 E34 0 1 0 0

4 entries in table.

HSSI Module System Errors:

--------------------------

Rx Ring Tx Ring Internal Host Port

Slot Conn Circuit Errors Errors Op Errors Errors Errors

---- ---- ------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------

0 0 0 0 0 0 0

2 entries in table.

TOKEN RING System Errors:

-------------------------

Adapter DMA Bus DMA Parity Command Host Iface

Slot Conn Circuit Checks Errors Errors Timeouts Errors

---- ---- -------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------

2 1 O21 0 0 0 0 0

1 entry in table.

303560-A Rev 00 2-173

transmit errors [

]

Displays the transmit error statistics for all circuits or for a specific circuit.

Sample Display - show circuits transmit errors

CSMACD Module Transmit Errors:

------------------------------

Late Excessive Frames Underflow

Slot Conn Circuit Collision Collision Too Long Errors

---- ---- -------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------

3 1 E31 0 0 0 0

3 2 E32 0 0 0 0

3 3 E33 0 0 0 0

3 4 E34 0 0 0 0

4 entries in table.

HSSI Module Transmit Errors:

----------------------------

Slot Conn Circuit Aborts Underruns

---- ---- ------- ---------- ----------

0 0 0 0

2 entries in table.

TOKEN RING Transmit Errors:

---------------------------

Lost

Slot Conn Circuit Frame Errs

---- ---- -------- ----------

2 1 O21 0

1 entry in table.

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-174 303560-A Rev 00

version

Displays the current version number and modification date of the circuits.bat script.

Sample Display - show circuits version

CIRCUITS.bat Version: #.## Date: mm/dd/yy.

303560-A Rev 00 2-175

show console

The show console

commands display console port configuration, state, and

statistics information. For more information, refer to Using Technician Interface Software.

The show console command supports the following subcommand options:

alerts

Displays the port number, port name, and state of any serial port that is enabled but not

currently up. Use this command to detect potential problems with the serial ports

configured on your system. The listing of a serial port in the display doesn’t necessarily

mean that a problem exists with the port; it means only that a problem could exist. For

example, all the ports could be initializing, which would be normal as long as the ports go

into the Up state within a reasonable period of time.

The table also includes the number of serial port alerts and the total number of ports

configured on the system. For more information on port states, see the configuration

command.

alerts enabled

configuration [<port number>] stats [<port number>]

disabled version

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-176 303560-A Rev 00

Sample Display - show console alerts

Console Serial Port Alert Information

-------------------------------------

Port Port Port

Number Name State

-------- -------- --------

2 MODEM1 Init

3 MODEM2 Init

4 PRINTER Init

3 serial port alerts. 4 serial ports configured.

configuration [

]

Displays serial port configuration and Technician Interface environment information for

the serial ports configured on your system or for a specific port. Entered without an option,

this subset of commands displays the total number of ports configured on the system.

The table includes the following information:

<port_number>

Limits the display to a specified port number, currently

1 through 4.

Port Number Port number for the information being displayed. Valid ports are 1,

2, 3, and 4. Not all systems have four physical ports. A configured

port that doesn’t exist is in the Absent state.

Port State Port’s current state, as follows:

•Absent - Not physically present

•Disabled - Unavailable

•Down - Unavailable

•Init - Initializing

•Up - Available

303560-A Rev 00 2-177

Port Name Name that the system has given to the port. Users may not specify a

name. You can use the name to correlate a port number to a physical

port. The name of the port should be printed next to the physical

port connection, as follows:

•Port 1 - CONSOLE

•Port 2 - MODEM1 (VME platform only)

•Port 3 - MODEM2 (VME platform only)

•Port 4 - PRINTER (VME platform only)

The names do not specify the port’s use. All ports are serial ports

used for Technician Interface sessions only. For example, port

MODEM1 may be a modem connection or a dummy terminal

connection depending on its configuration. While port 4 is called

PRINTER, it is exactly like ports 1, 2, and 3. Port 4 doesn’t support

a printer. It has that name because that’s what is printed near the

port connector on the link module.

Slot Number Slot on which the login session for the serial port is running.

Baud Rate Current baud rate setting for the serial port.

Data Bits Number of data bits in the serial port’s configuration.

Parity Serial port’s current parity setting.

Stop Bits Number of stop bits in the serial port’s configuration.

Modem Control Configuration of modem control, as follows:

•Disabled - Port is directly connected to a device, such as a

dummy terminal or a terminal server.

•Enabled - Port is attached to a modem and modem leads are

enabled.

Screen Size Number of lines the serial port displays before displaying the more

prompt.

More Setting of the Technician Interface more feature: Enabled or

Disabled (according to the MIB record). The Technician Interface

more command affects only the current login session, doesn’t

change the MIB, and therefore doesn’t affect the setting of this

field.

Port Prompt Technician Interface prompt.

Max. Login Retries Maximum number of login retries; relevant only if modem control

is enabled. This value determines the maximum number of failed

login attempts a system allows on the serial port. If the maximum

occurs, the system hangs up on the line, causing a modem

connection to lose carrier detect.

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-178 303560-A Rev 00

Login Time Out Number of minutes allowed between when the system displays the

login banner and a user enters a login ID; relevant only if modem

control is enabled. If this timeout occurs, the system hangs up on

the line.

Password Time Out Number of minutes allowed for a user to enter a password. If this

timeout period occurs, the system hangs up on the line.

Command Time Out Command line timeout value; relevant only if modem control is

enabled. If someone doesn’t enter a command in this number of

minutes, the system hangs up on the serial port.

User Abort Logout Switch to execute control (^C) to break out of the user autoscript.

When a user autoscript is in effect and this parameter is enabled,

you can break out of the script when logged in as User, not

Manager. Also, if this parameter is enabled and the script terminates

due to an error, the system automatically logs you out.

Initial Search Path List of file system volumes to be searched when you run a script

without a volume specifier or if an autoscript does not contain a

volume specifier. The environment variable PATH is set to this

string. The string format is as follows:

<vol>

:[;

<vol>

: ...]

Example: 2:;3:;4:;5:

Manager’s AutoScript Name of the script to run when the Manager account logs in to the

router. If the script name does not contain a volume specifier, the

system searches the volumes listed in “Initial Search Path.”

User’s AutoScript Name of the script to run when the User account logs in to the

router. If the script name does not contain a volume specifier, the

system searches the volumes listed in “Initial Search Path.”

303560-A Rev 00 2-179

Sample Display - show console configuration

Console Serial Port Configuration Information

---------------------------------------------

Port Number: 1

Port State: Up

Port Name: CONSOLE

Slot Number: 2

Baud rate: 9600

Data bits: 8

Parity: None

Stop Bits: 1

Modem Control: Disabled

Screen Size: 24

More: Enabled

Port prompt: "[%slot%:1]$ "

Max. Login Retries: 3

Login Time Out: 1 minutes.

Password Time Out: 1 minutes.

Command Time Out: 15 minutes.

User Abort Logout: Enabled

Initial Search Path: "1:;2:;3:;4:".

Manager's AutoScript "automgr.bat".

User's AutoScript "autouser.bat".

1 serial port configured.

disabled

Displays the port number, port name, and state for all disabled serial ports. Also displays

the number of disabled serial ports and the total number of serial ports configured.

Sample Display - show console disabled

Console Serial Port Disabled Information

----------------------------------------

Port Port Port

Number Name State

-------- -------- --------

2 MODEM1 Disabled

4 PRINTER Disabled

2 serial ports disabled. 4 serial ports configured.

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-180 303560-A Rev 00

enabled

Displays the port number, port name, and state of all enabled serial ports. Also displays the

number of enabled serial ports and the total number of serial ports configured on the

system.

Sample Display - show console enabled

Console Serial Port Enabled Information

---------------------------------------

Port Port Port

Number Name State

-------- -------- --------

1 CONSOLE Up

3 MODEM2 Up

2 serial ports enabled. 4 serial ports configured.

stats [

]

Displays login information and serial port error statistics for all serial ports configured on

your system or for a specific port.

The table includes the following information:

<port_number>

Limits the display to a specified port number, currently

1 through 4.

Port Number Port number for the information displayed.

Port Name Corresponding port name.

Port State Port’s current state : Absent, Disabled, Down, Init, or Up.

Total Logins Number of logins (failed and successful) on the serial port.

User Login Errors Number of failed login attempts the User login account has made on

the serial port.

303560-A Rev 00 2-181

Sample Display - show console stats

Console Serial Port Statistical Information

-------------------------------------------

User Manager Other

Port Port Port Total Login Login Login TTY I/O

Number Name State Logins Errors Errors Errors Errors

-------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------

1 CONSOLE Up 1 0 0 0 0

2 MODEM1 Disabled 0 0 0 0 0

3 MODEM2 Up 0 0 0 0 0

4 PRINTER Disabled 5 0 0 5 0

4 serial ports configured.

version

Displays the current version number and modification date of the console.bat script.

Sample Display - show console version

CONSOLE.bat Version: #.## Date: mm/dd/yy.

Manager Login Errors Number of failed login attempts the Manager login account has

made on the serial port.

Other Login Errors Number of failed login attempts made by login accounts other than

User and Manager on the serial port.

TTY I/O Errors Number of data errors on the serial port; the sum of all frame,

parity, overrun, and FIFO errors that the serial port DUART chip

has detected. A high number of errors over a short period of time

indicates a possible problem with the line.

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-182 303560-A Rev 00

show csmacd

The show csmacd

commands display configuration, status, and statistical

information about the Carrier Sense Multiple Access with Collision Detection protocol

(CSMA/CD). Ethernet uses this protocol to control access to the medium. End stations use

CSMA/CD to monitor the medium and wait until it is idle before transmitting data. For

more information, refer to Configuring Ethernet, FDDI, and Token Ring Services.

The show csmacd command supports the following subcommand options:

alerts

Displays all circuits that are enabled but not up. Use this display to identify interfaces that

are not working. The table includes the following information:

alerts hwfilters

autoneg [circuit <circuit name>] receive errors [circuit <circuit name>]

base [circuit <circuit name>] sample [<period in seconds>] [circuit

<circuit name>]

collisions [circuit <circuit name>] stats [circuit <circuit name>]

disabled system errors [circuit <circuit name>]

enabled transmit errors [circuit <circuit name>]

Slot Slot identifier; ranges vary according to router model. For routers

other than the ASN, indicates the physical slot number.

Conn Connector’s instance identifier. For an Ethernet Link Module, the

range is 1 or 2. For a Net Module, the value is 11 to 44.

Circuit Name of the circuit associated with this line.

State State of the line driver: Disabled, Down, Init (initializing), Not

Present (enabled but not yet started), or Up.

303560-A Rev 00 2-183

Sample Display - show csmacd alerts

CSMACD Modules on Alert:

------------------------

BOFL HW Line

Slot Conn Circuit State MAC Address TMO MTU Filter Speed

---- ---- -------- -------- ----------------- ---- ---- -------- -----

0 0 Not Pres (nil) 5 1518 Disabled 10Mbps

2 31 Down 00-00-A2-0B-67-0C 5 1518 Disabled 100Mbps

Found 2 matches out of 2 entries in table.

The Not Present state occurs for several reasons. For example, the

Link Module may not be physically present in the chassis. The

software may be booting and has not yet initialized the driver

software. The slot may be running diagnostics. Or there may be a

problem with the configuration.

MAC Address Line’s physical address. The driver assigns this address.

BOFL TMO Time in seconds between transmissions of Breath of Life messages

from this interface. A timeout occurs if five periods elapse without

a successful frame transmission. When timeout occurs, the interface

is disabled and and then enabled again automatically.

MTU Maximum transfer unit size for frames on this line.

HW Filter Status of hardware filtering: Enabled or Disabled. When enabled,

the Link Module filtering hardware prevents the copying of local

frames into system memory. Filtering hardware drops local frames

at the interface. Bridging software performance is improved

because it no longer uses resources to receive and reject local

frames.

Line Speed Circuit’s configured line speed: 10 Mb/s or 100 Mb/s.

Note: The alerts, base, disabled, and enabled tables all include the same

information.

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-184 303560-A Rev 00

autoneg [circuit

]

Displays the line speed characteristics of Ethernet circuits that are configured with

automatic line negotiation. Some Ethernet modules can run at either 10 Mb/s or 100 Mb/s

using a hardware process to detect the speed to use. Use this command to identify the

status of auto-negotiation. The table includes the following information:

Slot The Ethernet module’s slot identifier. For routers other than the

ASN, indicates the Link Module’s physical slot on the router

backplane; ranges vary from 1 - 14, according to router model.

For an ASN, indicates the Net Module’s configured slot ID; ranges

from 1 - 4.

Conn Specifies this line’s connector on the Ethernet module. For a Link

Module in a router other than the ASN, the range is 1 - 4.

For an ASN, the value is a two-digit decimal number, 11 to 44. The

first digit is the Net Module number and the second digit is the

connector number.

Circuit Name of the circuit associated with this line.

State State of the line driver: Disabled, Down, Init (initializing), Not

Present (enabled but not yet started), or Up.

Auto-Negotiation State Disabled, Configuring, Complete.

Remote Signaling True or False

Capability in Use 100Base-X (100Base-TX or 100Base-FX)

100Base-X FD (Full Duplex)

100Base-T FD Cong (with congestion control)

303560-A Rev 00 2-185

Sample Display - show csmacd autoneg

Auto-Negotiation Information:

-----------------------------

Auto-Negotiation Remote Capability

Slot Conn Circuit State State Signaling In Use

---- ---- -------- -------- -------------------- ---------- -------------

2 1 E21 Up **NOT SUPPORTED**

5 1 E51 Up Complete TRUE 100Base-X FD

5 2 E52 Up Complete TRUE 100Base-X FD

3 entries in table.

base [circuit

]

Displays base level information about CSMACD. You can also display base information

for a specific circuit. For definitions of the columns in the table, refer to the alerts

command.

Sample Display - show csmacd base

CSMACD Modules:

---------------

BOFL HW Line

Slot Conn Circuit State MAC Address TMO MTU Filter Speed

---- ---- -------- -------- ----------------- ---- ---- -------- -----

2 1 E21 Up 00-00-A2-00-DC-A9 5 1518 Disabled 10Mbps

5 1 E51 Up 00-00-A2-0B-66-AF 8 1518 Disabled 100Mbps

5 2 E52 Up 00-00-A2-0B-66-B0 8 1518 Disabled 100Mbps

3 entries in table.

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-186 303560-A Rev 00

collisions [circuit

]

Displays status on bus collisions. You can display collision information for a specific

circuit or all circuits. The table includes the following information:

Sample Display - show csmacd collisions

CSMACD Module Collision Information:

------------------------------------

Single Multiple Late Late

Collision Collision Excessive Collision Collision

Slot Conn Circuit Frames Frames Collisions Transmit Receive

---- ---- -------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------

2 1 E21 0 0 0 0 0

5 1 E51 0 0 0 0 0

5 2 E52 0 0 0 0 0

3 entries in table.

Slot Slot identifier; ranges vary according to router model.

Conn Connector’s instance identifier; ranges vary according to router

model and Ethernet module. For routers other than ASN, indicates

the physical connector number on the slot.

Circuit Name of the circuit associated with this line.

Single Collision Frames Number of frames that encountered a single collision before it was

successfully transmitted. This is normal CSMA/CD activity.

Multiple Collision Frames Number of frames that encountered 2 to 16 collisions before they

were transmitted successfully. This could indicate a network

problem, or that the network is simply heavily loaded.

Excessive Collisions Number of frames that encountered more than 16 collisions and

were therefore not transmitted. The transmission is aborted and the

packet is dropped. This could indicate a network problem or be the

result of an overloaded network.

Late Collision Transmit Number of transmits that occur after an out-of-window collision.

These collisions usually indicate wiring or other hardware

problems.

Late Collision Receive Number of transmitter out-of-window collisions while receiving the

next packet. Usually indicates wiring or other hardware problems.

303560-A Rev 00 2-187

disabled

Displays the circuits that a user has manually disabled. In this case, State is Disabled. For

definitions of the columns in the table, refer to the alerts command.

Sample Display - show csmacd disabled

CSMACD Modules Disabled:

------------------------

BOFL HW Line

Slot Conn Circuit State MAC Address TMO MTU Filter Speed

---- ---- -------- -------- ----------------- ---- ---- -------- --------

1 11 E111 Disabled 00-00-A2-0D-73-37 5 1518 Disabled 100 Mbps

Found 1 match out of 3 entries in table.

enabled

Displays circuits that a user has enabled. In this case, State is Down, Init, Not Present, or

Up. For definitions of the columns in the table, refer to the alerts command.

Sample Display - show csmacd enabled

CSMACD Modules Enabled:

-----------------------

BOFL HW Line

Slot Conn Circuit State MAC Address TMO MTU Filter Speed

---- ---- -------- -------- ----------------- ---- ---- -------- -----

2 1 E21 Up 00-00-A2-00-DC-A9 5 1518 Disabled 10Mbps

5 1 E51 Up 00-00-A2-0B-66-AF 8 1518 Disabled 100Mbps

5 2 E52 Up 00-00-A2-0B-66-B0 8 1518 Disabled 100Mbps

Found 3 matches out of 3 entries in table.

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-188 303560-A Rev 00

hwfilters

Displays status and statistical information about the hardware filters in use, if any. The

table includes the following information:

Sample Display - show csmacd hwfilters

Hardware Filters Modules:

-------------------------

Line Maximum Current Used Dropped

Slot Conn Circuit State Type Tbl Siz Tbl Siz Entries Frames

---- ---- -------- -------- ------ ------- ------- ------- ----------

2 1 E21 Down CSMACD 1024 0 0 0

1 entry in table.

Slot Slot identifier; ranges vary according to router model.

Conn Connector’s instance identifier; ranges vary according to router

model and Ethernet module. For routers other than ASN, indicates

the physical connector number on the slot.

Circuit Name of the circuit associated with this line.

State Status of the filtering hardware on the line: Down, Full or Up.

Line Type CSMACD.

Maximum Tbl Siz Maximum number of table entries that a line can use, based on the

hardware filter devices present and available.

Current Tbl Siz Current capacity of the hardware filter table. The protocol

dynamically allocates hardware filter table resources as needed in

increments of 256 up to the available table size.

Used Entries Number of hardware filter table entries used.

Dropped Frames Number of frames dropped because they matched the hardware

filter.

303560-A Rev 00 2-189

receive errors [circuit

]

Displays receive errors for all circuits or for a specific circuit. The table includes the

following information:

Sample Display - show csmacd receive

CSMACD Module Receive Errors:

-----------------------------

Internal

Receive MAC

Checksum Alignment Overflow Frames Symbol Receive

Slot Conn Circuit Errors Errors Errors Too Long Errors Errors

---- ---- -------- -------- --------- -------- -------- -------- --------

2 1 E21 0 0 0 0 0 0

5 1 E51 0 0 0 0 0 0

5 2 E52 0 0 0 0 0 0

3 entries in table.

Slot Slot identifier; ranges vary according to router model.

Conn Connector’s instance identifier; ranges vary according to router

model and Ethernet module. For routers other than ASN, indicates

the physical connector number on the slot.

Circuit Name of the circuit associated with this line.

Checksum Errors Number of frames received with a CRC error.

Alignment Errors Number of frames received that did not contain an integral number

of octets. Normally a frame alignment error also causes a checksum

error on the frame.

Overflow Errors Number of overflow errors received on this line in which the device

FIFO buffer overflowed before obtaining the next DMA cycle.

Frames Too Long Number of frames received that exceed 1518 octets.

Receive Symbol Errors Number of errors in hardware MLT3 encoding. Indicates a

problem. Only relevant on 100 Mb/s lines.

Internal MAC Receive Errors Number of frames containing less than 64 octets (runt packets).

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-190 303560-A Rev 00

sample [

] [circuit

]

Displays data sampled over a period of 10 seconds from CSMACD. You can change the

number of seconds over which you want to sample the data, and you can display sampled

data for a specific circuit only. The table includes the following information:

Sample Display - show csmacd sample

CSMACD Sampled Data over 10 seconds

------------------------------------

Rx Tx Rx Lack of Tx Lack of

Slot Conn Circuit Frames Frames Resources Resources

---- ---- -------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------

2 1 E21 401 3 0 0

5 1 E51 2 2 0 0

5 2 E52 2 2 0 0

3 entries in table.

Slot Slot identifier; ranges vary according to router model.

Conn Connector’s instance identifier; ranges vary according to router

model and Ethernet module. For routers other than ASN, indicates

the physical connector number on the slot.

Circuit Name of the circuit associated with this line.

Rx Frames Number of frames received.

Tx Frames Number of frames transmitted.

Rx Lack of Resources Number of packets received and discarded because of lack of

system resources; for example, buffers.

Tx Lack of Resources Number of transmit packets discarded because of lack of system

resources; for example, buffers.

303560-A Rev 00 2-191

Sample Display - show csmacd sample 5 circuit E51

CSMACD Sampled Data over 5 seconds

------------------------------------

Rx Tx Rx Lack of Tx Lack of

Slot Conn Circuit Frames Frames Resources Resources

---- ---- -------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------

5 1 E51 1 1 0 0

Found 1 match out of 3 entries in table.

stats [circuit

]

Displays transmission and receive statistical information for all circuits or for a specific

circuit. The table includes the following information:

Slot Slot identifier; ranges vary according to router model.

Conn Connector’s instance identifier; ranges vary according to router

model and Ethernet module. For routers other than ASN, indicates

the physical connector number on the slot.

Circuit Name of the circuit associated with this line.

Receive Bytes Number of octets received without error.

Receive Frames Number of frames received without error.

Transmit Bytes Number of octets transmitted without error.

Transmit Frames Number of frames transmitted without error.

Transmit Deferred Number of transmissions delayed for a short time because the

network was busy.

Total Errors Total number of errors of all types.

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-192 303560-A Rev 00

Sample Display - show csmacd stats

CSMACD Module I/O Statistics:

-----------------------------

Receive Receive Transmit Transmit Transmit Total

Slot Conn Circuit Bytes Frames Bytes Frames Deferred Errors

---- ---- -------- ---------- --------- ---------- --------- --------- ---------

2 1 E21 208227053 404889 755536 2393 284 1

5 1 E51 30336 474 688894 1747 0 0

5 2 E52 688958 1748 30400 475 0 0

3 entries in table.

system errors [circuit

]

Displays statistical information about system errors for all circuits or for a specific circuit.

The table includes the following information:

Slot Slot identifier; ranges vary according to router model.

Conn Connector’s instance identifier; ranges vary according to router

model and Ethernet module. For routers other than ASN, indicates

the physical connector number on the slot.

Circuit Name of the circuit associated with this line.

Memory Errors Number of internal memory errors. If this error persists, replace the

Ethernet interface hardware.

Collision Errors Number of times the driver detects that the external transceiver has

not performed the SQE test after frame transmissions. When the

SQE test is enabled on the transceiver, the transceiver asserts

collision to the Ethernet interface after every transmission to

provide an ongoing confidence test of the collision detection

circuitry. An increase in this statistic may mean only that you need

to enable the SQE test on the transceiver.

Internal Buffer Number of internal buffer errors. If this error persists, replace the

Ethernet interface hardware.

Loss of Carrier Number of loss of carrier errors, in which the transceiver fails to

sense the carrier signal on the interface.

303560-A Rev 00 2-193

Sample Display - show csmacd system

CSMACD Module System Errors:

----------------------------

Memory Collision Internal Loss of

Slot Conn Circuit Errors Errors Buffer Carrier

---- ---- -------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------

2 1 E21 0 1 0 0

5 1 E51 0 0 0 0

5 2 E52 0 0 0 0

3 entries in table.

transmit errors [circuit

]

Displays statistical information about transmission errors for all circuits or for a specific

circuit. The table includes the following information:

Slot Slot identifier; ranges vary according to router model.

Conn Connector’s instance identifier; ranges vary according to router

model and Ethernet module. For routers other than ASN, indicates

the physical connector number on the slot.

Circuit Name of the circuit associated with this line.

Late Collision Number of collisions that occur after the timeslot of the channel has

elapsed.

Excessive Collision Number of times the transmitter failed in 16 attempts to

successfully transmit a message due to repeated collisions on the

interface.

Frames Too Long Number of frames transmitted larger than 1518 octets.

Underflow Errors Number of frames in which the transmitter was unable to obtain an

entire packet from memory fast enough to keep up with the

interface.

Internal MAC Transmit Errors Number of excessive deferrals. An excessive deferral indicates that

during the previous transmission the deferral time was greater than

2.46 ms and the transmission was aborted.

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-194 303560-A Rev 00

Sample Display - show csmacd transmit

CSMACD Module Transmit Errors:

------------------------------

Internal MAC

Late Excessive Frames Underflow Transmit

Slot Conn Circuit Collision Collision Too Long Errors Errors

---- ---- -------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- -------------

2 1 E21 0 0 0 0 0

5 1 E51 0 0 0 0 0

5 2 E52 0 0 0 0 0

3 entries in table.

303560-A Rev 00 2-195

show dcm

The show dcm

commands display information about an installed Ethernet Data

Collection Module (DCM) option on BayStack™ routers.

The DCM contains flash memory for its own boot image and configuration file. To

communicate with software on the DCM, the BayStack router uses a special software

subsystem, DCM middleware (DCMMW). For information on configuring and managing

the DCM and DCMMW with Site Manager, refer to Configuring BayStack Remote

Access.

For information on the Bay Networks implementation of RMON services in the AN®,

ANH™, or ARN™ router, refer to Configuring SNMP, RMON, BootP, DHCP, and RARP

Services. For detailed information on RMON topics, refer to the Remote Network

Monitoring MIB, RMON RFC 1757.

Use the show dcm

command to display information about

• A DCM board (probe) installed on a BayStack AN, ANH, or ARN Ethernet base

module

• A DCM board installed on an ARN Ethernet expansion module

• The DCM software subsystem (DCM middleware, DCMMW) on an AN, ANH, or

ARN router

The show dcm command supports the following subcommand options:

base module expansion module

middleware

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-196 303560-A Rev 00

base module

Displays configuration information about a DCM board installed on an Ethernet

base module.

Sample Display - show dcm base

Base Module DCM Information

---------------------------

DCM State: Enabled

Operational Status: Up

Module Type: Ethernet

Memory Size: 2097152

Hardware Revision: BB

Firmware Revision: B

Agent Image Version: V1.4.1

Boot Option: Down Load

Image Name: 1:in11_141.exe

Image Save Mode: Save

Config Source: Local

Config Save Mode: Save

Maximum # Hosts per Entry: 500

Configured # Hosts per Entry: 500

Create Host Control Table: Disabled

Create Matrix Control Table: Disabled

The commands show dcm base module and show dcm expansion module

display the following information:

State State of the DCM Entry table for each DCM in the DCMMW.mib.

Operational Status Current state of the DCM (up or down).

Module Type Type of DCM (Ethernet).

Memory Size Size, in bytes, of the DCM board’s memory.

Hardware Revision Revision of the DCM hardware.

Firmware Revision Revision of the DCM firmware.

Agent Image Version Version of the Agent Image running on the DCM.

303560-A Rev 00 2-197

Boot Option Whether DCM boots from the boot image in its Flash memory (LOCAL),

or downloads an image in the DCM board’s shared DRAM

(DOWNLOAD).

Image Name Name of the active DCM image.

Image Save Mode Whether DCM saves the boot image in shared memory to the DCM board

Flash memory (SAVE), or leaves it in RAM to be lost at the next boot

(NO_SAVE).

Config Source Whether DCM uses the configuration information in its Flash memory

(LOCAL), or a configuration file in the DCM board’s shared DRAM

(SHARED).

Config Save Mode Whether DCM saves configuration information currently in RAM to the

DCM board Flash memory (WRITE), or leaves it in RAM to be lost at the

next boot (NO_WRITE).

Maximum # Hosts per Entry Maximum number of host address entries in the RMON Host Control

table. This limit changes according to the amount of memory available to

DCM. If the table reaches the maximum value, DCM deletes entries based

on an LRU (least recently used) algorithm.

Configured # Hosts per Entry Current number of host address entries configured in the RMON Host

Control table.

Create Host Control Table Whether DCM sets up the RMON Default Host table at every boot

(ENABLED), or lets an RMON application set up the table (DISABLED).

Some RMON network management applications expect the DCM to set

up a host configuration. Others enable and disable their own

configurations during normal operations. Note that the DCM allows only

one host table.

Create Matrix Control Table Whether DCM sets up the RMON Matrix Control table at every boot

(ENABLED), or lets an RMON application set up the table (DISABLED).

Some RMON network management applications expect the DCM to set

up a matrix configuration. Others enable and disable their own

configurations during normal operations. Note that the DCM allows only

one matrix table.

Note: With current revisions of DCM software, the RMON Host and Matrix

tables are created by default; you cannot delete or disable these tables.

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-198 303560-A Rev 00

expansion module

Displays configuration information about a DCM board installed on an Ethernet

expansion module.

Sample Display - show dcm expansion

Expansion Module DCM Information

------------------------------

DCM State: Enabled

Operational Status: Up

Module Type: Ethernet

Memory Size: 16777216

Hardware Revision: C

Firmware Revision: B

Agent Image Version: V1.4.1

Boot Option: Down Load

Image Name: 1:in11_141.exe

Image Save Mode: Save

Config Source: Local

Config Save Mode: Save

Maximum # Hosts per Entry: 500

Configured # Hosts per Entry: 500

Create Host Control Table: Disabled

Create Matrix Control Table: Disabledmiddleware

Displays configuration information about the router’s DCM software subsystem

(DCM middleware, DCMMW). The DCMMW driver runs on the router base

module; it controls the DCM and provides access to collected RMON statistics.

303560-A Rev 00 2-199

Sample Display - show dcm middleware

DCM Middleware Information

--------------------------

Application: DCMMW

State: Enabled

Number of DCMs: 1

The command show dcm middleware displays the following information:

Application Name of the middleware driver software (DCMMW)

Operational Status Current state of the application (enabled or disabled)

Number of DCMs Number of installed DCM boards in the router

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-200 303560-A Rev 00

show decnet

The show decnet

commands display configuration, state, and statistical

information about DECnet Phase IV services. For detailed information on the Bay

Networks implementation of DECnet, refer to Configuring DECnet Services.

The show decnet command supports the following subcommand options:

adjacency enabled

alerts node routes [find <area.node>]

area routes [find <area>] static adjacency

base stats [hello | update | error]

circuits [<circuit name>] traffic filters [<circuit name>]

designated router version

disabled

303560-A Rev 00 2-201

adjacency

Displays attributes of the adjacency table. An adjacency is a directly connected circuit-

neighbor pair toward which the router forwards packets. The table includes the following

information:

Sample Display - show decnet adjacency

DECnet Adjacency Information

----------------------------

Adjacency Adjacency

Circuit Address State Type Class

------ -------- ----- ---------- --------

E21 3.2 UP AREA DYNAMIC

E41 2.2 UP AREA DYNAMIC

Total of 2 Adjacency(s)

Circuit Name of the circuit the adjacency is on.

Adjacency Address Destination address; a valid DECnet address.

State State of the adjacency: UP or INIT (initializing).

Adjacency Type Adjacency type as follows:

•AREA - Adjacency is a level 2 router.

•ROUTING IV - Adjacency is a level 1 router.

•NONROUTING IV - Adjacency is an end node.

Class Adjacency’s class: DYNAMIC or STATIC.

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-202 303560-A Rev 00

alerts

Displays all circuits configured as enabled but not currently up. Use this command to

display information about the physical circuits. State in this case is Down.

Sample Display - show decnet alerts

DECnet Circuits

-----------------

Circuit State DECnet Address

-------- -------- --------------

E21 Down 3.1

1 Entries found.

area routes [find

<area>

]

Displays attributes of the level 2 routing table. You can use the following option to display

area routes for a specific area.

The table includes the following information:

find

<area>

where

<area>

is the number of a specific area. Use this option to

search through the routing table and display information about the

specified area number or display an empty table if the area number

does not exist.

Area Route’s area number.

Circuit Circuit that the route uses. If the node or area is directly connected

within a router, this column shows two dashes (--).

State State of the route, as follows:

•Reachable - Destination area is reachable.

•Unreachable - The destination area is unreachable, in which

case you should display the adjacency that corresponds to the

next hop.

Cost Cost of the route to the destination area.

303560-A Rev 00 2-203

Sample Display - show decnet area routes

DECnet Area (Level II Routing) Information

-----------------------------------------

Area Circuit State Cost Hops Next Node Type

------ -------- ----------- ------ -------- --------- --------

12 -- Reachable 0 0 0.0 DYNAMIC

13 S41 Reachable 10 1 13.12 DYNAMIC

2 Level II Route(s) in table.

Sample Display - show decnet area routes

DECnet Node (Level I Routing) Information

-----------------------------------------

Area Node ID Circuit Address Cost Hops Next Node Type

---- ------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------- --------

12 12 -- 12.12 0 0 0.0 DYNAMIC

1 Level I Route(s) in table.

base

Displays state information in the DECnet base record. The base record controls DECnet

for the router. State is Down, Init (initializing), Not Present (enabled but not yet started), or

Up.

Hops Number of hops to the destination area.

Next Node Next address for getting to the area.

Type Adjacency’s class: DYNAMIC or STATIC.

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-204 303560-A Rev 00

Sample Display - show decnet base

DECnet Base Record Information

------------------------------

Protocol State

-------- ---------

DECNET Up

circuits [

]

Displays the attributes of all DECnet circuits or a specified DECnet circuit configured on

the router. The table includes the following information:

Circuit Name of the circuit.

State State of the circuit as follows:

•Up - Interface is operating.

•Disable - User has manually disabled the interface.

•Down - Interface is malfunctioning.

•INIT - Interface is initializing.

•Not Present - Interface is not operating because another

subsystem is malfunctioning. You should check the state of the

physical circuit.

Area DECnet Phase IV Area ID for this circuit; the first six bits of a

DECnet Phase IV node address.

Node ID DECnet Phase IV Node ID for this circuit; the last ten bits of a

DECnet Phase IV node address.

Type Media type of this circuit; for example, Ethernet.

303560-A Rev 00 2-205

Sample Display - show decnet circuit

DECnet Circuit Information

----------------------------

Circuit State Area Node ID Type

--------- --------- ---- ------- --------

E21 Up 3 1 Ethernet

E41 Up 1 1 Ethernet

Sample Display - show decnet ciruit e21

DECnet Circuit Information

----------------------------

Circuit State Area Node ID Type

--------- --------- ---- ------- --------

E21 Up 3 1 Ethernet

designated router

Displays information about the designated router for each circuit. The table includes the

following information:

Circuit Name of the circuit this router is on.

Designated Router Address of the designated router on this circuit.

Priority Place of this router for becoming the designated router on this

circuit. The value ranges from 1 through 127. The default value is

64.

Exec Cost Relative cost of routing over the circuit. The value ranges from 1

through 63. The default value is 10.

Circuit Address DECnet address of the circuit.

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-206 303560-A Rev 00

Sample Display - show decnet designated router

DECnet Designated Router Information

------------------------------------

Designated Exec Circuit

Circuit Router Priority Cost Address

-------- ---------- -------- ------- --------

E21 3.2 64 10 3.1

E41 1.1 64 10 1.1

disabled

Displays all the circuits whose state is disabled. The table includes the name of the circuit

and its DECnet address.

Sample Display - show decnet disabled

DECnet Circuits

-----------------

Circuit State DECnet Address

-------- -------- --------------

E21 Disabled 3.1

1 Entries found.

303560-A Rev 00 2-207

enabled

Displays all the circuits whose state is enabled. State is Down, INIT (initializing), Not

Present (not yet started), or Up.

Sample Display - show decnet enabled

DECnet Circuits

-----------------

Circuit State DECnet Address

-------- -------- --------------

E21 UP 3.1

1 Entries found.

node routes [find

<area.node>

]

Displays attributes of level 1 routing tables or a specific address.

The displays include the following information:

find

<area.node>

where

<area.node>

is an optional DECnet address. Using this

option limits the display to a specified destination address.

Area DECnet Phase IV Area ID for this circuit; the first six bits of a

DECnet Phase IV node address.

Node ID DECnet Phase IV Node ID for this circuit; the last ten bits of a

DECnet Phase IV node address.

Circuit Circuit name of the node.

Address DECnet address of the node about which routing information is

contained in this level 1 routing table.

Cost Total cost of the path to the destination node.

Hops Total number of hops in the path to the destination node.

Next Node Next hop address that the route uses to get to the destination node.

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-208 303560-A Rev 00

Sample Display - show decnet node routes

DECnet Node (Level I Routing) Information

-----------------------------------------

Area Node ID Circuit Address Cost Hops Next Node

---- ------- -------- -------- -------- -------- ---------

1 1 #3 1.1 0 0 0.0

3 1 #3 3.1 0 0 0.0

3 2 E21 3.2 10 1 3.2

3 Level I Route(s) in table.

Sample Display - show decnet node routes find 3.2

DECnet Node (Level I Routing) Information

-----------------------------------------

Area Node ID Circuit Address Cost Hops Next Node

---- ------- -------- -------- -------- -------- ---------

3 2 E21 3.2 10 1 3.2

1 Entries found.

static adjacency

Displays all the static adjacencies configured. The table includes the following

information:

Circuit Circuit name where static adjacency is configured.

Area Area part of this static adjacency’s DECnet address.

Node ID Node ID part of this static adjacency’s DECnet address.

Mode Adjacency’s operating state as follows:

•Disabled - User has manually disabled the static adjacency.

•Enabled - Static adjacency is enabled.

303560-A Rev 00 2-209

Sample Display - show decnet static adjacency

DECnet Static Adjacency Information

-----------------------------------

Circuit Area Node ID Mode Adjacent Addr Destination MAC

------- ----- -------- -------- ------------- -------------------

E21 2 1 Enabled 2.1 (nil)

stats [hello | update | error]

Displays statistics tables for each circuit. The information displayed is specific to the stats

subcommand entered. The stats command displays the following items for each circuit:

Adjacent Addr DECnet Phase IV address of the adjacent node.

Destination MAC Specifies the destination MAC address of the static adjacency if the

circuit type is ATM, frame relay, or SMDS.

Packets Received Number of transit packets received.

Packets Sent Number of transit packets sent.

Packets Dropped Number of dropped packets.

Hello Router Received Number of hellos received.

Hello Router Sent Number of hellos sent.

Hello End Node Received Number of end node hellos received.

Hello End Node Sent Number of end node hellos sent.

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-210 303560-A Rev 00

Sample Display - show decnet stats

DECnet Statistics

-----------------

Hello Hello Hello Hello

Packets Packets Packets Router Router End Node End Node

Circuit Received Sent Dropped Received Sent Received Sent

------- -------- -------- ------- -------- -------- -------- --------

E21 0 0 0 431 429 0 0

E41 0 0 0 433 435 0 433

The table includes the following items for each circuit:

Sample Display - show decnet stats hello

DECnet Hello Statistics

-----------------------

Sent Received Sent Received

Circuit Router Router Endnode Endnode

------- -------- -------- ------- --------

E21 430 432 0 0

E41 436 434 434 0

stats hello Displays the number of hellos sent and received on each circuit.

Sent Router Number of router hellos sent.

Received Router Number of router hellos received.

Send Endnode Number of end node hellos sent.

Received Endnode Number of end node hellos received.

303560-A Rev 00 2-211

Sample Display - show decnet stats update

DECnet Routing Update Statistics

--------------------------------

Sent Received Sent Received

Circuit Level 1 Level 1 Level 2 Level 2

------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------

E21 82 80 84 40

E41 80 78 88 40

stats update Displays the counters for update packets sent and received on each

circuit as follows:

Sent Level 1 Number of level 1 updates sent.

Received Level 1 Number of level 1 updates received.

Sent Level 2 Number of level 2 updates sent.

Received Level 2 Number of level 2 updates received.

stats errors Displays the error counters for each circuit as follows:

Aged Out Number of aged packets lost.

Node Unreachable Number of node unreachable packets lost.

Node Out of Range Number of node out-of-range packets lost.

Oversized Packets Number of oversized packets lost.

Format error Number of packet format errors.

Total Dropped Number of dropped packets.

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-212 303560-A Rev 00

Sample Display - show decnet stats error

DECnet Error Statistics

-----------------------

Aged Node Node Oversized Format Total

Circuit Out Unreachable Out of Range Packets Error Dropped

------- ----- ----------- ------------- --------- --------- ---------

E21 0 0 0 0 0 0

E41 0 0 0 0 0 0

traffic filters [

]

Displays attributes of filters configured on each circuit or a specified circuit. The table

includes the following information:

Sample Display - show decnet traffic filters

DECnet Traffic Filter Information

---------------------------------

Circuit Status Matches Rule

------- ------- ------- -------

E41 Active 0 1

Circuit Name of the circuit containing the traffic filter.

Status Status of the circuit as follows:

•Active - Filtering rule is in use.

•Inactive - Filtering rule is not in use.

•Error - Application detected an error in the filtering rule.

Matches Number of packets received that match this rule.

Rule Rule identifier.

303560-A Rev 00 2-213

Sample Display - show decnet traffic filters e41

DECnet Traffic Filter Information

---------------------------------

Circuit Status Matches Rule

------- ------- ------- -------

E41 Active 0 1

version

Displays the current version and modification date of the decnet.bat script.

Sample Display - show decnet version

DECNET.bat Version: #.## Date: mm/dd/yy.

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-214 303560-A Rev 00

show dls

The show dls

commands display configuration, state, and statistical information

about Data Link Switching (DLSw) services. For detailed information on the items

displayed, refer to Configuring DLSw Services.

The show dls command supports the following subcommand options:

alerts local

base mac

circuits [<circuit name>] netbios

configuration peers

connections saps

disabled slots

enabled stats

filters version

303560-A Rev 00 2-215

alerts

Displays all enabled DLSw circuits whose state is not up. The table does not show

configured DLSw circuits that have been disabled.

Sample Display - show dls alerts

DLS Circuits

------------

Circuit State Bridge ID LAN ID DLC Type

-------- -------- --------- ------ ----------

O11.llc2 UP 0xF 0x278 LLC SRB

base

Displays information on the DLSw base record state. The base record controls DLSw for

the entire system.

State is any of the following.

Circuit The name of the circuit on which DLSw is running.

State State of the circuit, which is Down.

Bridge ID Identification number of the Source Routing Bridge.

LAN ID Identification number of the Internal LAN.

DLC Type The type of circuit on which DLSw is running.

Disabled User has manually disabled DLSw.

Down DLSw is malfunctioning.

Init DLSw is initializing on the system.

Not Present DLSw is configured but has not started.

Up DLSw is operating on the system.

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-216 303560-A Rev 00

TCP Window Maximum amount of DLSw data that local or remote TCP entities

can send before requiring an acknowledgment or receive before

acknowledging. This number is in octets.

Uncfg Peer Specifies the current accept or reject unconfigured peers setting.

Int Ring Specifies the bridge’s internal LAN ID.

Bridge Identification number of the Bridge.

Virt Ring Virtual ring identifier for the network.

Virt MTU Specifies a Maximum Transmission Unit (MTU) size for frames

sent from local, LAN-attached systems to systems on remote

LANs. The smallest MTU size supported among all remote LANs

in your configuration determines the maximum value of the Virtual

Ring MTU parameter for the local router.

ProtoPriority Enabled or disabled protocol prioritization for configured DLSw

peers setting.

PPriUnCfgPeer Enabled or disabled protocol prioritization for unconfigured DLSw

peers setting.

PkgMaxSize Specifies the maximum package size (in bytes) when sending

multiple DLSw frames in a single TCP frame for transmission over

a wide area network.

MAC Age Specifies the maximum number of seconds that inactive MAC

addresses can exist in the MAC-to-DLSw Peer (mapping) cache.

NB Age Specifies the maximum number of seconds that inactive NetBIOS

names can exist in the NetBIOS-to-DLSw Peer (mapping) cache.

WanKeepAlive Specifies the time interval after which the router sends a DLSw

keepalive message to inactive, established TCP connections to

verify that the connection is still available.

PkgTimeOut Specifies the time interval (in milliseconds) to delay a package

before sending it to TCP.

303560-A Rev 00 2-217

Sample Display - show dls base

DLS Base Information

--------------------

State TCP Window Uncfg Peer Int Ring Bridge Virt Ring Virt MTU

----------- ---------- ----------- -------- ------ --------- --------

Up 8000 Accept 0x154 0xF 0x64 1532

ProtoPriority PPriUnCfgPeer PkgMaxSize

------------- ------------- ----------

Enabled Enabled 1532

Timers MAC Age NB Age WanKeepAlive PkgTimeOut

(Sec): -------- ------- ------------- -----------

300 300 60 1

circuits [

]

Displays the state of DLSw on all circuits or a specific circuit. State is either Up or Down;

these are the only possible states for DLSw on the circuit. For definitions of the remaining

columns, see the alerts command.

Sample Display - show dls circuit

DLS Circuits

------------

Circuit State Bridge ID LAN ID DLC Type

-------- ----------- ----------- ------ ----------

O11.llc2 Down 0xF 0x278 LLC SRB

S12 Up 0xF 0x0 SDLC

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-218 303560-A Rev 00

configuration

Displays the configuration information for the DLSw base record, circuits, slots, peers,

SAPs, MACs, NetBIOS names, filters, and SDLC local devices, Refer to the appropriate

show dls command for definitions.

connections

Displays connections currently established between two stations using DLSw.

Sample Display - show dls connections

DLSw Connections

----------------

Destination MAC/ Remote IP/ Tx-IFrames/ Tx-RNRs/

Circuit Status Source MAC local IP Rx-IFrames Rx-RNRs

-------- ----------- ----------------- ------------- ----------- --------

S12 Established 40-00-00-03-17-22 154.154.154.154 0 0

40-00-00-00-00-D1 78.78.78.78 0 0

Circuit Name of the circuit for the DLSw connection.

Status Status of the connection. In this case the status is always

Connected.

Destination MAC/Source

MAC MAC destination address on the top line and the source MAC

address on the bottom line.

Remote IP/local IP Remote internet (IP) address on the top line and the local IP address

on the bottom line.

Tx/Rx - IFrames The number of IFrames sent and received on this circuit.

Tx/Rx - RNRs The number of Receiver Not Ready frames sent and received on

this circuit.

303560-A Rev 00 2-219

disabled

Displays all DLSw circuits that the user has manually disabled. In this case, State is

Disabled. For information on the remaining column definitions in the display, see the

alerts command.

Sample Display - show dls disabled

DLS Circuits

------------

Circuit State Bridge ID LAN ID DLC Type

-------- ----------- ----------- ------ ----------

O11.llc2 Disabled 0xF 0x278 LLC SRB

enabled

Displays all DLSw circuits currently with their current state enabled. State is Down, INIT

(initializing), Not Present (not yet started), or Up. For information on the remaining

column definitions in the display, see the alerts command.

Sample Display - show dls enabled

DLS Circuits

------------

Circuit State Bridge ID LAN ID DLC Type

-------- ----------- ----------- ------ ----------

O11.llc2 Down 0xF 0x278 LLC SRB

S12 Up 0xF 0x0 SDLC

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-220 303560-A Rev 00

filters

Displays the currently configured DLSw traffic filters.

Sample Display - show dls filters

DLSw Traffic Filters

--------------------

Filter Name Status Filter Hits Rule Circuit

---------------- ------ ---------------- ---- -------

Drop_NB_storm UP 1230 1 3

Accept_10Macs UP 440 2 3

local

Displays the currently configured DLSw local devices.

Filter Name Name of the configured traffic filter.

Status Status of the connection, either up or down.

Filter Hits The number of successful criteria matches on this filter.

Rule The current filter sequence number.

Circuit The configured circuit number on which the filter is active.

Circuit Indicates the circuit name for the DLSw connection.

Address Indicates the address of this link station.

State Specifies the current state of the local device: up, down, disabled,

not present, or init.

Destination MAC

Source MAC Specifies the MAC destination address on the top line and the

source MAC address on the bottom line. The Destination MAC

identifies the Token Ring or Ethernet host the local device will

reach via SDLC services.The Source MAC specifies the source

MAC address of an emulated Token Ring endstation for this device.

DSAP Identifies the destination service access point (SAP) Token Ring or

Ethernet host the local device will reach via SDLC services.

303560-A Rev 00 2-221

Sample Display - show dls local

DLSw Local SDLC Devices

-----------------------

Destination MAC/ DSAP/

Circuit Addr State Source MAC SSAP PU Type IDBLOCK IDNUM

-------- ---- ----------- ------------------ ----- ----------- ------- -----

S12 0xD1 UP 40-00-00-03-17-22 4 Type 2.0 017 A004A

40-00-00-00-00-D1 4

mac

Displays the MAC address of a destination link station, its IP address, and the current

number of CANUREACH queries.

SSAP Identifies the source SAP of an emulated Token Ring or Ethernet

endstation for this device.

PU Type Specifies the type of the XID-sending node. This parameter is used

with the IDBLOCK, IDNUM, and XID Format parameters to

determine the station exchange identification (XID) value.

IDBLOCK Specifies the block number, which must match the host’s

IDBLOCK parameter value that identifies incoming connection

requests. This parameter is used with the PU Type, IDNUM, and

XID Format parameters to determine the station exchange

identification (XID) value.

IDNUM Specifies the ID number, which must match the host’s IDNUM

parameter value that identifies incoming connection requests. This

parameter is used with the PU Type, IDBLOCK, and XID Format

parameters to determine the station exchange identification (XID)

value.

Destination MAC The Destination MAC identifies the Token Ring or Ethernet host

the local device will reach via SDLC services.

Remote IP Address The IP address of the destination link station.

CANUREACH MAC

Queries Specifies the current number of canureach messages sent to a

remote DLSw peer.

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-222 303560-A Rev 00

Sample Display - show dls mac

DLSw MAC Entries

----------------

Destination Remote CANUREACH

MAC Address IP Address Mac Queries

------------------ ------------------ -----------------

40-00-00-03-17-22 154.154.154.154 167

netbios

Displays the names and IP addresses of remote NetBIOS peers, and the current number of

queries to each remote NetBIOS peer.

Sample Display - show dls netbios

DLSw Netbios Name Entries

-------------------------

Remote Remote NETBIOS_NQ

Station Name IP Address Queries

---------------- ---------------- ----------------

CHEERS 154.154.154.154 1

Remote Station Name The name of the NetBIOS peer.

Remote IP Address The IP address of the NetBIOS peer.

NETBIOS_NQ

Queries The current number of NetBIOS queries sent to the remote

NetBIOS peer.

303560-A Rev 00 2-223

peers

Displays the IP addresses of all configured DLSw peers and the state of each. State is

Down, Init (initializing), Not Present (not started), or Up.

Sample Display - show dls peers

DLS Peers

--------

Peer Peer

State IP Address

----------- ----------------

Up 200.200.201.100

saps

Displays all session access points (SAPs) registered with the LLC SAP services and the

credit of each. SAP Credit is the number of LLC2 frames that DLSw and the local LLC2

circuit can exchange.

Sample Display - show dls saps

DLS Saps

--------

SAP

SAP Credit

---- -------

4 10

8 10

12 10

240 10

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-224 303560-A Rev 00

slots

Displays the slot number, IP address, and memory information that corresponds on the slot

to DLSw.

Sample Display - show dls slots

DLSw Slots

----------

Slot Slot IP Address Current Memory Max Mem Allowed HiWater

---- --------------- -------------- --------------- -------

1 78.78.78.78 0 All of it 0

Slot Specifies the slot number you want to associate with the IP

interface address you reserved for that slot.

Slot IP Address Specifies an IP address associated with a specific DLSw peer (slot)

in the router. TCP uses this IP address for connections associated

with that slot.

Current Memory The current memory consumption on the router.

Max Mem Allowed The maximum memory allocated on the slot.

HiWater The maximum memory on the router.

303560-A Rev 00 2-225

stats

Displays the source and destination service access point (SSAP and DSAP) fields.

Sample Display - show dls stats

DLSw statistics

----------------

version

Displays the current version of the dls.bat script.

Sample Display - show dls version

DLS.bat Version: #.## Date: mm/dd/yy.

Circuit Status

Destination MAC/

Source MAC

Remote IP/

local IP

DSAP/Tx-IFrames/

SSAP/Rx-IFrames

Tx-RNRs

Rx-RNRs

S12 Established 40-00-00-03-17-22

40-00-00-00-00-D1

154.154.154.15

78.78.78.78

0x040

0

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-226 303560-A Rev 00

show ds1e1

The show ds1e1

commands display configuration, status, and statistical

information about the MCT1 and MCE1 drivers. For detailed information about DS1E1

parameters, refer to the section on configuring MCT1 and MCE1 circuits in Configuring

WAN Line Services.

The show ds1e1 command supports the following subcommand options:

alerts sample [<period in seconds>] [circuit

<circuit name>]

base [circuit <circuit name>]stats [circuit <circuit name>]

clock system errors [circuit <circuit name>]

disabled t1framer [current] [total] [interval [<interval

number>] ]

e1framer [current] [total] [interval [<interval

number>] ] t1port

e1port timeslots [circuit <circuit name>]

enabled transmit errors [circuit <circuit name>]

fdl [ansi1 | ansi2 | att1 | att2 ]version

receive errors [circuit <circuit name>]

303560-A Rev 00 2-227

alerts

Displays all DS1E1 logical lines that are enabled but not up. Use this display to identify

the logical lines that are not working. The table includes the following information:

Slot Slot identifier.

Conn Connector identifier.

Log Line Logical line number for this line.

Line Type Type of line in use: Unframed T1, ESF, SF, E1, E1CRC, E1MF,

E1CRCMF, or Unframed E1.

Circuit Name of the circuit associated with this line.

State State of the logical line as follows: Up, Down, Init (initializing), LMI

Wait, Loopback, Dying, Dead, or Not Pres (not present).

Line Number Line number for this line; assigned during configuration. This line

number uniquely identifies this interface and is not equal to any of the

line numbers assigned to logical lines configured through this port.

WAN Protocol WAN protocol enabled on this interface: ATM, FRM RLAY (frame

relay), LAPB, PASSTHRU, PPP, SMDS, WF STND (Wellfleet

Standard), or X.25. Wellfleet Standard is a proprietary protocol used

between two Bay Networks routers. Based on the CCITT HDLC

(High-level Data Link Control) protocol, Wellfleet Standard provides

LLC1 (connectionless, datagram) service.

Rate Adapt Rate adaption -- the number of bits and their positions within the

timeslot, as follows:

•64K - Uses all 8 bits in the timeslot.

•56K MSB - Uses 7 of the 8 bits in the timeslot; does not use the most

significant bit.

•56K LSB - Uses 7 of the 8 bits in the timeslot; does not use the least

significant bit.

Loc Adr This parameter is used only when the logical line HDLC service is

LLC1. It is a value in the range 1 through 7 in the address field of the

HDLC packet. 1 indicates DCE. 3 indicates DTE. All other numbers

indicate Explicit. Explicit indicates that the user has selected the

address.

Rem Adr This parameter is used only when the logical line HDLC service is

LLC1. It is a value in the range 1 through 7 in the address field of the

HDLC packet. 1 indicates DCE. 3 indicates DTE. All other numbers

indicate Explicit. Explicit indicates that the user has selected the

address.

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-228 303560-A Rev 00

Sample Display - show ds1e1 alerts

DS1E1 Logical Lines on Alert:

-----------------------------

Log Line Line WAN Rate Loc Rem

Slot Conn Line Type Circuit State Number Protocol Adapt Adr Adr

---- ---- ---- ---- ---------- -------- --------- -------- ------- --- ---

Found 0 matches out of 3 entries in table.

base [circuit

]

Displays the base level information for all DS1E1 circuits or a specific circuit. For

definitions of the columns in the table, see the alerts command. In addition to the states

listed under the alerts command, State can also be Up.

Sample Display - show ds1e1 base

DS1E1 Logical Lines:

--------------------

Log Line Line WAN Rate Loc Rem

Slot Conn Line Type Circuit State Number Protocol Adapt Adr Adr

---- ---- ---- ---- ---------- -------- --------- -------- ------- --- ---

2 1 1 T1 Boston Up 10902101 WF STND 56K-LSB 7 7

2 1 2 T1 Chicago Up 20902101 WF STND 56K-LSB 7 7

2 2 1 T1 Seattle Up 10902102 WF STND 56K-LSB 7 7

3 entries in table.

303560-A Rev 00 2-229

Sample Display - show ds1e1 base circuit Boston

DS1E1 Logical Lines:

--------------------

Log Line Line WAN Rate Loc Rem

Slot Conn Line Type Circuit State Number Protocol Adapt Adr Adr

---- ---- ---- ---- ---------- -------- --------- -------- ------- --- ---

2 1 1 T1 Boston Up 10902101 WF STND 56K-LSB 7 7

Found 1 match out of 3 entries in table.

clock

Displays the DS1E1 clock status. The table includes the following information:

Slot Router slot identifier.

Mod Module number, indicating the location of the module.

Port Unique identifier for each port on the module.

Current clock Clock source currently in use.

Primary clock Primary source for transmit timing.

Secondary clock Secondary source for transmit timing.

External clock Indicates whether an external clock is present.

Loop1 clock Indicates whether the timing source from the first port is present.

Loop2 clock Indicates whether the timing source from the second port on multi-port

modules is present.

Loop3 clock Indicates whether the timing source from the third port on multi-port

modules is present.

Loop4 clock Indicates whether the timing source from the fourth port on multi-port

modules is present.

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-230 303560-A Rev 00

Sample Display - show ds1e1 clock

DS1E1 Clock Status:

-------------------

DS1E1 ModuleEntry MIB:

----------------------

Current Primary Secondary

Slot Mod clock clock clock

---- --- ---------- ---------- ----------

5 1 Loop1 Loop1 Internal

*********************************************************

*** ClockEntry MIB pre-empts ModuleEntry MIB settings ***

*********************************************************

DS1E1 ClockEntry MIB:

---------------------

Current Primary Secondary

Slot Mod Port clock clock clock

--- --- ------ ---------- ---------- ----------

5 1 905101 Internal Internal Internal

5 1 905102 Loop4 Loop4 Internal

5 1 905103 Loop4 Loop4 Internal

5 1 905104 Loop4 Loop4 Internal

DS1E1 Clock Status:

-------------------

Loop1 Loop2 Loop3 Loop4 External

Slot Mod clock clock clock clock clock

---- --- ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- -----------

5 1 Present Present Present Present Not Present

1 entry in table.

303560-A Rev 00 2-231

disabled

Displays DS1E1 circuits that a user has manually disabled. For definitions of the columns

in the table, see the alerts command. In this case, State is Disabled.

Sample Display - show ds1e1 disabled

DS1E1 Logical Lines Disabled:

-----------------------------

Log Line Line WAN Rate Loc Rem

Slot Conn Line Type Circuit State Number Protocol Adapt Adr Adr

---- ---- ---- ---- ---------- -------- --------- -------- ------- --- ---

Found 0 matches out of 3 entries in table.

e1framer [current] [total] [interval [

] ]

Displays error information about the E1 framer.

Sample Display - show ds1e1 e1framer current

E1 Current Framer Statistics

----------------------------

Bipolar CRC-4 Far End Loss of Loss of Alarm Remote

Violation Error Block Frame Signal Indicat Alarm

Slot Conn Counts Counts Errors Failures Failures Failures Failures

---- ---- --------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------

3 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

3 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

2 entries in table.

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-232 303560-A Rev 00

Sample Display - show ds1e1 e1framer total

E1 Total Framer Statistics

--------------------------

Num Bipolar CRC-4 Far End Loss of Loss of Alarm Remote

Vld Violation Error Block Frame Signal Indicat Alarm

Slot Conn Intv Counts Counts Errors Failures Failures Failures Failures

---- ---- ---- --------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------

3 1 96 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

3 2 96 65580 15656 0 0 0 0 0

2 entries in table.

Sample Display - show ds1e1 e1framer interval

Bipolar CRC-4 Far End Loss of Loss of Alarm Remote

Violation Error Block Frame Signal Indicat Alarm

Slot Conn Intv Counts Counts Errors Failures Failures Failures Failures

---- ---- ---- --------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------

3 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

3 1 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

3 1 3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

3 1 4 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

3 1 5 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

3 1 6 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

3 1 7 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

3 1 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

3 1 9 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

3 1 10 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

3 1 11 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

3 1 12 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

3 1 13 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

3 1 14 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

3 1 15 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

3 1 16 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

3 1 17 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

3 1 18 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

18 entries in table.

303560-A Rev 00 2-233

e1port

Displays E1 port information.

Sample Display - show ds1e1 e1port

E1 Port Status:

---------------

BERT Line Line

Slot Conn State MTU Mode Type Coding I-Bit

---- ---- ----------- ---- ---- --------- ------ --------

3 1 Up 1600 Off E1-CRC-MF HDB3 DISABLED

1 entry in table.

enabled

Displays DS1E1 modules that a user has manually enabled. For definitions of the columns

in the table, see the alerts command. State can also be Up.

Sample Display - show ds1e1 enabled

DS1E1 Logical Lines Enabled:

----------------------------

Log Line Line WAN Rate Loc Rem

Slot Conn Line Type Circuit State Number Protocol Adapt Adr Adr

---- ---- ---- ---- ---------- -------- --------- -------- ------- --- ---

2 1 1 T1 Boston Up 10902101 WF STND 56K-LSB 7 7

Found 1 match out of 3 entries in table.

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-234 303560-A Rev 00

fdl [ansi1 | ansi2 | att1 | att2 ]

Displays the Facility Data Link (FDL) error statistics in both ANSI-403 and AT&T-54016

modes.

The tables display the following information:

DS1E1 FDL Errors -- ANSI-403 mode (first half):

ansi1 Displays only the first half of ANSI-403 mode FDL errors.

ansi2 Displays only the second half of ANSI-403 mode FDL errors.

att1 Displays only the first half of AT&T-54016 mode FDL errors.

att2 Displays only the second half of AT&T-54016 mode FDL errors.

Slot Slot identifier.

Conn Connector identifier.

CRC Counts Number of CRC-6 errors. The FDL calculates CRC-6 on the

incoming data. Each time the calculation does not match the CRC-

6 code word in the incoming enhanced super frame (ESF) data

stream, this count increments.

BPV Counts Number of bipolar (line code) violations. The FDL counts bipolar

violations whether its synchronizer is in sync or not. If the FDL is

set to receive B8ZS code words, it does not count these code words

as bipolar violations.

OOF Counts Number of out-of-frame errors. An out-of-frame error occurs

whenever two or more framing bits out of six in the Framing

Pattern Sequence (FPS) are incorrect. This event causes the FDL to

resynchronize to the incoming data stream.

FE Counts Number of individual bit errors in the FPS.

ES Counts Number of Errored Seconds (ES). An ES is any one-second time

interval with either a frame bit error or a CRC-6 error.

303560-A Rev 00 2-235

Sample Display - show ds1e1 fdl ansi1

DS1E1 Facility Data Link (FDL) Errors (first half) - ANSI-403 mode:

-------------------------------------------------------------------

CRC BPV OOF FE ES

Slot Conn Counts Counts Counts Counts Counts

---- ---- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------

2 1 56581 196653 3581 22504 32965

DS1E1 FDL Errors -- ANSI-403 mode (second half):

Sample Display - show ds1e1 fdl ansi2

DS1E1 Facility Data Link (FDL) Errors (second half) - ANSI-403 mode:

--------------------------------------------------------------------

SES UAS PRMES PRMSES PRME

Slot Conn Counts Counts Counts Counts Counts

---- ---- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------

2 1 2561 2154 24 23 129

Found 1 match out of 2 entries in table.

Slot Slot identifier.

Conn Connector identifier.

SES Counts Number of Severely Errored Seconds (SES). An SES is any 1-second

time interval with an OOF error or more than 320 CRC-errors.

UAS Counts Number of Unavailable Seconds (UAS). A UAS is the number of

seconds between ten consecutive SES events (inclusive) and ten

consecutive non-SES events (exclusive). For more information, refer to

the 1989 ANSI T1.403 specification (Carrier-to-Customer installation

DS1 Metallic Interface).

PRMES Counts Number of Errored Seconds reported in the Performance Report

Messages (PRMs).

PRMSES Counts Number of Severely Errored Seconds reported in the PRMs.

PRME Counts Number of PRMs received in error. “In error” means that the calculated

CRC does not match the incoming CRC word.

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-236 303560-A Rev 00

DS1E1 FDL Errors -- AT&T-54016 mode (first half):

Sample Display - show ds1e1 fdl att1

DS1E1 Facility Data Link (FDL) Errors (first half) - AT&T-54016 mode:

---------------------------------------------------------------------

Valid Total Total Total Total Total

Slot Conn Intervals ESs SESs SEFs UASs CSSs

---- ---- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------

2 2 1 1 0 0 368 256

Slot Slot identifier.

Conn Connector identifier.

Valid Intervals Number of previous time intervals for which valid data was collected.

The value is 96 unless the interface was brought on line within the last

24 hours. In this case, the value is the number of complete 15-minute

intervals since the interface has been on line.

Total ESs Number of Errored Seconds that a DS1 interface encountered in the

previous 24-hour interval.

Total SESs Number of Severely Errored Seconds that a DS1 interface encountered

in the previous 24-hour interval.

Total SEFs Number of Severely Errored Framing Seconds that a DS1 interface

encountered in the previous 24-hour interval.

Total UASs Number of Unavailable Seconds that a DS1 interface encountered in

the previous 24-hour interval.

Total CSSs Number of Controlled Slip Seconds that a DS1 interface encountered in

the previous 24-hour interval.

303560-A Rev 00 2-237

DS1E1 FDL Errors -- AT&T-54016 mode (second half):

Sample Display - show ds1e1 fdl att2

DS1E1 Facility Data Link (FDL) Errors (second half) - AT&T-54016 mode:

----------------------------------------------------------------------

Valid Total Total Total Total Total

Slot Conn Intervals PCVs LESs BESs DMs LCVs

---- ---- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------

2 2 1 0 0 1 0 0

Found 1 match out of 2 entries in table.

Slot Slot identifier.

Conn Connector identifier.

Valid Intervals Number of previous time intervals for which valid data was collected.

The value is 96 unless the interface was brought on line within the last

24 hours. In this case, the value is the number of complete 15-minute

intervals since the interface has been on line.

Totals PCVs Number of Path Code Violations that a DS1 interface encountered in

the previous 24-hour interval.

Totals LESs Number of Line Errored Seconds that a DS1 interface encountered in

the previous 24-hour interval.

Total BESs Number of Burst Errored Seconds that a DS1 interface encountered in

the previous 24-hour interval.

Totals DMs Number of Degraded Minutes that a DS1 interface encountered in the

previous 24-hour interval.

Total LCVs Number of Line Code Violations that a DS1 interface encountered in

the previous 24-hour interval.

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-238 303560-A Rev 00

receive errors [circuit

]

Displays receive errors for all circuits or for a specific circuit. The table includes the

following information:

Sample Display - show ds1e1 receive

DS1E1 Logical Line Receive Errors:

----------------------------------

Slot Slot identifier.

Conn Connector identifier.

Log Line Logical line number for this line.

Circuit Name of the circuit associated with this line.

Null Frames Number of frames containing no data bytes received.

Short Frames Number of frames received with only one or two data bytes.

CRC Errors Number of frames received with CRC errors.

Long Frames Number of frames received that exceeded the MTU size.

Abort Frames Number of frames received with abort errors.

Slot

----

Conn

----

Log

Line

----

Circuit

------------

Null

Frames

------

Short

Frames

------

CRC

Errors

------

Long

Frames

------

Abort

Frames

------

2 1 1 Boston 0 1256000

2 1 2 Chicago 00000

2 1 1 Seattle 0 40000

3 entries in table.

303560-A Rev 00 2-239

Sample Display - show ds1e1 receive errors circuit Boston

DS1E1 Logical Line Receive Errors:

----------------------------------

Log Null Short CRC Long Abort

Slot Conn Line Circuit Frames Frames Errors Frames Frames

---- ---- ---- ---------- --------- --------- --------- --------- --------

2 1 1 Boston 0 1256 0 0 0

Found 1 match out of 3 entries in table.

sample [

] [circuit

]

Displays data sampled from DS1E1 over a period of 10 seconds. You can change the

number of seconds over which you want to sample the data, and you can display sampled

data for a specific circuit only. The table includes the following information:

Slot Slot identifier.

Conn Connector identifier.

Log Line Logical line number for this line.

Circuit Name of the circuit associated with this line.

Rx Frames Number of frames received on this line.

Tx Frames Number of frames sent on this line.

Rx Lack of Resources Number of packets received and discarded because of lack of

resources; for example, CPU is overworked.

Tx Lack of Resources Number of transmit packets discarded because of lack of resources; for

example, transmit queue length is too small.

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-240 303560-A Rev 00

Sample Display - show ds1e1 sample

Taking first sample... Waiting 10 seconds...

Taking second sample...

DS1E1 Sampled Data over 10 seconds

-------------------------------------

Log Rx Tx Rx Lack of Tx Lack of

Slot Conn Line Circuit Frames Frames Resources Resources

---- ---- ---- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------

2 1 1 Boston 2 2 0 0

2 1 2 Chicago 3 3 0 0

2 2 1 Seattle 2 9 0 0

3 entries in table.

Sample Display - show ds1e1 sample 5

Taking first sample... Waiting 5 seconds...

Taking second sample...

DS1E1 Sampled Data over 5 seconds

-------------------------------------

Log Rx Tx Rx Lack of Tx Lack of

Slot Conn Line Circuit Frames Frames Resources Resources

---- ---- ---- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------

2 1 1 Boston 1 8 0 0

2 1 2 Chicago 2 8 0 0

2 2 1 Seattle 1 1 0 0

3 entries in table.

303560-A Rev 00 2-241

stats [circuit

]

Displays DS1E1 input/output statistical information for all DS1E1 circuits or for a specific

circuit. The table contains the following information:

By examining the wfLogicalLineEntry MIB (ds1e1.mib), you can view errors by type.

Sample Display - show ds1e1 stats

DS1E1 Logical Line I/O Statistics:

----------------------------------

Log Receive Receive Transmit Transmit Total

Slot Conn Line Circuit Bytes Frames Bytes Frames Errors

---- ---- ---- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------

2 1 1 Boston 7124 274 190596 700 1257

2 1 2 Chicago 7124 274 190636 700 0

2 2 1 Seattle 153838 557 179276 644 43

3 entries in table.

Slot Slot identifier.

Conn Connector number.

Log Line Logical line number for this line.

Circuit Name of the circuit associated with this line.

Receive Bytes Number of octets received without error.

Receive Frames Number of frames received without error.

Transmit Bytes Number of octets transmitted without error.

Transmit Frames Number of frames transmitted without error.

Total Errors Total number of errors received. A single frame may receive more

than one error.

Note: The attribute wfLogicalLineEntry.wfLogicalLineRxErrors counts the total

number of frames that contain at least one error. Since one errored frame may

contain multiple errors, the Total Errors column in show ds1e1 stats output

indicates the total number of errors, not the number of errored frames.

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-242 303560-A Rev 00

Sample Display - show ds1e1 stats circuit Boston

DS1E1 Logical Line I/O Statistics:

----------------------------------

Log Receive Receive Transmit Transmit Total

Slot Conn Line Circuit Bytes Frames Bytes Frames Errors

---- ---- ---- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------

2 1 1 Boston 7150 275 190622 701 1257

Found 1 match out of 3 entries in table.

system errors [circuit

]

Displays statistical information about system errors for all circuits or for a specific circuit.

The table includes the following information:

Slot Slot identifier.

Conn Connector identifier.

Log Line Logical line number for this line.

Circuit Name of the circuit associated with this line.

Unaligned Frames Number of frames containing a bit count not divisible by eight.

Internal Overflows Number of frames received with internal overflow errors.

Overflow Frames Number of overflow errors received on this line in which the device’s

FIFO buffer overflowed before obtaining the next DMA cycle. No

buffer resources are available.

Losses of Sync Number of instances of sync losses detected on this line. This error

statistic is equivalent to the “red alarm received” statistic on T1.

303560-A Rev 00 2-243

Sample Display - show ds1e1 system errors

DS1E1 Logical Line System Errors:

---------------------------------

Log Unaligned Internal Overflow Losses

Slot Conn Line Circuit Frames Overflows Frames of Sync

---- ---- ---- ---------- --------- --------- --------- ---------

2 1 1 Boston 0 0 0 0

2 1 2 Chicago 0 0 0 0

2 2 1 Seattle 0 0 0 0

3 entries in table.

Sample Display - show ds1e1 system errors circuit Boston

DS1E1 Logical Line System Errors:

---------------------------------

Log Unaligned Internal Overflow Losses

Slot Conn Line Circuit Frames Overflows Frames of Sync

---- ---- ---- ---------- --------- --------- --------- ---------

2 1 1 Boston 0 0 0 0

Found 1 match out of 3 entries in table.

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-244 303560-A Rev 00

t1framer [current] [total] [interval [

] ]

Displays T1 framer error information.

Sample Display - show ds1e1 t1framer current

T1 Current Framer Statistics

----------------------------

Bipolar Out of Frame Loss of Loss of Alarm Remote

Violation Frame Error Frame Signal Indicat Alarm

Slot Conn Counts Counts Counts Failures Failures Failures Failures

---- ---- --------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------

2 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

2 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

2 entries in table.

Sample Display - show ds1e1 t1framer total

T1 Total Framer Statistics

--------------------------

Num Bipolar Out of Frame Loss of Loss of Alarm Remote

Vld Violation Frame Error Frame Signal Indicat Alarm

Slot Conn Intv Counts Counts Counts Failures Failures Failures Failures

---- ---- ---- --------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------

2 1 96 5 0 0 0 0 0 0

2 2 96 7 0 0 0 0 0 0

2 entries in table.

303560-A Rev 00 2-245

Sample Display - show ds1e1 t1framer interval

T1 Interval Framer Statistics

-----------------------------

Bipolar Out of Frame Loss of Loss of Alarm Remote

Violation Frame Error Frame Signal Indicat Alarm

Slot Conn Intv Counts Counts Counts Failures Failures Failures Failures

---- ---- ---- --------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------

2 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

2 1 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

2 1 3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

2 1 4 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

2 1 5 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

2 1 6 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

2 1 7 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

2 1 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

2 1 9 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

2 1 10 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

2 1 11 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

2 1 12 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

2 1 13 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

2 1 14 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

2 1 15 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

2 1 16 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

2 1 17 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

2 1 18 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

18 entries in table.

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-246 303560-A Rev 00

t1port

Displays T1 port information.

Sample Display - show ds1e1 t1port

T1 Port Status:

---------------

Loopback Accept BERT Line Line FDL FDL

Slot Conn State MTU State Loopback Mode Type Coding Type Addr

---- ---- ----------- ---- ----------- -------- ---- --------- ------ ---- ----

2 1 Red Alarm 1600 No Loop Enabled Off ESF B8ZS ANSI BY

1 entry in table.

timeslots [circuit

]

Displays timeslot assignments for all circuits or for a specific circuit. The table includes

the following information:

Slot Slot identifier.

Conn Connector identifier.

Log Line Logical line number for this line.

Circuit Name of the circuit associated with this line.

Timeslots Circuit’s timeslot assignment. An X under the timeslot indicates that

the logical line is using the timeslot. T1 lines have 24 slots and E1 lines

have 31. The following examples are for T1 lines.

303560-A Rev 00 2-247

Sample Display - show ds1e1 timeslots

DS1E1 Timeslot Assignment:

--------------------------

|----------Timeslots----------|

Log 1111111111222222222233

Slot Conn Line Circuit 1234567890123456789012345678901

---- ---- ---- ---------- -------------------------------

4 1 1 Boston XXXXXXX_________________

4 1 2 ________________________

4 1 3 ________________________

4 1 4 ________________________

4 1 5 ________________________

4 1 6 ________________________

4 1 7 ________________________

4 1 8 Chicago _______XXXXXXX__________

4 1 9 ________________________

4 1 10 ________________________

4 1 11 ________________________

4 1 12 ________________________

4 1 13 ________________________

4 1 14 ________________________

4 1 15 ______________X_________

4 1 16 _______________X________

4 1 17 ________________X_______

4 1 18 _________________X______

4 1 19 __________________X_____

4 1 20 ___________________X____

4 1 21 ____________________X___

4 1 22 _____________________X__

4 1 23 ______________________X_

4 1 24 _______________________X

24 entries in table.

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-248 303560-A Rev 00

Sample Display - show ds1e1 timeslots circuit Boston

DS1E1 Timeslot Assignment:

--------------------------

|----------Timeslots----------|

Log 1111111111222222222233

Slot Conn Line Circuit 1234567890123456789012345678901

---- ---- ---- ---------- -------------------------------

2 1 1 Boston X__X________________X___

4 1 1 Boston XXXXXXX_________________

Found 1 match out of 24 entries in table.

transmit errors [circuit

]

Displays statistical information about transmission errors for all circuits or for a specific

circuit. The table includes the following information:

Slot Slot identifier.

Conn Connector identifier.

Log Line Logical line number for this line.

Circuit Name of the circuit associated with this line.

Underflow Frames Number of retransmission underflow errors. These occur when the

FIFO buffer empties before the device obtains the next DMA request.

Descriptor Errors Internal device error.

303560-A Rev 00 2-249

Sample Display - show ds1e1 transmit errors

DS1E1 Logical Line Transmit Errors:

-----------------------------------

Log Underflow Descriptor

Slot Conn Line Circuit Frames Errors

---- ---- ---- ------- ---------- ----------

2 1 1 Boston 1 0

2 1 2 Chicago 0 0

2 2 1 Seattle 1 0

3 entries in table.

Sample Display - show ds1e1 transmit errors circuit Boston

DS1E1 Logical Line Transmit Errors:

-----------------------------------

Log Underflow Descriptor

Slot Conn Line Circuit Frames Errors

---- ---- ---- ------- ---------- ----------

2 1 1 Boston 1 0

Found 1 match out of 3 entries in table.

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-250 303560-A Rev 00

version

Displays the current version and modification date for the ds1e1.bat script.

Sample Display - show ds1e1 version

ds1e1.bat Version: #.## Date: mm/dd/yy.

303560-A Rev 00 2-251

show dsx3

The show dsx3

command displays DS-3 and E-3 information for Asynchronous

Transfer Mode (ATM) interfaces. For more information about any of the column

descriptions, refer to RFC 1407, “Definitions of Managed Objects for the DS3/E3

Interface Type.”

The show dsx3 command supports the following subcommand options:

ccts

Displays information about all dsx3 circuits. The table displays the following information:

ccts history [<circuit_name>]

current [circuit_name] version

Circuit Name The name of the circuit associated with this line.

Index Line and line level identifier.

Sec into Interval The number of seconds into the current 15-minute interval.

# of Intervals The number of complete 15-minute intervals. The value is 96

unless the interface was brought on line within the last 24 hours.

In that case, the value is the number of complete 15-minute

intervals since the interface has been on line.

Line Coding The line coding on this circuit. The line coding options are

• B3ZS

•HDB3

The line coding specifies patterns of normal bits and bipolar

violations used to replace sequences of zero bits of a certain

length.

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-252 303560-A Rev 00

Sample Display - show dsx3 ccts

DSX3 entries:

------------

Sec into # of Line

Circuit Name Index Interval Intervals Coding Line Type Status

------------ ------- -------- --------- ------ --------- -------

A41 1404101 704 68 HDB3 E3_other NoAlarm

A61 1405101 705 68 B3ZS DS3_M23 NoAlarm

Line Type The line type of this circuit. The line type indicates the variety of

DS-3 C-bit or E-3 applications implemented on the interface.

The type of interface affects the interpretation of the usage and

error statistics. The options are

• DS3_M23 (ANSI T1.107-1988)

• DS3_Cbit (ANSI T1.107a-1989)

•E3_framed (CCITT G.751)

• E3_plcp (ETSI T/NA[91]18)

Status The line status of the interface. The possible status variables are

•NoAlarm - no alarm present

•RRAI - receiving yellow remote alarm indication

•TRAI - transmitting yellow remote alarm indication

•RAIS - receiving Alarm Indications Signal (AIS) failure state

•TAIS - transmitting AIS failure state

•LOF - receiving Loss of Frame (LOF) failure state

•LOS - receiving Loss of Signal (LOS) failure state

•Loopback - looping the received signal

•TestCode - receiving a test pattern

•LowSignal - low signal

303560-A Rev 00 2-253

current [

]

Displays the general circuit information in addition to current DS-3/E-3 information for

the specified circuit or for all circuits. For more information on column definitions, see the

ccts command.

The table displays the following information:

General Circuit Information

Circuit Name Name of the circuit associated with this line.

Index Line and line level identifier.

Sec into Interval The number of seconds into the current 15-minute interval.

# of Intervals The number of complete 15-minute intervals.

Line Coding The line coding on this circuit. The line coding options are

• B3ZS

• HDB3

Line Type The line type of this circuit. The options are

• DS3_M23 (ANSI T1.107-1988)

• DS3_Cbit (ANSI T1.107a-1989)

•E3_framed

(CCITT G.751)

• E3_plcp (ETSI T/NA[91]18)

Status The line status of the interface. The possible status variables are

•NoAlarm - no alarm present

•RRAI - receiving yellow remote alarm indication

•TRAI -- transmitting yellow remote alarm indication

•RAIS - receiving Alarm Indications Signal (AIS) failure state

•TAIS - transmitting AIS failure state

•LOF - receiving Loss of Frame (LOF) failure state

•LOS - receiving Loss of Signal (LOS) failure state

•Loopback - looping the received signal

•TestCode - receiving a test pattern

•LowSignal - low signal

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-254 303560-A Rev 00

Line Stats

Circuit Name Name of the circuit associated with this line.

Interval The current interval.

LESs The number of line errored seconds (LESs) in the current interval.

An LES is a second in which one or more coding violations

occurred or one or more LOS defects were detected.

SEFSs The number of severely errored framing seconds (SEFSs) in the

current interval. An SEFS is a second with one or more OOF errors

or an AIS defect.

UASs The number of unavailable seconds (UASs) in the current interval.

LCVs The number of line coding violations (LCVs) in the current

interval. A line coding violation is a count of both bipolar

violations (BPVs) and excessive zero (EXZ) error events.

Pbit Status

Circuit Name Name of the circuit associated with this line.

Interval The current interval.

PESs The number of P-bit errored seconds (PESs) in the current interval.

A PES is a second with one or more P-bit coding violations,

one or more OOF defects, or a detected incoming AIS. The PES

does not increment when counting UASs.

PSESs The number of P-bit severely errored seconds (PSESs) in the

current interval. A PSES is a second with 44 or more PCVs, one or

more OOF defects, or a detected incoming AIS. The PSES value

does not increment when counting UASs.

UASs The number of unavailable seconds (UASs) in the current interval.

PCVs The number of P-bit coding violations (PCVs) in the current

interval. For all DS3/E3 applications, a coding violation error event

is a P-bit Parity Error event. A P-bit Parity Error event occurs

when the DS-3/E-3 M-frame receives a P-bit code that is not

identical to the corresponding locally calculated code.

303560-A Rev 00 2-255

Cbit Stats

Circuit Name Name of the circuit associated with this line.

Interval The current interval.

CESs The number of C-bit errored seconds (CESs) in the current interval.

An CES is a second with one or more CCVs, one or more OOF

defects, or a detected incoming AIS. This count is only for the

C-bit Parity DS3 applications. The CES value does not increment

when counting UASs.

CSESs The number of C-bit severely errored seconds (CSESs) in the

current interval. A CSES is a second with 44 or more CCVs, one or

more OOF defects, or a detected incoming AIS. This count applies

only to C-bit Parity DS3 applications. The CSES value does not

increment when counting UASs.

UASs The number of unavailable seconds (UASs) in the current interval.

CCVs The number of C-bit coding violations (CCVs) in the current

interval. For C-bit Parity and SYNTRAN DS3 applications, this is

the count of coding violations reported via the C-bits. For C-bit

Parity, it is a count of CP-bit parity errors occurring in the

accumulation interval.

FarEnd Cbit Stats

Circuit Name Name of the circuit associated with this line.

Interval The current interval.

CESs The number of C-bit errored seconds (CESs) in the current interval.

An CES is a second with one or more CCVs, one or more OOF

defects, or a detected incoming AIS. This count is only for C-bit

Parity DS3 applications. The CES value does not increment when

counting UASs.

CSESs The number of C-bit severely errored seconds (CSESs) in the

current interval. A CSES is a second with 44 or more CCVs, one or

more OOF defects, or a detected incoming AIS. This count applies

only to C-bit Parity DS3 applications. The CSES value does not

increment when counting UASs.

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-256 303560-A Rev 00

UASs The number of unavailable seconds (UASs) in the current interval.

CCVs The number of C-bit coding violations (CCVs) in the current

interval. For C-bit Parity DS3 applications, this is the count of

coding violations reported via the C-bits. For C-bit Parity, it is a

count of CP-bit parity errors occurring in the accumulation

interval.

DS3 Plcp Stats

Circuit Name Name of the circuit associated with this line.

Interval The current interval.

SEFSs The number of severely errored framing seconds (SEFSs) in the

current interval. An SEFS is a second with one or more OOF errors

or an AIS defect.

UASs The number of unavailable seconds (UASs) in the current interval.

Status Indicates the line status of the interface. The possible status

variables are

•NoAlarm - no alarm present

•RRAI - receiving yellow remote alarm indication

•TRAI -- transmitting yellow remote alarm indication

•RAIS - receiving Alarm Indications Signal (AIS) failure state

•TAIS - transmitting AIS failure state

•LOF - receiving Loss of Frame (LOF) failure state

•LOS - receiving Loss of Signal (LOS) failure state

•Loopback - looping the received signal

•TestCode - receiving a test pattern

•LowSignal - low signal

303560-A Rev 00 2-257

Sample Display - show dsx3 current

Sec into # of Line

Circuit Name Index Interval Intervals Coding Line Type Status

------------- ------- -------- --------- ------ ---------- ---------

A41 1404101 747 68 HDB3 E3_other NoAlarm

Line stats:

-----------

Circuit Name Interval LESs SEFSs UASs LCVs

---------------- -------- ----- ----- ----- --------

A41 current 0 0 0 0

Pbit status:

-----------

Circuit Name Interval PESs PSESs UASs PCVs

---------------- -------- ----- ----- ----- --------

A41 current 0 0 0 0

Cbit stats:

-----------

Circuit Name Interval CESs CSESs UASs CCVs

---------------- -------- ----- ----- ----- --------

A41 current 0 0 0 0

FarEnd Cbit stats:

------------------

Circuit Name Interval CESs CSESs UASs CCVs

---------------- -------- ----- ----- ----- --------

A41 current 0 0 0 0

Sec into # of Line

Circuit Name Index Interval Intervals Coding Line Type Status

------------- ------- -------- --------- ------ ---------- ---------

A61 1405101 749 68 B3ZS DS3_M23 NoAlarm

Line stats:

-----------

Circuit Name Interval LESs SEFSs UASs LCVs

---------------- -------- ----- ----- ----- --------

A61 current 0 0 0 0

(continued)

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-258 303560-A Rev 00

Pbit status:

-----------

Circuit Name Interval PESs PSESs UASs PCVs

---------------- -------- ----- ----- ----- --------

A61 current 0 0 0 0

Cbit stats:

-----------

Circuit Name Interval CESs CSESs UASs CCVs

---------------- -------- ----- ----- ----- --------

A61 current 0 0 0 0

FarEnd Cbit stats:

------------------

Circuit Name Interval CESs CSESs UASs CCVs

---------------- -------- ----- ----- ----- --------

A61 current 0 0 0 0

DS3 Plcp stats:

---------------

Circuit Name Interval SEFSs UASs Status

---------------- -------- ----- ----- ----------

A61 total 0 0 LOF

history [

]

Displays the general circuit information in addition to historical DS-3/E-3 information for

the specified circuit or for all circuits. For more information on any of the following

column definitions, see the cct and current commands.

The table displays the following information:

General Circuit Information

Circuit Name Name of the circuit associated with this line.

Index Line and line level identifier.

Sec into Interval The number of seconds into the current interval.

# of Intervals The number of complete intervals.

Line Coding The line coding on this circuit. The line coding options are

• B3ZS

• HDB3

303560-A Rev 00 2-259

Line Type The line type of this circuit. The options are

• DS3_M23 (ANSI T1.107-1988)

• DS3_Cbit (ANSI T1.107a-1989)

•E3_framed

(CCITT G.751)

• E3_plcp (ETSI T/NA[91]18)

Status The line status of the interface. The possible status variables are

•NoAlarm - no alarm present

•RRAI - receiving yellow remote alarm indication

•TRAI -- transmitting yellow remote alarm indication

•RAIS - receiving Alarm Indications Signal (AIS) failure state

•TAIS - transmitting AIS failure state

•LOF - receiving Loss of Frame (LOF) failure state

•LOS - receiving Loss of Signal (LOS) failure state

•Loopback - looping the received signal

•TestCode - receiving a test pattern

•LowSignal - low signal

Line Stats

Circuit Name Name of the circuit associated with this line.

Interval A historical breakdown of intervals, including

• The current interval (incomplete)

• All but the last two intervals (that is, all of the intervals except the

current interval and the previous interval)

• The previous interval (that is, the last complete interval)

• All of the intervals (total)

LESs The number of line errored seconds (LESs) for each interval

category.

SEFSs The number of severely errored framing seconds (SEFSs) for each

interval category.

UASs The number of unavailable seconds (UASs) for each interval

category.

LCVs The number of line coding violations (LCVs) for each interval

category.

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-260 303560-A Rev 00

Pbit Status

Circuit Name Name of the circuit associated with this line.

Interval A historical breakdown of intervals, including

• The current interval (incomplete)

• All but the last two intervals (that is, all of the intervals except the

current interval and the previous interval)

• The previous interval (that is, the last complete interval)

• All of the intervals (total)

PESs The number of P-bit errored seconds (PESs) for each interval

category.

PSESs The number of P-bit severely errored seconds (PSESs) for each

interval category.

UASs The number of unavailable seconds (UASs) for each interval

category.

PCVs The number of P-bit coding violations (PCVs) for each interval

category.

Cbit Stats

Circuit Name Name of the circuit associated with this line.

Interval A historical breakdown of intervals, including

• The current interval (incomplete)

• All but the last two intervals (that is, all of the intervals except the

current interval and the previous interval)

• The previous interval (that is, the last complete interval)

• All of the intervals (total)

CESs The number of C-bit errored seconds (CESs) for each interval

category.

CSESs The number of C-bit severely errored seconds (CSESs) for each

interval category.

UASs The number of unavailable seconds (UASs) for each interval

category.

CCVs The number of C-bit coding violations (CCVs) for each interval

category.

303560-A Rev 00 2-261

FarEnd Cbit Stats

Circuit Name Name of the circuit associated with this line.

Interval A historical breakdown of intervals, including

• The current interval (incomplete)

• All but the last two intervals (that is, all of the intervals except the

current interval and the previous interval)

• The previous interval (that is, the last complete interval)

• All of the intervals (total)

CESs The number of C-bit errored seconds (CESs) for each interval

category.

CSESs The number of C-bit severely errored seconds (CSESs) for each

interval category.

UASs The number of unavailable seconds (UASs) for each interval

category.

CCVs The number of C-bit coding violations (CCVs) for each interval

category.

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-262 303560-A Rev 00

DS3 Plcp Stats

Circuit Name Name of the circuit associated with this line.

Interval A historical breakdown of intervals, including

• The current interval (incomplete)

• All but the last two intervals (that is, all of the intervals except the

current interval and the previous interval)

• The previous interval (that is, the last complete interval)

• All of the intervals (total)

SEFSs The number of severely errored framing seconds (SEFSs) for each

interval category.

UASs The number of unavailable seconds (UASs) for each interval

category.

Status Indicates the line status of the interface. The possible status

variables are

•NoAlarm - no alarm present

•RRAI - receiving yellow remote alarm indication

•TRAI -- transmitting yellow remote alarm indication

•RAIS - receiving Alarm Indications Signal (AIS) failure state

•TAIS - transmitting AIS failure state

•LOF - receiving Loss of Frame (LOF) failure state

•LOS - receiving Loss of Signal (LOS) failure state

•Loopback - looping the received signal

•TestCode - receiving a test pattern

•LowSignal - low signal

303560-A Rev 00 2-263

Sample Display - show dsx3 history

DSX3 entries:

-------------

Sec into # of Line

Circuit Name Index Interval Intervals Coding Line Type Status

------------- ------- -------- --------- ------ ---------- ---------

A41 1404101 830 68 HDB3 E3_other NoAlarm

Line stats:

-----------

Circuit Name Interval LESs SEFSs UASs LCVs

---------------- -------- ----- ----- ----- --------

A41 current 0 0 0 0

A41 1-67 0 0 0 0

A41 68 3 3 0 13

A41 totals 3 3 0 13

Pbit status:

-----------

Circuit Name Interval PESs PSESs UASs PCVs

---------------- -------- ----- ----- ----- --------

A41 current 0 0 0 0

A41 1-67 0 0 0 0

A41 68 3 3 0 15

A41 totals 3 3 0 15

Cbit stats:

-----------

Circuit Name Interval CESs CSESs UASs CCVs

---------------- -------- ----- ----- ----- --------

A41 current 0 0 0 0

A41 1-67 0 0 0 0

A41 68 3 3 0 0

A41 totals 3 3 0 0

FarEnd Cbit stats:

------------------

Circuit Name Interval CESs CSESs UASs CCVs

---------------- -------- ----- ----- ----- --------

A41 current 0 0 0 0

A41 1-67 0 0 0 0

A41 68 4 0 0 15

A41 totals 4 0 0 15 (continued)

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-264 303560-A Rev 00

DS3 Plcp stats:

---------------

Circuit Name Interval SEFSs UASs Status

---------------- -------- ----- ----- ----------

A41 total 0 0 LOF

Sec into # of Line

Circuit Name Index Interval Intervals Coding Line Type Status

------------- ------- -------- --------- ------ ---------- ---------

A61 1405101 848 68 HDB3 E3_other NoAlarm

Line stats:

-----------

Circuit Name Interval LESs SEFSs UASs LCVs

---------------- -------- ----- ----- ----- --------

A61 current 0 0 0 0

A61 1-67 0 0 0 0

A61 68 4 3 0 131088

A61 totals 4 3 0 131088

Pbit status:

-----------

Circuit Name Interval PESs PSESs UASs PCVs

---------------- -------- ----- ----- ----- --------

A61 current 0 0 0 0

A61 1-67 0 0 0 0

A61 68 4 3 0 6850

A61 totals 4 3 0 6850

Cbit stats:

-----------

Circuit Name Interval CESs CSESs UASs CCVs

---------------- -------- ----- ----- ----- --------

A61 current 0 0 0 0

A61 1-67 0 0 0 0

A61 68 3 3 0 0

A61 totals 3 3 0 0

FarEnd Cbit stats:

------------------

Circuit Name Interval CESs CSESs UASs CCVs

---------------- -------- ----- ----- ----- --------

A61 current 0 0 0 0

A61 1-67 0 0 0 0

A61 68 2 1 0 481

A61 totals 2 1 0 481

(continued)

303560-A Rev 00 2-265

DS3 Plcp stats:

---------------

Circuit Name Interval SEFSs UASs Status

---------------- -------- ----- ----- ----------

A61 total 0 0 LOF

version

Displays the dsx3 version.

Sample Display - show dsx3 version

dsx3.bat Version: #.## Date: mm/dd/yy.

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-266 303560-A Rev 00

show dvmrp

The show dvmrp <

option

> commands display configuration, state, and statistical

information about the Distance Vector Multicast Routing Protocol (DVMRP). For

detailed information about the Bay Networks implementation of DVMRP, refer to

Configuring IP Utilities.

The show dvmrp command supports the following subcommand options:

base

Displays the base level information for DVMRP. The table provides the following

information:

base stats circuits [<circuit name>]

circuits [<circuit name> | enabled | disabled]stats tunnels [<circuit name>]

neighbors [<circuit name>] tunnels [<circuit name> | enabled | disabled]

routes main [<IP address> | <search

pattern>] version

routes vifs [<IP address> | <search pattern>]

Protocol Name of the protocol, which in this case is DVMRP.

State: State of DVMRP on the router: Up, Down, Init (initializing), or

Not Present.

Full Update Interval Specifies, in seconds, how often route updates containing complete

routing tables are sent.

Triggered Update Interval Specifies, in seconds, how often triggered route updates, generated

in response to routing changes, are sent.

Leaf Timeout Specifies, in seconds, the virtual interface hold down timer.

303560-A Rev 00 2-267

Sample Display - show dvmrp base

DVMRP Base Information

----------------------

Protocol State

-------- -----------

DVMRP Up

Full Update Interval = 60

Triggered Update Interval = 5

Leaf Timeout = 200

Neighbor Timeout = 140

Neighbor Probe Interval = 190

Route Switch Timeout = 140

Route Expiration Timeout = 200

Garbage Timeout = 340

Estimated Routes = 25

Actual Routes = 2833

Neighbor Timeout Specifies, in seconds, how long a router neighbor is considered

“up” without the receipt of a subsequent DVMRP packet from that

neighbor.

Route Switch Timeout How long to wait, without receiving a subsequent route update

from the original best-hop neighbor, before switching to a different

neighbor.

Route Expiration Timeout Specifies, in seconds, how long a route is considered valid for

forwarding purposes without the receipt of a subsequent route

update specifying that the route is reachable.

Garbage Timeout Specifies, in seconds, how long a route exists in the routing table

without the receipt of a subsequent route update specifying that the

route is reachable.

Estimated Routes Estimated number of routes.

Actual Routes Number of entries currently in the route table.

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-268 303560-A Rev 00

circuits [<

circuit name>

| enabled | disabled]

Displays the DVMRP circuit information for all circuits, a specified circuit, enabled

circuits, or disabled circuits. The table contains the following information:

Sample Display - show dvmrp circuits

DVMRP Circuits

--------------

Circuit State Metric Threshold Route Enabled

-------- -------- ------ --------- -------------

E22 Up 1 1 Yes

E31 Up 1 1 Yes

E32 Up 1 1 Yes

E33 Up 1 1 Yes

E34 Up 1 1 Yes

5 Total entries.

Circuit Circuit name of this virtual interface.

State Current state of the virtual interface: Up, Down, Init (initializing),

Invalid, or Not Pres (not present).

Metric Cost of using this hop.

Threshold Threshold for forwarding datagrams out of this circuit. If the time

to live (TTL) is less than the threshold, the datagram is dropped.

Route Enabled Indicates whether this route is enabled. If enabled, this circuit will

be used to propagate routing information, information about the

locally attached network to this circuit will be incorporated into

routing updates, and multicast datagrams will be forwarded “in

native mode” via this circuit. If disabled, this circuit exists only to

support unicast tunnels; in this case, all other parameters are

ignored.

303560-A Rev 00 2-269

neighbors [<

circuit name>

]

Displays all DVMRP neighbor information or neighbor information for a specified circuit.

The table displays the following information:

Sample Display - show dvmrp neighbors

DVMRP Neighbors

---------------

Circuit Local Tunnel IP Neighbor IP Neigh Timer

-------- --------------- --------------- -----------

E21 Physical 192.32.28.221 135

E21 192.32.28.33 192.32.1.2 140

2 Total entries.

routes main [<

IP address>

| <

search pattern>

]

Displays the main DVMRP routing table. You can specify routes that match an IP address

or routes with a source network number matching a portion of an IP address (for example,

192.34.*). The table includes the following information:

Circuit Circuit name of this virtual interface.

Local Tunnel IP Local tunnel ID of the virtual interface. This value is Physical for

non-tunneled interfaces. Otherwise, it contains the IP address of the

local tunnel endpoint.

Neighbor IP IP address of the neighboring router.

Neigh Timer Current value of the neighbor timer.

Source Network Source network of multicast datagrams.

Mask Mask for the specified source network.

Next Hop Addr Next-hop multicast router to the specified source network.

Next Hop CCT Circuit name of the next-hop virtual interface. In the case of

tunneled interfaces, the remote tunnel endpoint is the value in the

Next Hop Address field.

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-270 303560-A Rev 00

Sample Display - show dvmrp routes main

DVMRP Main Routes

-----------------

State: L = Local interface

T = Timed route

G = Garbage route

Source Network Mask Next Hop Addr Next Hop CCT Age Cost State

--------------- --------------- --------------- --------------- --- ---- -----

192.32.28.0 255.255.255.0 192.32.28.33 E21 0 1 L

192.32.29.0 255.255.255.0 192.32.1.2 E23 20 2 T

2 Entries found.

routes vifs [<

IP address>

| <

search pattern>

]

Displays all DVMRP Virtual Interface (VIF) routes, or just VIF routes for a specified IP

address or source network number matching a portion of an IP address (for example,

192.34.*). The table displays the following information:

Age Current value of the route timer

Cost Current route metric.

State Set of flags indicating the state of the entry:

T Timed route -- route timer is running.

L Local route -- specified network is local to this router.

G Garbage timer -- route is unreachable; garbage timer is running.

303560-A Rev 00 2-271

Sample Display - show dvmrp routes vifs

DVMRP Virtual Interface Routes

------------------------------

State: C = Child

L = Leaf

H = Hold-down

Source State Circuit Remote Tunnel Dom Router Sub Router

--------------- ------- ------- --------------- --------------- -------------

10.0.0.0 C E21 Physical None 192.32.28.22

10.0.0.0 E21 192.32.1.2 None None

13.0.32.0 C E21 Physical None 192.32.28.22

13.0.32.0 E21 192.32.1.2 None None

Source Source network for multicast datagrams.

State State of the interface for this route, as follows:

•L (Leaf) - No neighboring routers consider this local network or

tunnel to be on the shortest path to the specified source network.

•C (Child) - The router is responsible for forwarding datagrams

saved by the specified network associated with this interface. If

the leaf flag is also set, datagrams will only be forwarded when

there are any local hosts belonging to the particular multicast

group specified by the destination address.

•H - Hold-down timer is running.

Circuit Circuit name of this virtual interface.

Remote Tunnel Remote tunnel ID of this virtual interface. This value is Physical for

non-tunneled interfaces. Otherwise, it contains the unicast IP

address of the remote tunnel endpoint.

Dom Router Address of the dominant router for this virtual interface. The

specified router will forward packets onto the local network or

tunnel that are sourced by the specified source network.

Sub Router Address of a subordinate router for this virtual interface. This

indicates that at least one neighboring router considers this local

network or tunnel to be on the shortest path to the specified source

network.

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-272 303560-A Rev 00

stats circuits [<

circuit name>

]

Displays statistics for all DVMRP circuits or a specified DVMRP circuit. The table

displays the following information:

Sample Display - show dvmrp stats circuits

DVMRP Circuit Statistics

------------------------

Circuit In Pkts Out Pkts Updates rec Updates sent In Drops Out Drops

-------- -------- -------- ------------ ------------ --------- ---------

E21 134235 1079169 6795 8022 0 0

1 Total entries.

stats tunnels [<

circuit name>

]

Displays all DVMRP tunnel statistic for all circuits or for a specified circuit. The table

displays the following information:

Circuit Circuit name of this virtual interface.

In Pkts Number of datagrams received on this interface.

Out Pkts Number of datagrams sent on this interface.

Updates rec Number of DVMRP route update messages received.

Updates sent Number of DVMRP route update messages sent.

In Drops Number of inbound datagrams discarded because the source route

was not found.

Out Drops Number of outbound datagrams discarded because the source route

was not found.

Circuit Circuit name of this virtual interface.

Remote IP Address Unicast IP address of remote tunnel endpoint of this virtual

interface.

Packets In Number of datagrams received on this interface.

303560-A Rev 00 2-273

Sample Display - show dvmrp stats tunnels

DVMRP Tunnel Statistics

-----------------------

Circuit Remote IP Packets Packets Updates Updates Drop Drop

Address In Out Rec'd Sent In Out

------- --------------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------

E21 192.32.1.2 1090940 37273 8875 37267 1117 0

1 Total entries.

Packets Out Number of datagrams sent on this interface.

Updates Rec'd Number of DVMRP route update messages received.

Updates Sent Number of DVMRP route update messages sent.

Drop In Number of inbound datagrams discarded because the source route

was not found, or because of an invalid inner address (that is, the

destination address of the encapsulated datagram was not a

multicast address).

Drop Out Number of outbound datagrams discarded because the source route

was not found.

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-274 303560-A Rev 00

tunnels [<

circuit name>

| enabled | disabled]

Displays the DVMRP tunnel configuration information for all circuits, a specified circuit,

enabled circuits, or disabled circuits. The table displays the following information:

Sample Display - show dvmrp tunnels

DVMRP Tunnels

-------------

Circuit Local IP Remote IP State Encaps Metric Threshold

------- --------------- --------------- -------- ------ ------ ---------

E21 192.32.28.33 192.32.1.2 Up IPinIP 1 1

1 Total entries.

Circuit Circuit name of this virtual interface.

Local IP Unicast IP address of the local network endpoint of this virtual

interface.

Remote IP Unicast IP address of remote network endpoint of this virtual

interface.

State Current state of the virtual interface: Up, Down, Init (initializing),

Invalid, or Not Pres (not present).

Encaps Indicates if these tunneled datagrams will be encapsulated within

an IP datagram, or will they be loosely encapsulated using the

LSSR option (for the latter, refer to RFC 1075; this is needed for

backward compatibility).

Metric Cost of using this tunnel.

Threshold Threshold for forwarding datagrams through this tunnel. If the time

to live (TTL) is less than the threshold, the datagram is dropped.

303560-A Rev 00 2-275

version

Displays the current version and modification date for the dvmrp.bat script.

Sample Display - show dvmrp version

dvmrp.bat Version: #.## Date: mm/dd/yy.

show e1

The show e1 <

option

> commands display configuration, status, and statistical

information about the E1 lines. For more information about E1, refer to Configuring and

Managing Routers with Site Manager.

The show e1 command supports the following subcommand options:

alerts frame errors [circuit <circuit name>]

base [circuit <circuit name>] line errors [circuit <circuit name>]

disabled version

enabled

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-276 303560-A Rev 00

alerts

Displays all circuits that are enabled but not up. Use this display to identify the interfaces

that are not working. The table includes the following information:

Slot Slot identifier; ranges from 1 to 14.

Conn Connector identifier: 1 or 2.

Circuit Name of the circuit associated with this line.

HDB3 Support Status of High Density Bipolar Coding: Enabled or Disabled.

HDB3 maintains sufficient “ones” density within the E1 data

stream without disturbing data integrity.

Clock Mode Source of the E1 transmit clock as follows:

•Internal - Clock is generated internally.

•Slave - Clock is derived from the incoming data stream.

•Manual - Jumpers on the E1 link module determine the clock

source (internal or slave.)

MiniDacs Configuration Function assigned to each of 31 E1 channels (timeslots). The table

shows these functions in a string of 31 characters, one character

per timeslot. The characters and their meaning are as follows:

•1 - Assigns the timeslot to the first HDLC controller (Circuit 1).

•2 - Assigns the timeslot to the second HDLC controller

(Circuit 2).

•D - Assigns the timeslot to data passthrough (HDLC controller

to HCLC controller).

•I - Assigns the timeslot to idle.

•V - Assigns the timeslot to voice passthrough (HDLC controller

to HCLC controller).

For example, the sample display for the base command shows

the MiniDacs Configuration as:

11111111IIIIIIII11111111IIIIIII.

This string shows that timeslots 1 - 8 and 17 - 24 are assigned to

the first HDLC controller (1) and timeslots 9 - 16 and 25 - 31 are

idle (I).

303560-A Rev 00 2-277

Sample Display - e1 alerts

E1 Modules on Alert:

--------------------

HDB3 Clock

Slot Conn Circuit Support Mode MiniDacs Configuration

---- ---- ------- -------- -------- -------------------------------

Found 0 matches out of 2 entries in table.

base [circuit

]

Displays the base level information for all E1 circuits or a specific circuit. For definitions

of the columns in the table, see the alerts command.

Sample Display - show e1 base

E1 Modules:

-----------

HDB3 Clock

Slot Conn Circuit Support Mode MiniDacs Configuration

---- ---- ------- -------- -------- -------------------------------

2 1 E1-21 Disabled Internal 11111111IIIIIIII11111111IIIIIII

2 2 E1-22 Disabled Slave 22222222IIIIIIII22222222IIIIIII

2 entries in table.

Sample Display - show e1 base circuit e1-21

E1 Modules:

-----------

HDB3 Clock

Slot Conn Circuit Support Mode MiniDacs Configuration

---- ---- ------- -------- -------- -------------------------------

2 1 E1-21 Disabled Internal 11111111IIIIIIII11111111IIIIIII

Found 1 match out of 2 entries in table.

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-278 303560-A Rev 00

disabled

Displays E1 circuits that a user has manually disabled. For definitions of the columns in

the table, see the alerts command.

Sample Display - show e1 disabled

E1 Modules Disabled:

--------------------

HDB3 Clock

Slot Conn Circuit Support Mode MiniDacs Configuration

---- ---- ------- -------- -------- -------------------------------

Found 0 matches out of 2 entries in table.

enabled

Displays E1 circuits that a user has manually enabled. For definitions of the columns in the

table, see the alerts command.

Sample Display - show e1 enabled

E1 Modules Enabled:

-------------------

HDB3 Clock

Slot Conn Circuit Support Mode MiniDacs Configuration

---- ---- ------- -------- -------- -------------------------------

2 1 E1-21 Disabled Internal 11111111IIIIIIII11111111IIIIIII

2 2 E1-22 Disabled Slave 22222222IIIIIIII22222222IIIIIII

Found 2 matches out of 2 entries in table.

303560-A Rev 00 2-279

frame errors [circuit

]

Displays E1 frame errors for all circuits or for a specific circuit. The table includes the

following information:

Sample Display - show e1 frame

E1 Module Frame Errors:

-----------------------

Signalling Unframed

Frame All 1's All 1's

Slot Conn Circuit Errors Received Received

---- ---- ------- ---------- ---------- ----------

2 1 E1-21 0 0 0

2 2 E1-22 0 0 0

2 entries in table.

Slot Slot identifier; ranges from 1 to 14.

Conn Connector identifier: 1 or 2.

Circuit Name of the circuit associated with this line.

Frame Errors Number of frame errors on this line. This counter indicates errors in

the frame alignment signal.

Signalling All 1’s Received Number of occurrences of receive signaling all 1’s. This error

occurs when timeslot 16 has been all 1’s for two consecutive

frames. This statistic is relevant only for Channel Associated

Signalling (CAS) mode.

Unframed All 1’s Received Number of occurrences of receive unframed all 1’s. This occurs

when less than three bit positions of the last aligned and nonaligned

frames have been 0.

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-280 303560-A Rev 00

line errors [circuit

]

Displays several categories of line errors for all circuits or for a specific circuit. The table

includes the following information:

Sample Display - show e1 line errors

E1 Module Line Errors:

----------------------

Remote Multiframe

BiPolar Alarms Alarms Multiframe Sync

Slot Conn Circuit Violtns Received Received Errors Losses

---- ---- ------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------

2 1 E1-21 0 0 0 1 0

2 2 E1-22 0 0 0 1 0

2 entries in table.

Slot Slot identifier; ranges from 1 to 14.

Conn Connector identifier: 1 or 2.

Circuit Name of the circuit associated with this line.

BiPolar Violtns Number of bipolar violations on this line. On an E1 line, ones are

transmitted as alternating negative and positive pulses, and zeros

are simply the absence of pulses. Thus a bipolar violation occurs if

there are two or more consecutive pulses of the same polarity. This

error count indicates the quality of the E1 line.

Remote Alarms Received Number of remote alarms received on this line. This error is

equivalent to a “yellow alarm” in T1. It means that we have not lost

sync but that the remote side of the connection has detected a

problem with the line.

Multiframe Alarms Received Number of multiframe alarms received on this line. This error

statistic is relevant only in CAS mode and occurs when bit 6 of

timeslot 16 in frame 0 is set for two consecutive multiframes.

Multiframe Errors Number of multiframe errors on this line. This error occurs

whenever two consecutive CAS multiframe alignment words are

received with an error.

Sync Losses Number of instances of sync losses detected on this line. This error

statistic is equivalent to the “red alarm received” statistic on T1.

303560-A Rev 00 2-281

version

Displays the current version number and modification date for the e1.bat script.

Sample Display - show e1 version

e1.bat Version: #.## Date: mm/dd/yy.

show egp

The show egp <

option

> commands display information about the Exterior Gateway

Protocol (EGP). For detailed information about the Bay Networks implementation of EGP,

refer to Configuring IP Services.

The show egp command supports the following subcommand options:

base

Displays the base record for EGP. The table includes the following information:

base stats

neighbors version

Protocol Name of the protocol, in this case EGP.

State State of the protocol on the router: Enabled or Disabled.

Local AS Local Autonomous System (the AS to which this router belongs).

NIC assigns this decimal number.

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-282 303560-A Rev 00

Sample Display - show egp base

EGP Base Information

--------------------

Protocol State Local AS

-------- -------- --------

EGP Enabled 1001

neighbors

Displays information about each of the neighbors configured for this router. The table

includes the following information:

Local Address Local IP interface address for this neighbor.

Neighbor Address Neighbor’s IP address.

State State of the interface: Absent (not yet started), Disabled

(manually), Down, Init (initializing), Up.

Local Acquisition Mode Whether or not the router initiates EGP connections: Active or

Passive. Active means the router is the initiator.

Local Poll Mode Type of neighbor reachability algorithm this local neighbor

executes as follows:

•Active - Router sends Hello and Poll commands to request

reachability status from its neighbor.

•Passive - Router responds to Hello and Poll commands with I-H-

U and Update messages.

•Both - Router sends and responds to Hello and Poll commands.

303560-A Rev 00 2-283

Sample Display - show egp neighbors

EGP Configured Neighbors

-------------------------

Neighbor Local Local

Local Address Address State Acquisition Mode Poll Mode

--------------- --------------- ---------- ---------------- ---------

192.32.28.1 192.32.28.65 Up Active Active

1 Entries.

stats

Displays statistical information for EGP. The table includes the following information:

Sample Display - show egp stats

EGP Statistics

--------------

EGP In EGP In EGP Out EGP Out Total EGP

Good Error Good Error Messages

---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------

24 1 24 0 49

EGP In Good Number of error-free incoming messages.

EGP In Error Number of incoming messages with errors.

EGP Out Good Number of error-free messages transmitted.

EGP Out Error Number of messages transmitted with errors.

Total EGP Messages Total number of messages sent and received (sum of first four

columns).

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-284 303560-A Rev 00

version

Displays the version number and modification date of the egp.bat script.

Sample Display - show egp version

EGP.bat Version: #.## Date: mm/dd/yy.

show fddi

The show fddi <

option

> commands display information about Fiber Distributed Data

Interface (FDDI) line services. For detailed information about the Bay Networks

implementation of FDDI, refer to Configuring Ethernet, FDDI, and Token Ring Services.

The show fddi command supports the following subcommand options:

alerts receive errors [circuit <circuit name>]

base [circuit <circuit name>] sample [<period in seconds>] [circuit <circuit

name>]

disabled smt [circuit <circuit name>]

enabled stats [circuit <circuit name>]

hwfilters system errors [circuit <circuit name>]

mac [circuit <circuit name>] transmit errors [circuit <circuit name>]

port version

303560-A Rev 00 2-285

alerts

Displays all FDDI modules that are enabled but not up. Use this display to identify the

interfaces that are not working. The table includes the following information:

Slot Slot identifier; ranges from 1 to 14.

Conn Connector identifier: 1 or 2.

Circuit Name of the circuit associated with this line.

State State of the line driver: Disabled, Down, Init (initializing), LLC

off, or Not Pres (not present).

The Not Pres state occurs for several reasons. For example, the

Link Module may not be physically present in the chassis. The

software may be booting and has not yet initialized the driver

software. The slot may be running diagnostics. Or there may be a

problem with the configuration.

MAC Address Physical address of the line.

BOFL TMO Number of seconds the driver waits before notifying protocol level

software of a service loss, if service is lost for some reason. If

service is restored before this number expires, the driver does not

notify the protocol level software.

MTU Maximum transfer unit size -- the maximum frame length allowed

on the wire, excluding frame delimiters, such as preamble and the

ending delimiter. The MTU of a FDDI frame is 4495 octets.

HW Filter State of hardware filtering: Enabled or Disabled. When enabled,

the Link Module filtering hardware prevents the software from

copying local frames into system memory. Filtering hardware

drops local frames at the interface. Bridging software performance

is improved because it no longer uses resources to receive and

reject local frames.

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-286 303560-A Rev 00

Sample Display - show fddi alerts

FDDI Modules on Alert:

----------------------

BOFL HW

Slot Conn Circuit State MAC Address TMO MTU Filter

---- ---- ------- -------- ----------------- ---- ---- ------

3 1 F31 Init 00-00-A2-03-01-79 3 4495 Enabled

Found 1 matches out of 1 entry in table.

base [circuit

]

Displays the base level information for all FDDI circuits or a specific FDDI circuit. For

definitions of the columns in the table, see the alerts command. State can also be Up.

Sample Display - show fddi base

FDDI Modules:

-------------

BOFL HW

Slot Conn Circuit State MAC Address TMO MTU Filter

---- ---- ------- -------- ----------------- ---- ---- ------

3 1 F31 Init 00-00-A2-03-01-79 3 4495 Enabled

1 entry in table.

303560-A Rev 00 2-287

disabled

Displays FDDI circuits that a user has manually disabled. For definitions of the columns in

the table, see the alerts command. In this case, State is Down.

Sample Display - show fddi disabled

FDDI Modules Disabled

---------------------

BOFL HW

Slot Conn Circuit State MAC Address TMO MTU Filter

---- ---- ------- -------- ----------------- ---- ---- ------

Found 0 matches out of 3 entries in table.

enabled

Displays FDDI circuits that a user has manually enabled. For definitions of the columns in

the table, see the alerts command. State can also be Up.

Sample Display - show fddi enabled

FDDI Modules Enabled

--------------------

BOFL HW

Slot Conn Circuit State MAC Address TMO MTU Filter

---- ---- ------- -------- ----------------- ---- ---- ------

2 1 F21 Up 00-00-A2-02-9F-D6 3 4495 Disabled

Found 1 match out of 1 entry in table.

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-288 303560-A Rev 00

hwfilters

Displays status and statistical information about the hardware filters in use, if any. The

table includes the following information:

Sample Display - show fddi hwfilters

Hardware Filters Modules:

-------------------------

Line Maximum Current Used Dropped

Slot Conn Circuit State Type Tbl Siz Tbl Siz Entries Frames

---- ---- ------- -------- ------ ------- ------- ------- ----------

Found 0 matches out of 4 entries in table.

Slot Slot identifier; ranges from 1 to 14.

Conn Connector identifier; ranges from 1 to 4.

Circuit Name of the circuit associated with this line.

State State of the filtering hardware on the line: Down, Full or Up.

Line Type FDDI.

Maximum Tbl Siz Maximum number of table entries that a line can use, based on the

hardware filter devices present and available.

Current Tbl Siz Current capacity of the hardware filter table. The protocol

dynamically allocates hardware filter table resources as needed in

increments of 256 up to the available table size.

Used Entries Number of hardware filter table entries used.

Dropped Frames Number of frames dropped because they matched the hardware

filter.

303560-A Rev 00 2-289

mac [circuit

]

Displays the Media Access Control (MAC) parameters for all circuits or for a specific

circuit. This display includes the following information:

Slot Slot identifier; ranges from 1 to 14.

Conn Connector identifier; ranges from 1 to 4.

Circuit Name of the circuit associated with this line.

Upstream

Neighbor MAC address of the upstream neighbor. The Neighbor Information protocol

within SMT determines this address. The value 00 00 F8 00 00 00 indicates that

the address is unknown. The table represents the address in canonical form.

Downstream

Neighbor MAC address of the downstream neighbor. The Neighbor Notification protocol

within SMT determines this address. The value 00 00 00 00 00 00 indicates that

the address is unknown. The table represents the address in canonical form.

TNeg (ms) Target token rotation time (TTRT) carried in claim frames that the FDDI station

transmits. This value is in milliseconds.

Ring Mgmt State State of the Ring Management (RMT) within SMT. RMT reports the status of

the MAC, including stuck beacon conditions. It initializes the trace function, and

detects duplicate address conditions that prevent the ring from operating. RMT

passes through a variety of states as follows:

•Isolated - Initial state of RMT.

•NonOp - MAC being managed is participating in ring recovery and the ring is

not operational.

•RingOp - MAC being managed is part of an operational FDDI ring.

•Detect - Ring has not been operational for a certain period of time. In this

state, RMT detects duplicate addresses, a condition that prevents ring

operation.

•NonOpDup - TMAC under control is a duplicate of another MAC on the ring.

The ring is not operational in this state.

•RingOpDup - MAC under control is a duplicate of another MAC on the ring.

The ring is operational in this state.

•Directed - RMT has instructed the MAC it is controlling to send beacon

frames notifying the ring of a stuck condition. Beacon frames indicate that the

interface doesn’t see the token and that this condition should be transient. If

this state persists, contact your customer service representative.

•Trace - RMT has initiated the trace function.

Ring Op Count Number of times the ring has entered the “Ring Operational” state from the

“Ring Not Operational” state. This count is updated when there is a change in

the state, but does not have to be exact.

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-290 303560-A Rev 00

Sample Display - show fddi mac

FDDI Modules MAC Parameters:

----------------------------

Upstream Downstream TNeg Ring Mgmt Ring Op

Slot Conn Circuit Neighbor Neighbor (ms) State Count

---- ---- ------- ----------------- ----------------- ---- --------- ----------

0 entries in table.

port

Displays FDDI port attributes. The table includes the following information:

Slot Slot identifier associated with the port.

Conn Connector identifier associated with a port.

Local Port Physical connector type of the local port, as follows:

•A - Port is a dual attachment station or concentrator that attaches

to the primary IN and the secondary OUT when attaching to the

dual FDDI ring.

•B - Port is a dual attachment station or concentrator that attaches

to the secondary IN and the primary OUT when attaching to the

dual FDDI ring.

•M - Port is in a concentrator that serves as a Master to a

connected station or concentrator.

•S - Port is in a single attachment station.

•Unknown - Type of the port is unknown.

Neighbor Port Type Physical connector type of the remote port: A, B, M, S, Unknown.

303560-A Rev 00 2-291

Physical State State of Physical Connection Management (PCM) for each port

within SMT. PCM initializes the connection of neighboring ports

and manages signaling between ports. PCM provides the necessary

signaling to initialize a connection, withhold a marginal

connection, and support maintenance features. PCM passes

through a variety of states, as follows:

•Off - Initial state of PCM.

•Break - Starting a PCM connection.

•Trace - Localizing a stuck beacon condition, which indicates that

the interface doesn’t see the token. This state should be a

transient condition. If it persists, contact your customer service

representative.

•Connect - Synchronizing the ends of the connection for the

signaling sequence.

•Next - Separating the signaling performed in the SIGNAL state.

•Signal - Communicating individual bits of information across the

connection.

•Join - Assuring that both ends of the connection enter the

ACTIVE state together when signaling has completed.

•Verify - Leading to an active connection.

•Active - Incorporating the port into the token path.

•Maint - Detecting maintenance state.

Link Error Monitor Count Number of times a link has been rejected.

Elasticity Buffer Errors Number of elasticity buffer errors for a specific Physical Layer

Protocol (PHY). The elasticity buffer tracks clock tolerances

between stations.

Link Confidence Count Number of consecutive times the link confidence test has failed

during Connection Management.

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-292 303560-A Rev 00

Sample Display - show fddi port

FDDI Modules Port Parameters:

----------------------------

Link Error Elasticity Link

Local Neighbor Physical Monitor Buffer Confidence

Slot Conn Port Port Type State Count Errors Count

---- ---- ----- --------- --------- ---------- ---------- ----------

2 1 A Unknown Connect 0 0 0

2 1 B A Active 0 0 0

2 entries in table.

receive errors [circuit

]

Displays receive errors for all circuits or for a specific circuit. The table includes the

following information:

Slot Slot identifier; ranges from 1 to 14.

Conn Connector identifier; ranges from 1 to 4.

Circuit Name of the circuit associated with this line.

CRC Errors Number of frames received with CRC errors.

Overrun Errors Number of frames received with internal overrun errors.

Invalid Frames Number of badly formed frames received from the FDDI ring;

frames that do not contain a valid Frame Status field of at least

three control indicator symbols (that is, E, A, C, flags).

Frames Too Long Number of frames received that exceed the MTU size.

303560-A Rev 00 2-293

Sample Display - show fddi receive

FDDI Module Receive Errors:

---------------------------

CRC Overrun Invalid Frames

Slot Conn Circuit Errors Errors Frames Too Long

---- ---- ------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------

2 1 F21 0 0 0 0

1 entry in table.

sample [

] [circuit

]

Displays data sampled from FDDI over a period of 10 seconds. You can change the

number of seconds over which you want to sample the data, and you can display sampled

data for a specific circuit only. The table includes the following information:

Slot Slot identifier; ranges from 1 to 14.

Conn Connector identifier; ranges from 1 to 4.

Circuit Name of the circuit associated with this line.

Rx Frames Number of frames received.

Tx Frames Number of frames sent.

Rx Lack of Resources Number of packets received and discarded because of lack of

resources; for example, buffers.

Tx Lack of Resources Number of transmit packets discarded because of lack of resources;

for example, buffers.

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-294 303560-A Rev 00

Sample Display - show fddi sample

FDDI Sampled Data over 10 seconds

----------------------------------

Rx Tx Rx Lack of Tx Lack of

Slot Conn Circuit Frames Frames Resources Resources

---- ---- ------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------

2 1 F21 2 3 0 0

1 entry in table.

Sample Display - show fddi sample 5 circuit F21

FDDI Sampled Data over 5 seconds

----------------------------------

Rx Tx Rx Lack of Tx Lack of

Slot Conn Circuit Frames Frames Resources Resources

---- ---- ------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------

2 1 F21 4 5 0 0

Found 1 match out of 1 entry in table.

smt [circuit

]

Displays Station Management (SMT) parameters for all FDDI circuits or for a specific

circuit. The table contains the following information:

Slot Slot identifier associated with the FDDI circuit.

Conn Identifier of the connector associated with the FDDI circuit.

Circuit Name of the circuit associated with the FDDI circuit.

303560-A Rev 00 2-295

Connection Policy Table that represents the requested connection possibilities for this

node. Each column identifies whether a connection should be

accepted or rejected for a specific pair of port types. The top header

row shows the port types that are local to this node. The next header

row represents the port types of the neighbor port. The table also

displays the requested connection policy (. = accept or R= reject)

for this node, for each port pair.

ECM State State of Entity Coordination Management (ECM) within SMT.

ECM controls the optional optical bypass switch and signals other

entities within SMT when the medium is available. ECM passes

through a variety of states as follows:

•By_Check - Confirms that both the primary and secondary optical

bypass switches have switched.

•Bypassed - Initial state of ECM after path test. If an optical bypass

switch is present, it is in a bypassed state.

•Deinsert - State allows time for the optical bypass switch to

deinsert.

•In - Normal state for a completed connection.

•Insert - State that allows for the switching time of the optical

bypass switch. The ECM remains in this state until the optical

bypass switch has completed switching.

•Leave - Transition to allow enough time to break any existing

connections.

•Pathtest - Node performs a test of its entities as data paths. ECM

enters this state after completing the trace function.

•Trace - State used to identify a stuck beacon condition, which

indicates that the interface doesn’t see the token. This state should

be a transient condition. If it persists, contact your customer

service representative.

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-296 303560-A Rev 00

Sample Display - show fddi smt

FDDI Modules SMT Parameters:

----------------------------

Connection Policy (R = Reject)

- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

Local: M M M M S S S S B B B B A A A A

Neighbor: M S B A M S B A M S B A M S B A T

---- ---- ------- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -------- -------- ------

2 1 F21 R R R R R R R R . R R . . R . R In C_Wrap_B 22

1 entry in table.

Connect State State of Configuration Management (CFM) within SMT. CFM

interconnects physical connections and MAC entities to configure

the ports and MACs within a node. The states are as follows:

•Isolated - Port is not inserted into any path.

•Local A - The A port is inserted into a local path and the B port is

not.

•Local B - The B port is inserted into a local path and the A port is

not.

•Local AB - Both the A and B ports are inserted into the local path.

•Wrap A - Secondary path is wrapped to the A port.

•Wrap B - Primary path is wrapped to the B port.

•C Wrap A - Primary and secondary paths are joined internal to the

node and wrapped.

•C Wrap B - Primary and secondary paths are joined internal to the

node and wrapped to the B port.

•Wrap AB - Primary path is wrapped to the B port and the

secondary path is wrapped to the A port.

•Thru - Primary path enters the A port and emerges from the B

port. The secondary path enters the B port and emerges from the

A port.

T Notify (secs) Interval in seconds between successful iterations of the Neighbor

Notification Protocol. This protocol identifies the MAC address of

the FDDI upstream and downstream neighbors, detects duplicate

MAC addresses on the ring, and generates periodic keep alive traffic

that verifies the local MAC transmit and receive paths.

303560-A Rev 00 2-297

stats [circuit

]

Displays FDDI input/output statistical information for all FDDI modules or for a specific

circuit. The table contains the following information:

Sample Display - show fddi stats

FDDI Module I/O Statistics:

---------------------------

Receive Receive Transmit Transmit Total

Slot Conn Circuit Bytes Frames Bytes Frames Errors

---- ---- ------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------

2 1 F21 76578 995 841559713 13963966 0

1 entry in table.

Slot Slot identifier; ranges from 1 to 14.

Conn Connector identifier; ranges from 1 to 4.

Circuit Name of the circuit associated with this line.

Receive Bytes Number of octets received without error.

Receive Frames Number of frames received without error.

Transmit Bytes Number of octets transmitted without error.

Transmit Frames Number of frames transmitted without error.

Total Errors Total number of errors of all types.

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-298 303560-A Rev 00

system errors [circuit

]

Displays statistical information about system errors for all circuits or for a specific circuit.

The table includes the following information:

Sample Display - show fddi system errors

FDDI Module System Errors:

----------------------------

Port Internal

Parity Ring Operation Operation Host

Slot Conn Circuit Errors Errors Errors Errors Errors

---- ---- ------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------

2 1 F21 0 0 0 0 0

3 1 F31 0 0 0 0 0

2 entries in table.

Slot Slot identifier; ranges from 1 to 14.

Conn Connector identifier; ranges from 1 to 4.

Circuit Name of the circuit associated with this line.

Parity Errors Number of parity errors. Parity errors may indicate faulty

hardware. If this count exceeds five, call your customer service

representative.

Ring Errors Number of ring errors.

Port Operation Errors Number of DMA controller port operation errors. Port operation

errors may indicate faulty hardware. If this count exceeds five, call

your customer service representative.

Internal Operation Errors Number of internal operation errors.

Host Errors Number of parity errors occurring when the host driver accesses a

register on the DMA controller. Host errors may indicate faulty

hardware. If this count exceeds five, call your customer service

representative.

303560-A Rev 00 2-299

transmit errors [circuit

]

Displays statistical information about transmission errors for all circuits or for a specific

circuit. The table includes the following information:

Sample Display - show fddi transmit

FDDI Module Transmit Errors:

----------------------------

Aborted Underrun

Slot Conn Circuit Frames Errors

---- ---- ------- ---------- ----------

2 1 F21 0 0

3 1 F31 0 0

2 entries in table.

version

Displays the current version number and modification date of the fddi.bat script.

Sample Display - show fddi version

fddi.bat Version: #.## Date: mm/dd/yy.

Slot Slot identifier; ranges from 1 to 14.

Conn Connector identifier; ranges from 1 to 4.

Circuit Name of the circuit associated with this line.

Aborted Frames Number of transmit frames with internal abort errors on this circuit.

Underrun Errors Number of transmit frames aborted with underrun errors on this

circuit.

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-300 303560-A Rev 00

show fr

The show fr <

option

> commands display configuration, state, and statistical information

about frame relay services. For details on the Bay Networks implementation of frame

relay, see Configuring Frame Relay Services.

The show fr command supports the following subcommand options:

alerts shaping [line<line> | <line.llindex> |

line.llindex.cct>]

disabled stats [pvc [<line> | <line.llindex> |

<line.llindex.DLCI>]]

enabled stats circuit [<circuit name>]

backup [<line> | <line.llindex>] stats lapf <options>

demand [<line> | <lin.llindex>] stats shaping [l<line> | <line.llindex> |

line.llindex.cct>]

congestion [line<line> | <line.llindex> |

line.llindex.cct>] stats signalling <options>

lines [<line> | <line.llindex>] svcs <options>

pt <options> vcs [<line> | <line.llindex> |

line.llindex.DLCI>]

service | circuit [<line> | <line.llindex> |

<line.llindex.cct>]

303560-A Rev 00 2-301

alerts

Displays information about interfaces that are enabled but not running. The table includes

the following information:

Line.LLIndex Instance identifier or interface specification for the frame relay

interface.

Circuit Name of the main frame relay circuit this interface is associated

with.

Mgt Type Type of Data Link Control Management Interface (DLCMI)

configured for the interface, as follows:

•Annex A - Management services as specified by CCITT Annex A.

•Annex D - Management services as specified in Annex D to ANSI

standard TI.617.

•Annex A Sw - Management services for the DCE side of the

connection (Annex A).

•Annex D Sw - Management services for the DCE side of the

connection (Annex D to TI.617).

•LMI - Management services as specified by revision 1 of the

Local Management Interface standard.

•LMI Sw - Management services for the DCE side of LMI.

•None - No management interface between the router and the

frame relay network.

Intf Type Interface type: Normal (leased service with no backup service),

Primary/Shared (the backup circuit uses the primary configuration),

Primary/Secondary (the backup circuit uses its own configuration.

Status State of the interface as follows:

•Fault - Interface is not operating.

•Init - Interface is initializing (has not yet started).

•NotPres - Interface is not yet present.

•Running - Interface is operating properly.

Faults Number of times the interface has been in fault mode.

Discard Number of outbound frames discarded because of errors.

Drop Number of inbound frames dropped because of errors.

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-302 303560-A Rev 00

Sample Display - show fr alerts

$show fr alerts

Line.LLIndex Circuit Mgt Type Intf Type Status Faults Discard Drop

---------------- -------- --------- --------- -------- ------ -------- ------

201301.0 S131 AnnexD Primary Fault 1 0 0

1 entry(s) found

disabled

Displays the interfaces that are currently disabled. For column definitions, see the alerts

command.

Sample Display - show fr disabled

$show fr disabled

Line.LLIndex Circuit Mgt Type Intf Type Status Faults Discard Drop

---------------- -------- --------- --------- -------- ------ -------- ------

201301.0 S131 AnnexD Primary Disabled 1 0 0

1 entry(s) found

enabled

Displays the interfaces that are currently enabled. For column definitions, see the alerts

command.

Sample Display - show fr enabled

$show fr enabled

Line.LLIndex Circuit Mgt Type Intf Type Status Faults Discard Drop

---------------- -------- --------- --------- -------- ------ -------- ------

201302.0 S132 AnnexD Normal Running 0 0 0

1 entry(s) found

303560-A Rev 00 2-303

backup [

<line>

|

<line.llindex>

]

Displays the interfaces that currently support dial backup.

The table includes the following information:

<line> Limits the display to the specified line identifier.

<line.llindex> Limits the display to the specified instance identifier.

Primary Line.LLIndex Instance identifier or interface specification for the frame relay

primary interface.

Circuit Name of the main frame relay primary circuit this interface is

associated with.

Status State of the primary interface as follows:

•Fault - Interface is not operating.

•Init - Interface is initializing (has not yet started).

•NotPres - Interface is not yet present.

•Running - Interface is operating properly.

Backup Line.LLIndex Instance identifier or interface specification for the frame relay

backup interface.

Type Interface Type for the backup circuit: Shared (the backup interface

uses the primary configuration), Secondary (the backup interface

uses it own configuration.

Circuit Name of the main frame relay primary circuit this interface is

associated with.

Status State of the backup interface as follows:

•Fault - Interface is not operating.

•Init - Interface is initializing (has not yet started).

•NotPres - Interface is not yet present.

•Running - Interface is operating properly.

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-304 303560-A Rev 00

Sample Display - $show fr backup

Primary Backup

Line.LLIndex Circuit Status Line.LLIndex Type Circuit Status

---------------- -------- -------- ---------------- ------ -------- --------

201301.0 S131 Fault 1000201301.0 Shared S131 Running

1 entry(s) found

demand [

<line>

|

<line.llindex>

]

Displays information about all or some of the frame relay demand lines configured on the

router. For column definitions, see the alerts command.

Sample Display - show fr demand

Line.LLIndex Circuit Mgt Type Intf Type Status Faults Discard Drop

---------------- -------- --------- --------- -------- ------ -------- ------

1010000002.0 FR Dema- AnnexD Demand Init 0 0 0

nd 2

1 entry found

303560-A Rev 00 2-305

congestion [

<line>

|

<line.llindex>

|

<line.llindex.DLCI>

]

Displays information about congestion control on frame relay interfaces. You can use the

following options with the congestion command.

The table includes the following information.

<line> Limits the display to the specified line.

<line.llindex> Limits the display to the specified interface.

<line.llindex.DLCI> Limits the display to the specified PVC. <line.llindex> specifies

the interface. <dlci> specifies the individual PVC.

Line.LLIndex Line or instance identifier for the interface.

Circuit Name of the main circuit this interface is associated with.

Enable Status of congestion control: Disabled, Enabled, or Inherit. Inherit

indicates that the VC should use the parameters from the DLCMI

record.

State Status of traffic; options are

• forwarding - sending traffic at up to the maximum rate allowed on

the PVC.

• congested - the PVC is not transmitting.

• throttling - the PVC is throttling back to the CIR rate.

Method Identifies the congestion method:

• Shutdown - the VC terminates when congestion occurs.

• Throttle - the VC queues traffic when congestion occurs; traffic

resumes when the congestion alleviates.

• Throttle then shutdown - first queues traffic when congestion

occurs, and then terminates the VC if throttling does not alleviate

congestion.

• Inherit -the VC uses the parameter from the DLCMI record

Timer Length of time in seconds during which the router counts

congestion notifications.

Counter Maximum number of congestion notifications that the router can

receive during the Timer period before it stops transmitting.

RX FECN Number of outbound forward explicit congestion notifications.

RX BECN Number of outbound backward explicit congestion notifications.

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-306 303560-A Rev 00

Sample Display – show fr congestion

1:1]$ show fr congestion

Line.LLIndex.DLCI Enable State Method Timer Counter Rx FECN Rx BECN

------------------- ------- ---------- -------- ----- ------- -------- --------

201102.0.0 Inherit Forwarding Inherit 1.0 20 0 0

201102.0.400 Inherit Forwarding Inherit 1.0 20 0 0

2 entries found

lines [

<line>

|

<line.llindex>

]

Displays information about all or some of the frame relay lines configured on the router.

The table includes the following information:

<line> Limits the display to the specified line identifier.

<line.llindex> Limits the display to the specified instance identifier.

Line.LLIndex Line or instance identifier for the interface.

Circuit Name of the main circuit this interface is associated with.

Mgt Type See alerts command.

Intf Type Interface type: Normal (leased service with no backup service),

Primary/Shared (the backup circuit uses the primary configuration),

Primary/Secondary (the backup circuit uses its own configuration.

Status See alerts command. In addition to those listed, Status is Disabled

(by a user).

Faults Number of times the interface has been in fault status.

Discard Number of outbound frames discarded because of errors.

Drop Number of inbound frames dropped because of errors.

303560-A Rev 00 2-307

Sample Display - show fr lines

$show fr lines

Line.LLIndex Circuit Mgt Type Intf Type Status Faults Discard Drop

---------------- -------- --------- --------- -------- ------ -------- ------

201301.0 S131 AnnexD Primary Running 0 0 0

1000201301.0 Unknown AnnexD Backup/Sh NotPres 0 0 0

2 entry(s) found

The table includes the following information:

Line.LLIndex.DLCI Line or instance identifier for the interface plus the PVC identifier

(DLCI).

State State of the virtual circuit as follows:

•Invalid - Circuit is configured but the switch has not confirmed it.

•Active - Circuit is usable.

•Inactive - Circuit is configured but not active.

Type Way the virtual circuit was created:

•Static - User manually configured the PVC.

•Dynamic - PVC was created during operations.

Mode Operational mode of the PVC, as follows:

•Direct - Upper-layer protocols view this PVC as a point-to-point

connection; as an individual network interface.

•Group - Upper-layer protocols treat this PVC as one of a group of

destinations to the switched network. The upper-layer protocols

use a single network address to send all traffic destined for the

switched network to the frame relay network interface.

•Hybrid - Allows protocols to view this PVC as part of the group

while the bridge views the PVC in direct mode.

Congestion Status of the congestion control mechanisms: Disabled, Enabled,

or Inherit. Inherit indicates that the VC uses the parameters from

the DLCMI record.

Serv Circuit number of the PVC, unless this is a hybrid circuit. If this is

a hybrid circuit, Serv is the Circuit number of the group.

Circuit Name of the frame relay circuit for the PVC unless the circuit is

hybrid. If this is a hybrid circuit, Circuit is the name of the hybrid

circuit.

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-308 303560-A Rev 00

Sample Display - show fr pvcs

$show fr pvcs

Line.LLIndex.DLCI State Type Mode Congestion Serv Circuit

------------------- -------- -------- -------- ---------- ---- ---------------

201302.0.0 Control Dynamic Group Inherit - S132

201302.0.100 Active Dynamic Group Inherit 2 S132

201302.0.101 Active Dynamic Group Inherit 2 S132

201302.0.102 Inactive Dynamic Group Inherit 2 S132

201302.0.103 Inactive Dynamic Group Inherit 2 S132

201302.0.104 Inactive Dynamic Group Inherit 2 S132

6 entry(s) found

pt

Displays PVC pass through statistics for all PVCs or for a specified PVC.

The show fr pt command includes the following subcommand options:

•stat

•map

The table includes the following information, depending on the subcommand option:

Circuit name Identifies the circuit.

DLCI Identifies the DLCI.

Rx Frames Number of frames received.

Tx Frames Number of frames transmitted.

Discards Number of frames discarded.

Drops Number of frames dropped.

State State of the connection.

Circuit name (A) Cct (A)

DLCI (A) Identifies the first circuit in a pass through mapping.

Cct Name (B) Cct (B)

DLCI (B) Identifies the second circuit in a pass through mapping.

303560-A Rev 00 2-309

service | circuit [

<line>

|

<line.llindex>

|

<line.llindex.cct>

]

Displays information about all or selected frame relay service records or circuits.

The table includes the following information:

<line> Limits the display to the specified line.

<line.llindex> Limits the display to the specified interface.

<line.llindex.cct> Limits the display to the specified line.<line.llindex> specifies the

interface. <cct> specifies the service record.

Line.LLIndex.Cct Line or instance identifier for the service record.

Circuit Name of the main circuit this interface is associated with.

Status See alerts command.

Num VCs Number of VCs in this service record.

Default Specifies whether this is the default service record.

Multiline Specifies whether the service record is multilined.

Name The circuit name. This is the same as the line or instance identifier,

except for multiline circuits.

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-310 303560-A Rev 00

Sample Display - $show fr service

or

Sample Display - $show fr circuits

Line.LLIndex.Cct Circuit Status Num VCs Default Multiline Name

---------------- -------- -------- ------- ------- --------- -----------------

1010000002.0.2 FR Dema- Active 1 Yes No 1010000002.0.2

nd 2

1010000002.0.3 1010000- Active 1 No No 1010000002.0.3

002.0.3

2 entries found

shaping [

<line>

|

<line.llindex>

|

<line.llindex.DLCI>

]

Displays information about the shaping configuration on frame relay interfaces. You can

use the following options with the shaping command.

The table includes the following information:

<line> Limits the display to the specified line.

<line.llindex> Limits the display to the specified interface.

<line.llindex.DLCI> Limits the display to the specified PVC. <line.llindex> specifies

the interface. <dlci> specifies the individual PVC.

Line.LLIndex Line or instance identifier for the service record.

DLCI Name of the virtual circuit this interface is associated with.

CIR Committed information rate.

Committed Burst The number of bits that the router can transmit over a specified

time interval (Bc).

Excess Burst The number of extra bits the router attempts to send when there is

no congestion (Be).

Config State Whether the circuit is configured to use traffic shaping.

303560-A Rev 00 2-311

Sample Display – show fr shaping

1:1]$ show fr shaping

-------Burst-------

Line.LLIndex.DLCI CIR Committed Excess Config State

------------------- --------- --------- --------- --------------

201102.0.0 0 0 0

201102.0.400 64000 16000 0 Shaping

2 entries found

stats circuit [

]

Displays statistics associated with all frame relay circuits or a specified circuit. Because of

multiline, a frame relay circuit can have several frame relay interfaces associated with it.

Circuit statistics count the number of frames dropped or discarded at the circuit level. This

includes both the main-level circuit and the circuits associated with hybrid and direct

PVCs.

Sample Display - show fr stats circuit

Circuit Discards Drops

--------------- -------- --------

S132 0 0

1 entry(s) found

stats lapf

Displays LAPF statistics for all VCs or for a specified VC. These messages conform to

ITU-T Recommendation Q.921, Digital Subscriber Signalling System No. 1 (DSS1) -

ISDN User-Network Interface, Data Link Layer Specification, March 1993.

The show fr stats lapf command includes the following subcommand options:

•errors

• receive

•traffic

•transmit

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-312 303560-A Rev 00

The table includes the following information, depending on the subcommand option:

Line.LLIndex.DLCI Line or instance identifier for the service record.

Window Number of unacknowledged frames that LAPF can send before

receiving an acknowledgment.

SABME Number of SABME (Set Asynchronous Balanced Mode Extended)

commands sent. SABME frames start multiple frame operation.

UA Unnumbered Acknowledgment messages sent. If a station that

receives a SABME or DISC command is able to execute the

command, it responds with a UA.

DISC Disconnect command; releases multiple frame operation.

DM Disconnected Mode, which indicates collision of commands and

responses, with the consequence that multiple frame operation

cannot execute.

FRMR Frame reject errors that cannot be recovered by retransmitting an

information frame.

REJ Reject messages, which request retransmission of information

frames.

RNR Receive Not Ready messages, indicating information frames

received when the receiving station was temporarily busy.

RR Receive Ready frames. These are sent if the station is ready to

receive information frames, to acknowledge previously received

information frames, and to clear a previous busy condition.

XID Exchange ID messages, which convey station identification

information.

Retransmit Timer Expiry

Status (T200) Number of times the T200 timer has expired.

Idle Time Expiry (T203) Number of times the T203 timer has expired.

Retransmit Limit Exceeded

(N200) Number of times the N200 retransmit limit has been exceeded.

Frame Size Exceeded

(N201) Number of times the N201 frame size limit has been exceeded.

Unnumbered Info Frames

Sent Count of unnumbered information frames sent.

Numbered Info Frames

Sent Count of numbered information frames sent.

303560-A Rev 00 2-313

stats shaping

[

<line>

|

<line.llindex>

|

<line.llindex.DLCI>

]

Displays information about congestion control on frame relay interfaces. You can use the

following options with the stats shaping command.

The table includes the following information about outbound frames:

Unnumbered Info Frames

Received Count of unnumbered information frames received.

Numbered Info Frames

Received Count of numbered information frames received.

<line> Limits the display to the specified line.

<line.llindex> Limits the display to the specified interface.

<line.llindex.DLCI> Limits the display to the specified PVC. <line.llindex> specifies

the interface. <dlci> specifies the individual PVC.

Line.LLIndex.DLCI Line or instance identifier for the service record.

H/N/L Frames Number of high-,normal-, and low-priority shaped frames.

H/N/L Clipped Frames Number of high-,normal-, and low-priority clipped frames.

H/N/L Octets Number of high-,normal-, and low-priority shaped bytes.

H/N/L Hi Water Number of high-,normal-, and low-priority buffers held in the

queue at one time.

Dropped Frames Number of dropped frames.

Large Frames Number of large frames.

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-314 303560-A Rev 00

Sample Display – show fr stats shaping

[1:1]$ show fr stats shaping

H/N/L H/N/L H/N/L H/N/L

Line.LLIndex.DLCI Frames Clipped Fr Octets Hi Water Dropped Fr Large Fr

----------------- ---------- ---------- ---------- -------- ---------- --------

201102.0.0 0 0 0 0 0 0

0 0 0 0

201102.0.400 0 0 0 0 0 0

2348 0 84550 1

0 0 0 0

2 entries found

stats [pvc [

<line>

|

<line.llindex>

|

<line.llindex.DLCI>

]]

Displays statistics for all PVCs or for a specified PVC. The table includes a count of

frames and octets sent and received. Discard and Drops count frames that the router

recognized as belonging to this virtual circuit but threw away because of errors.

To show statistics for all PVCs enter the stats command with no options or with only the

pvc option. You can also use the following options:

Sample Display - show fr stats

Sent Received

Line.LLIndex.DLCI Frames Octets Frames Octets Discard Drops

----------------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- -------- --------

201302.0.0 132 1848 136 2458 0 0

201302.0.100 106 56705 109 3929 2 0

201302.0.101 59 29539 58 2105 0 0

201302.0.102 3 90 4 120 1 0

201302.0.103 0 0 0 0 0 0

201302.0.104 0 0 0 0 0 0

6 circuit(s) found

<line> Limits the display to all PVCs on the specified line.

<line.llindex> Limits the display to all PVCs on the specified interface.

<line.llindex.DLCI> Limits the display to the specified PVC.

303560-A Rev 00 2-315

stats signalling

Displays signalling statistics for all VCs or for a specified VC. These messages conform to

ITU-T Recommendation Q.931, Digital Subscriber Signalling System No. 1 (DSS1) -

ISDN User-Network Interface, Layer 3 Specification for Basic Call Control, March 1993.

The show fr stats signalling command includes the following subcommand options:

• receive

•transmit

The table includes the following information, depending on the subcommand option:

Line.LLIndex.DLCI Line or instance identifier for the service record.

Call setup Number of call setups between the calling user and the network to

initiate a call.

Call proceed Number of calls between the calling user and the network to

indicate requested call establishment has begun.

Connect Number of calls between the calling user and the network to

indicate call acceptance by the called user.

Disconnect Number of calls by the calling user to request the network to clear

an end-to-end connection, or by the network to indicate that the

connection is cleared.

Release Number of messages between the calling user and the network to

indicate that the sender has disconnected the call.

Release Complete Number of messages between the calling user and the network to

indicate that the sender has released the call reference.

Status Number of messages between the calling user and the network to

report error conditions.

Status Enquiry Number of messages between the calling user and the network to

solicit a Status message.

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-316 303560-A Rev 00

svcs

Displays statistics for all SVCs or for a specified SVC.

The show fr svc command includes the following subcommand options:

•calls

• numbers

• priority

• shaping

The table includes the following information, depending on the subcommand option:

Line.LLIndex.DLCI Line or instance identifier for the service record.

Call direction States whether the call is inbound or outbound.

Circuit Identifies the circuit.

Duration in HH:MM:SS Duration of the call in hours, minutes, and seconds.

Number The outbound/inbound calling number.

Subaddress The subaddress of the calling number.

Plan The addressing plan: X.121 or E.164.

Type The type of number: International or Unknown.

Data priority current The current priority for this circuit.

Data priority lowest The lowest acceptable priority for this circuit.

Gain priority current The current gain priority for this circuit.

Gain priority lowest The lowest acceptable gain priority for this circuit.

Keep priority current The current keep priority for this circuit.

Keep priority lowest The lowest acceptable keep priority for this circuit.

Inbound CIR The CIR for inbound traffic.

Inbound Committed Burst The committed burst value for inbound traffic.

Inbound Excess Burst The excess burst value for inbound traffic.

Outbound CIR The CIR for outbound traffic.

Outbound Committed Burst The committed burst value for outbound traffic.

Outbound Excess Burst The excess burst value for outbound traffic.

303560-A Rev 00 2-317

vcs [<

line>

|

<line.llindex>

|

<line.llindex.DLCI>

]

Displays information about all or selected frame relay virtual connections. You can use the

following options with the vcs command:

The table includes the following information:

<line> Limits the display to the specified frame relay line.

<line.llindex> Limits the display to the specified frame relay interface.

<line.llindex.DLCI> Limits the display to the specified PVC. <line.llindex> specifies

the frame relay interface; <dlci> specifies the individual PVC.

Line.LLIndex.DLCI Line or instance identifier for the frame relay interface plus the

PVC identifier (DLCI).

State State of the virtual circuit as follows:

•Invalid - Circuit is configured but the switch has not confirmed it.

•Active - Circuit is usable.

•Inactive - Circuit is configured but not active.

Type Way the virtual circuit was created:

•Static - User manually configured the VC.

•Dynamic - VC was created during operations.

• SVC - A switched virtual circuit

Mode Operational mode of the VC, as follows:

•Direct - Upper-layer protocols view this VC as a point-to-point

connection that is, an individual network interface.

•Group - Upper-layer protocols treat this VC as one of a group of

destinations to the switched network. The upper-layer protocols

use a single network address to send all traffic destined for the

switched network to the frame relay network interface.

•Hybrid - Allows protocols to view this VC as part of the group

while the bridge views the VC in direct mode.

Congestion Status of the congestion control mechanisms: Disabled, Enabled,

or Inherit. Inherit indicates that the VC should use the parameters

from the DLCMI record.

Serv Circuit number of the VC, unless this is a hybrid circuit. If this is a

hybrid circuit, Serv is the circuit number of the group.

Circuit Name of the frame relay circuit for the VC unless the circuit is

hybrid. If this is a hybrid circuit, Circuit is the name of the hybrid

circuit.

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-318 303560-A Rev 00

show ftp

The show ftp command displays configuration and statistical information about the Bay

Networks File Transfer Protocol (FTP) service. For more information on the Bay

Networks implementation of FTP, see Configuring IP Utilities.

Sample Display - show ftp

Ftp enabled.

Default Volume: 2

Idle Timeout: 900 minutes

Max. Sessions: 3

Max. Login Retries: 3

Transfer Type: Binary

Control Type: Low Delay

Data Type: Hi Thru Put

TCP Window Size: 60000

Logins: 0

Logins Failed: 0

Files Received: 0

Avg In Rate Kb/s: 0

In Errors: 0

Files Sent: 0

Avg Out Rate Kb/s: 0

Out Errors: 0

The fields displayed have the following meanings:

Default Volume File system volume to which transferred files are written and from

which they are retrieved. The volume number corresponds to the

slot number on which the volume resides.

Idle Timeout Timeout (in seconds) to close the FTP control connection if the

connection remains idle. The default is 900 seconds (15 minutes).

Max Sessions Maximum number of FTP sessions allowed at one time. The

default is 3 sessions.

Max Login Retries Maximum number of FTP login retries allowed after a login failure.

The default is 3 retries.

Transfer Type File transfer type: ASCII or Binary.

303560-A Rev 00 2-319

show fwall

The show fwall

commands display information about the BaySecure FireWall-1

configuration.

The show fwall command supports the following subcommand options:

Control Type Type of Service (TOS) value set for control connection in the IP

datagram that specifies to the Transport Layer how the datagram

should be handled. The options are Normal and Low Delay, with

Low Delay being the default.

Data Type Type of Service (TOS) value set for data transfer in the IP datagram

that specifies to the Transport Layer how the datagram should be

handled. The options are Normal and High Throughput, with High

Throughput being the default.

TCP Window Size Size in bytes of the windows used for FTP TCP connections. The

default is 16,000 bytes.

Logins Number of successful FTP logins.

Logins Failed Number of FTP logins that failed.

Files Received Number of files successfully received.

Average In Kb/s Average transfer rate in kilobytes per second for receiving data.

In Errors Number of errors logged during in-bound transfer.

Files Sent Number of files successfully sent.

Avg Out Kb/s Average transfer rate in kilobytes per second for sending data.

Out Errors Number of errors logged during out-bound transfer.

summary interface

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-320 303560-A Rev 00

summary

Displays the configuration of BaySecure FireWall-1.

The columns displayed have the following meanings:

interface

Displays the current state of BaySecure FireWall-1 on an interface.

The columns displayed have the following meanings:

Configured state Indicates whether the firewall is enabled or disabled on the router.

Current state Indicates whether the firewall is active or inactive.

Primary Management Station Displays the IP address of the primary management station.

Secondary Management

Station 1 Displays the IP address of the first backup management station.

Secondary Management

Station 2 Displays the IP address of the second backup management station.

Local Host IP Displays the IP address of the router where the firewall software is

installed.

Version Displays the version of firewall software.

Slot/Port Slot and port numbers, separated by a slash.

Config State State of the firewall on the slot/port pair.

Port Type Type of port.

Name Name assigned to the port.

303560-A Rev 00 2-321

show hardware

The show hardware <

option

> commands display information about a router’s hardware.

The show hardware command supports the following subcommand options:

backplane

Displays information about the state of the backplane hardware. The table includes the

backplane type, revision, and serial number. The revision and serial numbers are in

decimal format. The extended display, shown only for a BCN or BLN system, includes the

status of the power supply, fan, and temperature.

backplane proms [<slot number>]

config_file slots [<slot number>]

image version

memory [<slot number>]

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-322 303560-A Rev 00

Sample Display - show hardware backplane

Hardware Backplane Information

------------------------------

Backplane Type: BCN

Backplane Revision: 1

Backplane Serial Number: 2181

Power Supply 1: OK

Power Supply 2: OK

Power Supply 3: OK

Power Supply 4: OK

Fan Status: OK

Temperature Status: OK

Sample Display - show hardware backplane

Hardware Backplane Information

------------------------------

Backplane Type: BLN

Backplane Revision: 2

Backplane Serial Number: 341

Sample Display - show hardware backplane

Hardware Backplane Information

------------------------------

Backplane Type: ASN

Backplane Revision: 0

Backplane Serial Number: 0

303560-A Rev 00 2-323

config_file

Displays the configuration file used to boot the router or reset a slot. The table shows the

name and volume that was the source of the configuration as well as the slot that delivered

the configuration file to the reset slot. All slots should be running the same configuration

file originating from the same volume or backup volume.

Sample Display - show hardware config_file

Boot Time Configuration File Information

----------------------------------------

Slot File Name Source Load Date and Time

---- -------------------------------- -------- -------------------------------

2 5:pvc0.cfg 3 01/30/1995 14:09:42 [GMT+12:00]

3 5:pvc0.cfg 5 01/25/1995 08:26:15 [GMT+12:00]

4 5:pvc0.cfg 3 01/25/1995 08:26:19 [GMT+12:00]

5 5:pvc0.cfg 3 01/25/1995 15:30:46 [GMT+12:00]

image

Displays the router’s software image for each slot, including the integration that is the

source of the image, the date and time of the image’s creation, and the filename that

contains the image. If the filename is too long to fit in a horizontal table, the script displays

the information in a vertical table, similar to the one shown for the config_file command.

Note: If the pathname of the configuration file is too long to fit into the tabular

format, the script displays the information in a vertical table.

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-324 303560-A Rev 00

Sample Display - show hardware image

Active Image Information

------------------------

Slot File Name Source Date and Time

---- ---------------- -------------------- ------------------------------

2 5:bn.exe int/8.10/46 Fri Jan 20 09:18:52 EST 1995

3 5:bn.exe int/8.10/46 Fri Jan 20 09:18:52 EST 1995

4 5:bn.exe int/8.10/46 Fri Jan 20 09:18:52 EST 1995

5 5:bn.exe int/8.10/46 Fri Jan 20 09:18:52 EST 1995

memory [

]

Displays memory configuration and capacity information about all slots or a specific slot.

The table includes the following information:

Sample Display - show hardware memory

Hardware Memory Information (Megabytes)

---------------------------------------

Local Global Total

Slot Memory Memory Memory

---- -------- -------- --------

1 6.00 M 2.00 M 8.00 M

2 6.00 M 2.00 M 8.00 M

3 6.00 M 2.00 M 8.00 M

4 6.00 M 2.00 M 8.00 M

5 6.00 M 2.00 M 8.00 M

Slot Slot number.

Local Memory Total memory capacity in megabytes of the processor on the slot.

Global Memory Current memory configuration in megabytes of the processor on the

slot.

Total Memory Total in megabytes of local and global memory.

303560-A Rev 00 2-325

proms [

]

Displays PROM information for all slots or for a specific slot. The table includes the

revision and build date of the Bootstrap PROM and the Diagnostics PROM.

Sample Display - show hardware proms

Hardware PROM Information

-------------------------

Boot PROM Diag PROM

Slot Revision Boot PROM Date Revision Diag PROM Date

---- -------- --------------------- --------- ---------------------

1 Absent Absent

2 v8.10 18:47:12 Dec 30 1994 v3.10 11:20:26 Jul 15 1994

3 v8.10 18:47:12 Dec 30 1994 v3.10 11:20:26 Jul 15 1994

4 v8.10 18:47:12 Dec 30 1994 v3.10 11:20:26 Jul 15 1994

5 v8.10 10:40:55 Jan 06 1995 v3.10 11:20:26 Jul 15 1994

slots [

<slot

number>

]

Displays hardware information about all slots or a specific slot in the system. The table

includes information about the processor module and link module in the specified slot, as

well as the module type, revision, and serial number. The revision and serial numbers are

in decimal format.

For the AN, the table indicates that the AN has an 802.3 repeater (HUB) by indicating that

the link module is an ANSEDSH.

For the ASN, the table displays the number and type of the network module instead of the

link module and the network module type, revision, and serial number instead of the link

module type, revision, and serial number.

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-326 303560-A Rev 00

Sample Display - show hardware slots

Hardware Information per Slot

-----------------------------

Processor Processor Processor Link Link Link

Slot Module Revision Serial No. Module Revision Serial No.

----- ----------- --------- ---------- ------------ -------- ----------

1 SRMF 1 278 SRML 17 2121

2 FRE2 234 53 DST-4/16 11 3543

3 FRE2 16 13569 QE/NF 6 958

4 FRE 16 1943 MCT1-2 2 488

5 FRE2 18 94240 QSYNC 8 8431

Sample Display - show hardware slots 2

Hardware Information per Slot

-----------------------------

Processor Processor Processor Link Link Link

Slot Module Revision Serial No. Module Revision Serial No.

----- ----------- --------- ---------- ------------ -------- ----------

2 FRE2 234 53 DST-4/16 11 3543

Sample Display - show hardware slots

Hardware Information per Slot

-----------------------------

Processor Processor Processor Net Mod Net Mod

Slot Module Revision Serial No. # Net Module Revision Serial No.

----- ----------- --------- ---------- ------------ -------- ----------

1 ASN 1 33 1 DENM 1 5

2 SFNM 1 3

3 DENM 1 9

4 DENM 1 8

303560-A Rev 00 2-327

Sample Display - show hardware slots

Hardware Information per Slot

-----------------------------

Processor Processor Processor Net Mod Net Mod

Slot Module Revision Serial No. # Net Module Revision Serial No.

----- ----------- --------- ---------- ------------ -------- ----------

1 ASN 4 8 1 Absent N/A N/A

2 SFNM 1 13

3 Absent N/A N/A

4 SPEX 1 1002

3 ASN 4 17 1 Absent N/A N/A

2 Absent N/A N/A

3 Absent N/A N/A

4 SPEX 1 5

4 ASN 4 21 1 Absent N/A N/A

2 Absent N/A N/A

3 Absent N/A N/A

4 PPX 1 1001

Sample Display - show hardware slot

Hardware Information per Slot

-----------------------------

Processor Processor Processor Link Link Link

Slot Module Revision Serial No. Module Revision Serial No.

----- ----------- --------- ---------- ------------ -------- ----------

1 Access Node 1 4246 ANSEDSH 1 4246

version

Displays the current version and modification date of the hardware.bat script.

Sample Display - show hardware version

Hardware.bat Version: #.## Date: mm/dd/yy.

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-328 303560-A Rev 00

show hifn

The show hifn

command displays information and statistics about the device

running Hi/fn LZS compression.

The show hifn command supports the following subcommand option:

hwcomp [stats | error]

303560-A Rev 00 2-329

hwcomp

The show hifn hwcomp command displays information that identifies the location of the

device running Hi/fn LZS compression, whether it is currently active, the module type, the

number of active CPC contexts, and the number of unused CPC contexts.

The display includes the following information:

hwcomp stats

The show hifn hwcomp stats command displays information that identifies the location

of the device running Hi/fn LZS compression and statistics for compressed,

decompressed, expanded, and uncompressed packets.

The display includes the following information:

Slot Slot number location of the module.

Module Modules per slot (always 1).

State Whether Hi/fn LZS compression is active or inactive.

Hardware Compression

Module Type The type of hardware compression module (contexts based on

8 KB history size).

Active 2K CPC Contexts Number of active 2 KB CPC contexts.

Unused 2K CPC Contexts Number of unused 2 KB CPC contexts.

Slot Slot number location of the module.

Module Modules per slot (always 1).

Total Compressed Packets Total number of compressed packets.

Total Decompressed Packets Total number of decompressed packets.

Total Tx Expanded Packets Total number of expanded packets transmitted.

Total Rx NonCompressed Packets Total number of uncompressed packets received.

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-330 303560-A Rev 00

hwcomp error

The show hifn hwcomp error command displays information that identifies the location

of the device running Hi/fn LZS compression, statistics about compression and

decompression errors, uncompressed packets, and dropped packets.

The display includes the following information:

Slot Slot number location of the module.

Module Modules per slot (always 1).

Total Mod Compress Errors Total number of compression errors that occurred.

Total Mod Decompress Errors Total number of decompression errors that occurred.

Total Tx NonCompress Packets Total number of uncompressed packets transmitted.

Total Rx Dropped Packets Total number of received packets that were dropped.

303560-A Rev 00 2-331

show hssi

The show hssi <

option

> commands display configuration, status, and statistical

information about the High-Speed Serial Interface (HSSI) lines. For detailed information

about configuring HSSI, refer to Configuring and Managing Routers with Site Manager.

The show hssi command supports the following subcommand options:

alerts

Displays all HSSI modules that are enabled but not up. Use this display to identify the

interfaces that are not working. The table includes the following information:

alerts sample [<period in seconds>] [circuit

<circuit name>]

base [circuit <circuit name>] stats [circuit <circuit name>]

disabled system errors [circuit <circuit name>]

enabled transmit errors [circuit <circuit name>]

receive errors [circuit <circuit name>] version

Slot Slot identifier; ranges from 1 to 14.

Conn Connector identifier; ranges from 1 to 4.

Circuit Name of the circuit associated with this line.

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-332 303560-A Rev 00

State State of the line driver, as follows:

•BOFLwait - Driver is waiting for its own Breath-of-Life frames to

be successfully transmitted or for a BOFL frame from the Bay

Networks router at the other end of the WAN connection. This

applies only to the Wellfleet Standard protocol.

•CAwait - External equipment, such as a modem, DSU, or CSU, is

not currently up.

•Disabled - Module is not operational.

•Init - Module is initializing.

•LMIwait - Driver is waiting for any of four WAN protocols to

indicate that a link layer connection has been established to

another entity. This applies to the frame relay, SMDS, ATM, and

PPP protocols.

•Not Pres - Module is enabled but not yet started. This state occurs

for several reasons. For example, the Link Module may not be

physically present in the chassis. The software may be booting

and has not yet initialized the driver software. The slot may be

running diagnostics. Or there may be a problem with the

configuration.

MAC Address Physical address of the line. The line driver fills this address in

from the 48-bit address stored in the serial number PROM for this

connector.

BOFL TMO Time in seconds between transmissions of Breath of Life messages

from this interface. A timeout occurs if five periods elapse without

a successful frame transmission. When timeout occurs, the

interface is disabled and then enabled again automatically.

MTU Maximum transfer unit size -- the buffer size for the HSSI port

(also the largest frame that can be transmitted or received across the

HSSI port). The value ranges from 3 to 4608 bytes.

WAN Protocol WAN protocol enabled on this interface, as follows:

•ATM - Asynchronous Transfer Mode

•FRAME RELAY - frame relay

•PPP - Point-to-Point

•SMDS - Switched Multi-Megabit Data Service

•WF STANDARD - Wellfleet Standard, a proprietary protocol used

between two Bay Networks routers. Based on the CCITT HDLC

(High-level Data Link Control) protocol, Wellfleet Standard

provides LLC1 (connectionless, datagram) service.

Line Number The line number for this line. Use this value to correlate driver-level

information with information displayed using scripts for PPP, frame

relay, SMDS, or ATM.

303560-A Rev 00 2-333

Sample Display - show hssi alerts

HSSI Modules on Alert:

----------------------

BOFL WAN Line

Slot Conn Circuit State MAC Address TMO MTU Protocol Number

---- ---- ------- -------- ----------------- ---- ---- ----------- --------

4 1 CAwait 00-00-A2-03-60-C2 1 4495 WF STANDARD 0

Found 1 match out of 1 entry in table.

base [circuit

]

Displays the base level information for all HSSI circuits or a specific circuit. For

definitions of the columns in the table, see the alerts command. In addition to the states

listed under the alerts command, State can also be Up.

Sample Display - show hssi base

HSSI Modules:

-------------

BOFL WAN Line

Slot Conn Circuit State MAC Address TMO MTU Protocol Number

---- ---- ------- -------- ----------------- ---- ---- ----------- --------

3 1 H31 Up 00-00-A2-03-C1-C3 1 4495 WF STANDARD 703101

1 entry in table.

disabled

Displays HSSI circuits that a user has manually disabled. For definitions of the columns in

the table, see the alerts command. In this case, State is Disabled.

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-334 303560-A Rev 00

Sample Display - show hssi disabled

HSSI Modules Disabled:

----------------------

BOFL WAN Line

Slot Conn Circuit State MAC Address TMO MTU Protocol Number

---- ---- ------- -------- ----------------- ---- ---- ----------- --------

Found 0 matches out of 1 entry in table.

enabled

Displays HSSI modules that a user has manually enabled. For definitions of the columns

in the table, see the alerts command. State can also be Up.

Sample Display - show hssi enabled

HSSI Modules Enabled:

---------------------

BOFL WAN Line

Slot Conn Circuit State MAC Address TMO MTU Protocol Number

---- ---- ------- -------- ----------------- ---- ---- ----------- --------

3 1 H31 Up 00-00-A2-03-C1-C3 1 4495 WF STANDARD 703101

Found 1 match out of 1 entry in table.

receive errors [circuit

]

Displays receive errors for all circuits or for a specific circuit. The table includes the

following information:

Slot Slot identifier; ranges from 1 to 14.

Conn Connector identifier; ranges from 1 to 4.

Circuit Name of the circuit associated with this line.

CRC Errors Number of frames received with CRC errors.

303560-A Rev 00 2-335

Sample Display - show hssi receive errors

HSSI Module Receive Errors:

-----------------------------

Frames

Slot Conn Circuit CRC Errors Overruns Aborts Too Long

---- ---- ------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------

3 1 H31 0 0 0 0

1 entry in table.

sample [

] [circuit

]

Displays data sampled from HSSI over a period of 10 seconds. You can change the

number of seconds over which you want to sample the data, and you can display sampled

data for a specific circuit only. The table includes the following information:

Overrun Errors Number of frames received that were aborted due to the memory

bandwidth of the FIFO buffer overrunning during DMA.

Aborts Number of frames received with abort errors.

Frames Too Long Number of frames received that exceeded the MTU size.

Slot Slot identifier; ranges from 1 to 14.

Conn Connector identifier; ranges from 1 to 4.

Circuit Name of the circuit associated with this line.

Rx Frames Number of frames received on this line.

Tx Frames Number of frames sent on this line.

Rx Lack of Resources Number of packets received and discarded because of lack of

resources; for example, buffers.

Tx Lack of Resources Number of transmit packets discarded because of lack of resources;

for example, buffers.

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-336 303560-A Rev 00

Sample Display - show hssi sample

HSSI Sampled Data over 10 seconds

----------------------------------

Rx Tx Rx Lack of Tx Lack of

Slot Conn Circuit Frames Frames Resources Resources

---- ---- ------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------

3 1 H31 11 12 0 0

1 entry in table.

Sample Display - show hssi sample circuit H31

HSSI Sampled Data over 5 seconds

----------------------------------

Rx Tx Rx Lack of Tx Lack of

Slot Conn Circuit Frames Frames Resources Resources

---- ---- ------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------

3 1 H31 5 6 0 0

Found 1 matches out of 1 entry in table.

stats [circuit

]

Displays HSSI input/output statistical information for all HSSI circuits or for a specific

circuit. The table contains the following information:

Slot Slot identifier; ranges from 1 to 14.

Conn Connector identifier; ranges from 1 to 4.

Circuit Name of the circuit associated with this line.

Receive Bytes Number of octets received without error.

Receive Frames Number of frames received without error.

Transmit Bytes Number of octets transmitted without error.

Transmit Frames Number of frames transmitted without error.

Total Errors Total number of errors of all types.

303560-A Rev 00 2-337

Sample Display - show hssi stats

HSSI Module I/O Statistics:

---------------------------

Receive Receive Transmit Transmit Total

Slot Conn Circuit Bytes Frames Bytes Frames Errors

---- ---- ------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------

3 1 H31 600808237 10617073 3692023 141294 0

1 entry in table.

system errors [circuit

]

Displays statistical information about system errors for all circuits or for a specific circuit.

The table includes the following information:

Slot Slot identifier; ranges from 1 to 14.

Conn Connector identifier; ranges from 1 to 4.

Circuit Name of the circuit associated with this line.

Rx Ring Errors Number of errors that the DMA controller has detected while

processing the receive ring.

Tx Ring Errors Number of errors that the DMA controller has detected while

processing the transmit ring.

Internal Op Errors Number of internal operation errors.

Host Errors Number of parity errors occurring while the host driver accesses a

register on the DMA controller. Host errors may indicate faulty

hardware. If this count exceeds five, call your customer service

representative.

Port Errors Number of DMA controller port-operation errors. Port errors may

indicate faulty hardware. If this count exceeds five, call your

customer service representative.

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-338 303560-A Rev 00

Sample Display - show hssi system errors

HSSI Module System Errors:

--------------------------

Rx Ring Tx Ring Internal Host Port

Slot Conn Circuit Errors Errors Op Errors Errors Errors

---- ---- ------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------

3 1 H31 0 0 0 0 0

1 entry in table.

transmit errors [circuit

]

Displays statistical information about transmission errors for all circuits or for a specific

circuit. The table includes the following information:

Sample Display - show hssi transmit errors

HSSI Module Transmit Errors:

----------------------------

Slot Conn Circuit Aborts Underruns

---- ---- ------- ---------- ----------

4 1 H31 0 0

1 entry in table.

Slot Slot identifier; ranges from 1 to 14.

Conn Connector identifier; ranges from 1 to 4.

Circuit Name of the circuit associated with this line.

Aborts Number of transmit frames with abort errors on this circuit.

Underruns Number of transmit frames aborted with underrun errors on this

circuit.

303560-A Rev 00 2-339

version

Displays the current version number and modification date of the hssi.bat script.

Sample Display - show hssi version

hssi.bat Version: #.## Date: mm/dd/yy.

show igmp

The show igmp <

option

> commands display configuration, state, and statistical

information about the Internet Gateway Management Protocol (IGMP). For detailed

information about the Bay Networks implementation of IGMP, refer to Configuring IP

Multicasting Services.

The show igmp command supports the following subcommand options:

base stats [<circuit name>]

circuits [<circuit name> | enabled | disabled]version

stats [<circuit name>]

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-340 303560-A Rev 00

base

Displays the base level information for IGMP. The table provides the following

information:

Sample Display - show igmp base

IGMP Base Information

----------------------

Protocol State

-------- -----------

IGMP Init

Estimated Number of Groups = 20

circuits [

| enabled | disabled]

Displays the DVMRP circuit information for all circuits, a specified circuit, enabled

circuits, or disabled circuits. The table contains the following information:

Protocol Name of the protocol, which in this case is IGMP.

State: State of IGMP on the router: Up, Down, Init (initializing), or Not

Present.

Estimated Number of

Groups Estimated number of IGMP groups that will be used through this

router.

Circuit Circuit name of this interface.

State Current state of the IGMP interface: Up, Down, Init (initializing),

Invalid, or Not Pres (not present).

Query Rate Specifies, in seconds, how often a local group membership is

queried. If set to 0, no queries are sent out of this interface.

DR Timeout Designated Router Timeout. Specifies, in seconds, the amount of

time since the last host query message.

Membership Timeout Specifies, in seconds, the amount of time a local group membership

is valid without confirmation.

303560-A Rev 00 2-341

Sample Display - show igmp circuits

IGMP Circuits

--------------

Circuit State Query Rate DR Timeout MembershipTimeout

-------- -------- ---------- ---------- -----------------

E31 Up 120 140 260

E34 Up 120 140 260

E22 Up 120 140 260

E32 Up 120 140 260

E33 Up 120 140 260

5 Total entries.

groups [

]

Displays group information for all IGMP circuits or a specified IGMP circuit. The table

displays the following information:

Sample Display - show igmp groups

IGMP Groups

-----------

Circuit Group Address Timer Value

-------- ------------- -----------

E31 238.1.1.1 100

E34 238.1.1.1 100

E22 238.1.1.1 100

E32 238.1.1.1 100

E33 238.1.1.1 100

5 Total entries.

Circuit Circuit name of this interface.

Group Address Associated group address.

Timer Value Specifies how much time, in seconds, will pass before this group

times out.

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-342 303560-A Rev 00

stats [

]

Displays statistics for all IGMP circuits or a specified IGMP circuit. The table displays the

following information:

Sample Display - show igmp stats

IGMP Circuit Statistics

------------------------

Circuit Designated Rtr Local IP In Pkts In Query Out Query Discards

-------- --------------- --------------- --------- --------- --------- --------

E31 1.1.1.1 1.1.1.1 0 0 475 0

E34 4.4.4.4 4.4.4.4 0 0 475 0

E22 200.200.200.1 200.200.200.1 0 0 475 0

E32 200.200.100.1 200.200.100.1 0 0 475 0

E33 200.200.1.1 200.200.1.1 0 0 475 0

5 Total entries.

Circuit Circuit name of this interface.

Designated Rtr Current IGMP designated router, or the IGMP router sending the IGMP host

queries if there are multiple routers on a multi-access network.

Local IP IP address currently in use on this circuit. This is the IP address used to

generate multicast traffic.

In Pkts Number of input datagrams received from the IGMP interfaces.

In Query Number of host membership query messages that have been received on this

IGMP interface.

Out Query Number of host membership query messages sent out of this IGMP interface.

Discards Number of IGMP messages received on this interface that were discarded due

to bad checksums, illegal message types, bad values in fields, etc.

303560-A Rev 00 2-343

version

Displays the current version number and modification date of the igmp.bat script.

Sample Display - show igmp version

igmp.bat Version: #.## Date: mm/dd/yy.

show ip

The show ip <

option

> commands display configuration, state, and statistical information

about the Internet Protocol (IP). For detailed information about the Bay Networks

implementation of IP, refer to Configuring IP Services.

The show ip command supports the following subcommand options:

adjacent hosts static

alerts stats [circuit <circuit name>]

arp [<IP_address>]stats cache [<circuit name>]

base stats datagrams [<circuit name>]

circuits [<circuit name>] stats fragments [<circuit name>]

disabled stats icmp client [<circuit name>]

enabled stats icmp in [<circuit name>]

rfilters [export | import] [<protocol>] stats icmp misc [<circuit name>]

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-344 303560-A Rev 00

adjacent hosts

Displays a table of configured adjacent hosts. The table includes the following

information:

rip stats icmp out [<circuit name>]

rip alerts stats icmp server [<circuit name>]

rip disabled stats security in [<circuit name>]

rip enabled stats security out [<circuit name>]

routes [-A] [type {local|bgp|egp|ospf|rip}] |

[<IP address> | find <search pattern>] traffic filters

Host IP Address IP address of the host.

Interface IP Address of the IP interface through which packets reach the host.

Interface Mask Subnet mask of the IP address specified for the interface.

Mac Address MAC address of the host.

Encaps Encapsulation method used: ENET (Ethernet), SNAP, PDN, or

DDN.

Valid Validity of the configuration. If this field displays No, you should

check the adjacent host’s configuration.

303560-A Rev 00 2-345

Sample Display - show ip adjacent hosts

IP Adjacent Hosts

-----------------

Host IP Addr Interface IP Interface Mask Mac Address Encaps Valid

--------------- --------------- --------------- ----------------- ------ -----

5.0.0.2 5.0.0.1 255.0.0.0 00.00.A2.00.12.34 ENET YES

1 Entries.

alerts

Displays the circuit name and IP address of interfaces whose state does not match their

configuration; for example, an interface configured as enabled but whose state is not up.

Sample Display - show ip alerts

IP Circuits

-------------

Circuit State IP Address

-------- -------- ----------------

S34 Down 151.11.4.1

F51 Down 151.11.30.1

2 Entries found.

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-346 303560-A Rev 00

arp [

<IP_address>

]

Displays the IP Address Resolution Protocol (ARP) table. This table shows the mapping

between the host’s IP address and its MAC address. If you optionally specify an IP

address, the command displays the associated MAC address.

The table includes the following information about each host listed:

Sample Display - show ip arp

IP ARP Table

------------

IP Address Type Physical Address

-------------- ------- -----------------

151.11.1.2 Dynamic 00-00-A2-06-B9-AA

151.11.2.2 Dynamic 00-00-A2-06-7A-FA

192.32.37.161 Dynamic 00-00-A2-01-DF-B7

192.32.37.162 Dynamic 08-00-20-1F-25-8B

4 ARP Entries

IP Address IP address of the host.

Physical address MAC address of the host.

Type How the IP address was resolved to the MAC address: Dynamic

means that ARP resolved it. Static means that it was configured

through an adjacent host entry.

303560-A Rev 00 2-347

base

Displays the state of IP, whether or not it is up and in forwarding mode or in host mode

only. The base record controls IP for the entire system. The table includes the following

information:

The base command also displays the number of networks and hosts that IP knows about

and the number of policy rules defined.

Protocol Name of the protocol; in this case IP.

State State of the protocol: Down, Init (initializing), Not Pres (enabled

but not yet started), or Up.

Forwarding Mode Status of forwarding. Forwarding indicates that the IP host is an

IP gateway and is forwarding datagrams received but not

addressed to it. Not Forwarding indicates that this IP host is not a

gateway.

Zero/All Ones Subnetting Setting that determines whether zero or all-ones subnets are

allowed -- Enabled or Disabled. If Enabled, interfaces configured

with a zero subnet are allowed; if Disabled, they are not.

Default TTL Default value that IP inserts in the Time-To-Live field of the IP

header in datagrams that this router originates when the transport

layer protocol does not supply the value. The maximum value is

255; the default is 30.

RIP Diameter The value, or hop count, the Routing Information Protocol (RIP)

uses to denote infinity.

Route Cache Size The number of routing entries maintained in the forwarding table

before entries are flushed.

MIB Tables Maintained The tables maintained by IP: Route (the IP routing table), Fwd

(the forwarding table), or Both. The default is Route.

Classless Setting that determines whether a default route is allowed for

subnets in a subnetted network -- Enabled or Disabled. If

Enabled, a default route is allowed. The default is Disabled.

Route Filters Setting that determines whether route filters are supported --

Enabled or Disabled. If Enabled, route filters are supported.

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-348 303560-A Rev 00

Sample Display - show ip base

IP Base Information

------------------------------------------------------------------

circuits [

]

Displays IP circuit information, including which circuits have IP configured on them, the

IP address for each, and the state of IP on the circuit (Up or Down). IP address 0.0.0.0

indicates that an unnumbered interface is configured on the circuit. You can also display

this information for a specific circuit only.

Sample Display - show ip circuits

IP Circuits

-----------

Circuit Circuit # State IP Address

-------- ----------- -------- ----------------

E31 2 Up 0.0.0.0

E23 3 Up 128.1.1.1

E21 1 Up 192.32.29.130

3 Total entries.

Protocol: IP

State: Up

Forwarding Mode: Enabled

Zero/All Ones Subnetting: Disabled

Default TTL: 30

RIP Diameter: 15

Route Cache Size: 60

MIB Tables Maintained: Route

Classless: Disabled

Route Filters: Enabled

Route pools contain 1 [est. 0] networks/subnets and 0 [ext. 0]

hosts.

Maximum policy rules per type per protocol: 32

303560-A Rev 00 2-349

disabled

Displays the circuit name, circuit number, and IP address of interfaces that a user has

manually disabled. IP address 0.0.0.0 indicates that an unnumbered IP interface is

configured on the circuit.

Sample Display - show ip disabled

IP Circuits

-----------

Circuit Circuit # State IP Address

-------- ----------- -------- ----------------

E31 2 Disabled 0.0.0.0

E23 3 Disabled 128.1.1.1

2 Entries found.

enabled

Displays the circuit name, circuit number, state, and IP address of interfaces that a user has

manually enabled. IP address 0.0.0.0 indicates that the circuit is associated with an

unnumbered unterface. State is one of the following:

Init Interface is coming up and initializing.

Invalid Something about the interface’s configuration is not correct. Look

at the configuration.

Not Pres IP software has not been installed on the slot that hosts the physical

interface.

Up Interface is functioning properly.

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-350 303560-A Rev 00

Sample Display - show ip enabled

IP Circuits

-----------

Circuit Circuit # State IP Address

-------- ----------- -------- ----------------

E31 2 Up 0.0.0.0

E23 3 Up 128.1.1.1

E21 1 Up 192.32.29.130

3 Entries found.

rfilters [export | import] [

]

Displays all configured route filters, or specific route filters. For example, you can display

all export filters or export filters for a specific protocol only. You can use the following

options with the rfilters command:

export Displays only export route filters.

import Displays only import route filters.

<protocol> Limits the display to the specified protocol, which is one of the

following:

•all - Displays route filters for all protocols.

•RIP - Displays only RIP route filters.

•OSPF - Displays only OSPF route filters.

•EGP - Displays only EGP route filters.

•BGP3 - Displays only BGP-3 route filters.

The table includes the following information:

Address IP network address of the network to which this filter applies. If

0.0.0.0, the filter applies to all networks.

Mask Range of addresses upon which this filter acts; depends on the

address class of the network address.

From Protocol Source of the routing information -- any, direct, static, RIP, OSPF,

EGP, or BGP-3.

303560-A Rev 00 2-351

Sample Display - show ip rfilters export BGP3

IP BGP3 Export Filters:

-----------------------

From

Address Mask Protocol Action Peer Address Peer AS

------------- ------------- -------- ---------- ---------------- -------

0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 ANY Propagate 192.32.174.66 2

192.32.174.0 255.255.255.0 ANY Propagate 192.32.175.130 1

2 BGP3 export filters in the table

Action Flow of routing information.

For export filters, Action is one of the following:

•Propagate - Advertise the route.

•Ignore - Suppress advertising of the route.

•Aggregate - Do not explicitly advertise the route; advertise the

default route (0.0.0.0) instead.

For import filters, Action specifies whether the route is transferred

to the routing tables and is one of the following:

•Accept - Send the routing information to the routing tables.

•Ignore - Drop the routing information.

Peer Address IP address of the peer router.

Peer AS Autonomous System number of the peer router.

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-352 303560-A Rev 00

rip

Displays the IP interfaces that have RIP configured. The displays contain the following

information:

Sample Display - show ip rip

IP RIP Information

------------------

IP Interface State Supply Listen

---------------- ----- ------ ------

192.32.174.129 Up Enabled Disabled

1 Entries.

IP Interface Internet address of the interface.

State State of the interface: Down, Init (initializing), Not Pres (enabled

but not yet started) or Up.

Supply Whether the interface is sending out RIP updates: Enabled or

Disabled. If Enabled, the interface is supplying updates.

Listen Whether the interface is processing the RIP updates that it receives:

Enabled or Disabled. If Enabled, the interface is processing RIP

updates.

303560-A Rev 00 2-353

rip alerts

Displays the IP interfaces that have RIP configured but the state of RIP is down. For more

information on column definitions, see the rip command.

Sample Display - show ip rip alerts

IP RIP Interface Table Alerts

-----------------------------

IP Interface State Supply Listen

---------------- ------------- -------- --------

192.32.175.34 Down Enabled Enabled

1 Entries found

rip disabled

Displays the IP interfaces that have RIP configured but disabled. For more information on

column definitions, see the rip command.

Sample Display - show ip rip disabled

IP RIP: Table of Disabled Interfaces

------------------------------------

IP Interface State Supply Listen

---------------- ------------- -------- --------

192.32.174.129 Disabled Enabled Disabled

1 Entries found.

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-354 303560-A Rev 00

rip enabled

Displays the IP interfaces that have RIP enabled on them. For more information on

column definitions, see the rip command.

Sample Display - show ip rip enabled

IP RIP: Table of Enabled Interfaces

------------------------------------

IP Interface State Supply Listen

---------------- ------------- -------- --------

192.32.174.129 Up Enabled Disabled

1 Entries found.

routes [-A] [type {local|bgp|egp|ospf|rip}] | [

| find

<search

pattern>

]

Displays IP routes. You can use the following options to display specific information:

Note: To display Equal Cost Multipath (ECMP) routes, you must use the ip routes

command. See Using Technician Interface Software for more information about the

ip routes command.

-A Shows entire routing table, including routes that are not used as

well as best routes.

type {local | bgp | egp |

ospf | rip} Limits the display to one specified protocol.

<IP_address> Limits the display to the routes that match the specified IP address.

find <search_pattern> Limits the display to the routes that match the specified subnet part

of the IP address.

303560-A Rev 00 2-355

The table includes the following information:

Network Destination IP address for this route. 0.0.0.0 indicates a default

route.

Mask Subnet mask to be combined with the destination address and then

compared with the value in Destination. If the value of Destination

is 0.0.0.0 (a default route), then the value of Mask is also 0.0.0.0.

Proto Routing method through which the router learned this route: Other,

Local, Netmgmt, ICMP, EGP, GGP, Hello, RIP, IS-IS, OSPF, or

BGP.

Age Number of seconds since this route was last updated or verified to

be correct. The meaning of “too old” depends on the routing

protocol specified under Proto.

Slot Number of the slot on which the network address/mask is

configured.

Cost Number of hops to reach the destination.

NextHopAddr / AS IP address of the next hop and next Autonomous System of this

route. If the next hop is an unnumbered interface, the command

displays 0.0.0.n, where n is the number of the circuit on which the

interface has been configured. In the following sample display, the

next hop field for destinations 10.0.0.0, 55.0.0.0, and 99.0.0.0

indicates that the next hop is an unnumbered interface configured

on circuit 2.

Weight Weight value assigned to the route (displayed only if you specify all

routes [-A].

* (asterisk) Indicates a route that is used by IP (applies only if you specify all

routes [-A]).

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-356 303560-A Rev 00

Sample Display - show ip routes

IP Routes

---------

Network/Mask Proto Age Slot Cost NextHop Address / AS

------------------- ------ --------- ---- --------- ----------------/-----

0.0.0.0/0 RIP 5 2 2 192.32.174.33

6.0.0.0/8 Direct 370 2 0 6.6.6.6

128.128.0.0/16 RIP 5 2 2 192.32.174.33

129.128.0.0/16 RIP 5 2 2 192.32.174.33

130.128.0.0/16 RIP 5 2 2 192.32.174.33

131.119.0.0/16 RIP 5 2 2 192.32.174.33

134.177.0.0/16 RIP 5 2 2 192.32.174.33

141.251.0.0/16 RIP 5 2 2 192.32.174.33

146.240.0.0/16 RIP 5 2 2 192.32.174.33

170.41.0.0/16 RIP 5 2 2 192.32.174.33

172.14.0.0/16 RIP 5 2 2 192.32.174.33

172.15.0.0/16 RIP 5 2 2 192.32.174.33

192.1.1.0/24 RIP 5 2 2 192.32.174.33

192.1.2.0/24 RIP 5 2 2 192.32.174.33

192.32.1.0/24 RIP 5 2 2 192.32.174.33

192.32.2.0/24 RIP 5 2 2 192.32.174.33

192.32.4.0/24 RIP 5 2 2 192.32.174.33

192.32.5.0/24 RIP 5 2 2 192.32.174.33

192.32.6.0/24 RIP 5 2 2 192.32.174.33

192.32.8.0/24 RIP 5 2 2 192.32.174.33

Total Networks on Slot 2 = 268

303560-A Rev 00 2-357

ip routes -A

------------

Network/Mask Proto Age Sl Cost NextHop Address / AS Weight

------------------- ------ -------- -- -------- ----------------/----- --------

*0.0.0.0/0 RIP 20 2 2 192.32.174.33 7b9e0002

0.0.0.0/0 Direct 385 0 131071 Unreachable ffffffff

0.0.0.0/32 Host N/A 0 0 un# IP cct 0 00000000

*6.0.0.0/8 Direct 385 2 0 6.6.6.6 00000000

6.0.0.0/32 Host N/A 2 0 Broadcast 00000000

6.6.6.6/32 Host N/A 2 0 This Router 00000000

6.255.255.255/32 Host N/A 2 0 Broadcast 00000000

*128.128.0.0/16 RIP 20 2 2 192.32.174.33 7b9e0002

*129.128.0.0/16 RIP 20 2 2 192.32.174.33 7b9e0002

*130.128.0.0/16 RIP 20 2 2 192.32.174.33 7b9e0002

*131.119.0.0/16 RIP 20 2 2 192.32.174.33 7b9e0002

*134.177.0.0/16 RIP 20 2 2 192.32.174.33 7b9e0002

*141.251.0.0/16 RIP 20 2 2 192.32.174.33 7b9e0002

*146.240.0.0/16 RIP 20 2 2 192.32.174.33 7b9e0002

*170.41.0.0/16 RIP 20 2 2 192.32.174.33 7b9e0002

*172.14.0.0/16 RIP 20 2 2 192.32.174.33 7b9e0002

*172.15.0.0/16 RIP 20 2 2 192.32.174.33 7b9e0002

*192.1.1.0/24 RIP 20 2 2 192.32.174.33 7b9e0002

*192.1.2.0/24 RIP 20 2 2 192.32.174.33 7b9e0002

*192.32.1.0/24 RIP 20 2 2 192.32.174.33 7b9e0002

Total Networks on Slot 2 = 268

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-358 303560-A Rev 00

static

Displays all statically configured routes on the router. The table includes the following

information:

Sample Display - show ip static

IP Static Routes

----------------

IP Destination Network Mask Cost Nexthop Valid Enabled

---------------- ---------------- -------- ---------------- ----- -------

55.0.0.1 255.0.0.0 1 Unn Cct 2 Yes Yes

99.1.1.0 255.0.0.0 1 Unn Cct 2 Yes Yes

2 Entries.

IP Destination Internet address of this static route.

Network Mask Subnetwork mask for this static route.

Cost Number of hops to reach the destination.

Nexthop IP address of the next hop on the route. If the next hop is an

unnumbered interface, the Next Hop field displays the circuit

number associated with the unnumbered interface.

Valid Value that indicates whether or not the configuration is valid.

Enabled Indicates whether this static route is enabled. The default is Yes.

303560-A Rev 00 2-359

stats [circuit

]

Displays packet statistics that the router collects for all circuits or a specified circuit. The

table includes the following information:

Sample Display - show ip stats

IP Statistics

-------------

In Out In Out

Circuit IP Address Receives Requests Forwards Discards Discards

-------- ---------------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------

S31 192.32.174.65 2150309 211845 34771 0 0

E23 192.32.174.97 1305158 76700 30495 0 0

E21 192.32.174.129 3191531 163026 3238130 0 0

E22 192.32.175.129 51219 59655 3070948 0 0

Circuit Name of the circuit that the interface runs on.

IP Address Internet address of the interface.

In Receives Number of packets received on the interface, including errors.

Out Requests Number of packets that local clients, including ICMP, supplied to

IP for transmitting.

Forwards Number of packets forwarded through this interface; included in

the In Receives count.

In Discards Number of packets that IP received and discarded because of lack

of resources; for example, buffers.

Out Discards Number of packets given to IP to transmit but discarded because of

lack of resources; for example, insufficient buffers.

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-360 303560-A Rev 00

stats cache [

]

Displays statistics about the cached forwarding tables that IP uses for forwarding traffic

for all circuits or a specified circuit. The table includes the following information:

Sample Display - show ip stats cache

IP Cache Statistics

-------------------

Cache Cache Cache

Circuit IP Address Networks Misses Removes

-------- ---------------- -------- -------- --------

S31 192.32.174.65 128 4 78

E23 192.32.174.97 238 1768 1797

stats datagrams [

]

Displays error statistics about IP datagrams that IP has processed for all interfaces or for a

specific interface. The table includes the following information:

Circuit Name of the circuit that the interface runs on.

IP Address Internet address of the interface.

Cache Networks Number of entries in the forwarding table.

Cache Misses Number of times the forwarding table did not contain information

about a destination and IP had to look up the route.

Cache Removes Number of entries removed from the forwarding table because they

timed out.

Circuit Name of the circuit this interface is on.

IP Address Internet address of the interface.

Header Errors Number of IP packets received with header errors.

Address Errors Number of IP packets received with address errors.

Unknown Protocol Number of IP packets received locally that IP discarded because

the router did not implement the protocol.

303560-A Rev 00 2-361

Sample Display - show ip stats datagrams

IP Datagram Statistics

----------------------

Header Address Unknown In Out No

Circuit IP Address Errors Errors Protocol Discards Discards Routes

-------- ---------------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------

S31 192.32.174.65 0 0 4 0 0 0

E23 192.32.174.97 0 0 39286 0 0 0

E21 192.32.174.129 0 0 0 0 0 0

E22 192.32.175.129 0 0 0 0 0 0

In Discards Number of packets that IP received but discarded because of lack of

resources; for example, insufficient buffers.

Out Discards Number of packets given to IP to transmit but discarded because of

lack of resources; for example, insufficient buffers.

No Routes Number of packets with unknown destination addresses that an

upper-layer protocol gave to IP to transmit.

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-362 303560-A Rev 00

stats fragments [

]

Displays all information about fragmented IP packets or information for all interfaces or

for a specific interface. The table includes the following information:

Sample Display - show ip stats fragments

IP Fragments Statistics

------------------------

Fragmnts Sucssful Failed Fragmnt Fragmnt Total

Circuit IP Address Received Reassem Reassem Sent Failed Fragmnts

-------- ---------------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------

S31 192.32.174.65 0 0 0 0 0 0

E23 192.32.174.97 0 0 0 0 0 0

Circuit Name of the circuit this interface is on.

IP Address Internet address of the interface.

Fragmnts Received Number of IP fragments received that this router had to reassemble.

Sucssful Reassem Number of datagrams that this router successfully reassembled.

Failed Reassem Number of datagrams that this router failed to reassemble; not

necessarily a count of discarded IP fragments.

Fragmnt Sent Number of IP datagrams that this router fragmented.

Fragmnt Failed Number of IP datagrams that this router discarded because it could

not fragment them properly; for example, could not set the Don’t

Fragment bit.

Total Fragmnts Number of fragments that this router sent in which this router

performed the fragmenting.

303560-A Rev 00 2-363

stats icmp client [

]

Displays echo, timestamp, and address mask statistics about Internet Control Message

Protocol (ICMP) packets for all interfaces or for a specified interface. The table includes

the following information:

Sample Display - show ip stats icmp client

IP ICMP Client Statistics

-------------------------

Echo Echo Timestmp Timestmp AddrMask AddrMask

Circuit IP Address Requests Replies Requests Replies Requests Replies

-------- ---------------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------

S31 192.32.174.65 0 0 0 0 0 0

E22 192.32.175.129 0 2 0 0 0 0

Circuit Name of the circuit this interface is on.

IP Address Internet address of the interface.

Echo Requests Number of ICMP Echo Request messages received.

Echo Replies Number of ICMP Echo Reply messages received.

Timestmp Requests Number of ICMP Timestamp Request messages received.

Timestmp Replies Number of ICMP Timestamp Reply messages received.

AddrMask Requests Number of ICMP Address Mask Request messages received.

AddrMask Replies Number of ICMP Address Mask Reply messages received.

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-364 303560-A Rev 00

stats icmp in [

]

Displays statistics about ICMP packets received for all interfaces or for a specified

interface. The table includes the following information:

Sample Display - show ip stats icmp in

IP ICMP In Statistics

---------------------

ICMP ICMP In Destintn Rcv.Time Rcv.Parm

Circuit IP Address Received Errors Unreach. Exceeded Problem

-------- ---------------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------

S31 192.32.174.65 4 0 4 0 0

E23 192.32.174.97 0 0 0 0 0

E21 192.32.174.129 0 0 0 0 0

E22 192.32.175.129 25 0 11 12 0

Circuit Name of the circuit this interface is on.

IP Address Internet address of the interface.

ICMP Received Total number of ICMP messages received, including errors.

ICMP In Errors Number of ICMP messages received that had errors (bad ICMP

checksums).

Destintn Unreach. Number of ICMP Destination Unreachable messages received.

Rcv. Time Exceeded Number of ICMP Time Exceeded messages received.

Rcv. Parm Problem Number of ICMP Parameter Problem messages received.

303560-A Rev 00 2-365

stats icmp misc [

]

Displays statistics about ICMP Source Quench and Redirect messages for all interfaces or

for a specified interface. The table includes the following information:

Sample Display - show ip stats icmp misc

ICMP Miscellaneous Statistics

-----------------------------

SrcQunch Messages Redirect Messages

Circuit IP Address In Out In Out

-------- ---------------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------

S31 192.32.174.65 0 0 0 0

stats icmp out [

]

Displays statistics about ICMP packets that the router generates for all interfaces or for a

specified interface. The table includes the following information:

Circuit Name of the circuit this interface is on.

IP Address Internet address of the interface.

SrcQunch Messages In/Out Number of ICMP Source Quench messages received and sent.

Redirect Messages In/Out Number of ICMP Redirect messages received and sent.

Circuit Name of the circuit this interface is on.

IP Address Internet address of the interface.

ICMP Sent Total number of ICMP messages that this router has generated.

ICMP Out Errors Number of ICMP messages that this router did not send because of

internal problems such as lack of buffers.

Destintn Unreach. Number of ICMP Destination Unreachable messages sent.

Snd. Time Exceeded Number of ICMP Time Exceeded messages sent.

Snd. Parm Problem Number of ICMP Parameter Problem messages sent.

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-366 303560-A Rev 00

Sample Display - show ip stats icmp out

ICMP Out Statistics

-------------------

ICMP ICMP Out Destintn Snd.Time Snd.Parm

Circuit IP Address Sent Errors Unreach. Exceeded Problem

-------- ---------------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------

S31 192.32.174.65 0 0 0 0 0

E23 192.32.174.97 2 0 1 1 0

E21 192.32.174.129 5 0 5 0 0

stats icmp server [

]

Displays statistics about ICMP messages that the router generates. For column definitions

in the display, see the stats icmp client command.

Sample Display - show ip stats icmp server

IP ICMP Server Statistics

-------------------------

Echo Echo Timestmp Timestmp AddrMask AddrMask

Circuit IP Address Requests Replies Requests Replies Requests Replies

-------- ---------------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------

O41 151.10.100.2 0 0 0 0 0 0

S31 151.11.1.1 0 0 0 0 0 0

S32 151.11.2.1 0 0 0 0 0 0

S33 151.11.3.1 0 1 0 0 0 0

S34 151.11.4.1 0 0 0 0 0 0

F51 151.11.30.1 0 0 0 0 0 0

E21 192.32.37.169 0 0 0 0 0 0

303560-A Rev 00 2-367

stats security in [

]

Displays statistics associated with IP in security on each of the IP interfaces or on a

specified interface. The table includes the following information:

Sample Display - show ip stats security in

IP Security In Statistics

-------------------------

Drop Rx Drop Rx Drop Rx Drop Rx In Admin

Circuit IP Address Authorty Formats Levels No IPSOS Prohibit

-------- ---------------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------

S31 192.32.174.65 0 0 0 0 0

E23 192.32.174.97 0 0 0 0 0

Circuit Name of the circuit this interface is on.

IP Address Internet address of the interface.

Drop Rx Authorty Number of received packets dropped because the authority flag was

not sufficient.

Drop Rx Formats Number of received packets dropped because the security option

format was invalid.

Drop Rx Levels Number of received packets dropped because the classification

level was out of range.

Drop Rx No IPSOS Number of received packets dropped because they were without an

IP security label.

In Admin Prohibit Number of ICMP destination unreachable or communication

administratively prohibited messages received.

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-368 303560-A Rev 00

stats security out [

]

Displays statistics associated with IP out security on each of the IP interfaces or on a

specified interface. The table includes the following information:

Sample Display - show ip stats security out

IP Security Out Statistics

--------------------------

Drop Tx Drop Tx Drop Tx No IpSos OutAdmin

Circuit IP Address Authorty Levels No IPSOS ROOMS Prohibit

-------- ---------------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------

S31 192.32.174.65 0 0 0 0 0

E23 192.32.174.97 0 0 0 0 0

Circuit Name of the circuit this interface is on.

IP Address Internet address of the interface.

Drop Tx Authorty Number of transmitted packets dropped because the authority flag

was not sufficient.

Drop Tx Levels Number of transmitted packets dropped because the classification

level was out of range.

Drop Tx No IPSOS Number of transmitted packets dropped because they were without

an IP security label.

No IpSos ROOMS Number of packets not transmitted because the IP header lacked the

space to insert an IP security option.

OutAdmin Prohibit Number of ICMP destination unreachable or communication

administratively prohibited messages sent.

303560-A Rev 00 2-369

traffic filters

Displays the configured IP traffic filters. The table includes the following information:

Sample Display - show ip traffic filters

IP Traffic Filters

------------------

Rx Rule Fragment

Circuit IP Address Mode Status Matches Number Number

-------- ---------------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------

None 0.0.0.0 Enabled Inactive 0 0 0

E21 0.0.0.0 Enabled Inactive 0 0 0

Circuit Name of the circuit this interface is on.

IP Address Internet address of the interface.

Mode State of traffic filter use -- Enabled or Disabled.

Status Status of the traffic filter, as follows:

•Active - Traffic filter rule is in effect.

•Inactive - Traffic filter rule is not in effect.

•Error - Application has detected an error in the rule definition.

Rx Matches Number of packets received that match this rule.

Rule Number Rule identifier.

Fragment Number Fragment identifier, for large rules.

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-370 303560-A Rev 00

show ip6

The show ip6 <

option

> command displays information about IP version 6. For detailed

information about the Bay Networks implementation of IPv6, refer to Configuring IPv6

Services.

The show ip6 command supports the following subcommand options:

adjacent hosts interface [<interface_index>]

stats icmp [<interface_index>]circuits

stats traffic [<interface_index>]

303560-A Rev 00 2-371

base

Displays configuration and statistical information about the IPv6 base record.

Configuration information consists of the current settings for IPv6 global parameters.

IPv6 global parameters are described in Configuring IPv6 Services.

Sample Display - show ip6 base

IPv6 Base Record Configuration Information

------------------------------------------

Protocol: IPv6

State: Up

Forwarding: Enabled

Path MTU Discovery: Enabled

Discovered MTU Timeout: 10 minutes

Default Hop Limit: 64

Minimum Link MTU: 576 octets

Maximum Traffic Filters: 31 octets

Load Mask (MSB is slot 1): 0x78000000

IPv6 Base Record Statistical Information

----------------------------------------

Total IPv6 Interfaces: 8

Total Known Networks: 38

Total Known Nodes: 42

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-372 303560-A Rev 00

stats icmp [<interface_index>]

Displays the following information about ICMP messages sent and received on the

interface you specify.

Sample Display - show ip6 stats icmp

IPv6 ICMP Statistics

--------------------

Interface 2

Received Sent

---------- ----------

Total messages: 0 187

Router Advertisement: 0 185

Neighbor Solicit: 0 2

There was no other ICMP messages received or sent

Interface The index number identifying an IPv6 interface

Received ICMP messages received on this interface

Sent ICMP messages sent on this interface

303560-A Rev 00 2-373

stats traffic [<interface_index>]

Displays information about IPv6 packets sent and received on the interface you specify.

Sample Display - show ip6 stats traffic

IPv6 Traffic Statistics

-----------------------

Interface 3

Received packets: 2487

Successfully delivered to local user-protocols: 2487

Locally sources packets: 2532

Number prefixes in forwarding cache: 2

Cache misses: 2

All other counters are zero

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-374 303560-A Rev 00

interface [<interface_index>]

Displays configuration information about the IPv6 interface you specify. Configuration

information consists of the current settings for IPv6 interface parameters. IPv6 interface

parameters are described in Configuring IPv6 Services.

Sample Display - show ip6 interface

IPv6 Interface Configuration Information

----------------------------------------

Interface: 3

State: Up since 09/05/97 18:35:50

Description: PPP/SYNC to Garfield

Circuit: 7 (S51)

Neighbor Discovery: Disabled

Router Advertisements: Disabled

Configured Address Token: Autoconfigured

Actual Address Token: 00-00-00-00-00-4C-3F-6A/64

Configured MAC Address: (nil)

Actual MAC Address: (nil)

Effective Link MTU: 1590

Max Datagram Size : 4664

Cache Size: 128

ICMP Redirect: Enabled

ICMP Rate Limit: 100 messages per second

303560-A Rev 00 2-375

circuits

Displays the following information about IPv6 circuits configured on the router:

Circuit number The number of each IPv6 circuit configured on the router

Name The name of each IPv6 circuit configured on the router

Media The physical medium associated with each circuit

Slot The number of the slot on which each circuit is configured

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-376 303560-A Rev 00

Sample Display - show ip6 circuits

Circuit # Name Media Slot

--------- -------------------- ---------------- ----

1 E21 Ethernet 2

2 E24 Ethernet 2

3 F31 FDDI 3

4 S41 SYNC 4

5 E51 Ethernet 5

6 E52 Ethernet 5

7 S51 SYNC 5

8 S52 SYNC 5

9 E22 Ethernet 2

10 E23 Ethernet 2

303560-A Rev 00 2-377

show ipx

The show ipx <

option

> commands display information about Novell Internet Packet

Exchange (IPX) services on a Bay Networks router. For detailed information about the

Bay Networks implementation of IPX, refer to Configuring IPX Services.

The show ipx command supports the following subcommand options:

adjacent hosts sap alerts

alerts sap disabled

base sap enabled

base stats sap

circuits [<circuit name>] server net level filters

disabled service addresses

dor services [<name search pattern> | type <hex

search pattern> | Net <name search pattern>]

enabled static netbios routes

forward static routes

hosts ping <service name>

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-378 303560-A Rev 00

adjacent hosts

Displays the configurable parameters for all statically configured adjacent hosts. The IPX

Adjacent Host Table includes the following information:

rip static services additional

rip alerts stats

routes [type {direct | nlsp | rip | static} | <IP

address> | find <search pattern> | net

<search pattern> | host <search pattern>]

stats datagrams

rip enabled traffic filters

route filters version

routes [type {direct | nlsp | rip | static} | <IP

address> | find <search pattern> | net

<search pattern> | host <search pattern>]

sap

static services

Mode Mode is Enabled or Disabled.

Circuit Index Unique number for each IPX interface on the router.

Host ID Address Host address of the static host.

IPX Interface Network address of the next-hop interface.

Host WAN Address Host address of the next-hop interface.

303560-A Rev 00 2-379

Sample Display - show ipx adjacent hosts

IPX Adjacent Host Table Information

-----------------------------------

Circuit IPX Host ID Host

Mode Index Interface Address WAN Address

-------- ------- ------------ ---------------- --------------

Enabled 1 None 0x0000FFAAFFAA 0x0400

alerts

Displays potential problem areas for the IPX protocol. The table shows any IPX interfaces

that are enabled but whose state is not up. The table includes the following information:

Circuit Name of the circuit this interface runs on.

State State of the interface, which in this case is Down, Init (initializing),

or Not Pres (not present).

Ckt Idx Circuit index -- unique number for each IPX interface on the router.

Net Addr Network address of the interface.

Host Address Host identifier of the interface.

Encaps Method Encapsulation method that the interface uses: Ethernet, Novell,

LSAP, or SNAP.

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-380 303560-A Rev 00

Sample Display - show ipx alerts

IPX Circuit Configuration Information (Alerts)

----------------------------------------------

Circuit State Ckt Idx Net Addr Host Address Encaps Method

-------- -------- ------- ---------- ---------------- -------------

F51 Down 1 None None Ethernet

E22 Down 2 None None Ethernet

203101.0 Down 3 None None Ethernet

S32-iwup Down 4 None None Ethernet

S33-iwpp Down 5 None None Ethernet

E24 Down 8 None None Ethernet

8 Circuits in table.

base

Displays the base record information for the IPX protocol. The base record controls IPX

for the entire system. The table includes the following information:

Protocol Name of the protocol service. In this case, it is IPX.

State State is Down, Init (initializing), Not Pres (not yet started), or Up.

Router Name Name of the router used for IPX WAN connections.

Primary NN Network number used for IPX WAN connections.

Route Method Method of routing that the protocol uses -- metric/hops based or

tick based.

Mult Host Mode Status of support for multiple hosts -- Enabled or Disabled. When

this parameter is enabled, the router’s host ID is unique for each

interface and it has a different ID for each packet; it derives its host

ID from the underlying communications device. When this

parameter is disabled, one host ID identifies the router; the host ID

remains constant for all interfaces.

Maximum Path Maximum number of equal cost paths allowed for a given

destination network.

303560-A Rev 00 2-381

There is also a base record statistical table displayed that includes total routes, services,

and hosts for the protocol.

Sample Display - show ipx base

IPX Base Record Configuration Information

-----------------------------------------

Protocol State Router Name

---------- ------ -----------

IPX Up 1

Primary NN Router Name

---------------- ----------------------------------------

None None

Route Method Mult Host Mode Maximum Path

------------ --------------- ------------

Tick Based Enabled 1

Log Filter Setting PreConfigured Net Table Size

------------------------------ ------------------------------

Filter Debug, Info, and Trace 0

Log Filter Setting Setting that determines what kind of messages appear in the log

file. The default setting filters out debug, information, and trace

messages.

PreConfigured Net Table Size Amount of space set aside for the forwarding and network tables.

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-382 303560-A Rev 00

base stats

Displays base record statistics for the IPX protocol. The statistics provide information on

the total number of routes, services, and hosts.

Sample Display - show ipx base stats

IPX Base Record Statistical Information

---------------------------------------

Protocol State Total Routes Total Services Total Hosts

---------- -------- -------------- ----------------- -------------

IPX Up 1 0 3

circuits [

]

Displays information associated with all IPX interfaces or a specific interface. The table

includes the following information:

Circuit Name of the circuit the interface runs on.

State State of the circuit: Down, Init (initializing), Not Pres (not yet

started), or Up.

Ckt Idx Circuit index -- unique number for each IPX interface on the router.

Net Address Network part of the IPX address of the interface.

Host Address Host part of the IPX address of the interface.

Encaps Method Encapsulation method the router uses: Ethernet, Novell/802.3,

LSAP, or SNAP.

303560-A Rev 00 2-383

Sample Display - show ipx circuits

IPX Circuit Configuration Information (ALL)

-------------------------------------------

circuit State Ckt Idx Net Addr Host Address Encaps Method

-------- -------- ------- ---------- ---------------- -------------

F51 Down 1 None None Ethernet

E22 Down 2 None None Ethernet

203101.0 Down 3 None None Ethernet

S32-iwup Down 4 None None Ethernet

S33-iwpp Down 5 None None Ethernet

O42 Up 6 0x2E025290 0x0000A20320C2 LSAP

S34-smds Up 7 0x2E025360 0xC15084368061 SNAP

E24 Down 8 None None Ethernet

8 Circuits in table.

disabled

Displays all disabled IPX circuits. A circuit is disabled if the Disable/Enable parameter is

set to Disable and the state is Down. The table contains the following information:

Circuit Name of the circuit the interface runs on.

State State of the interface; in this case, Disabled.

Ckt Idx Circuit index -- unique number for each IPX interface on the router.

Net Address IPX network address of the interface.

Host Address Host part of the interface’s address.

Encaps Method Encapsulation method: Ethernet, Novell/802.3, LSAP, SNAP.

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-384 303560-A Rev 00

Sample Display - show ipx disabled

IPX Circuit Configuration Information (Disabled)

------------------------------------------------

Circuit State Ckt Idx Net Addr Host Address Encaps Method

-------- -------- ------- ---------- ---------------- -------------

F51 Disabled 1 None None Ethernet

8 Circuits in table.

dor

Displays a list of all dial optimized routing (DOR) circuits.

Sample Display - show ipx dor

IPX Dial Opportunity Routing (DOR) Circuit Information

------------------------------------------------------

Circuit IPX RIP update SAP update Stabilize Watchdog SPX

Circuit Index Interface Interval Interval Timer Spoof Cnt Spoof Cnt

-------- ------- ---------- ---------- ---------- -------- ---------- ---------

Demand 7 6 0x2E025550 3600 3600 120 0 0

1 DOR Circuits in table.

enabled

Displays all enabled IPX circuits. A circuit is enabled if the Disable/Enable parameter is

set to Enable and the state is Up. For column definitions, see the disabled command.

303560-A Rev 00 2-385

Sample Display - show ipx enabled

IPX Circuit Configuration Information (Enabled)

-----------------------------------------------

Circuit State Ckt Idx Net Addr Host Address Encaps Method

-------- -------- ------- ---------- ---------------- -------------

E22 Down 2 None None Ethernet

203101.0 Down 3 None None Ethernet

S32-iwup Down 4 None None Ethernet

S33-iwpp Down 5 None None Ethernet

O42 Up 6 0x2E025290 0x0000A20320C2 LSAP

S34-smds Up 7 0x2E025360 0xC15084368061 SNAP

E24 Down 8 None None Ethernet

8 Circuits in table.

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-386 303560-A Rev 00

forward

Displays the entries in the IPX forwarding table, which includes the following

information.

Sample Display - show ipx forward

IPX Forwarding Table Information

--------------------------------

Network Ckt Idx Type Method Eql Cost Paths

---------- -------- ------ ------ --------------

0x0000DD00 1 Local Local 1

0x0000FF00 1 Local Local 1

0x0000DD00 3 Local Local 1

3 Forwarding entries total.

hosts

Displays the entries in the IPX host table, which includes the following information.

Network Address of the network to which this entry is forwarding packets.

Ckt Idx Circuit index associated with the network; a unique number that

identifies each IPX interface on a router.

Types Type of forwarding table entry -- Local, Remote or Other.

Method Source through which IPX discovered the route -- Local, NLSP,

RIP, SAP, Static, or Other.

Eql Cost Paths Number of equal-cost paths to this network.

Host Addr Address of the host.

Ckt Idx Next hop circuit index for the host -- unique number for each IPX

interface on a router.

Network Address of the network associated with the host.

303560-A Rev 00 2-387

Sample Display - show ipx hosts

IPX Host Table Information

--------------------------

Host Addr Ckt Idx Network Method Wan Address

-------------- -------- ---------- ------ ------------------

0x0000A2084694 1 0x0000FF00 Local 0x0000000000000000

0xFFFFFFFFFFFF 1 0x0000FF00 Local 0x0000000000000000

0x000000000001 3 0x0000DD00 RIP 0x0000000000000000

0x0000A20186E8 3 0x0000DD00 Local 0x0000000000000000

0x4000AABBAA11 3 0x0000DD00 RIP 0x0000000000000000

0xFFFFFFFFFFFF 3 0x0000DD00 Local 0x0000000000000000

6 Hosts total.

ping

The ping command sends a packet to the specified server (service name) and waits for a

response. When you execute the ping command, the router searches for the server in the

server database. When it locates the server, it retrieves the network and host ID address

and then sends an IPX diagnostic packet to the specified server.

Method Source through which IPX discovered the host -- Local, NLSP,

RIP, SAP, Static, or Other.

Wan Address Host’s WAN address, if the host is associated with a WAN

interface.

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-388 303560-A Rev 00

Sample Display - show ipx ping ADMIN_SERVER

IPX Ping command, by name

-------------------------

Searching for ADMIN_SERVER in server database.

Server ADMIN_SERVER found, sending ping...

pinging ADMIN_SERVER at 0x0000AAA1.0x000000000001

IPX ping: 0x0000AAA1.0x000000000001 is alive

rip

Displays the state of IPX Routing Information Protocol (RIP) interfaces and includes the

following information:

Note: To conform with the Novell specification, a Bay Networks router running IPX

responds to pings from NetWare servers but does not initiate pings to those servers.

Circuit Index Unique number for each IPX interface on the router.

RIP Interface Network address of the RIP interface.

State Condition of the interface, which can be Down, Init (initializing),

NotPres (not present), or Up.

Mode Operating mode for this circuit, as follows:

•Listen/Supply - Interface both listens for and supplies RIP

updates.

•Listen - Interface listens to RIP Periodic and Triggered updates

from neighboring networks and conveys received routing

information to its internal routing table.

•Supply - Interface transmits all RIP Periodic and Triggered

updates to routers in neighboring networks.

In Packets Number of RIP packets received on this interface.

Out Packets Number of RIP packets sent out this interface.

Bad Packets Number of bad RIP packets received on this interface.

303560-A Rev 00 2-389

Sample Display - show ipx rip

IPX RIP Interface Record Configuration Information (All)

--------------------------------------------------------

Circuit RIP In Out Bad

Index Interface State Mode Packets Packets Packets

------- ---------- -------- --------- ------- ------- -------

1 None Absent Lstn/Sply 0 0 0

2 None Absent Lstn/Sply 0 0 0

3 None Absent Lstn/Sply 0 0 0

4 None Absent Lstn/Sply 0 0 0

5 None Absent Lstn/Sply 0 0 0

6 0x2E025290 Up Lstn/Sply 0 1600 0

7 0x2E025360 Up Lstn/Sply 1534 384 0

8 None Absent Lstn/Sply 0 0 0

8 RIP Interfaces configured.

rip alerts

Displays IPX RIP interfaces whose Disable/Enable parameter conflicts with their state.

For column definitions, see the rip command.

Sample Display - show ipx rip alerts

IPX RIP Interface Record Configuration Information (Alerts)

-----------------------------------------------------------

Circuit RIP In Out Bad

Index Interface State Mode Packets Packets Packets

------- ---------- -------- --------- ------- ------- -------

1 None Absent Lstn/Sply 0 0 0

2 None Absent Lstn/Sply 0 0 0

3 None Absent Lstn/Sply 0 0 0

4 None Absent Lstn/Sply 0 0 0

5 None Absent Lstn/Sply 0 0 0

8 None Absent Lstn/Sply 0 0 0

8 RIP Interfaces configured.

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-390 303560-A Rev 00

rip disabled

Displays IPX RIP interfaces that are disabled. For column definitions, see the rip

command.

Sample Display - show ip rip disabled

IPX RIP Interface Record Configuration Information (Disabled)

-------------------------------------------------------------

Circuit RIP In Out Bad

Index Interface State Mode Packets Packets Packets

------- ---------- -------- --------- ------- ------- -------

1 None Disabled Lstn/Sply 0 0 0

8 RIP Interfaces configured.

rip enabled

Displays IPX RIP interfaces that are enabled. For column definitions, see the rip

command.

Sample Display - show ipx rip enabled

IPX RIP Interface Record Configuration Information (Enabled)

------------------------------------------------------------

Circuit RIP In Out Bad

Index Interface State Mode Packets Packets Packets

------- ---------- -------- --------- ------- ------- -------

2 None Absent Lstn/Sply 0 0 0

3 None Absent Lstn/Sply 0 0 0

4 None Absent Lstn/Sply 0 0 0

5 None Absent Lstn/Sply 0 0 0

6 0x2E025290 Up Lstn/Sply 0 1612 0

7 0x2E025360 Up Lstn/Sply 1542 386 0

8 None Absent Lstn/Sply 0 0 0

8 RIP Interfaces configured.

303560-A Rev 00 2-391

route filters

Displays the IPX Route Filter Information table, which contains the following

information:

Sample Display - show ipx route filters

IPX Route Filter Information

----------------------------

Network Circuit IPX Action/

Prio Target Net Mask state Index Interface Proto Mode

---- ---------- ---------- -------- ------- ---------- ------ ---------------

1 0x00000001 0x00000001 Enabled 3 0x0000DD00 Any Adv/Acpt-Out

1 Route Filters configured.

Prio Network priority of this filter compared to other filters of the same

type. The highest priority is 1.

Target Net Address of the target network to monitor.

Network Mask Network mask.

State State of the filter -- Enabled or Disabled.

Circuit Index Unique number for each IPX interface on the router.

IPX Interface Identifier of the circuit, unique to the IPX instance.

Proto The protocol upon which to apply this filter when sending RIP

updates. This can be Any, Local, RIP, NLSP, or Static.

Action Action for the filter to take: advertise/accept (Adv/Acpt) or

suppress (Sprs). Mode means whether the action applies to

inbound or outbound filters. The modes are -In,-Out, or

-In/Out. The action and mode are combined under the

Action/Mode field in the display; for example, Sprs/-In would

mean to suppress inbound filters. The default action and mode is

Adv/Acpt-Out.

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-392 303560-A Rev 00

routes [type {direct | nlsp | rip | static} |

| find

| net

| host

]

Displays information from the IPX routing table. The table receives routes through IPX

RIP, from configured IPX interfaces or statically configured routes. You can use the

following options with the routes command:

The table includes the following information:

type Limits the display to the routing method that was the source of this

route. The routing method is direct, NLSP, RIP, or static.

<IP_address>

Limits the display to the network with the specified Internet address

(in hexadecimal format).

find

<search_pattern>

Limits the display to the networks that match the given destination

network address pattern (hexadecimal).

net

<search_pattern>

Limits the display to the networks that match the given next-hop

network address pattern (hexadecimal).

host

<search_pattern>

Limits the display to the next-hop hosts that match the given

network address pattern (hexadecimal).

Note: A search pattern is case sensitive, so make sure that you enter the exact

uppercase or lowercase characters for the addresses you want to retrieve.

Dest Net Identification of the route’s destination network.

Ckt Idx Circuit index -- unique number for each IPX interface on the router.

NextHop Net Network address of the next-hop host for this network.

NextHop Host Host identifier of the next-hop host for this network.

Method Routing mechanism through which the router learned this route, as

follows:

•Direct - From the local router.

•Static - Through a network management application.

•RIP or NLSP - Through the Routing Information Protocol or the

NetWare Link Services Protocol.

303560-A Rev 00 2-393

Sample Display - show ipx routes

IPX Routing Table Information

-----------------------------

Dest Net Ckt Idx NxtHop Net NextHop Host Method Age Ticks Hops

---------- ------- ---------- -------------- ------ -------- ------ ----

0x00000002 7 0x2E025360 0xC15084368062 RIP 10 23 13

0x00000003 7 0x2E025360 0xC15084368062 RIP 10 25 14

0x00000022 7 0x2E025360 0xC15084368062 RIP 10 17 6

0x00000042 7 0x2E025360 0xC15084368062 RIP 10 20 9

0x00000043 7 0x2E025360 0xC15084368062 RIP 10 19 8

0x00000044 7 0x2E025360 0xC15084368062 RIP 10 20 9

0x00000100 7 0x2E025360 0xC15084368062 RIP 10 21 10

0x00000123 7 0x2E025360 0xC15084368062 RIP 10 20 9

0x00000192 7 0x2E025360 0xC15084368062 RIP 20 22 9

0x00000730 7 0x2E025360 0xC15084368062 RIP 20 20 9

0x00000986 7 0x2E025360 0xC15084368062 RIP 20 4 3

0x00002FCA 7 0x2E025360 0xC15084368062 RIP 20 18 7

0x00005555 7 0x2E025360 0xC15084368062 RIP 20 18 7

0x0000AAA1 7 0x2E025360 0xC15084368062 RIP 20 20 9

0x0000F2AB 7 0x2E025360 0xC15084368062 RIP 20 19 8

0x0000F2B8 7 0x2E025360 0xC15084368062 RIP 20 20 9

16 Routes in table.

Age Number of seconds since the router updated this route or determined

it to be valid. The significance of this value depends on the routing

protocol in use.

Ticks Cost of the static route in numbers of ticks.

Hops Cost of this route in numbers of hops.

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-394 303560-A Rev 00

Sample Display - show ipx routes type local

IPX Routing Table Information

-----------------------------

Dest Net Ckt Idx NxtHop Net NextHop Host Method Age Ticks Hops

---------- ------- ---------- -------------- ------ -------- ------ ----

0x2E025290 6 0x2E025290 0x000045C00443 Local 0 1 0

0x2E025360 7 0x2E025360 0xC15084368061 Local 0 1 0

2 Entries found.

Sample Display - show ipx routes 0x2E025360

IPX Routing Table Information

-----------------------------

Dest Net Ckt Idx NxtHop Net NextHop Host Method Age Ticks Hops

---------- ------- ---------- -------------- ------ -------- ------ ----

0x2E025360 7 0x2E025360 0xC15084368061 Local 0 1 0

1 Entries found.

Sample Display - show ipx routes find *5555

IPX Routing Table Information

-----------------------------

Dest Net Ckt Idx NxtHop Net NextHop Host Method Age Ticks Hops

---------- ------- ---------- -------------- ------ -------- ------ ----

0x00005555 7 0x2E025360 0xC15084368062 RIP 60 18 7

1 Entries found.

303560-A Rev 00 2-395

Sample Display - show ipx route net 0x2E0252*

IPX Routing Table Information

-----------------------------

Dest Net Ckt Idx NxtHop Net NextHop Host Method Age Ticks Hops

---------- ------- ---------- -------------- ------ -------- ------ ----

0x2E025290 6 0x2E025290 0x000045C00443 Local 0 1 0

1 Entries found.

Sample Display - show ipx route host 0x000045C00443

IPX Routing Table Information

-----------------------------

Dest Net Ckt Idx NxtHop Net NextHop Host Method Age Ticks Hops

---------- ------- ---------- -------------- ------ -------- ------ ----

0x2E025290 6 0x2E025290 0x000045C00443 Local 0 1 0

1 Entries found.

sap

Displays the state of IPX Service Advertising Protocol (SAP) interfaces and includes the

following information:

Circuit Index Unique number for each IPX interface on the router.

SAP Interface Network address of the SAP interface.

State Condition of the interface, which can be Down, Init (initializing),

NotPres (not present), or Up.

Mode Operating mode for this circuit, as follows:

•Listen/Supply - Interface both listens for and supplies SAP

updates.

•Listen - Interface listens to SAP Periodic and Triggered updates

from neighboring networks and conveys received routing

information to its internal routing table.

•Supply - Interface transmits all SAP Periodic and Triggered

updates to routers in neighboring networks.

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-396 303560-A Rev 00

Sample Display - show ipx sap

IPX SAP Interface Record Configuration Information (All)

--------------------------------------------------------

Circuit SAP In Out Bad

Index Interface State Mode Packets Packets Packets

------- ---------- -------- --------- ------- ------- -------

1 None Absent Lstn/Sply 0 0 0

2 None Absent Lstn/Sply 0 0 0

3 None Absent Lstn/Sply 0 0 0

4 None Absent Lstn/Sply 0 0 0

5 None Absent Lstn/Sply 0 0 0

6 0x2E025290 Up Lstn/Sply 0 13587 0

7 0x2E025360 Up Lstn/Sply 13313 1 0

8 None Absent Lstn/Sply 0 0 0

8 SAP Interfaces configured.

In Packets Number of SAP packets received on this interface.

Out Packets Number of SAP packets sent out this interface.

Bad Packets Number of bad SAP packets received on this interface.

303560-A Rev 00 2-397

sap alerts

Displays IPX SAP interfaces whose Disable/Enable parameter conflicts with their state.

For column definitions, see the sap command.

Sample Display - show ipx sap alerts

IPX SAP Interface Record Configuration Information (Alerts)

-----------------------------------------------------------

Circuit SAP In Out Bad

Index Interface State Mode Packets Packets Packets

------- ---------- -------- --------- ------- ------- -------

1 None Disabled Lstn/Sply 0 0 0

2 None Absent Lstn/Sply 0 0 0

3 None Absent Lstn/Sply 0 0 0

4 None Absent Lstn/Sply 0 0 0

5 None Absent Lstn/Sply 0 0 0

8 None Absent Lstn/Sply 0 0 0

8 SAP Interfaces configured.

sap disabled

Displays IPX SAP interfaces that are disabled. For column definitions, see the sap

command.

Sample Display - show ip sap disabled

IPX SAP Interface Record Configuration Information (Disabled)

-------------------------------------------------------------

Circuit SAP In Out Bad

Index Interface State Mode Packets Packets Packets

------- ---------- -------- --------- ------- ------- -------

1 None Disabled Lstn/Sply 0 0 0

8 SAP Interfaces configured.

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-398 303560-A Rev 00

sap enabled

Displays IPX SAP interfaces that are enabled. For column definitions, see the sap

command.

Sample Display - show ipx sap enabled

IPX SAP Interface Record Configuration Information (Enabled)

------------------------------------------------------------

Circuit SAP In Out Bad

Index Interface State Mode Packets Packets Packets

------- ---------- -------- --------- ------- ------- -------

2 None Absent Lstn/Sply 0 0 0

3 None Absent Lstn/Sply 0 0 0

4 None Absent Lstn/Sply 0 0 0

5 None Absent Lstn/Sply 0 0 0

6 0x2E025290 Up Lstn/Sply 0 13621 0

7 0x2E025360 Up Lstn/Sply 13383 1 0

8 None Absent Lstn/Sply 0 0 0

8 SAP Interfaces configured.

server name level filters

Displays all name-level service filters on the router. Name-level filters filter individual

services based on the name of the server and the type of service. The display includes the

following information:

Prio Priority of this filter compared to other filters of the same type. The

highest priority is 1.

Server Name of the server.

State State of the filter -- Enabled or Disabled.

Circuit Index Unique number for each IPX interface on the router.

IPX Interface Network address of the server.

303560-A Rev 00 2-399

Sample Display - show ipx server name level filters

IPX Server Name Level Filter Information

----------------------------------------

Circuit IPX Action/

Prio Server State Index Interface Type Mode

------ -------------------- -------- ------- ---------- -------- --------------

1 PRINT_SERV Enabled 3 0x0000DD00 0x0004 Adv/Acpt-Out

1 Server Name Level Filters configured

server net level filters

Displays all network-level service filters on the router. Network-level filters filter

individual services based on the internal network of the server and the type of service

specified. The display includes the following information:

For more information on column definitions, see the server name level filters command.

Type Type of service to monitor; for example, printer, file server, and so

on.

Action Action for the filter to take: advertise/accept (Adv/Acpt) or suppress

(Sprs). Mode means whether the action applies to inbound or

outbound filters. The modes are -In,-Out, or -In/Out. The action

and mode are combined under the Action/Mode field in the

display; for example, Sprs/-In means to suppress inbound filters.

The default action and mode is Adv/Acpt-Out.

Target Net Address of the target network to monitor.

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-400 303560-A Rev 00

Sample Display - show ipx server net level filters

IPX Server Net Level Filter Information

---------------------------------------

Circuit IPX Action/

Priority Target Net State Index Interface Type Mode

-------- ------------ -------- ------- ------------ -------- ---------------

1 0x00000001 Enabled 3 0x0000DD00 0x0001 Adv/Acpt-Out

1 Server Net Level Filters configured.

service addresses

Displays the internal network address and host address of each service.

Sample Display - show ipx service addresses

IPX Service Address Information

-------------------------------

Server Internal Net Host Address

---------------------------------------- ---------------- ----------------

FENDER 0xF006014 0x000000000001

HIWATT 0xFA72401 0x000000000001

2 Services in table.

303560-A Rev 00 2-401

services [

| type

|

Net

]

Displays the service type, age, and hop count within the router’s SAP table.

The table includes the following information:

<name_search_pattern>

Limits the display to servers with names that match the

character-based search pattern, which is case sensitive.

type

<hex_search_pattern>

Limits the display to server types that match the hexadecimal

search pattern, which is case sensitive.

net

<name_search_pattern>

Limits the display to networks that match the given next-hop

network address pattern (in character format), which is case

sensitive.

Server Name of the server.

Type Type of server allowed to pass SAP broadcasts to the locally attached network

segment; a 4-digit number in hexadecimal format.

Network The network address of the server.

Age Number of seconds since the router updated this service or determined it to be

valid.

Hops Number of hops this service is from the router.

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-402 303560-A Rev 00

Sample Display - show ipx services

IPX Service Table Information

-----------------------------

Server Type Network Age Hops

----------------------------------------------- ------ ---------- ----- -----

HOMER 0x0004 0x00202020 50 9

CALERN 0x0004 0xEC101070 50 9

CD_ROM 0x0004 0x2E86F3D1 50 10

WFNYC1 0x0004 0x17171717 50 9

PAYROLL 0x0004 0x00000100 50 10

TORONTO 0x0004 0xFC111139 50 9

HRISTEST 0x0004 0x2F5F920C 50 9

HR_SERVER 0x0004 0x0000AAA1 50 9

RSMT_NW_1 0x0004 0x43582782 50 9

SYNOPTICS 0x0004 0x00000003 50 14

10 Services in table.

Sample Display - show ipx service HO*

IPX Service Table Information

-----------------------------

Server Type Network Age Hops

----------------------------------------------- ------ ---------- ----- -----

HOMER 0x0004 0x00202020 50 9

HOUSTON_NW_SVR 0x0004 0x0000F2B8 50 9

HOUSTON_NW_SVR 0x0107 0x0000F2B8 50 10

HOUSTON_NW_SVR 0x023F 0x0000F2B8 60 10

4 Entries found.

303560-A Rev 00 2-403

Sample Display - show ipx service type *4

IPX Service Table Information

-----------------------------

Server Type Network Age Hops

----------------------------------------------- ------ ---------- ----- -----

HOMER 0x0004 0x00202020 50 9

CALERN 0x0004 0xEC101070 20 9

CD_ROM 0x0004 0x2E86F3D1 50 10

WFNYC1 0x0004 0x17171717 50 9

PAYROLL 0x0004 0x00000100 50 10

TORONTO 0x0004 0xFC111139 50 9

HRISTEST 0x0004 0x2F5F920C 30 9

HR_SERVER 0x0004 0x0000AAA1 50 9

RSMT_NW_1 0x0004 0x43582782 30 9

SYNOPTICS 0x0004 0x00000003 50 14

HR_SERVER2 0x0004 0x000AAA12 50 10

BOCA_NW_SVR 0x0004 0x00087364 50 9

HR_VALBONNE 0x0004 0x00000123 50 9

NW312_LOTUS 0x0004 0x00000986 50 3

ADMIN_SERVER 0x0004 0x0000F2AB 50 8

MARLOW_SALES 0x0004 0x44628F02 30 10

MCA_ST_LOUIS 0x0004 0x00000730 50 9

REGISTRATION 0x0004 0x0BADF00D 50 8

ATLANTA_NW_SVR 0x0004 0x2E5965F3 50 9

HOUSTON_NW_SVR 0x0004 0x0000F2B8 50 9

20 Entries found.

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-404 303560-A Rev 00

Sample Display - show ipx service net *00010?

IPX Service Table Information

-----------------------------

Server Type Network Age Hops

----------------------------------------------- ------ ---------- ----- -----

PAYROLL 0x0004 0x00000100 30 10

PAYROLL 0x0047 0x00000100 40 11

PAYROLL 0x0107 0x00000100 40 11

0800092C489983C2NPI2C4899 0x030C 0xFC000108 50 9

08000945B1310380SYSTEM_ENGINEERS 0x030C 0xFC000105 50 9

Synoptics 810M Agent 0x0433 0xFC000108 60 9

QMS_1725_PRINT_SYSTEM_0800861004E0 0x045A 0xFC000105 60 9

APPLE_LW046fe3 0x0618 0xFC000106 60 9

8 Entries found.

static netbios routes

Displays all configured NetBIOS Static Routes. Statically configured IPX records do not

dynamically change within the configuration because information has been received

through routing protocols. The table includes the following information:

Sample Display - show ipx static netbios routes

IPX Netbios Static Route Table Information

------------------------------------------

Name Target Net Mode

------------------------------------ ---------------- --------

DANIEL 0x0000FC00 Enabled

1 Netbios Static Routes configured

Name Name of the target server.

Target Net IPX address of this static route.

Mode State of the network: Enabled or Disabled.

303560-A Rev 00 2-405

static routes

Displays all configured Static Routes. The table includes the following information:

Sample Display - show ipx static routes

IPX Static Route Table Information

----------------------------------

Nexthop

Static Net Mode Ckt Idx Nexthop Net Nexthop Host Ticks Hops

------------ -------- ------- ------------ ---------------- ------ -----

0x00000001 Enabled 1 None 0x000000000001 0 0

1 Static Routes configured.

static services

Displays all configured Static Services: Name, Internal Network, Host address, and Hops

only. The table includes the following information:

Static Net Address of the statically configured network.

Mode State of the network: Enabled or Disabled.

Nexthop Ckt Idx Circuit index of IPX interface, a unique number for each IPX

interface on the router.

Nexthop Net IPX address of the next-hop network.

Nexthop Host Host address of the next-hop network.

Ticks Cost of the static route in numbers of ticks.

Hops Cost of this route in numbers of hops.

Server Name of the target server.

Internal Net Internal network address for this service.

Host Address Host address for this service.

Hops Cost of this route in numbers of hops.

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-406 303560-A Rev 00

Sample Display - show ipx static services

IPX Static Service Table Information

------------------------------------

Internal

Server Network Host Address Hops

----------------------------------------------- ---------- -------------- -----

oneputt 0x23AAFF00 0x000000002345 1

1 Static Services configured.

static services additional

Displays an alternative format that includes next hop, type, socket, and server name

information. The table includes the following information:

Sample Display - show ipx static services additional

IPX Static Service Table additional Information

-----------------------------------------------

Nexthop

Server Ckt Idx Nexthop Net Type Sock

---------------------------------------- ------- ------------ -------- --------

oneputt 1 None 0x0002 0x0023

1 Static Services configured.

Server Server name.

Nexthop Ckt Idx Circuit index of IPX interface, a unique number for each IPX

interface on the router.

Nexthop Net IPX address of the next-hop network.

Type Type of service. Multiple routes to a single destination can appear

in the table, but access to such multiple entries is dependent on the

table-access mechanisms defined by the network management

protocol in use.

Sock Socket for this service.

303560-A Rev 00 2-407

stats

Displays general forwarding statistics for IPX interfaces. The table includes the following

information:

Circuit Name of the circuit the interface runs on.

Circuit Index Unique number for each IPX interface on the router.

IPX Network Network address of the interface.

In Receive Number of input datagrams received from interfaces including

those received in error.

In Deliver Number of input datagrams successfully delivered to IPX user-

protocols.

Out Request Number of IPX datagrams that local IPX user-protocols supplied in

transmission requests; doesn’t include datagrams counted in

“Forwards.”

Forward Number of input datagrams for which this router was not the final

IPX destination. When this is the case, the router tries to find a

route for forwarding the datagram to the appropriate final

destination. If the router isn’t an IPX gateway, this counter includes

only the packets that were source-routed through the router

successfully.

In Discard Number of input IPX datagrams discarded because of an

environmental problem, such as insufficient buffer space; doesn’t

include those discarded while awaiting reassembly.

Out Discard Number of output IPX datagrams discarded because of an

environmental problem, such as insufficient buffer space; includes

datagrams counted under “Forwards” if they match this criterion.

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-408 303560-A Rev 00

Sample Display - show ipx stats

IPX Statistical Information

---------------------------

Circuit IPX In In Out In Out

Circuit Index Network Receive Deliver Request Forward Discard Discard

-------- ------- ---------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- -------

F51 1 None 0 0 0 0 0 0

E22 2 None 0 0 0 0 0 0

203101.0 3 None 0 0 0 0 0 0

S32-iwup 4 None 0 0 0 0 0 0

S33-iwpp 5 None 0 0 0 0 0 0

O42 6 0x2E025290 0 0 16714 16714 0 0

S34-smds 7 0x2E025360 16376 16376 427 427 0 0

E24 8 None 0 0 0 0 0 0

8 Entries in table.

stats datagrams

Displays error statistics for IPX circuits. The display includes the following information:

Circuit Name of the circuit the interface runs on.

Circuit Index Unique number for each IPX interface on the router.

IPX Network Network address of the interface.

Header Errors Number of IPX packets discarded because of errors in their

headers, including any IPX packet less than 30 bytes.

In Discards Number of input IPX datagrams discarded because of an

environmental problem, such as insufficient buffer space; doesn’t

include those discarded while awaiting reassembly.

Out Discards Number of output IPX datagrams discarded because of an

environmental problem, such as insufficient buffer space; includes

datagrams counted under “Forwards” if they match this criterion.

No Routes Number of times the router could not find a route to the

destination.

303560-A Rev 00 2-409

Sample Display - show ipx stats datagrams

IPX Statistical Datagram Information

------------------------------------

Circuit IPX Header In Out No

Circuit Index Network Errors Discards Discards Routes

------- ------- ------------ -------- -------- -------- --------

F51 1 None 0 0 0 0

E22 2 None 0 0 0 0

203101.0 3 None 0 0 0 0

S32-iwup 4 None 0 0 0 0

S33-iwpp 5 None 0 0 0 0

O42 6 0x2E025290 0 0 0 0

S34-smds 7 0x2E025360 0 0 0 0

E24 8 None 0 0 0 0

8 Entries in table.

traffic filters

Displays IPX traffic filter information for all circuits or for a specific circuit. The table

includes the following information:

Circuit Name of the circuit the filter applies to.

Circuit Index Unique number for each IPX interface on the router.

IPX Network Network address of the interface.

Mode Status of the interface: Enabled or Disabled.

Status Current status of the traffic filter, as follows:

•Inactive - Filter is not in use.

•Active - Filter is currently in use.

•Error - Application has detected an error in the rule.

Rx Matches Number of received packets that have matched this rule.

Rule Number Identifier for the rule.

Fragment Number Number of the rule fragment (or section), used for large rules.

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-410 303560-A Rev 00

Sample Display - show ipx traffic filter

IPX Traffic Filter Information

------------------------------

Circuit IPX Rx Rule Fragment

Circuit Index Address Status Matches Number Number

-------- ------- ---------- -------- -------- -------- --------

F51 1 None Inactive 0 0 0

1 Traffic Filters configured.

version

Displays the current version and modification date of the ipx.bat script.

Sample Display - show ipx version

IPX.bat Version: #.## Date: mm/dd/yy.

303560-A Rev 00 2-411

show iredund

The show iredund <

option

> commands display information about the Interface

Redundancy protocol and services. For detailed information on the Bay Networks

implementation of Interface Redundancy services, refer to Configuring Interface and

Router Redundancy.

The show iredund command supports the following subcommand options:

circuit [

]

Displays circuit and state information for all interface redundancy ports or for a specific

port. The table includes the following information:

circuit [<circuit>] enabled

disabled

Circuit Name of the circuit.

Slot Slot number the port is on.

Port Port number.

State State of the protocol: Enabled, Disabled, Down, Init (initializing),

Not Pres (enabled but not yet started), or Up.

Role Role of the interface: primary or backup.

Active State of the Circuit: Active, Standby, Unavailable

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-412 303560-A Rev 00

Sample Display - $show iredund circuit

Interface Redundancy Circuit Table

-------------------------------

Circuit Slot Port State Role Active

-------- -------- -------- ------------ ---------- ----------

E43 4 3 Enabled primary standby

E43 4 4 Enabled backup active

2 Entries found.

disabled

Displays all disabled circuits that contain an interface redundancy port. A circuit is

disabled if the disable/enable parameter is set to disable and the state is down. For

definitions of the columns in the table, see the circuit command.

Sample Display - $show iredund disable

Interface Redundancy Circuit Table

-------------------------------

Circuit Slot Port State Role Active

-------- -------- -------- ------------ ---------- ----------

0 Entries found.

303560-A Rev 00 2-413

enabled

Displays all enabled circuits that contain an interface redundancy port. A circuit is enabled

if the disable/enable parameter is set to enable and the state is up. For definitions of the

columns in the table, see the circuit command.

Sample Display - $show iredund enable

Interface Redundancy Circuit Table

-------------------------------

Circuit Slot Port State Role Active

-------- -------- -------- ------------ ---------- ----------

E43 4 3 Enabled primary standby

E43 4 4 Enabled backup active

2 Entries found.

show isdn

The show isdn <

option

> commands display information about the Integrated Services

Digital Network (ISDN) service. For information about ISDN, refer to Configuring Dial

Services.

The show isdn command supports the following subcommand options:

Note: Refer to the “show isdn bri” section for more information on the isdn bri

command.

alerts local

bri messages received

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-414 303560-A Rev 00

alerts

Displays all enabled circuits that are not active. Use this display to identify the ports that

are not working.

Sample Display - show isdn alerts

ISDN Alerts

-----------

Slot 1 does not have Line Manager loaded

Slot 2 does not have ISDN loaded

Total of 2 slot(s) on alert

calls circuit messages sent

calls general pools

calls time switch

inphone version

303560-A Rev 00 2-415

bri

calls circuit

Displays the circuit information for an active ISDN call. The display includes the

following information:

Sample Display - show isdn calls circuit

ISDN Active Call and Circuit Information

----------------------------------------

Slot. Call B Called Calling

Cct Circuit Mode Conn ID Chan Party Number Party Number

--- --------------- ------- ----- ----- ----- --------------- ---------------

3 PPP Demand 3 NonMon 1.12 11 1 6630803 6630371

Total of 1 call is active.

Note: See “show isdn bri.”

Cct Circuit number of the ISDN interface.

Circuit Type of dial-up circuit.

Mode Whether this is the Monitor or Nonmonitor router (for bandwidth-

on-demand circuits only).

Slot Conn. Slot and connector where this circuit resides.

Call ID Caller’s ID.

B Chan B channel that this call resides on.

Called Party Number Phone number of the called party.

Calling Party Number Phone number of the calling party.

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-416 303560-A Rev 00

calls general

Displays the active call information for all ISDN lines. The table displays the following

information:

Sample Display - show isdn calls general

ISDN Active Call Information

----------------------------

DSL B Called Called Calling Calling

Slot ID Call ID Chan Party Number Sub-Addr Party Number Sub-Addr

---- --- -------- ------ --------------- ----------- --------------- ----------

1 0 32769 1 384020 Not used None None

Total of 1 call is active.

Slot Slot that has the ISDN interface.

DSL ID Digital Subscriber Loop ID.

Call ID Entry in the ISDN Call Information Table.

B Chan B channel that this call resides on.

Called Party Number Phone number of the called party.

Called Sub-Addr Subaddress of the called party.

Calling Party Number Phone number of the calling party.

Calling Sub-Addr Subaddress of the calling party.

303560-A Rev 00 2-417

calls time

Displays the duration of an active call. The table displays the following information:

Sample Display - show isdn calls time

DSL DurationConnect Time

Slot ID Call ID(Minutes)(Hour:Min:Sec)

---- --- -------- ---------------- ----------------

1 0 32769 0 16:46:33

Total of 1 call is active.

Slot Slot that has the ISDN interface.

DSL ID Digital Subscriber Loop ID.

Call ID Entry in the ISDN Call Information Table.

Duration (Minutes) Duration of the call.

Connect Time (Hour:Min:Sec) Time of day that the router establishes the call.

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-418 303560-A Rev 00

inphone

Displays the configuration set up for incoming phone numbers. The table displays the

following information:

Sample Display - show isdn inphone

ISDN Incoming Phone Number Configuration

----------------------------------------

Incoming Phone # Type of Plan

Index Phone Number Sub-Addr Type Phone Type

----- -------------------- ---------- ------- ------------- ---------

1 5084367001 None DIAL N/A N/A

2 5084367002 None DIAL N/A N/A

3 5084368005 None DIAL N/A N/A

4 5084368006 None DIAL N/A N/A

5 5084366005 None DIAL N/A N/A

6 5084366006 None DIAL N/A N/A

Total of 6 Incoming Phone Entries found.

Index Index number for this line instance.

Incoming Phone Number Telephone number of the remote router.

Sub-Addr Subaddress for a main telephone number.

Phone # Type Whether the phone number type is Dial or ISDN.

Type of Phone ISDN numbering type: Unknown, International, National, Specific,

Subscriber, or Abbreviated.

Plan Type ISDN numbering plan: Unknown, Telephony, X.121, Telex,

Standard, or Private.

303560-A Rev 00 2-419

local

Lists the local phone number entry for each line in the line pool. The display includes the

following information:

Sample Display - show isdn local

[2:1]$ show isdn local

ISDN Local Numbers

------------------

Line Directory SPID

Number Number Subaddress SPID Status

---------- -------------- -------------- -------------- ----------

1301302 5084361011 Not used 1011 Accepted

1301302 5084361012 Not used 1012 Accepted

Total of 2 ISDN Local Number(s) found

Line Number Line number.

Directory Number Local phone number.

Subaddress Subaddress number for the main phone number if one exists.

SPID Service profile identifier (SPID) assigned by your ISDN provider.

SPID Status Whether the SPID was accepted or rejected by the called router.

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-420 303560-A Rev 00

messages received

Displays the number of messages the router received on each ISDN line. The table

displays the following information:

Sample Display - show isdn messages received

ISDN Messages Received

----------------------

Setup Connect Disconn. Clear Activ. Deactiv.

Slot DSL ID Ind. Ind. Ind. Ind. Ind. Ind.

---- ------ ----- ------- -------- ----- ------ --------

1 0 1 1 8 0 1 0

Total of 1 Message Entries found.

Slot Slot that has the ISDN interface.

DSL ID Digital Subscriber Loop ID.

Setup Ind. Setup indication received from the network.

Connect Ind. Connect indication received from the network.

Disconn. Ind. Disconnect indication received from the network.

Clear Ind. Release indication received from the network.

Activ. Ind. Activation indication received from the ISDN driver.

Deactiv. Ind. Deactivation indication received from the ISDN driver.

303560-A Rev 00 2-421

messages sent

Displays the messages the router sent on each ISDN line. The table displays the following

information:

Sample Display - show isdn messages sent

ISDN Messages Sent

------------------

Setup Connect Disconn. Clear Activ. Deactiv.

Slot DSL ID Req. Req. Req. Req. Req. Req.

---- ------ ----- ------- -------- ----- ------ --------

1 0 9 1 1 8 0 0

Total of 1 Message Entries found.

Slot Slot that has the ISDN interface.

DSL ID Digital Subscriber Loop ID.

Setup Req. Setup request sent to the network.

Connect Req. Connect request sent to the network.

Disconn. Req. Disconnect request sent to the network.

Clear Req. Clear request sent to the network.

Activ. Req. Activate request sent to the driver.

Dactiv. Req. Deactivate request sent to the driver.

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-422 303560-A Rev 00

pools

Displays the line pool configuration. The table displays the following information:

Sample Display - show isdn pools

Pool Line Pool Channel Channels

Type Number ID Count Priority In Use

--------- ---------- ---- ------- -------- --------

Demand 1301102 1 2 1 0

Backup 1301102 1 2 1 0

Total of 1 ISDN Demand pool(s) found

Total of 1 ISDN Backup pool(s) found

Total of 0 ISDN Bandwidth pool(s) found

Pool Type Type of line pool: demand, backup, or

bandwidth-on-demand.

Line Number Lines in the pool.

Pool ID Number of the pool.

Channel Count Number of B channels in the pool.

Priority The order of preference for each line pool.

Channels In Use How many B channels the router is currently using.

303560-A Rev 00 2-423

switch

Displays the ISDN switch type the router communicates with and the state of the incoming

filter. The table displays the following information:

Sample Display - show isdn switch

ISDN Switch Configuration

-------------------------

Incoming

Slot Switch Type Filter

---- --------------- ----------

1 BRI5ESS Off

Total of 1 Switch Entries found.

Slot Slot that has the ISDN interface.

Switch Type Switch type, as follows:

BRI Options

• BRI NET3 - Austria, Belgium, Denmark, France, Germany, Italy,

Netherlands, Norway, Spain, Sweden, United Kingdom

• BRI SWISSNET3 - Switzerland

• BRI 5ESS - United States

• BRI NI1 and BRI DMS100 - United States, Canada

• BRI KDD and BRI NTT - Japan

• BRI TS013 - Australia

PRI Options

• PRI Net 5 - Austria, Belgium, Denmark, Finland, France,

Germany, Greece, Iceland, Ireland, Italy, Luxembourg,

Netherlands, Norway, Portugal, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland,

United Kingdom

• PRI 4ESS - United States

• PRI 5ESS - United States

• PRI DMS100 - United States, Canada

• PRI KDD and PRI NTT - Japan

• PRI TS014 - Australia

Incoming Filter Security feature that can be set to On or Off. On enables call

screening.

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-424 303560-A Rev 00

version

Displays the current version and modification date of the isdn.bat script.

Sample Display - show isdn version

ISDN.BAT Version: #.## Date: mm/dd/yy.

show isdn bri

The show isdn bri <

option

> commands display information about the ISDN Basic Rate

Interface (ISDN BRI) service. For information about ISDN BRI, refer to Configuring Dial

Services.

The show isdn bri command supports the following subcommand options:

Note: The isdn bri set of commands is a subset of the isdn command. Refer to

“show isdn” preceding this section for more information on the isdn command.

alerts sample [<period in seconds>] [circuit

<circuit name>]

base stats

disabled system errors

enabled transmit errors

receive errors version

303560-A Rev 00 2-425

alerts

Displays all enabled circuits that are not active. Use this display to identify the ports that

are not working. The table includes the following information:

Sample Display - show isdnbri alerts

ISDN BRI Modules on Alert:

--------------------------

Slot Slot identifier; ranges from 1 to 14.

Conn Connector’s instance identifier; ranges from 1 to 4.

State State of the line driver: Disabled, Down, Init (initializing), Not

Present (enabled but not yet started), or Up.

DSL ID ID of this Digital Subscriber Loop interface.

Line Number Line number for this line instance.

MTU Acceptable Link Access Protocol D-channel (LAPD) Maximum

Transfer Units.

TE State Terminal Endpoint state of the S/T interface: Inactive (1), Sensing

(2), Deactivated (3), Await Signal (4), Identify Input (5),

Synchronized (6), Activated (7), Lost Framing (8).

B Channel Loopback Whether B Channel Loopback is enabled. Used for conformance

testing.

Timer 3 Maximum amount of time (in seconds) the router has to activate the

S/T interface.

Timer 4 Amount of time in milliseconds the router waits for the line to

recover from a deactivated state.

Slot

-----

Conn

----

State

-----

DSL

ID

----

Line

Number

------

MTU

---

TE State

---------

BChannel

Loopback

--------

Tmr

3

---

Tmr

4

---

1 12 Init 0 1301102 400 Deactivated Disabled 10 750

1 32 Init 1 1301302 400 Activated Disabled 10 750

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-426 303560-A Rev 00

base

Displays base record information for all ISDN BRI circuits or for a specified circuit. For

definitions of the columns in the table, refer to the alerts command.

Sample Display - show isdnbri base

ISDN BRI Modules:

-----------------

disabled

Displays the circuits that a user has manually disabled. In this case, State is Disabled. For

definitions of the columns in the table, refer to the alerts command.

Sample Display - show isdnbri disabled

ISDN BRI Modules Disabled:

--------------------------

Slot

-----

Conn

----

State

-----

DSL

ID

----

Line

Number

------

MTU

---

TE State

---------

BChannel

Loopback

--------

Tmr

3

---

Tmr

4

---

1 12 Init 0 1301102 400 Deactivated Disabled 10 750

1 32 Init 1 1301302 400 Activated Disabled 10 750

Slot

-----

Conn

----

State

-----

DSL

ID

----

Line

Number

------

MTU

---

TE State

---------

BChannel

Loopback

--------

Tmr

3

---

Tmr

4

---

1 12 Disabled 0 1301102 400 Deactivated Disabled 10 750

303560-A Rev 00 2-427

enabled

Displays the circuits that a user has enabled. In this case, State is Down, Init, Not Present,

or Up. For definitions of the columns in the table, refer to the alerts command.

Sample Display - show isdnbri enabled

ISDN BRI Modules Enabled:

--------------------------

receive errors

Displays receive error information for all circuits or for a specified circuit.

Sample Display - show isdnbri receive errors

ISDN BRI Module Receive Errors:

-------------------------------

Over Frames

Slot Conn Flows Bad CRC Aborts Too Long

---- ---- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------

1 12 0 0 0 0

1 32 0 0 0 0

Slot

-----

Conn

----

State

-----

DSL

ID

----

Line

Number

------

MTU

---

TE State

---------

BChannel

Loopback

--------

Tmr

3

---

Tmr

4

---

1 12 Init 0 1301102 400 Deactivated Disabled 10 750

1 32 Init 1 1301302 400 Activated Disabled 10 750

Slot Slot identifier; ranges from 1 to 14.

Conn Connector’s instance identifier; ranges from 1 to 4.

Over Flows Number of data overflows (anomalies) received by the circuit.

Bad CRC Number of bad cyclic redundancy checks received.

Aborts Number of abort messages received.

Frames Too Long Number of frames received that were too long for processing.

(They exceeded the standard ISDN frame length.)

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-428 303560-A Rev 00

sample [

] [circuit

]

Displays the ISDN BRI statistics generated during a prescribed period (default 10

seconds). This command can be used for all circuits (default) or for a selected circuit.

Sample Display - show isdnbri sample

ISDN BRI Sampled Data over 10 seconds

---------------------------------------

Slot Slot identifier; ranges from 1 to 14.

Conn Connector’s instance identifier; ranges from 1 to 4.

Tx Frames Number of frames the router transmits.

Rx Frames Number of frames the router receives.

Rx Lack of Resources Number of times there is a lack of resources for received frames.

Due to a heavy traffic load, the D channel device driver could not

find a buffer in which to receive a D channel frame.

Tx Lack of Resources Number of times there is a lack of resources for transmitted

frames. The driver received more than seven frames at once for

transmission.

Slot

-----

Conn

----

Rx

Frames

-------

Tx

Frames

-------

Rx Lack of

Resources

----------

Tx Lack of

Resources

----------

11200 0

13200 0

303560-A Rev 00 2-429

stats

Displays I/O statistics for all ISDN BRI circuits or for a specific circuit.

Sample Display - show isdnbri stats

ISDN BRI Module I/O Statistics:

-------------------------------

Dsl Receive Receive Transmit Transmit Total

Slot Chan Conn Id Bytes Frames Bytes Frames Errors

---- ---- ---- ---- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------

1 D 2 0 4683 976 4760 975 0

1 B 1 1359818 2095 550674 3854 4

1 B 3 521828 1074 456067 1034 0

3 entries in table.

Slot Slot identifier; ranges from 1 to 14.

Chan ISDN B or D channel used for transmission.

Conn Connector’s instance identifier; ranges from 1 to 4.

DSL ID Digital subscriber loop identifier.

Receive Bytes Number of bytes the router receives over the circuit.

Receive Frames Number of frames the router receives over the circuit.

Transmit Bytes Number of bytes the router transmits over the circuit.

Transmit Frames Number of frames the router transmits.

Total Errors Number of total errors for the circuit.

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-430 303560-A Rev 00

system errors

Displays statistical information about general interface errors for all circuits or for a

specific circuit.

Sample Display - show isdnbri system errors

ISDN BRI Module System Errors:

------------------------------

Timer 3 Timer 4

Slot Conn Timeouts Timeouts

---- ---- ---------- ----------

1 12 11 11

1 32 0 0

Slot Slot identifier; ranges from 1 to 14.

Conn Connector’s instance identifier; ranges from 1 to 4.

Timer 3 Timeouts Number of Timer 3 timeouts that occurred for the circuit.

Timer 4 Timeouts Number of Timer 4 timeouts that occurred for the circuit.

303560-A Rev 00 2-431

transmit errors

Displays statistical information about transmission errors for all circuits or for a specific

circuit.

Sample Display - show isdnbri transmit errors

ISDN BRI Module Transmit Errors:

--------------------------------

Underflow D Channel

Slot Conn Frames Collisions

---- ---- ---------- ----------

1 12 0 0

1 32 0 0

version

Displays the current version number and date of the isdnbri.bat script.

Sample Display - show isdnbri version

isdnbri.bat Version: #.## Date: mm/dd/yy.

Slot Slot identifier; ranges from 1 to 14.

Conn Connector’s instance identifier; ranges from 1 to 4.

Underflow Frames Number of underflow frames (anomalies) for the circuit.

D Channel Collisions Number of collisions on the D channel.

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-432 303560-A Rev 00

show l2tp

The show l2tp

commands display information about the Layer 2 Tunneling

Protocol (L2TP). For information about L2TP, see Configuring L2TP Services.

The show l2tp command supports the following subcommand options:

auth_info

Displays information about tunnel authentication for a specific L2TP interface. The

display includes the following information:

auth_statistics

Displays tunnel authentication and session statistics for a specific circuit. The display

includes the following information:

auth_info stats

auth_statistics tunnels

configuration users

sessions

Slot The slot number of the L2TP interface.

Auth State The state of tunnel authentication, that is, whether tunnel

authentication is enabled or disabled for the interface.

Secret The authentication password.

Slot Number Slot number used for L2TP.

Success Number of successful tunnel authentication attempts and sessions.

Fail Number of failed tunnel authentication attempts.

Count Number of active tunnels and sessions.

303560-A Rev 00 2-433

configuration

Displays the L2TP configuration for the router. The display includes the following

information:

sessions

Displays L2TP session information. The display includes the following information:

stats

Displays the L2TP statistics for establishing an L2TP tunnel. The display includes the

following information:

IP State The LNS IP state, that is, whether or not it is active.

LNS Address The IP address of the router serving as the LNS.

LNS Host Name The router’s host name.

Tunnel Auth. Indicates whether tunnel authentication is enabled or disabled.

LNS Tun ID LNS tunnel ID for the L2TP session.

LNS Call ID LNS call ID for the L2TP session.

LAC Tun ID LAC tunnel ID for the L2TP session.

LAC Call ID LAC call ID for the L2TP session.

Calling Number Phone number of the remote user.

Called Number Phone number of the router.

Conn. Speed Speed of the connection in bits/second.

Frame Type Framing type used in the ICCN message.

Bear Type Bearer type used in the ICRQ message.

Chan. ID Physical channel ID used in the ICCN message.

Slot Slot number of the L2TP interface.

SCCRQ Valid/Invalid Number of valid and invalid SCCRQ requests.

SCCCN Valid/Invalid Number of valid and invalid SCCCN messages.

ICRQ Valid/Invalid Number of valid and invalid ICRQ messages.

ICCN Valid/Invalid Number of valid and invalid ICCN messages.

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-434 303560-A Rev 00

tunnels

Displays the L2TP tunnel information. The display includes the following information:

users

Displays information about L2TP users.

This display provides the following information:

Slot Num Number of the slot for the L2TP interface.

LNS Tun. ID Router’s tunnel ID.

LNS Address Router’s IP address.

LAC Tun. ID LAC’s tunnel ID.

LAC Address LAC’s IP address.

LAC Host Name LAC’s host name.

# of Active Sessions Number of active L2TP sessions.

Dial Username Dial-in user name.

Connect Time Time the call connected.

LNS TunID Tunnel ID for the LNS.

LNS CallID Call ID for the LNS.

LAC TunID Tunnel ID for the LAC.

LAC CallID Call ID for the LAC.

Tx Packets Number of packets transmitted by the LNS for the session.

Rx Packets Number of packets received by the LNS for the session.

303560-A Rev 00 2-435

show lane

The show lane

command displays information about ATM LAN Emulation.

For details about the Bay Networks implementation of ATM, refer to Configuring ATM

Services.

The show lane command supports the following subcommand options:

clients [

<circuit_name>

]

Displays ATM LAN Emulation Client running information for all circuits, or for a specific

circuit.

The table displays the following information:

clients [<circuit_name>]les [<circuit_name>]

config [<circuit_name>]mac [<circuit_name>]

data_vcs [<circuit_name>]servers [<circuit_name>]

learp [<circuit_name>]stats [<circuit_name>]

Cct# Circuit number of the LEC.

Circuit Name Circuit name assigned by Site Manager.

LecID LEC ID that the LE Server (LES) assigns during the Join state.

State State for the LEC: INITIAL, LECSCONNECT, CONFIGURE,

JOIN, INITIAL_REG, BUSCONNECT, OPERATIONAL.

Fail Code Status code from the last failed Configure or Join response.

Cfg Src Indicates whether this LEC used the LAN Emulation Configuration

Server (LECS), and if so, what method is used to establish the

Configuration Direct VCC: VIAILMI, KNOWNADR, CFGPVC,

or NO LECS.

LAN type Data frame format this client is now using: Unspecified,

IEEE 802.3, or IEEE 802.5.

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-436 303560-A Rev 00

Sample Display - show lane clients

ATM LAN Emulation Client Running Config Info

--------------------------------------------

Cct# Circuit Name LecID State Fail Code Cfg Src

----- -------------------- ----- ----------- --------- --------

4 ATMSR_1405101.4 29 OPERATIONAL NONE KNOWNADR

LAN type Max Data Frm Size ELAN Name Proxy

----------- ----------------- ---------- -----

IEEE8023 1516 01 1

Primary addr

39.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.C0.A8.8D.A0.00

Cfg Server addr

47.00.79.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.A0.3E.00.00.01.00

LE Server addr

39.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.08.00.20.1A.42.C4.01

--------------------------------------------------------------------

Total entries: 1

Max Data Frm Size Maximum data frame size this client is now using: Unspecified,

1516, 4544, 9234, or 18190.

ELAN Name The name of the emulated LAN (ELAN) that this client last joined.

Proxy Indicates whether the LEC acts as a proxy when it joins an ATM

emulated LAN: 1 (True) or 2 (False).

Primary addr ATM address of the LEC.

Cfg Server addr ATM address of the LAN Emulation Configuration Server.

LE Server addr ATM address of the LES.

303560-A Rev 00 2-437

config [

<circuit_name>

]

Displays the ATM LAN Emulation Client record for each circuit, or for a specific circuit.

The table displays the following information:

Sample Display - show lane config

ATM LAN Emulation Client Table

------------------------------

Cct# Circuit Name LAN Name LAN Type State

----- -------------------- ---------- ----------- -----------

5 ATMSR_1405101.5 - UNSPECIFIED LECSCONNECT

LES ATM addr

12.34.56.78.90.12.34.56.78.90.12.34.56.78.90.12.34.56.78.9A

LECS ATM addr

12.34.56.78.90.12.34.56.78.90.12.34.56.78.90.12.34.56.78.9A

--------------------------------------------------------------

Total entries: 1

Cct# Circuit number of the LEC.

Circuit Name Circuit name assigned by Site Manager.

LAN Name Emulated LAN name this client will use the next time it returns to

the Initial state.

LAN Type Data frame format that this client will use the next time it returns to

the Initial state: Unspecified, IEEE 802.3, or IEEE 802.5.

State State for the LEC: INITIAL, LECSCONNECT, CONFIGURE,

JOIN, INITIAL_REG, BUSCONNECT, OPERATIONAL.

LES ATM addr Configured ATM address of the LAN Emulation Server

LECS ATM addr Configured ATM address of the LAN Emulation Configuration

Server

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-438 303560-A Rev 00

data_vcs [

<circuit_name>

]

Displays ATM LAN Emulation control and data VCC information for all circuits, or for a

specific circuit.

The table displays the following information:

Cct# Circuit number of the LEC.

Config Direct The VPI/VCI pair that identifies the Configuration Direct VCC (if it exists) at

the point where it connects to this LEC. If the value is 0/0, no Configuration

Direct VCC exists.

Control Direct The VPI/VCI pair that identifies the Control Direct VCC (if it exists) at the

point where it connects to this LEC. If the value is 0/0, no Control Direct VCC

exists.

Control Distrib The VPI/VCI pair that identifies the Control Distributed VCC (if it exists) at

the point where it connects to this LEC. If the value is 0/0, no Control

Distributed VCC exists.

Multi Send The VPI/VCI pair that identifies the Multicast Send VCC (if it exists) at the

point where it connects to this LEC. If the value is 0/0, no Multicast Send VCC

exists.

Multi Forward The VPI/VCI pair that identifies the Multicast Forward VCC (if it exists) at the

point where it connects to this LEC. If the value is 0/0, no Multicast Forward

VCC exists.

Data Direct The VPI/VCI pair that identifies the Data Direct VCCs (if they exist) at the

point where they connect to this LEC. If the value is

0/0, no Data Direct VCCs exist.

303560-A Rev 00 2-439

Sample Display - show lane data_vcs

[3:1$] show lane data_vcs

LAN Emulation control VCS and data VCS

-----------------------------------------

Config Control Control Multi Multi Data

Line#.Cct Direct Direct Distrib Send Forward Direct

--------- ------ -------- -------- ----- ------- -------

1405101.3 0/514 0/515 0/516 0/517 0/518 0/610

0/623

Config Control Control Multi Multi Data

Line#.Cct Direct Direct Distrib Send Forward Direct

--------- ------ -------- -------- ----- ------- -------

1405101.4 0/521 0/522 0/523 0/524 0/525 0/644

learp [

<circuit_name>

]

Displays ATM LAN Emulation Client MAC-to-ATM address resolution protocol (ARP)

Cache information for all circuits, or for a specific circuit.

The table displays the following information:

Cct# Circuit number of the LEC.

Circuit Name Circuit name that Site Manager assigned.

IsRemote Indicates whether the MAC address belongs to a remote client.

Entry Type Indicates how this table entry was created: LEARNED, LEARNED

CTRL, LEARNED DATA, STATIC VOL, STATIC NONVOL,

OTHER.

In the router’s case, the LEC will always learn this entry via the

Control VCC; the entry type will never be STATIC.

Status Row status: ENABLE or DISABLE. In the router’s case, the status

will always be ENABLE.

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-440 303560-A Rev 00

Sample Display - show lane learp

ATM mulation Client MAC-to-ATM ARP Cache

---------------------------------------------

Cct# Circuit Name IsRemote EntryType Status VPI VCI

----- -------------------- -------- ------------- -------- --- -----

3 ATMSR_1405101.3 TRUE LEARNED_CTRL ENABLE 0 38

MAC Address ATM Address

----------------- -----------------------------------------------------------

FF.FF.FF.FF.FF.FF 39.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.08.00.20.1A.42.C4.88

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------

Cct# Circuit Name IsRemote EntryType Status VPI VCI

----- -------------------- -------- ------------- -------- --- -----

4 ATMSR_1405101.4 TRUE LEARNED_CTRL ENABLE 0 45

MAC Address ATM Address

----------------- -----------------------------------------------------------

00.00.A2.0E.9F.C0 39.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.17.00.00.70.00

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------

Cct# Circuit Name IsRemote EntryType Status VPI VCI

----- -------------------- -------- ------------- -------- --- -----

4 ATMSR_1405101.4 TRUE LEARNED_CTRL ENABLE 0 39

MAC Address ATM Address

----------------- -----------------------------------------------------------

FF.FF.FF.FF.FF.FF 39.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.08.00.20.1A.42.C4.87

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------

Total entries: 3

VPI Virtual Path Interface (VPI) that will be used for this MAC address.

VCI Virtual Channel Interface (VCI) that will be used for this MAC

address.

MAC Address Remote MAC address.

ATM Address ATM address representing the MAC address.

303560-A Rev 00 2-441

les [

<circuit_name>

]

Displays ATM LAN Emulation Server (LES) state and address information for all circuits,

or for a specific circuit.

The display includes the following information:

mac [

<circuit_name>

]

Displays ATM LAN Emulation Client MAC address information for all circuits, or for a

specific circuit.

The table displays the following information:

Cct# Circuit number of the LEC.

Circuit Name Circuit name of the LEC.

Inst The instance (that is, circuit number and order of preference) for

each configured LES.

State The state of the LES (enable or disable).

LES Address The configured ATM address of the LES that the LAN emulation

client uses.

Cct# Circuit number of the LEC.

Circuit Name Circuit name that Site Manager assigned.

MAC address The local MAC address on this ATM interface that the LEC uses.

ATM address registered for

MAC address The ATM address configured for this service record and that this

LEC uses.

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-442 303560-A Rev 00

Sample Display - show lane mac

ATM LAN Emulation Client MAC address table

------------------------------------------

Cct# Circuit Name

----- --------------------

9 ATMSR_1405101.9

MAC address ATM address registered for MAC address

----------------- -----------------------------------------------------------

00.00.A2.0E.9F.CA 39.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.08.00.00.71.00

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------

Total entries: 1

servers [

<circuit_name>

]

Displays ATM LAN Emulation Client Server VCC information for all circuits, or for a

specific circuit.

The table displays the following information:

Cct# Circuit number of the LEC.

Circuit Name Circuit name that Site Manager assigned.

Config Direct Line# Interface associated with the Configuration Direct VCC. If the

value is 0, no Configuration Direct VCC exists.

Config Direct VPI The Virtual Path Identifier (VPI) that identifies the Configuration

Direct VCC (if it exists) at the point where it connects to this LEC.

Config Direct VCI The Virtual Channel Identifier (VCI) that identifies the

Configuration Direct VCC (if it exists) at the point where it

connects to this LEC.

Control Direct Line# Interface associated with the Control Direct VCC. If the value is 0,

no Control Direct VCC exists.

Control Direct VPI The VPI that identifies the Control Direct VCC (if it exists) at the

point where it connects to this LEC.

303560-A Rev 00 2-443

Sample Display - show lane servers

ATM LAN Emulation Client Server VCC Table

-----------------------------------------

Config Direct Control Direct

Cct# Circuit Name Line# VPI VCI Line# VPI VCI

----- -------------------- -------- --- ----- -------- --- -----

4 ATMSR_1405101.4 1103101 0 32 1103101 0 33

Control Distributed Multicast Send Multicast Forward

Line# VPI VCI Line# VPI VCI Line# VPI VCI

-------- --- ----- -------- --- ----- -------- --- -----

1103101 0 34 1103101 0 35 1103101 0 36

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

Total entries: 1

Control Direct VCI The VCI that identifies the Control Direct VCC (if it exists) at the

point where it connects to this LEC.

Control Distributed Line# Interface associated with the Control Distributed VCC. If the value

is 0, no Control Distributed VCC exists.

Control Distributed VPI The VPI that identifies the Control Distributed VCC (if it exists) at

the point where it connects to this LEC.

Control Distributed VCI The VCI that identifies the Control Distributed VCC (if it exists) at

the point where it connects to this LEC.

Multicast Send Line# Interface associated with the Multicast Send VCC. If the value is 0,

no Multicast Send VCC exists.

Multicast Send VPI The VPI that identifies the Multicast Send VCC (if it exists) at the

point where it connects to this LEC.

Multicast Send VCI The VCI that identifies the Multicast Send VCC (if it exists) at the

point where it connects to this LEC.

Multicast Forward Line# Interface associated with the Multicast Forward VCC. If the value

is 0, no Multicast Forward VCC exists.

Multicast Forward VPI The VPI that identifies the Multicast Forward VCC (if it exists) at

the point where it connects to this LEC.

Multicast Forward VCI The VCI that identifies the Multicast Forward VCC (if it exists) at

the point where it connects to this LEC.

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-444 303560-A Rev 00

stats [

<circuit_name>

]

Displays ATM LAN Emulation Client Statistics information for all circuits, or for a

specific circuit.

The table displays the following information:

Cct# Circuit number of the LEC.

Circuit Name Circuit name assigned by Site Manager.

Req Out Number of MAC-to-ATM address resolution protocol (ARP)

requests this LEC made over the logical User-to-Network Interface

(LUNI) associated with this emulated packet interface.

Req In Number of MAC-to-ATM ARP requests this LEC received over the

LUNI associated with this emulated packet interface.

ReplyOut Number of MAC-to-ATM ARP replies this LEC sent over the

LUNI associated with this emulated packet interface.

ReplyIn Number of MAC-to-ATM ARP replies this LEC received over the

LUNI associated with this emulated packet interface.

FrameOut Total number of control packets this LEC sent over the LUNI

associated with this emulated packet interface.

FrameIn Total number of control packets this LEC received over the LUNI

associated with this emulated packet interface.

SVCFails Number of SVCs this LEC tried to open but could not.

303560-A Rev 00 2-445

Sample Display - show lane stats

ATM LAN Emulation Client Statistics

-----------------------------------

Cct# Circuit Name Req Out Req In ReplyOut ReplyIn

----- -------------------- -------- -------- -------- --------

4 ATMSR_1405101.4 126 0 0 126

FrameOut FrameIn SVCFails

-------- -------- --------

128 128 0

--------------------------------------------------------------

Total entries: 1

show lapb

The show lapb <

option

> commands display information about the Link Access

Procedure-Balanced (LAPB) layer. For information about LAPB, refer to Configuring and

Managing Routers with Site Manager.

The show lapb command supports the following subcommand options:

alerts

Displays information about LAPB lines that are configured but not currently operating.

The table includes the following information:

alerts lines [<line> | <line.llindex>]

disabled stats [<line> | <line.llindex>]

enabled version

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-446 303560-A Rev 00

Sample Display - show lapb alerts

LAPB ALERT Table

----------------

FRMR Rejects RNR Setups Abnormal Retransmit

Line.LLIndex RX/TX Resets RX/TX RX/TX Refused Disconnects Occurrence

---------------- -------- ------ ------- ------ ------- ----------- ----------

201101.0 4 13 0 0 0 0 0

Total entries: 1

Line.LLIndex Line identifier and the lower layer index identifier.

FRMR RX/TX Number of Frame Rejects received and transmitted.

Resets Number of Link Connection Resets.

Rejects RX/TX Number of reject frames received and transmitted.

RNR RX/TX Number of Receiver Not Ready frames received and transmitted.

Setups Refused Number of unsuccessful link connections.

Abnormal Disconnects Number of abnormal link disconnections.

Retransmit Occurrence Number of retransmissions that have occurred.

303560-A Rev 00 2-447

disabled

Displays LAPB lines that are configured but disabled. The table includes the following

information:

Sample Display - show lapb disabled

LAPB Disabled Table

-------------------

Line.LLIndex Circuit Station Type Network Type

---------------- -------- ------------ ------------

Total entries: 0

Line.LLIndex Line identifier and the lower layer index identifier.

Circuit Circuit number for this LAPB subsystem, associated with the driver

or application running underneath it.

Station Type Station type for this interface: DTE, DCE, or DXE (unassigned

role). DXE indicates the instance is enabled but negotiation has not

yet occurred.

Network Type Network type: GOSIP or NET2.

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-448 303560-A Rev 00

enabled

Displays LAPB lines that are configured and enabled. For definitions of column headings,

see the disabled command.

Sample Display - show lapb enabled

LAPB Enabled Table

------------------

Line.LLIndex Circuit Station Type Network Type

---------------- -------- ------------ ------------

201101.0 S11 DCE NET2

Total entries: 1

lines [

<line>

|

<line.llindex>

]

Displays information about LAPB lines for all configured lines or for a specified line.

The table includes the following information:

<line>

|

<line.llindex>

Limits the display to the specified line or line and line index.

Line.LLIndex Line identifier and the lower-layer index identifier.

Circuit Circuit number for this LAPB subsystem, associated with the driver

or application running underneath it.

Station Type Station type for this interface: DTE, DCE, or DXE (unassigned

role). DXE indicates that the instance is enabled but that

negotiation has not yet occurred.

Window Size Default transmit and receive window size for this line. This

parameter identifies the maximum number of unacknowledged

sequence frames allowed for this DXE at one time. Window size

ranges from 1 through 127; the default is 7.

303560-A Rev 00 2-449

Sample Display - show lapb line 201101

LAPB Line Information Table

---------------------------

Line.LLIndex Circuit Station Type Window Size N1 N2 T1 T3

------------ -------- ------------ ----------- ---- -- ---- ----

201101.0 S11 DCE 7 135 10 3 60

Total entries: 1

N1 Maximum N1 frame size in bytes for a frame that the DXE

transmits, excluding flags and 0 bits inserted for transparency. N1

frame size ranges from 3 to 4500 bytes; the default is 1600 bytes.

N2 N2 retry count, which is the maximum number of retries after the

T1 timer expires before determining that the line is down. N2

ranges from 1 to 64; the default is 10.

T1 T1 timer, which specifies the maximum number of seconds to wait

for an acknowledgment of a frame. T1 timer ranges from 1 through

9999 seconds; the default is 3 seconds.

T3 T3 timer, which specifies the number of seconds to wait before

considering the link disconnected. A value of 1 means to consider

the link disconnected when the frame has been exchanged. T3 timer

ranges from 1 through 9999 seconds; the default is 60 seconds.

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-450 303560-A Rev 00

stats [

<line>

|

<line.llindex>

]

Displays statistics for all LAPB lines or for a specified line.

The table includes the following information:

Sample Display - show lapb stats 201101

LAPB Line Statistics

--------------------

Sent Received

Line.LLIndex Frames Octets Frames Octets ReXmits State

------------ ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- -------- --------

201101.0 64552 3161980 64500 193557 0 Enabled

Total entries: 1

<line>



<line.llindex>

Limits the display to the specified line or line and line index.

Line.LLIndex Lne identifier and the lower-layer index identifier.

Frames Sent Number of frames transmitted without error.

Octets Sent Number of octets transmitted without error.

Frames Received Number of frames received without error.

Octets Received Number of octets received without error.

ReXmits Number of frames that have been retransmitted.

State State of the instance running LAPB: Enabled or Disabled.

303560-A Rev 00 2-451

version

Displays the version number and modification date of the lapb.bat script.

Sample Display - show lapb version

LAPB Version 1.1 Date: 6/3/94.

show lnm

The show lnm <

option

> commands display information about services that LNM Servers

provide. For detailed information about LNM Servers, refer to Configuring LNM Services.

The show lnm command supports the following subcommand options:

alerts disabled

base enabled

cannotlink [circuit [<circuit name>] ] links [<circuit name>]

circuit [<circuit name>] passwords [<circuit name>]

configuration [circuit [<circuit name>] ] version

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-452 303560-A Rev 00

alerts

Displays all enabled LNM Servers circuits whose state is not up. The table does not

include disabled circuits or enabled circuits that are up. It shows only circuits that are not

up for some reason. The table includes the following information:

Sample Display - show lnm alerts

LNM Servers Circuit Alerts

--------------------------

Circuit LNM LNM LRM LNM LBS LNM REM LNM RPS LNM CRS

-------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------

O41 Not Pres Not Pres Not Pres Not Pres Not Pres

1 Entries found.

Circuit Name of the circuit the server is on.

LNM Status of LNM Servers as an entity. This is always blank for alerts.

LNM LRM State of the LAN Reporting Mechanism (LRM). If the state is Up,

the entry is blank. Otherwise, the state is Down, Init (initializing) or

Not Pres (not present).

LNM LBS State of the LAN Bridge Server (LBS). If the state is Up, the entry

is blank. Otherwise, the state is Down, Init (initializing) or Not

Pres (not present).

LNM REM State of Ring Error Monitor (REM). If the state is Up, the entry is

blank. Otherwise, the state is Down, Init (initializing) or Not Pres

(not present).

LNM RPS Sate of Ring Parameter Server (RPS). If the state is Up, the entry is

blank. Otherwise, the state is Down, Init (initializing) or Not Pres

(not present).

LNM CRS State of Configuration Report Server (CRS). If the state is Up, the

entry is blank. Otherwise, the state is Down, Init (initializing) or

Not Pres (not present).

303560-A Rev 00 2-453

base

Displays the LNM Servers base record state. The base record controls LNM Servers as a

whole for the entire system. State is one of the following:

Sample Display - show lnm base

LNM Servers Base Information

----------------------------

Protocol State

----------- --------

LNM Servers Up

cannotlink [circuit [

] ]

Displays problem information for the LNM Servers base record, all LNM Servers circuits,

or a specific circuit. You can use the information to diagnose why IBM LAN Network

Manager cannot link with the Bay Networks LNM Servers. You can use the following

options with the cannotlink command. The base record table includes the following

information:

Disabled User has manually disabled LNM Servers as an entity.

Down LNM Servers is not functioning.

Init LNM Servers is initializing on the system.

Not Present LNM Servers has been configured but not started.

Up LNM Servers is currently operating on the system.

Protocol Routing protocol for the base record; this is LNM, LLC, and SR.

State State of the protocol, which is one of the following:

•Disabled - User has manually disabled the protocol.

•Down - Protocol is not functioning on the system.

•Init - Protocol is initializing on the system.

•Not Present - Protocol has been configured but not started.

•Up - Protocol is functioning on the system.

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-454 303560-A Rev 00

The circuit table includes the following information:

Internal LAN ID For the IBM LAN Network Manager to be able to link to LNM Servers, the

Internal LAN ID must be equal to the Source Route Internal LAN ID.

Bridge ID For the IBM LAN Network Manager to be able to link to LNM Servers, the

Bridge ID must be equal to the Source Route Bridge ID.

Circuit Name of the circuit the protocol runs on.

Protocol Routing protocol on that specific circuit. Examine the state of these

protocols. They must all be enabled and up for IBM LAN Network

Manager to be able to link. The state of the LNM Servers circuit is

enabled or disabled only.

State State of the protocol, which is one of the following:

•Disabled - User has manually disabled the protocol on that

circuit.

•Down - Protocol or server is not functioning. When LNM is

disabled on the circuit, the individual LNM Servers (LRM, LBS,

REM, RPS, REM, or CRS) go into a Down state.

•Enabled - LNM Servers as an entity has been enabled on the

circuit.

•Init - Protocol or server is initializing on the circuit.

•Not Present - Circuit is down; the server has not yet started.

•Up - Protocol or server is functioning on the circuit.

External Ring ID Source Route External Ring ID. If the ID differs from the Segment

number that IBM LAN Network Manager has for the Bay

Networks bridge, you may need to delete and redefine the Bay

Networks bridge in IBM LAN Network Manager.

Internal MAC Address LNM Internal MAC address, which should be the same as the one

configured in IBM LAN Network Manager. If the field contains

dashes, the address is in canonical format and you must convert it to

TR format before entering it or comparing it with the addresses

entered in IBM LAN Network Manager.

External MAC Address TR External Mac address, which should be the same as the one

configured in IBM LAN Network Manager. If the field contains

dashes, the address is in canonical format and you must convert it to

TR format before entering it or comparing it with the addresses

entered in IBM LAN Network Manager.

303560-A Rev 00 2-455

Sample Display - show lnm cannotlink

LNM Servers Cannot Link

-----------------------

Internal Bridge

Protocol State LAN ID ID

-------- -------- -------- ------

LNM Base Up B0 5

LLC Base Up

SR Base Up B0 5

Sample Display - show lnm cannotlink circuit

LNM Servers Cannot Link Circuit

-------------------------------

External Internal External

Circuit Protocol State Ring ID MAC Address MAC Address

-------- -------- -------- -------- ----------------- -----------------

O31 LNM Cct Enabled 00-00-45-00-00-09

LLC Cct Up

SR Cct Up 10

TR Cct Up 00-00-a2-00-c9-a4

LNM LRM Up

LNM LBS Up

LNM REM Disable

LNM RPS Up

LNM CRS Disabled

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-456 303560-A Rev 00

circuit [

]

Displays the LNM Servers states on all circuits or on only a specified circuit. The LNM

column shows whether LNM Servers is Enabled or Disabled on the circuit. The servers

(LNM, LRM, LNM, LBS, and so on) can have the following states:

Sample Display - show lnm circuit

LNM Servers Circuit Information

-------------------------------

Circuit LNM LNM LRM LNM LBS LNM REM LNM RPS LNM CRS

-------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------

O31 Enabled Up Up Disabled Up Disabled

O32 Enabled Up Up Up Up Up

O41 Enabled Not Pres Not Pres Not Pres Not Pres Not Pres

O42 Enabled Up Up Up Up Up

4 Entries found.

Down State of individual servers goes to Down when LNM Servers

becomes disabled on the circuit.

Init Server is initializing.

Not Pres Circuit is down; the server has not yet started.

Up Server is functioning on the circuit.

303560-A Rev 00 2-457

configuration [circuit [

] ]

Displays configuration information about LNM Servers as a whole. You can show

information about the base record. Or you can display information about LNM circuits.

You can also limit the display to one circuit. The base record displays the following

information:

The circuit record configuration display includes the following information:

Protocol Name of the protocol.

State State of the protocol, as follows:

•Disabled - User has manually disabled the protocol.

•Up - LNM Servers is functioning on the system.

•Down - LNM Servers is not functioning on the system.

•Init - LNM Servers is initializing on the system.

•Not Present - LNM Servers has been configured but not started.

IBM LNM Set Privilege Setting is Enabled or Disabled. The Enabled setting lets the IBM

LAN Network Manager change LNM Servers configuration

parameters with Set LAN Network Manager frames.

Internal LAN ID Identifier that Source Routing uses to route frames to other circuits

on the Bay Networks router. This value must match the value

defined in the SR base record.

Bridge Number Bridge number defined in the SR base record. IBM LAN Network

Manager uses this number with the Internal LAN ID, External LAN

ID, Internal MAC Address, and External MAC Address to identify

the Bay Networks bridge on the circuit.

Circuit Name of the circuit the protocol runs on.

MAC Cct MAC circuit on which LNM Servers as an entity is defined.

LLC Cct LLC circuit with which LNM Servers as an entity is associated.

Internal MAC Address MAC address defined to the Internal LAN. This is a virtual

association used only to define LNM Servers on this circuit within

IBM LAN Network Manager.

Weight Threshold Maximum error count that LNM REM Server uses to send alerts to

IBM LAN Network Manager.

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-458 303560-A Rev 00

Sample Display - show lnm configuration

LNM Servers Base Configuration

------------------------------

IBM LNM Set Internal Bridge

Protocol State Privilege LAN ID Number

----------- -------- ----------- -------- ------

LNM Servers Up Enabled B0 5

Sample Display - show lnm configuration circuit

LNM Servers Circuit Configuration

---------------------------------

MAC LLC Internal Weight

Circuit Cct Cct MAC Address Threshold

-------- --- --- ----------------- ---------

O31 2 3 00-00-45-00-00-09 128

O32 4 5 00-00-45-00-00-02 128

O41 6 7 00-00-45-00-00-05 128

O42 8 9 00-00-45-00-00-06 128

disabled

Displays the LNM Servers circuits and servers that a user has manually disabled. The table

includes the name of each server, and the circuit the server is on. If the server is disabled,

Disabled appears under the name of the server. If the server is enabled, the value in the

table is blank.

303560-A Rev 00 2-459

Sample Display - show lnm disabled

LNM Servers Circuits Disabled

-----------------------------

Circuit LNM LNM LRM LNM LBS LNM REM LNM RPS LNM CRS

-------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------

O31 Disabled Disabled

1 Entries found.

enabled

Displays the current state of all LNM Servers circuits that are currently enabled. The state

of LNM will display as Enabled. The state of specific servers (for example, LNM LRM) is

one of the following:

If the server is disabled, the value under its name is blank.

Sample Display - show lnm enabled

LNM Servers Circuits Enabled

-----------------------------

Circuit LNM LNM LRM LNM LBS LNM REM LNM RPS LNM CRS

-------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------

O31 Enabled Up Up Up

O32 Enabled Up Up Up Up Up

O41 Enabled Not Pres Not Pres Not Pres Not Pres Not Pres

O42 Enabled Up Up Up Up Up

4 Entries found.

Init Protocol or server is initializing on the circuit.

Not Pres Circuit is down; the server has not yet started.

Up Protocol or server is functioning on the circuit.

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-460 303560-A Rev 00

links [

]

Displays the LNM links currently existing between LNM Servers as an entity and IBM

LAN Network Manager and their addresses. When no link exists for a specific address, the

display shows Not Linked instead of the address. You can display all circuits or only a

specific circuit.

Sample Display - show lnm links

LNM Servers Circuit Links

-------------------------

Controlling Observing 1 Observing 2 Observing 3

Circuit Manager Address Manager Address Manager Address Manager Address

------- ----------------- ----------------- ----------------- ----------------

O31 08-00-5a-97-7a-1d Not Linked Not Linked Not Linked

O32 08-00-5a-97-7a-1d Not Linked Not Linked Not Linked

303560-A Rev 00 2-461

passwords [

]

Displays the passwords currently configured for all LNM Servers circuits or for a specific

circuit. If a password doesn’t exist, the default password is 00000000.

Sample Display - show lnm passwords

LNM Servers Circuit Passwords

-----------------------------

Cntrllng Observng Observng Observng

Manager Managr 1 Managr 2 Managr 3

Circuit Password Password Password Password

-------- -------- -------- -------- --------

O31 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000

O32 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000

O41 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000

O42 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000

version

Displays the current version and date of the lnm.bat script.

Sample Display - show lnm version

LNM.bat Version: #.## Date: mm/dd/yy.

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-462 303560-A Rev 00

show mospf

The show mospf <

option

> command displays information about OSPF multicast

extensions (MOSPF). For detailed information about the Bay Networks implementation of

MOSPF, refer to Configuring IP Multicasting and Multimedia Services.

The show mospf command supports the following subcommand options:

base

Displays the following information:

Sample Display - show mospf base

MOSPF Base Information

---------------------

Inter-Area Inter-AS

Multicast

Router ID Forwarder

--------------- ---------- ---------

201.1.1.1 Yes No

base interfaces

fwd neighbor

Router ID The ID of the router on which MOSP is running

Inter-Area Multicast

Forwarder Whether MOSFP is running on an internal area router or a

border router

Inter-AS Mutlicast

Forwarder Whether MOSPF is running on a boundary router

303560-A Rev 00 2-463

fwd

Displays the following information from the MOSPF forwarding database:

In addition, you can add a group address argument to the fwd subcommand to limit table

entries to those matching the argument. The argument can contain the wildcard character

(*), for example:

Sample Display - show mospf fwd

MOSPF Forwarding Database

-------------------------

Upstream

Group Source Interface

--------------- --------------- ---------------

224.128.128.10 201.1.1.0 201.1.1.1

downstream: 201.0.2.1 (3)

224.128.128.10 201.2.1.0 201.0.2.1

downstream: 201.1.1.1 (1)

224.128.128.11 201.1.1.0 201.1.1.1

downstream: 201.0.2.1 (3)

224.128.128.11 201.2.1.0 201.0.2.1

downstream: 201.1.1.1 (1)

224.128.128.12 201.1.1.0 201.1.1.1

downstream: 201.0.2.1 (3)

224.128.128.12 201.2.1.0 201.0.2.1

downstream: 201.1.1.1 (1)

Group Multicasting group.

Source Multicasting source.

Upstream Interface IP address of the upstream interface.

Downstream Interface IP address of the downstream interface.

show mospf fwd Shows forwarding entries for all group addresses

show mospf fwd 224.2.* Shows forwarding entries for all group addresses starting

with 224.2

show mospf fwd 225.3.12.1 Shows the forwarding entry for the group address

225.3.12.1

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-464 303560-A Rev 00

interfaces

Displays the following information:

Sample Display - show mospf interfaces

MOSPF Interfaces

---------------

IP Address Area ID Multicast Forwarding State

--------------- --------------- -------------------- --------

201.0.2.1 0.0.0.0 multicast P to P

201.1.1.1 1.1.1.1 multicast DR

201.1.2.1 1.1.1.1 multicast DR

3 Entries

IP Address IP address of the MOSPF interfaces

Area ID The ID of the area to which the interface is connected

Multicast Forwarding Whether the router supports multicast forwarding on this

interface

State The state of the link to which the interface is connected

303560-A Rev 00 2-465

neighbors

Displays the following information:

IP interface The local IP interface on which this neighbor relationship has

been established

Router ID The ID of the router on which MOSPF is running

Neighbor IP Address The remote IP interface on which this neighbor relationship has

been established

State The state of the neighbor connection

Type Dynamic or configured -- specifies whether this is a

dynamically or statically configured neighbor

OSPF Virtual Neighbors The area ID, router ID, and state of each virtual OSPF neighbor

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-466 303560-A Rev 00

Sample Display - show mospf neighbors

OSPF Neighbors

--------------

Neighbor

IP Interface Router ID IP Address State Type

--------------- --------------- --------------- ---------- ----------

201.0.2.1 201.2.1.2 201.0.2.2 Full Dynamic

1 Entries

1 dynamic neighbors

0 configured neighbors

OSPF Virtual Neighbors

----------------------

Area Address Router ID State

---------------- ---------------- --------------

0 virtual neighbors

show mpoa

The show mpoa <

option

> commands display information about the Multiple Protocol

Over ATM (MPOA) feature. The show mpoa command supports the following

subcommand options:

egress_cache servers

ingress_cache version

lane_clients

303560-A Rev 00 2-467

egress_cache

Displays information about the current cache entries for the egress router. This display

includes the following information:

ingress_cache

Displays information about the current cache entries for the ingress router.

This display includes the following information:

index The index number associated with this cache entry.

MPC Id The ID number of the MPOA client.

State The state of the cache entry.

Cache Id The egress cache ID.

Hold Time The amount of time the cache information is valid.

Elan Id The ID number associated with the emulated LAN of

which the LEC is a member.

MPS Slot The number of the chassis slot containing the MPS.

Next-Hop Prot The next-hop protocol (for example, IP) address.

Source ATM Address The source ATM address.

DLL Header The data link layer supplied to the egress MPC.

index The index number associated with this cache entry.

MPC Id The ID number of the MPOA client.

State The state of the cache entry.

Hold Time The amount of time the cache information is valid.

MPS Slot The number of the chassis slot containing the MPS.

Src Prot Addr The source protocol (for example, IP) address.

Source ATM Address The source ATM address.

Dst Prot Addr The destination protocol (for example, IP) address.

Dest ATM Address The destination ATM address.

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-468 303560-A Rev 00

lane_clients

Displays information about the mapping between LECs and MPOA servers.

This display includes the following information:

servers

Displays information about configured MPOA servers.

This display includes the following information:

version

Displays the current MPOA software version.

LANE Client Cct The circuit number assigned to the LEC.

LANE Client Elan_Name The name of the emulated LAN of which the LEC is a

member.

MPOA Server ID The ID number of the MPS.

MPOA Server Slot The slot number in which the MPS resides.

Slot The number of the chassis slot containing the MPS.

Id The server ID number for that slot.

State The state of the server.

Control ATM Address The server ATM address.

303560-A Rev 00 2-469

show nbip

The show nbip <

option

> commands display configuration and statistical information

about NetBIOS over IP services. For detailed information about NetBIOS, refer to

Configuring IP Services.

The show nbip command supports the following subcommand options:

base

Displays the base record for NetBIOS over IP. The table includes the following

information:

Sample Display - show nbip base

NBIP Base Information

---------------------

Protocol State

-------- ----------

NBIP Up

base names

interfaces version

Protocol Name of the protocol, which in this case is NBIP.

State State of the protocol on the router: Up, Down (manually disabled),

Init (initializing), or Not Present (not yet initialized).

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-470 303560-A Rev 00

interfaces

Displays information about each interface:

Sample Display - show nbip interfaces

NBIP Interfaces

---------------

Input Output Name Input Input Output

IP Address State Bcasts Bcasts Caching Packets Errors Packets

--------------- -------- ------ ------ ------- ---------- ---------- ----------

130.1.1.1 Up Yes Yes Yes 10 0 65

131.1.1.1 Up Yes Yes Yes 68 0 7

192.32.14.92 Down Yes No No 0 0 0

3 Entries.

IP Address IP address of this interface.

State State of the protocol on the interface: Up, Down, Init, or Not

Present.

Input Bcasts Indicates whether the input of NetBIOS broadcasts is enabled.

Output Bcasts Indicates whether the output of NetBIOS broadcasts is enabled.

Name Caching Indicates whether NetBIOS name caching is enabled.

Input Packets Number of frames that have been received by this interface.

Input Errors Number of invalid frames that have been received by this interface.

Output Packets Number of frames that have been transmitted by this interface.

303560-A Rev 00 2-471

names

Displays name cache information:

Sample Display - show nbip names

NBIP Name Cache

---------------

NetBIOS Name IP Address Learned ? Cache Hits Scope ID

------------------- --------------- --------- ---------- ----------------------

MIATA 128.1.1.3 Yes 0 <09>wellfleet<03>com

WINDSURF 130.1.1.3 Yes 8 <09>wellfleet<03>com

2 Entries.

version

Displays the current version and the modification date of the nbip.bat script.

Sample Display - show nbip version

NBIP.bat Version: #.## Date: mm/dd/yy.

show nhrp

The show nhrp <

option

> commands display information about the Next Hop Routing

Protocol (NHRP). For information about NHRP, see Configuring ATM Services.

NetBIOS Name NetBIOS name of the station.

IP Address IP address of the NetBIOS station.

Learned? Indicates whether this NetBIOS entry is learned. If not, it is a static

entry.

Cache Hits Number of times the NetBIOS name cache has been used.

Scope ID NetBIOS Scope ID of this station.

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-472 303560-A Rev 00

The show nhrp command supports the following subcommand options:

circuits

Displays circuit information about the NHRP circuits. The display includes the following

information:

circuits nhcache

client nets server nets

client stats server stats

defnhs version

Circuit Number Service record number.

L2 Data link protocol.

VC Protocol for the virtual circuit.

Type Indicates whether this is a PVC or an SVC.

Pkts Xmit Number of packets transmitted across the circuit.

Enable Indicates whether the circuit is active.

303560-A Rev 00 2-473

client nets

Displays the NHRP client configuration. The display includes the following information:

Protocol Designates that this is the NHRP client.

Layer2/Layer3 Data link and network layer protocols.

Enable Indicates whether or not the client is enabled.

Request Timeout Amount of time, in seconds, that the client waits for a reply from

the server in response to a request.

Request Retries Number of times that the client resends a request to the server

before it sends an error back to the requesting application.

Max Pending Reqs Maximum number of requests from applications that the client can

accept.

Register Interval Amount of time between client registrations sent to the NHRP

server. The client registers the networks it supports.

Register HoldTime Amount of time, in seconds, that the registration information

remains valid.

Debug Level Specifies whether debug messages are displayed in the router’s

event log.

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-474 303560-A Rev 00

client stats

Displays the NHRP client statistics. The display includes the following information:

Protocol Designates that this is the NHRP client.

Layer2/Layer3 Data link and network layer protocols.

NHR Request Number of next-hop resolution requests that the client sends (Tx)

to the server.

Number of acknowledgments (Ack) and negative

acknowledgments (Nak) that the client receives from the server in

response to a next-hop resolution request.

Register Request Number of registration requests that the client sends (Tx) to the

server. The client registers the networks it supports.

Number of acknowledgments (Ack) and negative

acknowledgments (Nak) that the client receives from the server in

response to a registration request.

Purge Request Number of purge requests that the client sends (Tx) to the server.

Number of acknowledgments (Ack) and negative

acknowledgments (Nak) that the client receives from the server in

response to a purge request.

Unsolicited Purge Number of unsolicited purge requests that the client receives from

the server. The server instructs the client to delete information it

sent.

Error Indications Number of NHRP error indication messages that both the client

and server send (Tx) and receive (Rx).

Local Errors Number of error messages that the client sends locally to the

application that it serves.

Local Retries Number of times that the client resends a previous request

(resolution or purge) to the server because the server did not reply.

303560-A Rev 00 2-475

defnhs

Displays the NHRP server configuration. The display includes the following information:

nhcache

Displays information about the server’s next-hop cache memory. The display includes the

following information:

Index Server’s priority ranking.

L2 Data link protocol used by the server.

Cct Circuit number for the interface.

VCID1 ID number of a virtual circuit.

VCID2 ID number of a virtual circuit.

NHS Protocol Addr IP address of the server.

Serving Network Network address for which the NHRP server can provide next-hop

resolution information in response to client requests.

Serving Netmask Network mask for which the NHRP server can provide next-hop

resolution information in response to client requests. Together

with the serving network, it provides a range of addresses served

by the NHRP server.

Status Indicates whether the NHRP server can be used.

S1 Circuit name.

L2 Data link protocol used by the server.

Destination_Range Range of destination networks supported by the server. This

number represents the network address and mask.

NextHopProtoAddr IP address of the next-hop destination.

NextHopNbmaAddr NBMA address of the next-hop destination.

HldTme Time that a network address entry in the server’s cache is valid.

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-476 303560-A Rev 00

server nets

Displays the NHRP server configuration. The display includes the following information:

Fl 6-bit flag value instructing the server about the network entry. The

value can be as follows:

1=Entry is valid

2=Entry is result of authoritative source

4=NMBA address is valid

8=Protocol address is valid

16=Reply was a valid hold timer

32 = Entry is no longer valid and is being removed

PfV Preference value of the network address entry. This value

prioritizes the next-hop entries.

Mtu Maximum transmission unit, which indicates the size of the data

that can be sent across the network.

Protocol Designates that this is the NHRP server.

Layer2/Layer3 Data link and network layer protocols.

Enable Indicates whether the NHRP server is enabled or disabled.

Forwarding Enable Indicates whether forwarding is enabled or disabled. Server

requests are forwarded to another server if the original server

cannot respond.

Max CIE’s/Reply Maximum number of client information entries and replies. These

are the next-hop address entries that the server sends to the client.

Max Pending Reqs Maximum number of requests (from 1 to 100) that the server

accepts from the NHRP client.

Next Hop Load Bal Indicates whether next-hop load balancing is enabled or disabled.

Load balancing prioritizes the next-hop entries if there are more

than one.

Max NH Cache Size Maximum number of IP address entries in the next-hop cache.

Max QOS Cache Size Maximum number of quality of service entries in the QoS cache.

Max Addr Cache Size Maximum number of NBMA address entries in the address cache.

Use local BGPRS Specifies whether the NHRP server is using the BGP route server

to get next-hop IP addresses.

Use DNS Server Specifies whether the NHRP server is using the DNS server to get

next-hop NBMA addresses.

303560-A Rev 00 2-477

server stats

Displays the NHRP server statistics. The display includes the following information:

DNS Proxy Port DNS proxy port for queries issued by the NHRP server.

Use Negative Caching Indicates whether caching of negative DNS records is enabled (1)

or disabled (2).

Negativ Caching TTL Time to Live (TTL), that is, the amount of time, in seconds, that

the value of negative caching (enable or disable) is valid.

Debug Level Specifies whether debug messages are included in the event log;

enabled = 1, disabled = 0.

Protocol Designates that this is the NHRP server.

Layer2/Layer3 Indicates the data link and network layer protocols.

NHR Req Number of next-hop resolution requests that the server receives (Rx) from

the client.

Number of acknowledgments (Ack) and negative acknowledgments (Nak)

that the server sends to the client in response to a next-hop resolution

request.

Number of next-hop resolution requests one server forwards (Fwd) to

another server.

Register Req Number of registration requests the server receives (Rx) from the client.

Number of acknowledgments (Ack) and negative acknowledgments (Nak)

that the server sends in response to a client registration request.

Number of registration requests that the server forwards (Fwd) to another

server.

Purge Req Number of purge requests that the server receives (Rx) from the client.

Number of acknowledgments (Ack) and negative acknowledgments (Nak)

that the server sends to the client in response to the client’s purge request.

Number of purge requests that the server forwards (Fwd) to another server.

Error Indications Number of NHRP error indication messages that both the client and server

send (Tx), receive (Rx), and forward (Fwd).

Dropped Pkts Number of NHRP packets that the server drops.

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-478 303560-A Rev 00

show nml

The show nml <

option

> commands display configuration and statistical information

about Native Mode LAN (NML) services. For detailed information about NML, refer to

Configuring Bridging Services.

The show nml command supports the following subcommand options:

circuits [

]

Displays information about all NML circuits or a specified NML circuit configured on the

router. The table includes the following information:

Next Hop Cache Maximum and current number of IP address entries in the server’s next-hop

cache.

QOS Cache Maximum and current number of quality of service entries in the server’s

QoS cache.

Addr Cache Maximum and current number of NBMA address entries in the server’s

address cache.

circuits [<circuit name>] seclists [<circuit name>]

disabled stats

enabled version

Circuit Name of the circuit configured for NML.

Port Circuit number of the port that supports a LAN belonging to the

closed user group. Each LAN in a closed user group is connected to

a bridge through an NML port.

CUG Value Closed user group ID (CUGID) assigned to the circuit.

303560-A Rev 00 2-479

Sample Display - show nml circuits

NML Circuit Table

-----------------

CUG Security SAID Security

Circuit Port Value Type Value Action

-------- -------- ------------ -------- ------------ ----------

F31 1 0 Check 0 Forward

E21 2 22 Add 0 Drop

2 Entries.

disabled

Displays only NML circuits that are disabled. The display contains the same information

the circuits command produces.

enabled

Displays only NML circuits that are enabled. The display contains the same information

the circuits command produces.

Security Type Type of security configured -- Add, an access circuit; Check, a

trunk circuit; or Drop, a transient internal state.

SAID Value Circuit’s security access ID.

Security Action How to handle a packet if it matches a CUGID in the circuit’s

security list: Drop or Forward. If the action is Drop, the list is an

exclusive list and the port drops all frames labelled with the

CUGID. If the action is Forward, the port forwards frames labelled

with the CUGID to the attached LAN.

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-480 303560-A Rev 00

seclists [

]

Displays information about each NML circuit’s security list or a specified NML circuit’s

security list. The table includes the following information:

Sample Display - show nml seclists

NML Security Lists

------------------

Circuit Port Status Action From To

-------- -------- -------- -------- ------------ ------------

F31 1 Enabled Drop 224 238

E21 2 Enabled Forward 22 22

Forward 224 238

2 Entries.

Note that circuit E21 in the sample display has two ranges.

Circuit Name of the circuit configured for NML.

Port Circuit number of the port on which NML resides.

Status State of the security list: Enabled or Disabled.

Action Action taken on a packet if it matches one of the ranges of

CUGIDs: Drop or Forward.

From Low end of a range of CUGIDs in the security list. A circuit can

have more than one set of ranges.

To High end of a range of CUGIDs in the security list. A circuit can

have more than one set of ranges.

303560-A Rev 00 2-481

stats

Displays the number of packets dropped because of security violations for each circuit on

the router. The table shows the following information:

Sample Display - show nml stats

Bridge Statistics

-----------------

Circuit Port Discards

-------- -------- --------

F31 1 0

E21 2 0

version

Displays the current version and date of creation of the nml.bat script.

Sample Display - show nml version

NML.bat Version: #.## Date: mm/dd/yy.

Circuit Name of the circuit configured for NML.

Port Circuit number of the port on which NML resides.

Discards Number of packets dropped because of security violations.

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-482 303560-A Rev 00

show ntp

The show ntp

command displays information about the NTP protocol and

services. For detailed information on the Bay Networks implementation of NTP services,

refer to Configuring IP Utilities.

The show ntp command supports the following subcommand options:

access

Displays information about NTP servers preferred (accepted) or restricted (rejected) by

the local NTP client.

The table shows the following information:

Sample Display - show ntp access

IP Address Mask Filter Type

----------- ----- ------------

2.1.1.1 255.255.255.255 Restrict

3.3.1.1 255.255.0.0 Prefer

access peers

base stats

IP Address The IP address of this remote NTP server.

Mask The IP subnetwork mask for this remote NTP server.

Filter Type • Restrict -- The local NTP client drops packets received from this

remote NTP server.

•Prefer -- The local NTP client accepts packets received from this

remote NTP server.

303560-A Rev 00 2-483

base

Displays the base record information for the Network Time Protocol (NTP) running on the

router. The base record controls NTP on the router.

The table shows the following information:

Sample Display - show ntp base

Application State

------------ ------

NTP Enabled

NTP State NTP Version Reference ID Stratum

----------- ----------- ------------- --------

UP VERSION 3 1.1.1.1 16

Application NTP

State The user-configured state of the local NTP client:

•Enabled -- NTP has a configured state of enabled.

•Disabled -- NTP has a configured state of disabled.

NTP State The actual (dynamic) state of the local NTP client:

•Disabled - User has manually disabled NTP.

•Up - NTP is operating on the router.

•Down - NTP is not functioning on the router.

•Init - NTP is initializing on the router.

•Not Present - NTP has been configured but not started on the

router.

NTP Version The current version of NTP software on the router.

Reference ID The IP address of the remote NTP peer (that is, the system peer) to

which the local NTP client is synchronized.

Stratum The number of NTP peers that exist between the local NTP client

and the NTP stratum 1 server for this network. (The stratum

number includes the local NTP client.)

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-484 303560-A Rev 00

peers

Displays configuration and status information about NTP servers known to the NTP client

on the router.

The table shows the following information:

Sample Display - show ntp peer

IP Address Config Peer Mode State Reference Id Preference

----------- ---------------- ------ ------------ -----------

192.32.72.6 1 1 198.72.72.10 Not Preferred

168.107.41.1 1 1 1.1.1.1 Preferred

IP Address The IP address of this remote NTP peer.

Config Peer Mode The mode in which this remote NTP peer operates on the network:

Server

(Since NTP operates locally in client mode only, all remote peers

known to the router are servers.)

State State of the remote NTP server:

•1= Up

•2= Down.

Reference ID The IP address of the system peer to which this remote NTP peer is

synchronized. (See also “Reference ID” for show ntp base.)

Preference • Preferred -- The local NTP client prefers (accepts) packets from

this remote NTP server.

•Not Preferred -- The local NTP client does not prefer (rejects)

packets from this remote NTP server.

303560-A Rev 00 2-485

stats

Displays information about

• The number of polls (requests for information) sent by the local NTP client to the

designated remote NTP server

• The number of packets received by the local NTP client from the designated remote

NTP server

The table shows the following information:

Sample Display - show ntp stats

IP Address Polls Sent Packets received

----------- ----------- ----------------

2.1.1.1 10 10

IP Address The IP address of this remote NTP server.

Polls sent The number of polls (requests for information) sent from the local

NTP client to this NTP server.

Packets received The number of NTP packets received (and accepted) from this

remote NTP server.

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-486 303560-A Rev 00

show osi

The show osi <

option

> commands display configuration, state, and statistical information

about Open Systems Interconnection (OSI) services. For more information about the Bay

Networks implementation of the OSI protocol, refer to Configuring OSI Services.

The show osi command supports the following subcommand options:

adjacency stats

alerts stats clnp

base stats errors

circuits [<circuit name>] tarp ldb

disabled tarp pkt

enabled tarp tdc

level1 routes [find <destination sys ID>] version

level2 routes [find <destination sys ID>]

303560-A Rev 00 2-487

adjacency

Displays information about the adjacencies that exist on each OSI circuit. The table

includes the following information:

Sample Display - show osi adjacency

OSI Dynamic Adjacency Information

------------------------------------

Circuit Adjacent ID State Neighbor Addr (NSAP)

-------- ----------- -------- ----------------------

E31 24578 INIT 0x490040CCCCCCCCCCCC00

E32 90115 INIT 0x490044CCCCCCCCCCCC00

alerts

Displays all OSI circuits that are enabled but whose state is not UP. Forwarding is either

Enabled or Disabled.

Sample Display - show osi alerts

OSI Circuit Information

-----------------------

Circuit State Forwarding

------- ------------ ------------

E21 DOWN ENABLED

Circuit Name of the circuit the adjacency is on.

Adjacent ID Index of the adjacency in the adjacency table.

State State of the adjacency: DOWN (initialization failed), INIT

(initializing), or UP.

Neighbor Addr (NSAP) Network Service Access Point (NSAP) address of the adjacency.

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-488 303560-A Rev 00

base

Displays general information about, including the state of, the OSI protocol running on the

router. The base record controls OSI for the entire system. The table includes the

following information:

Sample Display - show osi base

OSI Base Record Information

---------------------------

Protocol State Area Address Node Address

--------- -------- ------------ ------------------

OSI Up 0x490040 0xAAAAAAAAAAAA

circuits [

]

Displays the state of all OSI circuits or a specific circuit. The table includes the following

information:

Protocol Name of the protocol, which in this case is OSI.

State State of the protocol on the router: Disabled (manually disabled),

Down, Init (initializing), Not Present (not yet initialized), or Up.

Area Address Address of the local area in the routing domain where this router

resides.

Node Address Address of this node (router) in the local area.

Circuit Name of the circuit that OSI runs on.

State State of OSI on the circuit: Disabled (manually disabled), Down, Init

(initializing), Not Present (not present on the circuit), or Up.

Forwarding Status of forwarding over the circuit: Enabled or Disabled.

303560-A Rev 00 2-489

Sample Display - show osi circuits

OSI Circuit Information

-----------------------

Circuit State Forwarding

------- ------------ ------------

E31 Up Enabled

E32 Up Disabled

Sample Display - show osi circuits e31

OSI Circuit Information

-----------------------

Circuit State Forwarding

------- ------------ ------------

E31 Up Enabled

disabled

Displays OSI circuits that a user has manually disabled on the router. In this case, State is

Disabled. Forwarding is either Enabled or Disabled.

Sample Display - show osi disabled

OSI Circuit Information

-----------------------

Circuit State Forwarding

------- ------------ ------------

E31 Disabled Enabled

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-490 303560-A Rev 00

enabled

Displays circuits that have OSI enabled on this router. For information on the columns in

the table, see the circuits command.

Sample Display - show osi enabled

OSI Circuit Information

-----------------------

Circuit State Forwarding

------- ------------ ------------

E31 Up Enabled

E32 Up Enabled

level1 routes [find

]

Displays information from the level 1 routing table for all entries or for a specific

destination address. The table includes the following information:

Destination SysID NSAP address of the destination system.

Route Type Route type, which is one of the following:

•Level 1 - Level 1 routing (within the local area) only.

•Level 2 - Level 2 routing (between routing domains) only.

•Level 1&2 - Level 1 and Level 2 (routing within the local area and

to systems located in a different area).

Next Hop NSAP address of the intermediate system that is the next hop on the

path to the destination end system.

Cost Number of hops it takes to reach the destination.

303560-A Rev 00 2-491

Sample Display - show osi level1 routes

OSI Level I Routing Information

-------------------------------

Destination SysId Route Type Next Hop Cost

---------------------- ---------- ---------------------- --------

0x490040CCCCCCCCCCCC00 Level 1&2 0x490040AAAAAAAAAAAA00 10

level2 routes [find

]

Displays information from the Level 2 routing table for all entries or for a specific

destination address. The table includes the following information:

Sample Display - show osi level2 routes

OSI Level II Routing Information

--------------------------------

Destination SysId Next Hop Cost

--------------------- ---------------------- ----------------

0x490044 0x490040CCCCCCCCCCCC00 20

0x490044 0x490044CCCCCCCCCCCC00 20

2 Total entries.

Destination SysID NSAP address of the destination system.

Next Hop NSAP address of the intermediate system that is the next hop on the

path to the destination end system.

Cost Number of hops it takes to reach the destination.

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-492 303560-A Rev 00

Sample Display - show osi level2 routes find 490044

OSI Level II Routing Information

--------------------------------

Destination SysId Next Hop Cost

--------------------- ---------------------- ----------------

0x490044 0x490040CCCCCCCCCCCC00 20

0x490044 0x490044CCCCCCCCCCCC00 20

2 Entries found.

stats

Displays statistics of each OSI circuit. The table includes the number of Protocol Data

Units received, sent, and dropped on each circuit.

Sample Display - show osi stats

OSI Circuit Statistics

----------------------

Received Send Dropped

Circuit Packets Packets Packets

-------- ------------ ------------ ----------

E31 464 891 181

E32 211 402 69

stats clnp

Displays statistics for the ConnectionLess Network Protocol (CLNP) packets on each OSI

circuit. The table includes the number of CLNP packets received and forwarded, the

number of Echo Replies received (Rx) and sent (Tx) and the number of Echo Requests

received (Rx) and sent (Tx).

303560-A Rev 00 2-493

Sample Display - show osi stats clnp

OSI Circuit CLNP Statistics

---------------------------

CLNP CLNP Rx Echo Rx Echo Tx Echo Tx Echo

Circuit Received Forwarded Rep Req Rep Req

-------- ------------ ------------ -------- -------- -------- --------

E31 0 0 0 0 0 0

E32 0 0 0 0 0 0

O41 0 0 0 0 0 0

stats errors

Displays error statistics for each OSI circuit. The table includes the following information:

Sample Display - show osi stats errors

OSI Error Statistics

--------------------

Init Rejected Bad Bad Bad Bad Bad

Circuit Failures Adjs LSPs Snps Eshs L1Iihs L2Iihs

-------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------

E31 3 0 0 0 0 0 0

E32 1 0 0 0 0 0 0

Init Failures Number of times this circuit failed to initialize.

Rejected Adjs Number of adjacencies rejected on this circuit.

Bad LSPs Number of bad link state packets (LSPs) received on this circuit.

Bad Snps Number of bad Sequence Number PDUs received on this circuit.

Bad Eshs Number of bad End System hellos received on this circuit.

Bad L1Iihs Number of bad Level 1 IS - IS hellos received on this circuit.

Bad L2Iihs Number of bad Level 2 IS - IS hellos received on this circuit.

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-494 303560-A Rev 00

tarp ldb

Displays the loop detection buffer entries.

tarp pkt

Requests that the router originate a TARP packet. The command accepts the following

arguments:

tarp tdc

Displays the TARP data cache.

version

Displays the current version number and modification date of the osi.bat script.

Sample Display - show osi version

OSI.bat Version: #.## Date: mm/dd/yy.

-t

<type>

Specifies the type of TARP packet to send (1, 2, 4, or 5).

-i

<TID>

TID to include in the request. Valid only for Type 1, Type 2, and Type

4 packets. The request is for the NSAP that maps to this TID.

-n

<NSAP>

NSAP to include in the request. Valid only for Type 4 or Type 5

packets. The request is for the TID that maps to this NSAP.

-f Enables you to find an NSAP by going through a timer sequence.

303560-A Rev 00 2-495

show ospf

The show ospf

commands display state, configuration, and statistical

information about the Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) protocol. For details on the Bay

Networks implementation of OSPF, refer to Configuring IP Services.

The show ospf command supports the following subcommand options:

area

Displays a list of configured OSPF areas on the router. For each area, the table shows the

following information:

area lsdb [<area-number>]

ase [<LSID>] neighbors

base version

interface

Area Id Area identifier.

State State of the area: Up or Down.

Stub Area Whether or not the area is a stub area: Yes or No.

Authentication Authentication type for the area: None or Simple Password.

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-496 303560-A Rev 00

Sample Display - show ospf area

OSPF Area Information

---------------------

Stub

Area Id State Area Authentication

------- ----- ---- --------------

0.0.0.0 Up No None

ase [

<LSID>

]

Displays information about Autonomous System External advertisements. You can

display information about all Link State IDs in your system or for a specified Link State

ID. The table includes the following information:

Link State Id Network number that this Autonomous System (AS) External

advertisement represents.

Originating Router Router that generated the advertisement.

Age Age in seconds of the advertisement.

Metric Metric of the advertisement; the cost of the external route.

Forwarding Address Address used to get to this network. If the address is 0, the traffic is

forwarded to the originating router.

Type ASE’s type: 1 or 2.

Tag Field that contains information that the network administrator has

placed in the advertisement.

303560-A Rev 00 2-497

Sample Display - show ospf ase

OSPF AS External Routes

-----------------------

Link Originating Forwarding

State ID Router Age Metric Address Type Tag

--------------- --------------- ----- ---------- --------------- ---- --------

0.0.0.0 192.32.174.65 621 4104 0.0.0.0 2 e0000000

0.0.0.0 192.32.174.66 697 4104 0.0.0.0 2 e0000000

7.0.0.0 192.32.174.65 622 4104 0.0.0.0 2 e0000000

15.0.0.0 192.32.174.65 617 4104 0.0.0.0 2 e0000000

21.0.0.0 192.32.174.65 618 4104 0.0.0.0 2 e0000000

52.0.0.0 192.32.174.65 618 4104 0.0.0.0 2 e0000000

53.0.0.0 192.32.174.65 619 4104 0.0.0.0 2 e0000000

base

Displays global information for the OSPF router. The base record controls OSPF for the

entire system. The display includes the following information:

Router Id Router identifier, which is unique among all OSPF routers.

State State of the protocol: Disabled, Down, Init (initializing), Not Pres

(enabled but not yet started), or Up.

Area Border Router Whether or not the router is an area border router: Yes or No.

AS Boundary Router Whether or not the router is an Autonomous System boundary

router: Yes or No.

Slot Running Primary The slot on which the OSPF soloist is running and where the link

state database exists. (If the primary soloist goes down, the router

attempts to use the backup soloist.)

Slot Running Backup The slot on which the backup OSPF soloist is running.

ASE Metric Support Whether or not ASE metric support is enabled or disabled. (This

metric is not compatible with OSPF ASE metrics used prior to

Version 8.0 of router software.)

ASE Default Tags How tags are generated for ASEs unaltered by an export route filter

or an announce route policy:

•Default (1) - Use a value of zero.

•Automatic (2) - Generate an automatic tag, per RFC 1403.

•Proprietary (3) - Use the next hop for IGP routes and the

neighbor AS for EGP routes (Bay Networks proprietary scheme).

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-498 303560-A Rev 00

Sample Display - show ospf base

OSPF Base Information

---------------------

Router Area Border AS Boundary

Id Router Router

------ ----------- -----------

192.32.174.65 No Yes

interface

Displays a table of OSPF interfaces. The display includes the following information:

Hold Down Time Holddown timer for calculating the Shortest Path First (SPF,

Dijkstra) algorithm. Determines how often the algorithm runs.

A value of 0 means no holddown.

Slot Mask Identifies slots on which OSPF can run. The MSB represents slot 1;

the next significant bit represents slot 2; and so on.

IP Address IP address of the OSPF interface.

Area Id Identifier of the area where the interface belongs.

Type Type of interface link, as follows:

•PtoP - Point-to-point interface.

•BCAST - Broadcast network.

•NBMA - Nonbroadcast Multiaccess network.

•PASS - Passive interface (accepts no Hello packets; issues no

advertisements or Hello packets; forms no neighbor

relationships).

•DFLT - Not configured appropriately. Point-to-multipoint is

needed.

303560-A Rev 00 2-499

Sample Display - show ospf interface

OSPF Interfaces

---------------

Designated DR/

IP Address Area Id Type State Metric Prioity Backup DR

---------- ------- ---- ----- ------ ------- ---------------

192.32.174.65 0.0.0.0 PtoP P to P 10 1 0.0.0.0

0.0.0.0

192.32.174.97 0.0.0.0 BCAST BackupDR 1 1 192.32.174.98

192.32.174.97

State State of the interface, as follows:

•Down - Interface is not operational.

•Waiting - Interface is waiting.

•P to P - Interface is in point-to-point state; occurs when the type

is Point-to-Point.

•DR - Router is the designated router on this network.

•BackupDR - Router is the backup designated router on this

network.

•DR Other - Router is neither the DR nor the BDR on this

network.

Metric Cost of using this interface.

Priority Router’s priority on this interface, used in multiaccess networks

(broadcast or NBMA) for electing the designated router. If the

value is 0, this router is not eligible to become the designated router

on this network.

Designated DR/Backup DR Two IP addresses for each interface. The first address is the IP

address of the designated router on the network. The second

address is the IP address of the backup designated router on this

network. Point-to-point links do not contain a designated router or

backup designated router.

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-500 303560-A Rev 00

lsdb [

<area-number>

]

Displays the router’s Link State Database for all areas or for a specific area. The table

includes the following information:

OSPF Area Identifier of the area the advertisement is associated with.

LS Type Type of advertisement that the area advances. AS External

advertisements apply to all areas. However, if the router is attached

to more than one area, the table displays the AS External

advertisement only once -- under the backbone area (area id

0.0.0.0). The types are as follows:

•STUB - Stub Link Advertisement

•ROUTER - Router Links Advertisement

•NETWORK - Network Links Advertisement

•SUMMARY - Summary Links Advertisement

•AS_SUM - Autonomous System Border Summary Links

•AS_EXT - Autonomous System External Advertisement

Link State Id Link state identifier of the advertisement.

Adv Router IP address of the advertising router.

E External type, for an Autonomous System External advertisement

only. There are two types -- Type 1 and Type 2.

Metric Metric value, for an Autonomous System External advertisement

only.

ASE Fwd Addr Forwarding address, for an Autonomous System External

advertisement only.

Age Age in seconds of the advertisement.

Seq Nbr Sequence number of the advertisement. The sequence number is a

32-bit signed integer used to identify old and duplicate link state

advertisements. The larger the sequence number, the more recent

the advertisement.

303560-A Rev 00 2-501

Sample Display - show ospf lsdb

OSPF LSDB

---------

OSPF Area: 0.0.0.0

LS Type Link State ID Adv Router E Metric ASE Fwd Addr Age Seq Nbr

------- --------------- ------------- - ------- --------------- ---- --------

ROUTER 192.32.28.18 192.32.28.18 609 80000002

AS_EXT 14.0.0.0 192.32.28.19 2 3 192.32.28.36 1289 80000014

AS_EXT 15.0.0.0 192.32.28.19 2 2 192.32.28.36 1289 80000012

AS_EXT 16.0.0.0 192.32.28.19 2 2 192.32.28.36 1290 80000012

AS_EXT 131.1.0.0 192.32.28.19 2 5 192.32.28.1 1290 80000012

AS_EXT 141.1.0.0 192.32.28.19 2 5 192.32.28.1 1290 80000012

AS_EXT 192.30.133.0 192.32.28.19 2 4 192.32.28.1 1291 80000012

AS_EXT 192.31.133.0 192.32.28.19 2 4 192.32.28.1 1291 80000012

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-502 303560-A Rev 00

neighbors

Displays a table of all OSPF’s neighbors. The table includes the following information:

Interface IP address of the interface.

Router Id IP address of the router.

Neighbor IP Addr IP address of the neighbor.

State State of the neighbor, which is the following:

•Down - Neighbor is not operational. This state can occur only if

the neighbor is configured for Non-Broadcast Multi-Access

networks.

•Attempt - Router is trying to establish communication with the

neighbor; can occur only if the neighbor is configured for Non-

Broadcast Multi-Access networks.

•Init - Router has seen the neighbor’s hello packet but the packet

does not include this router in its list.

•Two Way - Router and neighbor see each other’s hello packets.

•Exch Start - Router and the neighbor are negotiating a master/

slave relationship for the Database Exchange process.

•Exchange - Router and the neighbor are exchanging their Link

State Databases.

•Loading - Router and the neighbor are synchronizing their Link

State Databases.

•Full - Router and the neighbor have fully synchronized databases.

Type Type of neighbor:

•Dynamic - The router and neighbor learn about each other on

Broadcast and Point-to-Point networks.

•Cfg. - Static configuration of neighbors, which occurs on Non-

Broadcast Multi-Access networks.

303560-A Rev 00 2-503

Sample Display - show ospf neighbors

OSPF Neighbors

--------------

Neighbor

Interface Router Id IP Addr State Type

--------- --------- -------- ----- ----

192.32.174.65 192.32.174.66 192.32.174.66 Full Dynamic

192.32.174.97 192.32.174.66 192.32.174.98 Full Dynamic

version

Displays the current version number and modification date of the ospf.bat script.

Sample Display - show ospf version

OSPF.bat Version: #.## Date: mm/dd/yy.

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-504 303560-A Rev 00

show packet

The show packet

commands display configuration and status information about

Packet Capture instances on routers. The Packet Capture utility is a network analyzer that

captures packets into a capture buffer for examination. You can filter packets to determine

what packets to save and when to start and stop capturing. For detailed information about

the Packet Capture utility, refer to Using Technician Interface Software.

The show packet command supports the following subcommand options:

alerts

Displays Packet Capture instances that are enabled but not Up. State is either Down (the

physical interface has not connected to Packet Capture) or Absent (Packet Capture is not

loaded on the slot connected to this line number).

alerts linenumbers

capture <line number> [-s<start>] [-c<count>] loaded

configuration <line number>status [<line number>]

disabled version

enabled

303560-A Rev 00 2-505

Sample Display - show packet alerts

Packet Capture Line Information (Alerts)

----------------------------------------

Line Number State

----------- ---------

102103 Down

103101 Absent

capture

[-s

<start>

] [-c

<count>

]

Displays packets captured on a specific line. In the table, the header line is followed by

one or more lines of hexadecimal data.

The header line has the following six parts:

• Number of the packet within the capture buffer.

• Date the packet was captured.

• Time the packet was captured.

• Media type the packet was captured on.

• Original size of the packet in bytes.

• Direction the packet was captured from: transmitting (Tx) or receiving (Rx).

<line_number>

Displays the physical interface the capture is connected to. This is a

unique 10-digit decimal number. Leading zeros are eliminated. The

number identifies the physical media type, slot, module, and

connector.

-s

<start>

Displays the first packet to display from the capture buffer.

-c

<count>

Displays the number of packets to display from the capture buffer.

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-506 303560-A Rev 00

Sample Display - show packet capture 102101

Pkt# 1 06/24/94 06:59:03.018 CSMACD 52 Tx

00000000: 01 80 c2 00 00 00 00 00 a3 00 00 0c 00 26 42 42

00000010: 03 00 00 00 00 00 80 00 00 00 a3 00 00 0c 00 00

00000020: 00 00 80 00 00 00 a3 00 00 0c 80 01 00 00 14 00

00000030: 02 00 0f 00 20 20 20 6c 65 74 20 20 72 65 6d 20

configuration

Displays the configuration of a specific Packet Capture line instance.

The configuration table displays the following fields, which are explained in more detail in

Using Technician Interface Software.

<line_number>

Physical interface to which the capture is connected. See the

capture command.

Delete State of existence of the MIB instance: Created or Deleted.

Disable State of the Packet Capture instance: Enabled or Disabled.

State State of the Packet Capture subsystem, as follows:

•Up - Registered and enabled.

•Down - Registered but disabled.

•Init - Loaded but no interface registered for the instance.

•Not Present - Not loaded on the slot connected to the instance.

FileName Filename to use to retrieve the capture buffer.

Control Operation in effect: Start or Stop.

Capture State of the operation: Started or Stopped.

LineNumber Line number of the physical interface connected to the instance.

BufSize Size of the capture buffer in 1024-byte increments.

PktSize Number of bytes saved from a packet in 32-byte increments.

Direction Direction of capture: Receive, Transmit, or both.

Count Number of packets captured.

303560-A Rev 00 2-507

RxTrigger Trigger type for receive when the capture buffer is full or a match

on a trigger filter occurs: Buffer full, Match filter1, Match filter2,

Not Used.

TxTrigger Trigger type for transmit when the capture buffer is full or a match

on a trigger filter occurs: Buffer full, Match filter1, Match filter2,

or Not Used.

RxFltr1Type Filter type, as follows:

•Capture - Limits the types of packets saved.

•Trigger - Stops a capture when a match occurs.

•Not Used

RxFltr1Offset Offset in bytes from the reference point into the packet; the first

byte to be checked for a match.

RxFltr1Ref Reference point in the packet for the offset, as follows:

•MAC - First byte of the packet.

•Data Link - Value that varies with the medium.

•Multicast - Filter that verifies that the rightmost bit of a byte is 1.

RxFltr1Size Number of bytes in the match field.

RxFltr1Match Hexadecimal or character string used to match with the packet.

TxFltr1Type Filter type, as follows:

•Capture - Limits the types of packets saved.

•Trigger - Stops a capture when a match occurs.

•Not Used

TxFltr1Offset Offset in bytes from the reference point into the packet; the first

byte to be checked for a match.

TxFltr1Ref Reference point in the packet for the offset, as follows:

•MAC - First byte of the packet.

•Data Link - Value that varies with the medium.

•Multicast - Special filter that verifies that the rightmost bit of a

byte is 1.

TxFltr1Size Number of bytes in the match field.

TxFltr1Match Hexadecimal or character string used to match with the packet.

RxFltr2Type Filter type, as follows:

•Capture - Limits the types of packets saved.

•Trigger - Stops a capture when a match occurs.

•Not Used

RxFltr2Offset Offset in bytes from the reference point into the packet; the first

byte to be checked for a match.

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-508 303560-A Rev 00

RxFltr2Ref Reference point in the packet for the offset, as follows:

•MAC - First byte of the packet.

•Data Link - Value that varies with the medium.

•Multicast - Special filter that verifies that the rightmost bit of a

byte is 1.

RxFltr2Match Hexadecimal or character string used to match with the packet.

RxFltr2Group Capture filter type grouping, as follows:

•Or - ORs the results of RxFltr1 and RxFltr2.

•And - ANDs the results of RxFltr1 and RxFltr2.

TxFltr2Type Filter type, as follows:

•Capture - Limits the types of packets saved.

•Trigger - Stops a capture when a match occurs.

•Not Used

TxFltr2Offset Offset in bytes from the reference point into the packet; the first

byte to be checked for a match.

TxFltr2Ref Reference point in the packet for the offset, as follows:

•MAC - First byte of the packet.

•Data Link - Value the varies with the medium.

•Multicast - Special filter that verifies that the rightmost bit of a

byte is 1.

TxFltr2Size Number of bytes in the match field.

TxFltr2Match Hexadecimal or character string used to match with the packet.

TxFltr2Group Capture filter type grouping, as follows:

•Or - ORs the results of TxFltr1 and TxFltr2.

•And - ANDs the results of TxFltr1 and TxFltr2.

303560-A Rev 00 2-509

Sample Display - show packet configuration 102101

Packet Capture Configuration for Line 102101

------------------------------------------------

Delete Created

Disable Enabled

State Up

Fname PCAP0200

Control Start

Capture Started

LineNumber 102101

BufSize 1 1Kbyte Increment(s)

PktSize 2 32 Byte Increment(s)

Direction Receive & Transmit

Count 11

RxTrigger Not Used

TxTrigger Not Used

RxFltr1Type Not Used

RxFltr1Offset 0

RxFltr1Ref Mac

RxFltr1Size 0

RxFltr1Match 0x(nil)

TxFltr1Type Not Used

TxFltr1Offset 0

TxFltr1Ref Mac

TxFltr1Size 0

TxFltr1Match 0x(nil)

RxFltr2Type Not Used

RxFltr2Offset 0

RxFltr2Ref Mac

RxFltr2Size 0

RxFltr2Match 0x(nil)

RxFltr2Group Or

TxFltr2Type Not Used

TxFltr2Offset 0

TxFltr2Ref Mac

TxFltr2Size 0

TxFltr2Match 0x(nil)

TxFltr2Group Or

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-510 303560-A Rev 00

disabled

Displays packet capture lines that a user has manually disabled. State is one of the

following:

Sample Display - show packet disabled

Packet Capture Line Information (Disabled)

------------------------------------------

Line Number State

----------- ---------

102104 Down

enabled

Displays packet capture lines that are enabled. For state definitions, see the disabled

command.

Sample Display - show packet enabled

Packet Capture Line Information (Enabled)

----------------------------------------

Line Number State

----------- ---------

102101 Up

102102 Up

102103 Down

103101 Absent

Up Physical interface has connected to the packet capture.

Down Physical interface has not connected to the packet capture.

Absent Packet capture program is not on the slot connected with this line.

303560-A Rev 00 2-511

linenumbers

Displays the line numbers configured for packet capture. The table shows the following

information:

Sample Display - show packet linenumbers

Packet Capture Configured Line Number(s)

----------------------------------------

Line Number Logical Line Media Type Slot Module Connector

----------- ------------ ----------- ---- ------ ---------

102101 0 Ethernet 2 1 1

102102 0 Ethernet 2 1 2

105101 0 Ethernet 5 1 1

loaded

Displays the list of slots that have Packet Capture loaded.

Sample Display - show packet loaded

Packet Capture is loaded on slot(s)

2 5

Line Number Number of the line connected with the packet capture.

Logical Line Logical line number that the multichannel board uses.

Media Type Type of the physical interface (for example, Ethernet).

Slot Slot location of the line.

Module Module number of the line’s location.

Connector Physical connector of the line’s location.

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-512 303560-A Rev 00

status [

]

Displays the status of the lines configured for packet capture. You can display all lines or

limit the display to a specific line. The table displays the following information:

Sample Display - show packet status

Packet Capture Line Status

--------------------------

Line Number State Capture Count

----------- ----------- ------- -----

102101 Up Started 11

102102 Up Stopped 0

102103 Down Stopped 0

102104 Down Stopped 0

103101 Absent Stopped 0

version

Displays the version number and the modification date of the packet.bat file.

Sample Display - show packet version

PACKET.bat Version: #.## Date: mm/dd/yy.

Line Number Number of the line connected with the packet capture.

State Line state; for definitions, refer to the disable command.

Capture State of the capture: Started or Stopped.

Count Number of packets in the capture buffer.

303560-A Rev 00 2-513

show ping

The show ping

commands display information about the Bay Networks Ping

MIB service, which provides a means for tracking the network availability and response

time of IP networks. For information about how to configure the Bay Networks Ping MIB

service through Site Manager, see Managing Routers and BNX Platforms.

The show ping command supports the following subcommand options:

config

Displays configuration information about the Ping MIB service:

config sourceroutes

history version

sourceroutes

IP Address IP addresses that the router is configured to ping.

Size Number of bytes of data that the router is configured to send each

time it pings an IP address.

Retry Number of successive times that the router is configured to repeat a

ping of an IP address.

Timeout Length of time (in seconds) after which the router is configured to

time out an unsuccessful ping of an IP address.

Status Status of the ping attempt (for example, initializing, done, busy, or

one of a number of error messages).

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-514 303560-A Rev 00

Sample Display - show ping config

IP Address Size Retry Timeout Status

-------------------- ---------- ---------- ---------- --------------------

192.32.243.83 16 10 5 DONE

192.32.243.82 16 20 5 DONE

192.32.6.95 16 5 5 DONE

192.32.92.2 16 10 5 DONE

192.32.243.81 16 1 5 INIT

history

Displays the following information about each attempt to ping an IP address:

Received Number of times the router received an acknowledgment from the

IP address.

Dropped Number of times the router did not receive an acknowledgment

from the IP address.

Round Trip Time Length of time (in milliseconds) it took the router to ping the IP

address and receive an acknowledgment during the last retry.

Minimum Round Trip Time Taken from all the retries, this is the minimum length of time (in

milliseconds) it takes the router to ping the IP address and receive

an acknowledgment.

Maximum Round Trip Time Taken from all the retries, this is the maximum length of time (in

milliseconds) it takes the router to ping the IP address and receive

an acknowledgment.

Average Round Trip Time Taken from all the retries, this is the average length of time (in

milliseconds) it takes the router to ping the IP address and receive

an acknowledgment.

303560-A Rev 00 2-515

Sample Display - show ping history

Round Min Round Max Round Avg Round

IP Address Received Dropped Trip Time Trip Time Trip Time Trip Time

--------------- -------- ------- --------- --------- --------- ---------

192.32.243.83 10 0 7 1 19 6

10 0 15 1 15 4

10 0 15 1 15 6

1007 1 7 3

1007 1 7 4

1001 1 7 3

1003 1 7 3

1001 1 42 9

1003 1 11 3

1001 1 7 4

1003 1 7 3

192.32.243.82 20 0 7 1 23 7

2007 1 7 4

2001 1 11 4

2007 1 15 5

2001 1 11 3

2003 1 11 4

192.32.6.95 5 0 1 1 3 1

503 1 11 4

503 1 7 4

507 1 7 4

501 1 7 4

192.32.92.2 10 0 19 1 19 9

1007 1 2311

10 0 11 1 11 6

10 0 27 1 62 15

192.32.243.81 1 0 1 1 1 1

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-516 303560-A Rev 00

traceroutes

Displays the hops between the source address and the specified destination address.

Sample Display - show ping traceroutes

IP Address Trace Address

--------------- ---------------

192.32.243.83 192.32.6.1

192.168.2.65

192.168.7.2

192.32.243.83

192.32.243.82 192.32.6.1

192.168.2.65

192.168.7.2

192.32.243.82

192.32.6.95 192.32.6.95

192.32.92.2 192.32.6.1

192.168.2.65

192.32.83.1

192.32.85.2

192.32.92.2

sourceroutes

Displays the source route addresses that dictate the path to be taken by the echo packet.

Sample Display - show ping sourceroutes

IP Address Source Address

--------------- ---------------

192.32.243.81 192.32.6.1

192.32.243.81

303560-A Rev 00 2-517

version

Displays the current version number and date of the ping.bat script.

Sample Display - show ping version

PING.bat Version: #.## Date: mm/dd/yy.

show ppp

The show ppp

commands display Point-to-Point Protocol (PPP) line and state

information, and configured and negotiated Network Control Protocols (NCPs). For

detailed information on PPP, refer to Configuring PPP Services.

The show ppp command supports the following subcommand options:

alerts ipx {{configured | negotiated} | name {local |

remote}}

appletalk {configured | negotiated} line {configuration | parameters}

bacp lqr {configuration | stats}

bad packets multilink {information | circuits}

bridge {configured | negotiated} osi

bridge {configured | negotiated} pap {local | remote}

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-518 303560-A Rev 00

ccp {configured | negotiated}state [<circuit name>]

circuits [<circuit_name>]version

decnet vines

disabled wcp

enabled xns

ip

303560-A Rev 00 2-519

alerts

Displays all protocols that are enabled but whose state is not opened. The display includes

the following information:

Circuit Name of the circuit the protocol runs on.

Protocol Protocols used on the line.

State State of the protocol, as follows:

•Ackrcvd - Acknowledgment received -- the router received an

acknowledgment to its request for configuring the connection. It

has yet to acknowledge the receipt of the request from the other

side of the connection.

•Acksent - Acknowledgment sent -- the router has sent a request

for configuring the connection. It has also acknowledged a

similar request from the other side of the connection, but has yet

to receive an acknowledgment of its request from the other side.

•Closed - Link is available but has not yet received an “Open”

request.

•Closing - Router has sent a request to close the connection and is

expecting an acknowledgment. When it receives the

acknowledgment, the connection will enter the Closed state.

•Initial - Initial state; the lower layer is unavailable.

•Opened - Router has sent a configuration request and the other

side has acknowledged its request. Also, the router has received a

configuration request from the other side and has acknowledged

this request. This layer is now up.

•Reqsent - Request sent. The router has sent a request to configure

the connection.

•Starting - Lower level is still unavailable but the router has

initiated an “Open” request.

•Stopped - Link is available and an “Open” event has occurred.

Upon receiving a request to configure the connection, the router

sends either an appropriate response or acknowledges the

termination request.

•Stopping - Router has sent a termination request to close the open

connection. When the router receives an acknowledgment, the

state changes to Stopped.

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-520 303560-A Rev 00

Sample Display - show ppp alerts

PPP: ALERTS

-----------

Circuit Protocol State

-------- ---------- --------

S32 OSI Starting

DECnet Starting

IPX Starting

BRIDGE Starting

VINES Starting

appletalk {configured | negotiated}

The display includes the following information:

configured Displays all configurable parameters for NCP negotiations.

Circuit Name of the circuit the protocol runs on.

State State of the Network Control Protocol (NCP): Disabled, or if

Enabled, any of the states listed under the alerts command.

Network No. Configured network number. The peer must use the same number.

Local Node No. Configured node number for the local router.

Remote Node No. Configured node number for the peer to use.

Routing Protocol Routing protocol desired for the link (RTMP).

303560-A Rev 00 2-521

Sample Display - show ppp appletalk config

PPP: APPLETALK NCP Configured Information

-----------------------------------------

Local Remote Routing

Circuit State Network No. Node No. Node No. Protocol

-------- -------- ------------ -------- -------- --------

S31 Disabled 0 0 0 RTMP

S32 Disabled 0 0 0 RTMP

The display includes the following information:

Sample Display - show ppp appletalk negotiated

PPP: APPLETALK NCP Negotiated Information

-----------------------------------------

Local Remote Routing

Circuit State Network No. Node No. Node No. Protocol

-------- -------- ------------ -------- -------- --------

S31 Disabled 0 0 0 RTMP

S32 Disabled 0 0 0 RTMP

2 Entries found.

negotiated Displays all configurable parameters after negotiation.

Circuit Name of the circuit the protocol runs on.

State State of the Network Control Protocol (NCP), either Disabled, or if

Enabled, any of the states listed under the alerts command.

Network No. Negotiated network number to be used.

Local Node No. Negotiated node number that the local router will use.

Remote Node No. Negotiated node number the peer will use.

Routing Protocol Routing protocol selected for the link.

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-522 303560-A Rev 00

bacp

Displays information about BAP. The display includes the following information:

Sample Display - show ppp bacp

[2:1]$ show ppp bacp

PPP: BACP Information

----------------------

Cct# Circuit State No PhoneNum Option Stats Record

----- ------------- -------- ------------------- ------------

2 Neptune_BAP Starting Disabled None

3 Bart_BAP Starting Disabled Available

4 Homer_MP Disabled Disabled None

5 Moe_BAP Disabled Disabled None

7 Homer_Sync Disabled Disabled None

8 Homer_T1 Opened Disabled Available

bad packets

Displays the number of bad packets received over each circuit and the first 16 bytes of the

last bad packet. If the number of bad packets is above zero, then the PPP circuit is

receiving misformed packets or packets meant for other protocols. The hexadecimal

display of the last bad packet will show the kind of packet being received. The display

includes the following information:

Circuit Number Number of the circuit

Circuit Name Name of the circuit

State State of the circuit

No Phone Num Option Whether the circuit is using the No Phone Number Option

Stats Record Whether a statistics record is available

Circuit Name of the circuit receiving the bad packets.

Number of Bad Packets Number of bad packets received at this point.

Last Bad Packet First 16 bytes of the last bad packet.

303560-A Rev 00 2-523

Sample Display - show ppp bad

PPP Circuit: Bad Packet Information

-----------------------------------

# of Bad

Circuit Packets Last Bad Packet

-------- -------- --------------------

S31 0 None

S32 0 None

2 Entries found.

bridge {configured | negotiated}

The display includes the following information:

configured Displays the state of the Bridge NCP and the kind of bridged

frames that are enabled.

Circuit Name of the circuit the protocol runs on.

State State of the Bridge NCP -- either Disabled, or if Enabled, any of the

states listed under the alerts command.

Bridge Enet Whether this interface accepts and forwards bridged traffic that is

Ethernet encapsulated: Enabled or Disabled.

Bridge Fddi Whether this interface accepts and forwards bridged traffic that is

FDDI encapsulated: Enabled or Disabled.

Bridge Token Ring Whether this interface accepts and forwards traffic that is Token

Ring encapsulated: Enabled or Disabled.

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-524 303560-A Rev 00

Sample Display - show ppp bridge config

PPP: BRIDGE NCP Configured Information

--------------------------------------

Bridge Bridge Bridge

Circuit State Enet Fddi Token Ring

-------- -------- -------- -------- ----------

S31 Disabled Enabled Enabled Enabled

S32 Starting Enabled Enabled Enabled

2 Entries found.

Sample Display - show ppp bridge negot

PPP: BRIDGE NCP Negotiated Information

--------------------------------------

Bridge Bridge Bridge

Circuit State Enet Fddi Token Ring

-------- -------- -------- -------- ----------

S31 Disabled Enabled Enabled Enabled

S32 Starting Enabled Enabled Enabled

2 Entries found.

negotiated Displays the result of bridge MAC type negotiation on configured

parameters. The display includes the same columns as bridge

config.

303560-A Rev 00 2-525

ccp {configured | negotiated}

The show ppp ccp configured command shows the compression algorithm that is

configured on the local router. The show ppp ccp negotiated command shows the

algorithm that is actually negotiated with the peer router. The display for both commands

includes the following information:

chap {local | remote}

The displays for the local and remote include the following information:

Circuit The name of the active circuit.

State Indicates whether the Compression Control Protocol (CCP) is

initialized.

Type The CCP type: CCP (listed as Normal in the display) or ILCCP.

Option The compression protocol: Any, WCP, or Stac LZS.

Circuit Circuit name.

Line LLIndex Logical Line Index. Identifies the line number associated with the

circuit.

LCP State Indicates the state of the link control protocol, which helps

establish the link.

Local/Remote CHAP Name Displays the CHAP name for the circuit.

Local Remote CHAP Secret Displays the CHAP secret for the circuit.

local Displays the configured Challenge Handshake Authentication

Protocol (CHAP) name and secret of the local router.

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-526 303560-A Rev 00

Sample Display - show ppp chap local

PPP Line: Local CHAP Configuration

----------------------------------

Line. LCP Local Local

Circuit LLIndex State CHAP NAME CHAP Secret

-------- ---------- -------- ------------------------ ------------------------

Special 202102.0 Initial None None

S31 203101.0 Opened None None

S32 203102.0 Opened None None

Demand 5 10904101.0 Initial None None

Demand 6 10905101.0 Initial None None

Special 20904101.0 Initial None None

6 Entries found.

Sample Display - show ppp chap remote

PPP Line: Remote CHAP Configuration

-----------------------------------

Line. LCP Remote Remote

Circuit LLIndex State CHAP NAME Expected CHAP Secret

-------- ---------- -------- ------------------------ ------------------------

Special 202102.0 Initial None None

S31 203101.0 Opened None None

S32 203102.0 Opened None None

Demand 5 10904101.0 Initial None None

Demand 6 10905101.0 Initial None None

Special 20904101.0 Initial None None

6 Entries found.

remote Displays the configured Challenge Handshake Authentication

Protocol (CHAP) name and secret of the remote router.

303560-A Rev 00 2-527

circuits [

<circuit_name>

]

Displays the state of the circuit. The displays includes the following information:

Circuit Shows the circuit name.

Line # Indicates the line number.

Driver State Displays the state of the synchronous driver.

Protocol Displays the protocols for the circuit.

State Displays the state of the protocol.

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-528 303560-A Rev 00

Sample Display - show ppp circuits

[2:1]$ show ppp circuits

PPP Circuit Information

-----------------------

PPP over Sync Driver

---------------------

2 Entries found.

PPP over Hssi Driver

---------------------

No Entries found.

2 Total Entries found.

Circuit

-------

Line #

-------

Driver

State

--------

Protocol

---------

State

---------

S51 205101 Up LCP Opened

IP Opened

IPX Disabled

OSI Disabled

XNS Disabled

VINES Disabled

BRIDGE Disabled

DECnet Disabled

WCP Disabled

APPLETALK Disabled

S52 205102 Up LCP Reqsent

IP Initial

IPX Disabled

OSI Disabled

XNS Disabled

VINES Disabled

BRIDGE Disabled

DECnet Disabled

WCP Disabled

APPLETALK Disabled

Circuit

-------

Line #

-------

Driver

State

--------

Protocol

---------

State

---------

303560-A Rev 00 2-529

decnet

Displays the state of DECnet NCP on all circuits on which PPP is configured. State is

either Disabled, or if Enabled, any of the states listed under the alerts command.

Sample Display - show ppp decnet

PPP: DECNET NCP Information

---------------------------

Circuit State

-------- --------

S31 Disabled

S32 Starting

2 Entries found.

disabled

Displays the state of all NCPs disabled on each circuit. State is either Disabled, or if

Enabled, any of the states listed under the alerts command.

Sample Display - show ppp disabled

PPP: Entities Disabled

----------------------

Circuit Protocol State

-------- ---------- --------

S31 OSI Closed

DECnet Closed

APPLETALK Closed

BRIDGE Closed

S32 IP Initial

XNS Initial

APPLETALK Initial

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-530 303560-A Rev 00

enabled

Displays the state of all NCPs enabled on each circuit. States are listed under the alerts

command.

Sample Display - show ppp enabled

PPP: Entities Enabled

---------------------

Circuit Protocol State

-------- ---------- --------

S31 LCP Opened

IP Opened

XNS Opened

IPX Opened

VINES Opened

S32 LCP Stopped

OSI Starting

DECnet Starting

IPX Starting

BRIDGE Starting

VINES Starting

ip

Displays state, configured, and negotiated parameters for Internet NCP. The display

includes the following information:

Local Cfg. IP Address Configured IP address of the interface.

Local Neg. IP Address Local IP address after negotiation.

Remote Cfg. IP Address IP address desired for the peer router.

Remote Neg. IP Address Remote IP address after negotiation.

303560-A Rev 00 2-531

Sample Display - show ppp ip

PPP: IP NCP Information

------------------------

Local Local Remote Remote

Circuit State Cfg. IP Addr Neg. IP Addr Cfg. IP Addr Neg. IP Addr

-------- -------- ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------

S31 Opened 1.1.1.2 1.1.1.2 1.1.1.1 1.1.1.1

S32 Disabled 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0

2 Entries found.

ipx {{configured | negotiated} | name {local | remote}}

The display includes the following information:

configured Displays all configurable parameters for NCP negotiations with a

peer router.

Circuit Name of the circuit the protocol runs on.

State State of the circuit, which is either Disabled, or if Enabled, any of

the states listed under the alerts command.

Network No. Configured network number for the originating router and the peer

router.

Remote Node Number Node number the peer router should use if it sends a 0 to the

originating router during negotiations.

Routing Protocol The routing protocol desired for the link.

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-532 303560-A Rev 00

Sample Display - show ppp ipx config

PPP: IPX NCP Configured Information

------------------------------------

Remote Routing

Circuit State Network No. Node Number Protocol

-------- -------- ------------ ---------------- --------

S31 Opened 0x0000000F 0x0000000F RIP/SAP

S32 Starting 0x0000000A 0x0000000A RIP/SAP

2 Entries found.

Sample Display - show ppp ipx negot

PPP: IPX NCP Negotiated Information

------------------------------------

Config Routing

Circuit State Network No. Complete Protocol

-------- -------- ------------ -------- --------

S31 Opened 0x0000F000 True RIP/SAP

S32 Starting None False None

2 Entries found.

negotiated Displays all configurable parameters after IPX NCP negotiation.

The display includes the following information:

Circuit Name of the circuit the protocol runs on.

State State of the circuit, which is either Disabled, or if Enabled, any of

the states listed under the alerts command.

Network No. Number agreed upon during negotiation for the originating router

to use with the peer router. Both routers will use this number.

Config Complete Result of the IPX NCP negotiations (True or False).

Routing Protocol Routing protocol negotiated for use on the link. None indicates that

the peer routers have not completed negotiations or that the

negotiations have not yet converged.

303560-A Rev 00 2-533

Sample Display - show ppp ipx name local

PPP: IPX NCP Local Router Name

------------------------------

Circuit State Local Router Name

-------- -------- --------------------------------------------------

S31 Opened Locrouter1

S32 Starting Locrouter2

2 Entries found.

Sample Display - show ppp ipx name remote

PPP: IPX NCP Remote Router Name

------------------------------

Circuit State Remote Router Name

-------- -------- --------------------------------------------------

S31 Opened Remrouter1

S32 Starting None

2 Entries found.

name local Displays the local router name, its circuit name and its state. State is

either Disabled, or if Enabled, any of the states listed under

the alerts command.

name remote Displays the remote router name resulting from negotiation, its circuit name

and its state. None indicates that no router name has been configured on the

peer or that negotiations have not taken place. State is either Disabled or if

enabled, any of the states listed under the alerts command.

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-534 303560-A Rev 00

line {configuration | parameters}

The display includes the following information:

configuration Displays the configuration of the PPP line and the state of the Line

Control Protocol (LCP).

Circuit Name of the circuit the protocol runs on.

Line.LLIndex Line number associated with the circuit; always 0 for now.

LCP State State of the Line Control Protocol -- either Disabled, or if Enabled,

any of the states listed under the alerts command.

Restart Time Number of seconds the Restart Timer waits before retransmitting

data. The maximum value is 1000.

Echo Request Frequency Number of seconds between transmissions of Echo Request

Packets.

Echo Reply Loss Number of unacknowledged Echo-Reply packets counted before

declaring the point-to-point link down.

Maximum Conf-Req Maximum number of unacknowledged configuration requests to

send without receiving a valid response from the peer router on the

other end of the link.

Maximum Term-Req Maximum number of terminate requests to send without receiving a

valid response and before assuming the peer router on the other end

of the link is unavailable.

Max Conf Fail Maximum number of Configure Nak packets to send before

sending a Configure Ack and before assuming that the

configuration does not converge.

303560-A Rev 00 2-535

Sample Display - show ppp line config

PPP Line Configuration

----------------------

Line. LCP Restart Echo-Req Echo-Rep Maximum Maximum Max Conf

Circuit LLIndex State Timer Freq Loss Conf-Req Term-Req Fail

-------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------

S31 203101.0 Opened 3 0 3 1000 2 10

S32 203102.0 Stopped 3 0 3 1000 2 10

Special 203102.0 Starting 3 0 3 1000 2 10

Special 203103.0 Starting 3 0 3 1000 2 10

4 Entries found.

The display includes the following information:

Note: A circuit name of Special means that PPP created the circuit for negotiating

addresses on a demand, backup, or bandwidth line. Currently no dial circuit is active

on the two lines marked Special. They could be demand, backup, or bandwidth

circuits. For more information, see the show sws command.

parameters Displays the parameters associated with the specific PPP

connection.

Circuit Name of the circuit the protocol runs on.

Line.LLIndex Line number associated with the circuit.

LCP State State of the Line Control Protocol -- either Disabled, or if Enabled,

any of the states listed under the alerts command.

Magic Number Number that the line uses.

MRU Maximum receive unit, which specifies the MTU size to use for the

line.

Local Auth. Prot. Local authorization protocol that the peer needs to use for the

originator’s side of the link.

Remote Auth. Prot Remote authorization protocol that the peer wants the originating

router to use on its side of the link.

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-536 303560-A Rev 00

Sample Display - show ppp line param

PPP Line: Parameter Information

-------------------------------

Line. LCP Local Remote

Circuit LLIndex State Magic Number MRU Auth. Prot. Auth. Prot.

-------- -------- -------- ---------------- -------- ------------ ------------

S31 203101.0 Opened 0xd45cf8f9 1594 None None

S32 203102.0 Stopped 0x5eeac969 1594 None None

2 Entries found.

lqr {configuration | stats}

The display includes the following information:

configuration Displays all configurable parameters associated with line quality

reporting (LQR).

Circuit Name of the circuit the protocol runs on.

Line.LLIndex Line number associated with the circuit.

Line Quality Protocol Link quality protocol configured for the line.

Remote Timer State of the LQR timer -- Enabled or Disabled; only one side

maintains the timer.

LQR Repeat Period Time in seconds between the transmission of LQR packets.

Inbound Quality Percentage of LQR packets that the originating router expects to

receive from the peer, averaged over the last five LQR reporting

periods. A value of 100% indicates that the router will tolerate no

loss.

Outbound Quality Percentage of LQR packets that the peer router expects to receive

from this router, averaged over the last five LQR reporting periods.

303560-A Rev 00 2-537

Sample Display - show ppp lqr config

PPP Line: Line Quality Reporting Configuration

----------------------------------------------

Line. Line Qual Remote LQR Repeat Inbound Outbound

Circuit LLIndex Protocol Timer Period Quality Quality

-------- -------- --------- -------- ---------- -------- --------

S31 203101.0 LQR Enabled 3 90% 90%

S32 203102.0 None Enabled 3 90% 90%

The display includes the following information:

stats Displays the number of line quality reporting packets exchanged as

well as the line quality.

Circuit Name of the circuit the protocol runs on.

Line.LLIndex Line number associated with the circuit.

LCP State State of the Line Control Protocol -- either Disabled, or if Enabled,

any of the states listed under the alerts command.

LQR Repeat Period Maximum number of seconds between the transmission of LQR

packets, as agreed upon with the peer router.

Inbound Quality Percentage of LQR packets that the originating router expects to

receive from the peer, averaged over the last five LQR reporting

periods. A value of 100% indicates that the router will tolerate no

loss.

Outbound Quality Percentage of LQR packets that the peer router expects to receive

from this router, averaged over the last five LQR reporting periods.

In LQRs Number of LQR packets received from the peer.

Out LQRs Number of LQR packets transmitted.

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-538 303560-A Rev 00

Sample Display - show ppp lqr stats

PPP Line: Line Quality Reporting Stats

--------------------------------------

Line. LCP LQR Repeat Inbound Outbound

Circuit LLIndex State Period Quality Quality In LQRs Out LQRs

-------- -------- -------- ---------- -------- -------- -------- --------

S31 203101.0 Opened 3 100% 100% 61044 61052

S32 203102.0 Stopped 3 0% 0% 0 0

2 Entries found.

multilink {information | circuits}

Sample Display - show ppp multilink information

PPP Multilink Information

-------------------------

Bundle

Circuit Line Count Speed Line

--------- ----------- --------- ------------

S132 0 0 None

Demand 3 1 64000 201303.0

2 Entries found.

information Displays information about the multilink bundle. The

display includes the following information:

Circuit Displays the circuit number.

Line Count Shows the number of lines in the multilink bundle.

Bundle Speed Lists the current speed of each line in the multilink bundle.

Line Lists the line number of each line in the multilink bundle.

303560-A Rev 00 2-539

circuits Displays information about each circuit in the multilink bundle.

The display includes the following information:

Circuit Name of the circuit.

Configured Mode Mode you configured for this circuit:

Normal - a nonmultilink circuit

ML - a multilink circuit

Monitor - The circuit is a multilink circuit, and the router for which this

circuit is configured is the congestion monitor.

Dynamic-Monitor - The circuit is a multilink circuit using BAP. This

option enables the router to function as the monitor when it initiates a

call, and the non-monitor router when it receives a call.

Actual Mode Actual mode in which this circuit is operating.

Tx Packets Number of packets transmitted over the circuit.

Rx Packets Number of packets received over the circuit.

Fragmented Packets Number of packets that were fragmented.

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-540 303560-A Rev 00

Sample Display - show ppp multilink circuits

PPP Multilink Circuits

----------------------

osi

Displays the state of the OSI NCP for all circuits on which PPP is configured. State is

either Disabled, or if Enabled, any of the states listed under the alerts command.

The display includes the following information:

Sample Display - show ppp osi

PPP: OSI NCP Information

---------------------------

Circuit State

-------- --------

S31 Disabled

S32 Starting

2 Entries found.

Circut

--------

Configured

Mode

---------------

Actual Mode

-----------

Num Packets

Tx Packets Rx Packets

------------ ----------

Fragmented

----------

Nept_BAP Dynamic-Monitor Inactive 4432 863 0

Homer_MP ML_Monitor Inactive 0 0 0

Homer_T1 ML_Monitor ML_Monitor 27481 109918 0

Bart_PPP Normal Normal 0 0 0

Circuit Displays the circuit number.

State Displays whether OSI NCP is enabled or disabled.

303560-A Rev 00 2-541

pap {local | remote}

The display includes the following information:

Sample Display - show ppp pap local

PPP Line: Local PAP Configuration

---------------------------------

Line. LCP Local Local

Circuit LLIndex State PAP ID PAP Password

-------- -------- -------- ------------------------ ------------------------

S31 203101.0 Opened None None

S32 203102.0 Stopped None None

2 Entries found.

local Displays the configured Password Authentication Protocol (PAP)

identifier and password of the local router.

Circuit Name of the circuit the protocol runs on.

Line.LLIndex Line number associated with the circuit.

LCP State State of the Line Control Protocol -- either Disabled, or if Enabled,

any of the states listed under the alerts command.

Local PAP ID PAP identifier assigned to this interface. During the authentication

phase, all password Authenticate-Request messages that the peer

sends to this interface must include this PAP ID.

Local PAP Password PAP password assigned to this interface. During the authentication

phase, all Authenticate-Request messages that the peer sends to this

interface must include this password.

remote Displays the configured Password Authentication Protocol (PAP)

identifier and password of the remote router.

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-542 303560-A Rev 00

The display includes the following information:

Sample Display - show ppp pap remote

PPP Line: Remote PAP Configuration

---------------------------------

Line. LCP Remote Remote

Circuit LLIndex State PAP ID PAP Password

-------- -------- -------- ------------------------ ------------------------

S31 203101.0 Opened None None

S32 203102.0 Stopped None None

2 Entries found.

state [

]

For all circuits or for a specified circuit, displays the state of LCP and of all the NCPs per

circuit. There are two types of displays: one the Sync driver and the other for the HSSI

driver. State is either Disabled, or if Enabled, any of the states listed under the alerts

command. The table also displays the line the circuit is currently on, since with dial

backup, the backup circuit can be on another line when the primary connection fails.

Circuit Name of the circuit the protocol runs on.

Line.LLIndex Line number associated with the circuit.

LCP State State of the Line Control Protocol -- either Disabled, or if Enabled,

any of the states listed under the alerts command.

Remote PAP ID PAP identifier assigned to the peer router. During the authentication

phase, this interface must include this PAP ID in all password

Authenticate-Request messages it sends to the peer router.

Remote PAP Password PAP password assigned to the peer router. During the

authentication phase, this interface must include this password in

all password Authenticate-Request messages it sends to the peer

router.

303560-A Rev 00 2-543

Sample Display - show ppp state

PPP State Information

---------------------

PPP over Sync Driver

---------------------

Driver

Circuit Line # State Protocol State

-------- -------- -------- ------------ ------------

S31 203101 Init LCP Opened

IP Starting

IPX Disabled

OSI Disabled

XNS Disabled

VINES Disabled

BRIDGE Disabled

DECnet Disabled

APPLETALK Disabled

Special 203102 Init LCP Starting

IP Initial

IPX Initial

OSI Disabled

XNS Disabled

VINES Disabled

BRIDGE Disabled

DECnet Disabled

APPLETALK Initial

Demand 3 203103 Up LCP Opened

IP Opened

IPX Disabled

OSI Disabled

XNS Disabled

VINES Disabled

BRIDGE Disabled

DECnet Disabled

APPLETALK Disabled

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-544 303560-A Rev 00

If your two circuit entries have the same name, one of them is a primary circuit and the

other is a backup circuit. See “show sws” for more information.

A demand or backup circuit becomes associated to a physical line when the call is in

progress. So, the PPP circuit and the line records may seem to be inconsistent. The

following display shows three entries; circuit 3 is a dial-on-demand circuit.

Sample Display - show ppp ip

PPP: IP NCP Information

------------------------

Local Local Remote Remote

Circuit State Cfg. IP Addr Neg. IP Addr Cfg. IP Addr Neg. IP Addr

-------- -------- ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------

S31 Starting 12.1.1.1 12.1.1.1 12.1.1.2 12.1.1.2

Demand 3 Starting 13.1.1.1 13.1.1.1 13.1.1.2 13.1.1.2

Special Initial 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0

3 Entries found.

version

Displays the current version and modification date of the ppp.bat script.

Sample Display - show ppp version

PPP.bat Version: #.## Date: mm/dd/yy

Note: As the sample display shows, the circuit labeled Special is only for lines

configured for dial-on-demand, dial backup, and bandwidth-on-demand. A circuit

name of Special means that PPP created the circuit for negotiating addresses on a

demand, backup, or bandwidth line.

303560-A Rev 00 2-545

vines

Displays the state of the VINES NCP for all circuits on which PPP is configured. State is

either Disabled, or if Enabled, any of the states listed under the alerts command.

The display includes the following information:

Sample Display - show ppp vines

PPP: VINES NCP Information

---------------------------

Circuit State

-------- --------

S31 Disabled

S32 Starting

2 Entries found.

wcp

Displays whether data compression is enabled for all circuits configured for PPP. The state

is either Disabled, or if Enabled, any of the states listed under the alerts command.

The display includes the following information:

Circuit Displays the circuit number.

State Displays whether VINES NCP is enabled or disabled.

Circuit Displays the circuit number.

State Displays whether data compression is enabled or disabled.

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-546 303560-A Rev 00

Sample Display - show ppp wcp

[2:1]$ show ppp wcp

PPP: WCP NCP Information

------------------------

Circuit State

-------- --------

S31 Disabled

S32 Disabled

Demand 4 Initial

Demand 5 Disabled

Special Disabled

5 Entries found.

xns

Displays the state of the XNS NCP for all circuits on which PPP is configured. State is

either Disabled, or if Enabled, any of the states listed under the alerts command.

The display includes the following information:

Sample Display - show ppp xns

PPP: XNS NCP Information

---------------------------

Circuit State

-------- --------

S31 Disabled

S32 Starting

2 Entries found.

Circuit Displays the circuit number.

State Displays whether XNS NCP is enabled or disabled.

303560-A Rev 00 2-547

show process

The show process

commands display information about the use of resources

(buffers, cpu, memory, lists, etc.) on the router.

The show process command supports the following subcommand options:

buffers

Displays the number and percentage of buffers used by all processes on the router. By

specifying the options that appear in the following command line, you can customize the

output to display buffer usage for a particular process or slot on the router.

show process buffers

[sample

] [

<slot>

]

buffers list

cpu version

memory

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-548 303560-A Rev 00

Sample Display - show process buffers total

Total Buffer Use Statistics

---------------------------

Slot Max Free Used %Used

---- --- ---- ---- -----

2 781 458 323 41

3 781 457 324 41

4 781 457 324 41

cpu

Displays the use in 100ths of seconds and percentage of cpu used by all processes on the

router. By specifying the options that appear in the following command line, you can

customize the output to display cpu usage for a particular process or slot on the router.

show process cpu

[sample

] [

<slot>

]

process Specifies the process for which you want to view buffer statistics.

Specify all to display buffer statistics for all processes running on

the router. Specify total to display only buffer statistic totals. For

information on how to obtain a list of available processes, refer to

the show process list command later in this section.

sample <seconds> <repeat> Periodically samples and displays buffer usage statistics. The

mandatory <seconds> argument indicates the time interval between

samples. The manadatory <repeat> argument indicates the number

of times to sample buffer usage. If you use sampling, the values

displayed represent the amount of buffer usage for the interval last

sampled.

The minimum sample interval is 30 seconds. If you specify a shorter

interval, the command automatically substitutes the minimum

interval of 30 seconds.

If you choose not to use sampling, the values displayed represent the

total buffer usage since slot boot time. .

slot Limits display to statistics for the slot you specify.

303560-A Rev 00 2-549

Sample Display - show process cpu total

Total Cpu Use Statistics

---------------------------

Slot Max Idle Used %Used

---- ---------- ---------- ---------- -----

2 17463 17191 272 1

3 17315 17045 270 1

4 19427 16075 3352 17

process Specifies the process for which you want to view cpu statistics.

Specify “all” to display cpu statistics for all processes running on the

router. Specify “total” to display only cpu statistic totals. For

information on how to obtain a list of available processes, refer to the

show process list command later in this section.

sample <seconds> <repeat> Periodically samples and displays cpu usage statistics. The

mandatory <seconds> argument indicates the time interval between

samples. The manadatory <repeat> argument indicates the number

of times to sample cpu usage. If you use sampling, the values

displayed represent the amount of cpu usage for the interval last

sampled.

The minimum sample interval is 30 seconds. If you specify a shorter

interval, the command automatically substitutes the minimum

interval of 30 seconds.

If you choose not to use sampling, the values displayed represent the

total cpu usage since slot boot time.

slot Limits display to statistics for the slot you specify.

Note: The FRE-1 processor card does not currently support the show process cpu

command.

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-550 303560-A Rev 00

memory

Displays the number and percentage of memory used by all processes on the router. The

output can be tailored to only display memory usage for a particular process or a particular

slot by using the options described below.

show process memory

[sample

] [

<slot>

]

Sample Display - show process memory total

Total Memory Use Statistics

---------------------------

Slot Max Free Used %Used

---- -------- -------- -------- -----

2 2839760 2111768 727992 25

3 2839760 2111608 728152 25

4 2839760 1994088 845672 29

process Specifies the process for which you want to view memory

statistics. Specify “all” to display memory statistics for all

processes running on the router. Specify “total” to display only

memory statistic totals. For information on how to obtain a list of

available processes, refer to the show process list command

later in this section.

sample <seconds> <repeat> Periodically samples and displays memory usage statistics. The

mandatory <seconds> argument indicates the time interval

between samples. The manadatory <repeat> argument indicates

the number of times to sample memory usage. If you use sampling,

the values displayed represent the amount of memory usage for the

interval last sampled.

The minimum sample interval is 30 seconds. If you specify a

shorter interval, the command automatically substitutes the

minimum interval of 30 seconds.

If you choose not to use sampling, the values displayed represent

the total memory usage since slot boot time.

slot Limits the display statistics to the specified slot.

303560-A Rev 00 2-551

list

Displays a list of all the processes that are or may have run on the router since boot time.

The show process list command supports only the

<slot>

option.

show process list [

<slot>

]

If you do not specify a slot, the command returns a list of processes that have run on all

slots. Use the slot option to display processes only on the slot you specify.

Sample Display - show process list

List of Processes

-----------------

Name Slot

---------------- ----

kernel 2

kernel 3

kernel 4

qenet 2

qenet 3

qenet 4

ilacc 2

ilacc 3

ilacc 4

version

Displays the current version number and modification date of the process.bat script.

Sample Display - show process version

PROCESS.bat Version: #.## Date: mm/dd/yy.

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-552 303560-A Rev 00

show protopri

The show protopri

commands display information about DLSw protocol

prioritization queues. For detailed information on the Bay Networks implementation of

protocol prioritization for DLSw traffic, refer to Configuring Traffic Filters and Protocol

Prioritization.

The show protopri command supports the following subcommand options:

cc_stats

Displays current congestion control statistics for DLSw priority queues. Generally, it is a

good idea to increase bandwidth to a queue with consistently high congestion statistics.

The table includes the following information:

cc_stats qstats

filters version

Peer IP Address IP address of configured DLSw peers.

Queue Number Associated DLSw priority queue number.

Bytes Number of bytes backed up and held in a congestion control queue

before transmission.

Packets Number of packets backed up and held in a congestion control

queue before transmission.

303560-A Rev 00 2-553

Sample Display - show protopri cc_stats

Protocol Priority Congestion Control Statistics

-----------------------------------------------

Peer IP Queue

Address Number Bytes Packets

------- ------ ----- -------

5.5.5.2 0 0 0

5.5.5.2 1 4972 2

2 Entries found.

filters

Displays current information on filters that implement DLSw priority queueing. The table

includes the following information:

Filter Name Filter name assigned using Site Manager.

Rule Number Rule number assigned when creating filters (determines

precedence).

Fragment Number Number of octet fragments required to store the filter rule. (Used by

Site Manager; you cannot modify this number.)

Rx Matches Number of packets that meet the filter criteria.

Mode Current state of Protocol Prioritization (Enabled or Disabled).

Status Current state of configured priority queues (Active or Inactive).

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-554 303560-A Rev 00

Sample Display - show protopri filters

Protocol Priority Traffic Filters

---------------------------------

Rule Fragment Rx

Filter Name Number Number Matches Mode Status

----------- ------ -------- ------- ---- ------

SNA_High 1 1 225228 Enabled Active

NetBIOS_Low 2 1 2183 Enabled Active

2 Entries found.

qstats

Displays current queue statistics for DLSw priority queues. The table includes the

following information:

Sample Display - show protopri q_stats

Protocol Priority Queue Statistics

----------------------------------

Peer IP Queue Bandwidth Bytes Packets

Address Number Percent Xmitted Xmitted

------- ------ --------- ------- -------

5.5.5.2 0 90 137055412 225245

5.5.5.2 1 10 546115 2156

2 Entries found.

Peer IP Address IP address of configured DLSw peers.

Queue Number Associated DLSw priority queue number.

Bandwidth Percent Percent of bandwidth assigned to this queue.

Bytes Xmitted Number of bytes transmitted for this queue.

Packets Xmitted Number of packets transmitted for this queue.

303560-A Rev 00 2-555

version

Displays the current version number and modification date of the protopri.bat script.

Sample Display - show protopri version

protopri.bat Version: #.## Date: mm/dd/yy.

show radius

The show radius

commands display information about RADIUS. For detailed

information about the Bay Networks implementation of RADIUS, refer to Configuring

RADIUS.

The show radius command supports the following subcommand options:

alerts

Displays the server alerts. The table includes the following information:

alerts statistics authentication

<slot_number>

server statistics accounting

<slot_number>

config version

IP Address Server IP address

Mode Indicates that the server is configured for authentication, accounting, or both

Type Indicates that this server is primary or alternate

Auth State Authentication up or down

Acct State Accounting up or down

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-556 303560-A Rev 00

Sample Display - show radius alerts

RADIUS Server Alerts

--------------------

IP Address Mode Type Auth State Acct State

--------------- --------- ---------- ------------ ------------

192.168.131.53 Both Primary Down Up

Total of 1 alert on configured server.

server

Displays information about the RADIUS server. The table includes the following options:

<authentication> limits the display to authentication information.

<accounting> limits the display to accounting information.

server authentication

Describes the state of the authentication servers. It includes the following information:

Server IP Address Specifies the server’s IP address.

Mode Indicates that the server is configured for authentication, accounting, or both.

Type Indicates that this server is primary or alternate.

State Indicates that the server is up or down.

UDP Port Specifies the authentication UDP port.

Response Timeout Specifies the number of seconds the RADIUS client waits before

retransmitting a request to the RADIUS server.

Max Retry Specifies the number of times the RADIUS client retransmitted a request.

Reset Timer Specifies the number of minutes the RADIUS client waits before retrying the

primary server after it fails to respond. If the primary server fails to respond,

the client considers it unreachable and switches to the alternate server. After

this specified time period, the client tries to reconnect to the primary server.

303560-A Rev 00 2-557

Sample Display - show radius server auth

RADIUS Server Information for Authentication

--------------------------------------------

IP Address Mode Type State UDP Port

--------------- --------- ---------- -------- --------

192.32.77.11 Both Primary Up 1645

192.168.131.34 Both Alternate Up 1645

Server Response Max. Reset Automatic

IP Address Mode Timeout Retry Timer Reset Secret

--------------- --------- -------- -------- -------- --------- ---------------

192.32.77.11 Both 3 2 10 Disabled bayeast

192.168.131.34 Both 3 2 3 Disabled bayeast

Total of 2 Authentication servers configured.

Automatic Reset Indicates whether the server can reset automatically.

Secret Specifies the RADIUS password that the server and client share.

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-558 303560-A Rev 00

server accounting

Describes the state of the accounting servers. The table includes the following

information:

Sample Display - show radius server account

RADIUS Server Information for Accounting

--------------------------------------------

IP Address Mode Type State UDP Port

--------------- --------- ---------- -------- --------

192.32.77.11 Both Primary Up 1646

192.168.131.34 Both Alternate Up 1646

Server Response Max. Reset Automatic

IP Address Mode Timeout Retry Timer Reset Secret

--------------- --------- -------- -------- -------- --------- ---------------

192.32.77.11 Both 3 2 10 Disabled bayeast

192.168.131.34 Both 3 2 3 Disabled bayeast

Total of 2 accounting servers configured.

Server IP Address Server’s IP address.

Mode Whether the server is configured for authentication, accounting, or both.

Type Whether the server is primary or alternate.

State Whether the server is up or down.

UDP Port The authentication UDP port.

Response Timeout The number of seconds the RADIUS client waits before retransmitting a

request to the RADIUS server.

Max Retry The number of times the RADIUS client retransmitted a request.

Reset Timer The number of minutes the RADIUS client waits before retrying the primary

server after it fails to respond. If the primary server fails to respond, the client

considers it unreachable and switches to the alternate server. After this

specified time period, the client tries to reconnect to the primary server.

Automatic Reset Whether the server can reset automatically.

Secret The RADIUS password that the server and client share.

303560-A Rev 00 2-559

config

Displays the RADIUS configuration. The table includes the following information:

Sample Display - show radius config

RADIUS Slot Information

-----------------------

Slot Client Auth. Acct. Acct. Debug

IP Address Status Status Direction Level

---- --------------- -------- -------- --------- ----------

4 192.168.131.40 Enabled Enabled All No Debug(4)

5 192.168.131.40 Enabled Enabled All No Debug(4)

RADIUS configured on 2 slots

Slot Slot number on the router.

Client IP Address Client IP address.

Auth Status Whether authentication is enabled or disabled.

Acct. Status Whether accounting is enabled or disabled.

Acct. Direction Which calls generate an accounting session. All indicates that incoming and

outgoing calls can establish an accounting session. Outgoing indicates that

only outgoing calls can establish an accounting session. Incoming means that

only incoming calls can establish an accounting session.

Debug Level Level of RADIUS debug messages logged by the RADIUS client.

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-560 303560-A Rev 00

stat auth

Display the RADIUS authentication statistics. The table includes the following

information:

<slot number> limits the display to the specified slot.

Sample Display - show radius stat auth

RADIUS Authentication Statistics Information

--------------------------------------------

Server IP Address IP address of the RADIUS server

Auth. Req. Count Number of authentication session requests

Auth. Req. Outstanding Number of authentication session requests outstanding

Auth. Resp. Accepted Number of authentication responses accepted

Auth. Resp. Rejected Number of authentication responses rejected

Auth. No Resp. Number of authentication requests that received no response

Auth. Resp. Invalid Number of invalid authentication responses

Auth. Resp. Timeouts Number of times the client has tried to retransmit a request to the

server

Alt. Server Retries Number of times the client has tried to connect to an alternate

server

Server

IP Address

---------------

Auth. Req.

Count

---------

Auth. Req.

Outstanding

-----------

Auth. Resp

Accepted

---------

Auth. Resp

Rejected

------------

192.168.131.34 2 1 0 2

192.168.131.51 0 0 0 0

192.168.131.53 1 0 0 0

303560-A Rev 00 2-561

radius stat acc

Display the RADIUS accounting statistics. The table includes the following information.

<slot_number> limits the display to the specified slot.

Sample Display - show radius stat acc

Server Acct. Req. Acct. Req. Acct. Acct. Resp Acct. Resp Alt. Server

IP Address Start Stop Resp Timeouts Failed Retries

--------------- ---------- ---------- ----- ---------- ---------- -----------

192.168.131.34 0 0 0 0 0 0

192.168.131.51 0 0 0 0 0 0

192.168.131.53 0 0 0 0 0 0

Total 0 0 0 0 0 0

RADIUS statistics displayed for 3 servers

Server

IP Address

---------------

Auth.

No Resp.

---------

Auth. Resp

Invalid

---------

Auth. Resp

Timeouts

---------

Alt. Server

Retries

------------

192.168.131.34 0 0 0 0

192.168.131.51 0 0 0 0

192.168.131.53 0 0 3 1

Server IP Address IP address of the RADIUS server

Acct. Req. Start Number of accounting session requests

Acct. Req. Stop Number of accounting sessions that have ended

Acct. Resp. Number of times the accounting server has responded to a request

Acct. Resp.Timeouts Number of accounting response timeouts that have occurred

Acct. Resp. Failed Number of times the accounting response has failed

Alt. Server Retries Number of times the client has tried to connect to the alternate

server

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-562 303560-A Rev 00

version

Displays the RADIUS version.

Sample Display - show radius version

RADIUS.BAT Version: 1.1 Date: 02/12/97 .

show rarp

The show rarp

commands display information about Reverse Address

Resolution Protocol (RARP) services. For detailed information on the Bay Networks

implementation of RARP, refer to Configuring SNMP, RMON, BootP, DHCP, and RARP

Services.

The show rarp command supports the following subcommand options:

base

Displays the base record for RARP services. The base record controls RARP for the entire

system. The table includes the name of the protocol, its state: Enabled or Disabled, and

the number of failed requests. These requests were dropped because the router could not

locate the IP address in the MAC address-to-IP address mapping table.

base enabled

circuits [<circuit name>] version

disabled

303560-A Rev 00 2-563

Sample Display - show rarp base

RARP Base Information

---------------------

Failed RARP

Protocol State Request

-------- ----- -----------

RARP Enabled 6

circuits [

]

Displays information about all RARP circuits or for a specific circuit. The table includes

the circuit name, the RARP server’s IP address on this circuit, and the circuit’s state:

Enabled or Disabled.

Sample Display - show rarp circuits

RARP Circuits

-------------

Circuit IP Address State

-------- ---------------- ----------

E21 192.32.28.65 Enabled

E22 192.32.36.1 Disabled

2 entries

disabled

Displays all RARP circuits that a user has manually disabled. In this case, State is

Disabled. The table also includes the name of the circuit and the RARP server’s IP

address.

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-564 303560-A Rev 00

Sample Display - show rarp disabled

Disabled RARP Circuits

----------------------

Circuit IP Address State

-------- ---------------- ----------

E22 192.32.36.1 Disabled

1 entries

enabled

Displays all enabled RARP circuits. In this case, State is Enabled. The table also includes

the name of the circuit and the RARP server’s IP address.

Sample Display - show rarp enabled

Enabled RARP Circuits

---------------------

Circuit IP Address State

-------- ---------------- ----------

E21 192.32.28.65 Enabled

1 entries

version

Displays the current version number and modification date of the rarp.bat script.

Sample Display - show rarp version

RARP.bat Version: #.## Date: mm/dd/yy.

303560-A Rev 00 2-565

show rip6

The show rip6

command displays information about RIP for IP version 6. For

detailed information about the Bay Networks implementation of IPv6, refer to

Configuring IPv6 Services.

The show rip6 command supports the following subcommand options:

config [<interface_index>]

Displays the current setting of RIPv6 parameters on the interface you specify. For

detailed information RIPv6 parameters, refer to Configuring IPv6 Services.

Sample Display - show rip6 config

RIPv6 Configuration Information

-------------------------------

Interface: 3

State: Up

Route Supply: Enabled

Route Listen: Enabled

Default Route Supply: Enabled

Default Route Listen: Enabled

Poisoned Reversed Method: Poisoned

Triggered Updates: Enabled

Broadcast Timer: 30 seconds

Route Timeout: 90 seconds

Holddown Timer: 90 seconds

Network Diameter: 15

config [<interface_index>]stats [<interface_index>]

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-566 303560-A Rev 00

stats [<interface_index>]

Displays statistics for the RIPv6 interface you specify.

Sample Display - show ip6 stats

RIPv6 Statistics

----------------

Interface: 3

Total Messages Received: 2490

Total Messages Sent: 2542

Requests Received: 5

Requests Sent: 1

Responses Received: 2485

Responses Sent: 2541

Full Updates Sent: 2476

Triggered Updates Sent: 65

303560-A Rev 00 2-567

show rptr

The show rptr

commands display configuration, status, and statistical

information about Bay Networks Access Node products. For detailed information on ANs,

refer to Configuring BayStack Remote Access and Connecting ASN Routers to a Network.

The show rptr command supports the following subcommand options:

info [last_addr]

Displays general information about the repeater or about the last source MAC address of

the packets entering the ports of the repeater.

Sample Display - show rptr info

802.3 Repeater (HUB) Information:

---------------------------------

Repeater Group Capacity: 1

Group Port Capacity: 13

Group Wellfleet Object ID: 1.3.6.1.4.1.18

Group Description: "Wellfleet Comm. ANmpr 12 Port 10BASE-T

Router/Repeater - Rev 2"

info [last_addr]status [ports]

sample [<period in seconds>] [port [<port number>]] version

stats [all] | [totals] | [port [<port number>]] | [errors]

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-568 303560-A Rev 00

Sample Display - show rptr info last_addr

802.3 Repeater(HUB) Port Last Source Address Information:

---------------------------------------------------------

Port Last Source Total

Number Address Changes

---------- ----------------- ----------

1 01-02-04-08-10-20 9

2 01-02-04-08-10-20 0

3 00-00-A2-06-B9-85 4

4 01-02-04-08-10-20 624029193

5 01-02-04-08-10-20 0

6 00-00-A2-06-B9-85 3

7 00-00-A2-06-B9-85 3

8 00-00-A2-06-B9-85 545299270

9 01-02-04-08-10-20 4294967295

10 01-02-04-08-10-20 4294967295

11 01-02-04-08-10-20 4294967295

12 00-80-2D-00-98-01 130506617

13 00-00-A2-03-C1-C0 17870737

sample [

] [port [

]]

Displays the repeater statistics generated during a prescribed period (default 10 seconds).

This command can be used for all ports (default) or for selected ports.

303560-A Rev 00 2-569

Sample Display - show rptr sample

ALL Repeater Ports Statistics Sampled Data over 10 seconds

-----------------------------------------------------------

Port Readable Readable Total Auto

# Frames Octets Errors Partitions Runts Collisions

--- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------

1 0 0 0 0 0 0

2 0 0 0 0 0 0

3 3 192 0 0 0 0

4 0 0 0 0 0 0

5 0 0 0 0 0 0

6 0 0 0 0 0 0

7 0 0 0 0 0 0

8 0 0 0 0 0 0

9 0 0 0 0 0 0

10 0 0 0 0 0 0

11 0 0 0 0 0 0

12 700 97973 0 0 0 0

13 3 192 0 0 0 0

Port FCS Alignment Long Short Late Very Long Data Rate

# Errors Errors Frames Events Events Events Mismatch

--- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------

1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

4 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

5 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

6 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

7 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

9 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

10 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

11 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

12 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

13 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-570 303560-A Rev 00

Sample Display - show rptr sample 3 port 12

Repeater Port Statistics Sampled Data over 3 seconds

------------------------------------------------------

Port Readable Readable Total Auto

# Frames Octets Errors Partitions Runts Collisions

--- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------

12 41 8053 0 0 0 0

Port FCS Alignment Long Short Late Very Long Data Rate

# Errors Errors Frames Events Events Events Mismatch

--- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------

12 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

stats [all] | [totals] | [port [

]] | [errors]

Displays statistical information for all ports or a specified port. This command displays

either a total list of statistics or error statistics only.

This command displays the actual values of the SNMP counters maintained within the

repeater MIB. These counters are not initialized to 0 at system startup; therefore, only

time-relative deltas of these counters are meaningful. These counter cannot be reset to 0.

303560-A Rev 00 2-571

Sample Display - show rptr stats

802.3 Repeater (HUB) Statistics:

--------------------------------

Port Readable Readable Total Auto

# Frames Octets Errors Partitions Runts Collisions

--- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------

1 104 6719 24 14 43 456

2 0 63 4294967289 6 4294967295 150

3 931675 296890590 22 6 4294967295 5862

4 1354357247 1629798783 4294967289 4 4294967295 1620234528

5 10 4271 4294967289 9 4294967295 195

6 348 111353 4294967289 177 4294967295 951

7 297 95157 4294967289 522055204 4294967295 962400002

8 317023833 1077284480 4294967289 87 36 7187

9 4294967295 4294967295 4160749557 4 4294967295 35

10 4294967295 4294967295 4294967285 1096835530 4294967295 570

11 4294967295 4294967295 4294967289 4 4294967295 4

12 576590566 2908601712 2324114227 201334951 2569404471 101226678

13 2157788935 1628793423 1100513600 14 194 2832631700

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-572 303560-A Rev 00

Sample Display - show rptr stats all

802.3 Repeater (HUB) Statistics:

---------------------------------

Repeater Total Frames: 111726086

Repeater Total Octets: 3246687465

Repeater Total Errors: 3290410074

Repeater Transmit Collisions: 805377464

Port Readable Readable Total Auto

# Frames Octets Errors Partitions Runts Collisions

--- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------

1 104 6719 24 14 43 456

2 0 63 4294967289 6 4294967295 150

3 931688 296895150 22 6 4294967295 5862

4 1354357247 1629798783 4294967289 4 4294967295 1620234528

5 10 4271 4294967289 9 4294967295 195

6 348 111353 4294967289 177 4294967295 951

7 297 95157 4294967289 522055204 4294967295 962400002

8 317023833 1077284480 4294967289 87 36 7187

9 4294967295 4294967295 4160749557 4 4294967295 35

10 4294967295 4294967295 4294967285 1096835530 4294967295 570

11 4294967295 4294967295 4294967289 4 4294967295 4

12 576591092 2908688941 2324114227 201334951 2569404472 101226678

13 2157788948 1628797983 1100513600 14 194 2832631700

Port FCS Alignment Long Short Late Very Long Data Rate

# Errors Errors Frames Events Events Events Mismatch

--- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------

1 62 4294967295 4294967295 4294967263 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295

2 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295

3 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 0 27 4294967295

4 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295

5 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295

6 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295

7 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295

8 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295

9 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4160749563

10 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967291

11 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295

12 2 4464905 39 4294967295 2182103142 137546127 13

13 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 2 1100513603 4294967295

303560-A Rev 00 2-573

Sample Display - show rptr stats totals

802.3 Repeater (HUB) Statistics Totals:

---------------------------------------

Repeater Total Frames: 111728214

Repeater Total Octets: 3247091908

Repeater Total Errors: 3290410074

Repeater Transmit Collisions: 805377464

Sample Display - show rptr stats port 1

802.3 Repeater (HUB) Port Statistics:

-------------------------------------

Port Readable Readable Total Auto

# Frames Octets Errors Partitions Runts Collisions

--- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------

1 104 6719 24 14 43 456

Port FCS Alignment Long Short Late Very Long Data Rate

# Errors Errors Frames Events Events Events Mismatch

--- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------

1 62 4294967295 4294967295 4294967263 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295

Using Technician Interface Scripts

2-574 303560-A Rev 00

Sample Display - show rptr stats errors

802.3 Repeater (HUB) Error Statistics: